*>* >\r */». »-/■*/ ^W'>u • imltfp/in /* itithiv v>| Jt*i HMrf# f/t>WH-KM Hit pfi*ni4>v/ thJ *> 

y f * li»i»l/iKlb/ V'*' v * 4>nfkH’f*'l ->kHP»f»>. f.Mp 


f »/•' >*/»/ 

' »u»»jrw^/iwj 0 X»UU|# 

iw *i»/ .X/ */»/' Af^W 

• ■ /i*i,h>'i'V : * /v n» , bP*i't/i.» 4 * 1 ‘iVW-biHH iK/bi>»if w pii>*.»*/i»>^t>♦ *♦ ♦ t***k*/ ■ . , 

^v^'ffr 1 >*/•# will /■ i . f. *• • Jitt+ihKh' »-#r i ♦»••/.» •nf/ytKikffi’fhi »r;nf , iK ,, /fh**iMVti'V> 

trf>->i/U >*+"4 '* ./pi F'*V H#»pVIp ' i ** r t''>l*‘ 

.1 >►/.# ->i .H*#y*Vf'H • •p4,*tP,IV>Vl>4/%.Wli’W«*:>t/fHM'lffi|'ff ► , KKfy>*»>f^f‘pP*VH I>1 . 

*n*/ui *>*>-.» t i*f«. /'*vhK<t>Lf:>.>►►>/1 hrv .^v>k<K J fK*r 
t*>j >.j ■ /*/» f\ * i< • >*i^i i / rlj»> v.> m iiiH^ V i /if • * »> 


iu.>w^Uii*ui f*fi.if!i> >»hfi IfHfkiv 


i p->»p*.fk#'i'>ii »i4r}*«i>« fvi »im • •'»*f>m,i-»pifi/i iti k/i f JifMti »/4/ i >bMp.f, 

* 4>.»./i>f/iJ^i i lt> u *i ii/ iii'flil«riHv/u‘ / *.!(>» 1/ 

i • iUkfi/.i m i >ui/liv/ip*./1* t>" w**/1** "*/• I /vM-M;** fpfr ••■uf/’n/1i»f' 
/ i/1/ J i»»f (j ' *>t »»>>>»'-. n»MkH/i> * ‘f"*J Jt 'irltfI U’/i* iWMi *• 


‘I ^ >\r»/ Kl/KW< » b. 


hh**' 


u>it\ *i/-»^w , ».» y>>f 


4 V</».' \Ji>\t\.t[ r t/M* ff/V If * 1 W*J 

b>V>ii*#1/kJ M - if M 1/4'J, ►i^MkiM’f tk/|/|./t • / • r J 

'MV* . |>/ >tii I * 'i r\r t J •>,< *r;,4>/ f il •»**• p*/ 1 > 4 >*|/ 
»■/«<*/ h!,>,/. 

■• P‘J-'t*> W> vn ff/MV { / V»'>>T*'Wll-|*t.i Jif/i i /* 


TO 


• »H/iiuiV; •i*|v>»ip>/k>'/ j,>m if .Mf*V»rw* 

K* *> ■*.r>h» ,ru 
>^*;ik>»>v.‘iH'iyfKi »p<i- 

**>i t±#>-*ik-*M*.*k!»> \J\Jiti n> 


u2& 


iMtf .//V 
.,_| «» UkKJ . 

}n >V/W fHi 

4>U < iljfl; 


y *.»14 


■V'4/ 

’/Vi * 
I*. 'If ‘■'■ 
k l>ik« * 

**1/4^ 
^W(< »* 
♦J»r. 


f»» «H>K<'(/'»V>5>^w? 
>*# vl\>»ll>b>K>»iVIM’ Kith 
i ►»#</ v/ 


|^L/K'JU» 

., >i,n* ■ k »f J 


u.i 


itiM'l i *v v VH*Hlf 
■I hH IbHltJ >Pi I li ,j 

tjpi «>|.i lipu-tici'U i 

i ki^Mki •'.'•»>»'; ^ *ifi|i »»'»/' • if»w i 

1 tt'} H V/| f • •, * t*! 'tri I 'i «J i t >4>iuHr SfutY* '»* (/ 

. . . Ki /«*•»», j iifr>i) 

>i \Ji.r\*<t\i tuh nt ru*i ,i b» »J **’*a»-/ i>*/ 

1 1 Vi t .‘4* /»>»-IXh* *). I ►# w I fit ,.#. ,, / i>ii , ».. • tt|»i hi ,ri ' 

iii« 'Ov/*>vJ»i| K^P' r r KvKH>iyi>; »* »-ui i-fM-n i .1 k/*f-u »■•« /u 1 mj i 

Mil i ».»i I; Ivh I *!>>*»•» WHJuin t»f 11» ,*.»*», 1 1; wt>k <i|«;i4l)J i. 

K-H-||l|'r k>- |kl ild *>M4 

fat isi^ij' l,; tj- 




*.# »■/ l»»* ITUIJ** Vf fK' ' ' 'i'ln' c V i "1/ ’ ' >' / f I l> ti>( kl 

bJ'ijM l/p*/, ►< * » >»!• !»»«-►* 

* Ki L/iiki<i'Uti ♦'ill ► J ilHfiftJi/t 'i/'t 

fh »* I i/lJ-l/i r»> . »* ili.l*i/ » 4 »I >w{ 11 . Hlw vt fi' /«•»'■*/» >»l 

Ilkl I I k> U>.'t.i lit/ 


Iwl 


14' 


•SiTt- 


WVVf k ,■■■« tollk . yMP ■■■■.■, .. 

>*>i J‘».i*/ , *4W k#vi yyvrv>vrkli>viv/vVv>i*fc/l/ *»*# civ 1,11 < »i ■ t < 

vi •->•» * \41* piM-i»;* »4i«» ►>»>[, hT»/*> i»^ 


4 r» 


♦ ;>M 


* 4 (/«►*! 


4 »4 m 


(r/t /i > 

i nKK 


■ f 
j y I 

rvi. 


4 4 H ? 


ill./ 


i* 


I K 4 v^l^ M vl • *'14 

I-V* il tyt/bi V/»«4 M>JV|4l 4w JJI IJ’I I .liilik'./'U , . _ 

MffKKt lu>»/f l>* k/fl 4*4My>4»/V 

Klvl il '4wUv« »<l)(.f»*Wii*»'*»i*l **ltlK4l|/4 

jy hi«Kfk|lNi|JuW •>' 't- J ilkl|4k.'Vr> 

' ./,/■ w ill III y#«4»l l4>l vi*' bl*’ I*I'4 ' 1 »l> ' 

II Ml I I^Jli/Wtlj' ViK fc ‘iv 4 h/»'hi' 

I y^ir.rw ni 4 kJ*/)» -4 t-h-h/ ** ^iHl 

, 1 »y 4 ^ ^s-4V/^ |>* I lll'W * il M ♦■»•■« I * 

/ ./> /].! Ij 14 I >14 <•> * *!/■* J > * *•' U ' y_k • - 

, > .;• i . i| : h/- .-*4 f # , b» h> i I J>f. 

|i>| I Mill*'' 1 •'! vMk 'j »»/*/ »l »4 

!,»./i'i>iJ»/|- •/vlh 
vn-» i.r\i i>l*' iuri-i i klyrw I kii.iiiM 1 
ii.i ».i »WU| i.*i.' 

l./i j .>»>iii*..*>/ii»ii , ' 4 ''i '*• '^’H 7 ' 4 ‘f , t 
* i/iii* *i-i Km v’ hi Ji 4 wi 11 /*/»*i 
•*J i Al / 


I v! il*I • 4 k / *yi>W »lvlJMi !*-.«• /-tsMfl'ilt 

vKrvik 


• i 
; iJ 


«#•« 
>W»>' 


I hnnnritifti' 
i il I *«k 11 k *4411-1 




-k * »► 


.I »*kl Ml 

■ * ti |4 vl 1 . 41 

l> ■ tv/ ,M/» 

■ I * (> 11 J V' 
k>i/-»| iJJ ^ 


■ I. I U • >»/| 4 t * 4 / 

4 b/1/ •l>*lKhViO 

»> V>|> >41 H "f f 1,1 vyit 
4 11 >H*|I »>•/*, I I I t/ 
i.' kl O v*’./W^ ‘ 


i iJkJ^r^n/i H> •*«/»»( *ti |/iHaifl i 




I l-k/i-i il t.»4M v*| *4J*»t-| 

|i.|i*»|W» ilklU 1 .. » III 1 . *4: 

/ f >11 > »* / / • I K 1 kJ V«* I i 
*t.»U»lkM4i| i/t/il^U Vh/M •»*>» I 
n U h»i*-M .siK/l/V 11 141./ih/ * 

i/th/t/M t/ih^t/vK^*/ >yi/4Hiv»u 


• *< *»»n*/ 


.* !/•! 
- .* * ‘ 




4I V>»i/k*i>^/l »}J#.* -, 6hJ ^/i/» >,.| iJk/litlV/'l #•»)»! Uth>i.f 

/'t^Hb/fi’iKhi-yJ* h^tJv'i/ii «ii 1111 Mf. i /•)..•»!» • i f P44f/'*l i »! 44*4 . 

i >4/. ♦-{ 4 /> * ♦ M*n *'»>«•► h f M / f I fj l v »yr4 iM/|/|mM,i,I'*.I**....I.IiM|W >»/ 4/ .* V# , 
4kH,l , t4H>>i*-»/l4*M /.l|>,.l »y r iM-l'44,11 . / k /i'K'P4.»r4iP.*.i-i*44«il»->y*.4»>» *»>lU» b4 
. M /> **'«h t 't» J 41141**1^1 I I fl •!. »|4I. *Pi^i H *4 , ft I, ♦ hi ,7 !>*/., firvi /* •* | 

11 /•'. ' *<ikKl»4. ..fell I :.4t4tl.U* f Ki,^.,.**| n«4- - ,./ 4 K- • j,|.|.lk^l 

*iiil«/k/4M»|l)iii W j/.' Mt>U|i/'UU , »'*H4k-M*f4* thlfw 4»>l' >>•/.>f*t4/*%iw>i.» u.if ,Jti-*|Uil . 
/i/ Lhf* *■"***>*+*'• H*b <^»U|-*.->i^*iT*i4»/4>i»-./UiJ^4v/‘KK/f4M»J 

| f ij k M pi * j / j >, * ilV' J4l I i/tPiM >t M y. / »/ i t>< , , U f/lit/- '/|Mi . I I *1/W|| - M >4* IMJ-tn/i 

tkhJli 4»l- > f'U * ffclflf/l *4» Iffj - M *•/« » I », * U IJ4 1)1' I * u/'i 1 i'M . I .11/|if, / M i,t f 1 

!•>.« f* 4fJ »4p*.l il’fh I i/'* j ,>;-i>| 'j/jlU .>♦ 


i»411 • i 
->Ji| 
P#4f4v. 




►l/-t 

I * 


t H < *-*«J*| 

l\A/l 
I il l Ml 

*■4 I /1 »• » 


» 4./1 h4M 1/1 iJi/I/i * vn>l« »>»* 't<>4i* r/pl H I»t/f/t*»<4) W|>t! »4t>i/»>t/fhltlb4^ J V>»H/iH4 *4 * f 4i *i|4iIk '/v» >• U *4* 41/' I 

r*» / .M # * 4*i liltRAH/W Vj/ **»{* ifv>f4i>|i . I« •» K it*v>«! »l tl 44*4*4 i.ft/i/^M •/.*-•*% * W V vH* <►«• »'}hfW/i i. 4# V* I *1* * «Mf.l W k/f.^k4f *f>ii ffk/<*'*l , fl , il MH- 1- 
Jik/w) l4/,i.l)/.#,/Lrf , .KK^K' , l ^ ‘ / l > ' / 'h / ‘ , *' *' ' *4 4M 444.V Jlk/f* 1 'fi Hll/i*. • ^ i P * mttb i »• llftJ ') "W-. Ik!< J11'. 4| * ,/1 *, A*!' * ►,'kl^ ff.» I « *!( 4 >% I • 

J /Ukjy#/ •'i/kikl./ I /|/|l . / i^l^) i • *%m»4-*'V4 *Jlf kl *><ri lt/W-4^1^^ ‘ »* .*»/b4lriih4v4vl uy J./4' il-l* -MI.4*/ 4 ^ M-»r *4v> »J * ’« lv>4 il *i. I| •>»*•,4 ►.. / « »*, f 

’ ‘ I |ik/ A<>^Vhri' vK*^>’ t* ,,L v/ ' T ^ «l ^i »■' »1 ^^T%4i f [ /• h/lri.^1 4J*/< b/v# *4jK./y W /|*P rf I .• 


p /ij 


I**v4v/ 


il¥ 4i| > 4. ."U.1*fl4f>>4|4t.-‘pi/ 4-JtrWvl 


3iK 


/ .. . ,j ruryi i •-•\ivrfryvi'>ry'r* 

«\J . ii* j /if »k ■ • i ’ i m r-/• *«/ \' ‘'ll J 1 1 

A ii#J - j Kh4*l J'/n^t/J-t^ J*Vnp*f- r 


/ >. *i r k ^' # thi m»»•»•*" »ivy fs'iu 

V"» v **Mf4iiu/t*i *i4»l l-V il 

n/»M/»4K^ ii’*J*4ln.’» MVlV *4‘i l 


K *1i4 li-t/ t4f>i/f/fK/t/lKi >*/ »yifi-t/tliM4*M>l >i lii U' 


ri/yii/ »|h»l>)44ji 


*t*» mW ‘vhi MwkWfWVlfWnfcCff 

. ;L> . / * r*/ t . i ^ >nh > ¥}i‘> 

.1 I .'kJ-H.I / | 4, ■%* S* 1 (i 4 4vif.M *ifk/v/Oii-v/iK/ll 

■ mmfem Wl^.K 



* »4f 4 • Ak I 1 * I 4w*V 41’ / *11 4f,l 

» k».U*t4bh.'l>thlk 

. , . .4 . . . . i.i.ik .4 !>*»*/*»* IU**/ >* 


i, • vi ftbi, y ; iK' /r,r f i , »*M>»». , t4-i4t/ih4fi>t^ 

/*/> lf/)>W<4 , l^t>*'1 *U'Vn /»4-4 V>W '/ifVftrtl lt^»4ii» 4«. ,/| tl \4l/-'>.>'' • lilt* t4»-fk7l/i/i ftli/t/’/tyi!’.; 

J>4* li/it/*/«4.4 ■ ►i-Mr|l»4i4 tlr/lh/*4t>«4i /.#»,, r tJk■• i * • r*. I<;, ’ . fc fi I»li *) tfi^/f/n i**K> 

*)4l /v/vi ifU»4t4lHK» I I4|l»rvl .11 kmJt/t/kf ./\ > • Ml t< I/|P||-| bw iJ I • / il 4/iff/* f /l* »M/tltH/ il 

11 ' 4\ 4 *1 t J I I /( 44i>*\ ' 'Iffwi* >i»» • ■ k./iltfkl Ik-.ifl fn»k • ffM'*4f»*l»l|l M*!vi-i>if(f*|lt»ll'|/-tnl l »fj 
r\»\r\l *1 i*k/kfv • i l 1 * 4b4|/*,/ *4t/ i* ^'.lOv/l/i - *lf w+' *14-* * ’ rl>tTi. , * 1 / , 4 1/1/i! »,SlM liif| if/1 4 f I 

f/1/* . P|.^ » »\4'^f**4W ifllH'b'iKnltl'f*/f.*»»i*M**lH 


r^lnfj I t/iJ kf yif.4 i J tr' i |4( 4) Ml'M/i 


4 >4^,11/ J i*« f* HKJM 1-i i->» f-t / J I W*»fM>4f4 , 41|4'l *1/1»1 If! r * f J i* 

tkPti»/iKy* ft* 


(./Li <r ti»fljt/t/ 


/•/ ll'4/fh/fl ■ i/l>w/ 
p» I'.pWv’ij'i /m>i / 


41 1 fit,I t4i4t! I 

ilk/) HK’/ftf* l 


11 : Ji 


k*f*if 


' \ >tl i . » 14 >4 |) tli.'lhln 

4 *k i »nl.ii , * >u.l tifPvn 

* *>f4'K ,,J v ' tffi*4 

» «kr|pj.r\K[,K. , » 4 i. 

» MUlU.lilW li/MUtfylH 
t- tft* 4»h J ll tl ‘ l * , »' , M , fylf4' 


fill 4'fli ri4'| 

• * I'VithP*'« / ll/hfllftM* 
k4f«t/T4vn»f kiv4 ,/i rni ^ 

IflfHH/lKKyiKlW »i-V4 



M *Mk i 


l*f/»/ 

' > .lllkl J +■■ 1 

'f»,iy i*«i> 

II* **H.HIfi■•'' i*> 144 * 11 w 

y , y,. I -Ini k/tffvf h ^ * i; » / '*M kh >/ 




#,'♦.1*1 
4 


i« i k 14i %j k' • 4 * * t4kl»itr > 11 mmvIi >ffn i*i4f**4vltl»'|flt> , fi*i' 

>M/I..lyyi *r»4b4»4-» •j'/lfV** fW>irkli/|*V4 *■/*•* •'*! */*#■ M f» ■ | 

1 • # .4 V*» 'Ifi*!. *4>i7V'4llifKt IM /ll’iMOMl-l'fltlllil* *n**M , «l*ll!llM ‘ 

,,,. ,4*1 ii ,4*.4. *ii »>i4r* .»v4tri/w V 'v-hiiii Wit>fr4/j#t/i/'l4f4 

*•• k/|/»4>/* rf#i^*. v kf fi ‘[Wu ,i-ti4i*h 

4\»o. ‘ 1/•*■»./if U •l*4b/ltl >/•* I'ti'w** ItM/'M 


i-rf-U - i-i p- p> *"/ i-*tivi < • 

k*4l / 14! * * t#.„ } I ff 414* • • 111 > 111 f>4« l » f I k. H r 

1l»>-.. */Vi i>U• I ‘1 v/k H '* I-I^I ftl*/!•*.. ».r»n» 14 k. 

ivrv.*i*»-4 4-ii*i4i./'i >r» 

14 iMl4»l»l i' ifv 4>f M • l.lvn/l; • 4kltf|l4/1f>l V» f W->ri«4t»*u 

Il *V»M|l » Hji»4M ri/knPkll' V' 

/•»►i^k>t^1|k»J'>4'*4^l 1*}/* 4»4W , k/W'b>».»'*/*liMI I/t**‘lt/*tffr/f *4>if f/ij 

K *vf IlifMil v> Hi*! Tf/V#M H* f*/•'** 4 *Wl 4 } ibhru'if • t/j 1 * 4 * fV 1*1 Affl •. • r i 




1 *•>/11 i/i* *» 4-1 ill U-» v/rK*v»> 4 * 4 i*/V' i*' 1 ’ I if*^* 1 } * kPi/*/** vl th *[■*' 1 •/ l/>l►* v V/'* 4 >Pk 4 V/»/\i« 4 i/ W 
•V* i * • till i *» I vli/ Un* 1 1 ** »* *1 »/fi ft>- tii v/irt/w/f m k» » », n 


, |.4*/i Pi44i 4* W|4* Miuirmifuir* **•.. r- , P, M ^ L _«, --- .-„ r „ 

.- / « .4ii.l'*mn h tin i tryi > 1 1 i>5»*i/irvi i/K'» '>»' K’ - '' y**”'* W(' v ♦/•i" /htyf* 

4 P»fk4 ** n^ify/liwvl**.»4if I^kM>) f*>bi ti VI 4» I h III •*> '■; N * >'** •>» f» 4| *f n*rr.|<M4r 


*«*f>44lw*4t *«14 rj ilMMk/lKP*l' 1 kM h, >i 

»,». »«/.!!*> I it *ffk*» ' If 41 *4 /•*>.! 

fMi. Mtif* fAiffl 4‘ Ptf 1 * .4v* |1* 4Xfi/ »4f/tJ»-»-f<fk»»l 

if *k "i < t ‘ * t 'fpf-/} * v/vrt/i ifff f>l §ft 4 i 

*H-K* 

I IMS 


nil 





* ffrf* ‘ 1 4 

t *ry-'r*H 1 

tyt i i/*-l 

»;’J![iJFvAfwW r ’- , *f J ’>s»- hr** **»ithhi 4 -| 4 .••»/!*w-tifh-uryi 

^i/i/k^K.h/t/riyvWfW- ii/4».- 7MI-l^l*n4».'VHI>4 r !'.l**-M'.nt»" *^1 , M# ,/w/y4i'«i»?>Mi Vlf4thK>fffM.!»ltPi* v M.4»fW h. iv/nuia; U^»K4^44./I Hffh-tv 

. , .. , l.t , I.ku /Vi*<fl»hr. »»>* MMn44>i»iHjf*4n. HI /.riPfiih/•* nityii ihM vr i f * v« ./»4*l u»; klirii.'i li.>.| W*41 f'./tn M/V>f .‘»* 

JT/C K/V . iKflhl .J,j < |4}J»M/il» , t4»*»P*fwH»f*>l/*lti-*/*>iWf/t/y4*4nM, t 4fWHv4wy|if| f f* . 4*11» h/l >>f * 4 • n> . #V • 11 i/v t/»4 »/ * f tUH * .1 4|,HM» ./*/»/> M 
14' Jmh) 1 >wM,ki»4**.*4M4,|if /u- 4 • •* ‘*iV4h/»hi»ii4v> k »flii>f*rt**/i>W4KM*i» 

r 1 i v ifttil » 4w fji ,,r f..| . , |f^ ,,4i>U4/l *44-1/lh.4*4/ff4V4»>*^ f/i/Kwl* Ill'll* 1 t»k *1 lfPt;4 4»<f*4- iliffy ,>>. r „» H ,1.4 . I ^f*i k *k,l^f.|*/*l , lf^* , h k l*^h'if 

/kill ♦ liiViShH i.M.I/r^p/Cif^iib/vfkUi. , 4 b/mKtkji!k*^vif 4 -kfiftitMiw.lv* 1 * iMuMutfn,!.,, .*v..r' ri 

’ \ -m4 ,41, mp./ /!ji ./IMp/,4 1* -*•** +».H fffiM. vP^fl^ K*>' u iWv* 



< f iv* 1) Ml i f tip! M , t i44>fitrf.-f I 

*4 ' *1>4f kl 4 


v* if pR* fPM-MI|*f • Mlflkl ktt It-btfr'-fl-p ; 



k r ktr* / t/v/ 1 '. 1 * • !•'./* yvi h/'i'* • v 
lit /n**/• HI** *f *v#ifv i i'•* 

II 4*^)1 ,» v*» f-trfM****' *1* >K 

pi f t*yi n i r/ifu/ -»f 4i#rr4w» w, ,i ,r *»i/ . v/fH/M* k/n* 


J K il4l *ri> w-vti-lt* 


fv/l/i'f e* i k /f/ il*l>h *i»v>vi *4 ij>-i p;>i r**’! *■!► in * '*”*■' m»- U/i*>p *.4 n>i*ri 

/»>*/♦. V.1H1' ***** rli/4/iJi « t>‘4- A.-'i.*' /»•*♦</4/VI*kf I *ifw r#f/>Mir*lW mrn»4k *'.4k.t» 4v/* ***- *l 

sir, i p*4./' 4,/ il’ »/»/*• »*i I /tW-h-tf l n * 1* UI if f # .f I /1/1/1 -I t>1 f >’M '> 4 vr kj 4.fwy n. 4-*yiii, ■ .hi »* 

ill** •»•! .i*ii/*4-v/i/v>• r»/wh' .>•! pifi/trk/v* li/t ni-ini-iitMp'Jviiht/ivirMmnii/ w. •►/** 

i!V»HMf|Uti ./»»J f|fl»»4* f*4*V'*.‘«4n* 4*^1 r*/W */•!»/ -I If/iii. l, lH ■ 

*»i « ^,i*4 HftAi* i*f**)Hi*'t , ~ *>i»•*•*’►<*/»fn , t»>i**tf4*-v>*’f>f»r/*»rw» f «/wMM*»nf ‘►“fth'i 

f f/V tnh* nn/4i t>-*.i'/iKfkKfiH > t*nt>r\u ni w v'*HAivMMiii4M' *-4iHnii 

' if ! JiTflfT T! rtMl'lii itTp I'lvfir < 'PX ,/»' r * ,4-,»-t/4 » I if » *» ^ fv/VM>»>wniP>/ W>rt# ^ *» *»-.* f»w4 Vl^W »lf' ■fhf?"•*» »>"*- 11 *■¥, ■ trt'1*Hf4f> 

Hy* *11,1 ' .!jj uSbtUimy ill- 1* iftwi/v. ..1 K/WnJtCJJv^Wlft/ii 'fthi'M •'*'tn** /if*-! *" *n.i ' * 4*ff! ♦* • * *r b/v/ff */kp 

ri**#-i.*vi|H'k kyt *i !T?fl < {tTf)J<-/^r/CBK 4 * >vJIrS?Hrv ni/f/w v/f»>ywv* < ■ »i4*viwvfi*‘ 'n»iw4i*i-*ii.Ki4;*hi4i*4fA..44Pv, ,>».• > fff'* k M< 

SC22l /Wifi*,/*»>^i*ir*«*if** i>iu **i»Ui4ivtr, ^ ^Khrv»H 

* •’ ’ ' . . . .. . , > .... ..^i.iiii.ii kUI • kM • il ti i. ii > >t.' , 4<l tivlkl.l K i. .... lit.M.n * | *' 1 i 1 


4/4/ ,*/tl | 
kit* in* i*hii*ii'/ii 

«/fVT*/Ml' *fVHi<Mi/1^1*1 v/if»-p*/nitrvi.'*' , i 
»*J IM 11 !*#>/».* t / ••M , KK/*MfVl *f'/h*f*f»^W ♦»/•#■// ItHnlllk/tflltl 
.i : »►>./ ** ti ki ^ .f W-«M/V| i/->,f->/14 if i # 4>1>»1 4* 4./-./1/*! .l*/*r •I'W 1/k/ilf 

” . y 4 il ...k . ... I hi 1 ... . I* k II (- fill ‘ t t 


ln/»/ 

f .M# fri-ii-l >.■ p * iff/ti wf t/tr 

I ‘iiii/ifrMMlfH'thitii 
u-f>ttif»vi fi i/bivi •. *>ip 

‘♦xHI'fHII ***Pfl>/iM*f*f/ , »- H. |f-| 

»pi/fyfMr»»4tf 

. , , P iirthM/tn-f» 

fUftfin'Ki i - . > k/i t i-i * / 

i]kii .>**1 


| |ffH| « PV| V * V 

->4.iHu irniww 


v r., Wtp|l */*rW f/fjw <p> ftl 


.» H 


4 * Ml » r-W .#■• • /vi*iJWWir*.i^'Nt«* 


l»l 


1/4 H/tP*» *l 

JH IK'i>*/ r iJ''/'• 

• 1H . ^1 «#T/M^»4. i/Jkn.n*P/k* i '»>. fkH-llVfrbVIfM*^^ 

/ /./ jw tlk' k/il'M/V/f/*/ wbrv« vl ipv/b/Vf i »-* *-H *>w j./*/'*/*!>rpp**»lv/vp»/* . »/*.♦ k>»«*/ * 11flvl 

i^lk/ p»il/1 /w , */4*t>*l>*l * I p»l t*»t »4 4>. k./ frf *1 »PkP41*>Ptf » H Mtt »W (iPfi ff I ! >*■»* *f/’ h “ 
>.r>.'.IIV «/ktfP»P- IWM/V bl-W-ulMtlkfPM/W ‘111 (PkP*/»l»/'l:/44* ». tkmf k/»* !»’»*/vl 
. , ,*..ni»i • *m*r*/M v » >»fi*ip/**p<b»^M>*fj• inf«wfbiiKft/pb/i*»*»f' J *f>f - 

•4 ‘ 4 ft* f k*b! W tf*Wl *Mf>/•/i.HJ’p* f*lk/ 1 -l*f */>P»r» w ' '.I I 4 f* • '/ilk. t * ‘J 'Hill - M*' i 41 


M 4*1*1 
n rw flv* h<fl wtwH 

l*HM« 44 t^*» »Pt/»/ 

kjarl^'bfWv't f/lt* ‘ 


VHftll 


»fj*h|rtf fihfh 
>r/n v/vpiPbM!i»».r**Hi 
Mlk/f/liV/ii -riH’ '.f*4 .y* • th-»»/ -nt <*4ikn#f p^« riff ffii . ttii 

111 * ilfflftll** |fthlfliul»l I P'>*Vlf>» 4 'bf> 4 *f*^ftM>n/bf ififl 

ii. M-wii»*i <t«ftn/i Pifpfv* Pt.f>iv* »»/r*rv*j-i»^ii^j»/j./t»t>^>4/ / 

i»Kii /♦* fM V‘ »>/ Sf »i Vh tifi. */fi« 4 fffli* t*»f *rif*rtf ** 1 - i■*•••*/**i ‘h* *ff r i 

/ bM/f-H-r »i»/// ►/ vi *pf>i>» 

* Pi>M ffiUflii- < • 1 

Ik 


i Ml i>*l#l bf-bfllf. y*p4'4 *• ►'>* |/>f* P*/ 

I'l* p«*i p-.ip/i/i* / 




• rnHifii , i)fM ,i |-*vi <. *PM'i*- *-! r/i-rvi-vr* 

/>n |U '/ i P*l W/|.. V b.iH >* i ■•** MM/* l ■ i w« pi i *-v*» 

/./ »iri ,4 / ,,. # W- HVVbf /il • -b*/il •-*«-.. h;:jIJTj:;. i.rUiivnibWlfi-i* 

/.-'■*I-|I#»4, *«# 4>H b> 1 4 * *4f* yVI *V) ’ '/41^^ 111 »' t* ' '*/ '*i**ff #l ' ..kr./ii 1 P.J*»*11 pPil »♦. ft/fU ... (..., I 

i“?‘ ^ nvt/'iM'iK ./vpr/i **'njyi 1 ’^vjTkT* . , f .i.*yff*»J‘^>K>p*'b»mi*f^*’'4«-Kinwrivi'itii > »^»*‘ ( f»f rf ***^hf^ m% i.»vMK<*UiK^ 

-mi, ..i Ji.i: -i, 

,P PvlUbi'MM *>r* ,, rtfiUMPiMhyvMMMbUPiin^.Vpriri ty*/’ i>p**ti» 1|»» i'*i •^-ii»Wf/>*kyf».i4fP,rMM 

»>/f’t* , fl/»/VP*ly*f4rt.l%.»*.*-i *W»M fi.*!^ 
• fit Vl-/*pl*. .*14111 , ny V i »lf i/ifi/ii! 
b*l»»i ■ /.Ifl k**' . - .fill'V/bV.lftrrkPMIk 
Pf-P'/Tl'/IPHH Ill.ir'h */•/>* 4Mf-/fHi4»4i H: 
)ri»» . * I'.-hfif-H Piif y P . )w»),r> |r*n * ,-r> fM 
hi* * Itniff f HlMW-n-rt-i • l rbHhi * * i -I 
l| Pjlfl • i'*M fllM i '1*|.» »(| 

M» • fV». tfb- Ml fWH*iM/ilt 

.* | IPt J fif *>4.prpl * , *f + *.n-4 41 VH/f/VKftJ 

/V VlPhWlM' *t •! kJ-rv/ki 4flMl*i *n 

ti 4 i.i,Mi)*‘i' #ltih i*hvhrii***+v f'vvt*iv/r*Mu*iH Hiii»,i/v/vf***H»* 4 iVr, • w> m^ r *»t*i mm mmn»,> 

/kltfii'•> »i ' i''rH fiff’/ifb/b/ Miphff ^4/Wi.»*^*ib)^J 



.4M.r ^^npVihr4M^ >b»»fW'i)h. 



m nHiribt*. umm •ifMih**Hiw*fni,Mnf*K?»i' 
it-iKA^fiV/Ob* »<•* *>*/*< kfifv>/* 


fvP,r|J*it»>/k*b#**‘f1/‘* Pj>*i»/| , . -Ipl ilbHi kfllViliH W* 

/ kf>. 4<./>/*#»♦ *| ilf/kf'fl '/•'» Iftfi *f, «i • 4/w111f *M‘f!|Hfli >If 
4f»t* > *' <vMr ' f, ‘ , *'hrp*4tPV-/ii'^n»'»H k i i*! *vp»i i«if|*ft•’♦Mn/vtvK.Mii 1M 
i/f/tfL/ m i/>/’V *ff»^ i«i*f^#-.»»-K/f>i4. 4Hlfl*l[iM*Miiirl*i.«/if 

\ pvm*» / • ,♦♦/*»! Hf pp|vii«4.brt**tt f Nff / •. • 4/M *f*f*irt< fft-1 *!♦ 

I 4 . I f j/fpil Ilk/I . Il*/ | Pi • vp.l k/ », * 1 • ilf/ *« • * W*’M*/ I .!> i- P-l *'/ 


►IfM-M 
Ubr 

PffVWSW-s^-i^ 

klMTl'/ilVlll * WilflW 'MU / •/ ►-'•'•/11/V 
, .*«/M .IVkp P *t'ifW4MlM'-/l* vpvftfn 4*1 

,>.»*f.*^r*rf/***i*P*JV‘/i/t^fh'HM^V'f/1- > r? r? I' ■‘•11L.L. av.^.^.«.uy 
.,1 ri»».r*i 1 /»/** ih* - *vftPbpl-f V* Pifff i'hyf/ I »**W ,»» ► • M 

r-MP!/i’«M*i'4i.!|i. /*> V */t M/ 4 /w h MV 1 4-klM */»/ /Vff/it 'll'"* 1 


4, ./*/• M/bf ^*» «*>*/•/4/pf|^mf>M*bh /*1» !> 

ISJIiy*.',nikkl4-k4.l1**IMn|*Hfblb ’ P»f b/*Cf • *11».-> 4*1 */ ff 4-t>t* PI fl I 


f ttt'W i 


P*ff 

pH/mpi »nMb#W*>ibi»ff» p*f *f k-PbPiPb^K h 

' PfHf * I U’XtSI 4 1*1 fif ♦ PVf ♦ f i 


thJ -ifl 


-»>Pn *• 4 


Pf/b* PI » M1*U| 1 ffii *lifi■» */♦ lihffMtHn* fMlfc »/*/*/»♦ *1 




1* P r n/hh* / • 14**111.1' ip H / hi W M T4lin.PTiLP./*!ili#^^J».ii*i4.MP*/4M^*»»MP14-./1P«fV*.Mt*/ H.rh/Vfif n»l»/if1ffKl»* »»4»>ii|*P*Mf t'UVUi * i-.KjV 

, * .Hill ■* »/w **♦/*» *»**• pitff-1'1 If*'^ w ^lPiivf!KKMi'/3v/»PipVV>/b**ibf */• r*h* • HI "m*'-# HM.pi i.i*is- .^P*/p*>f*rfPtrh 

*H" .g 1/4 I bl 41 tyffKtffH/l .. .. . U 4 yip.hk'i .Mil .ipPlPbfr-br .1 n .p, pv/v/«.l1>i P*Pbf>Pb* »**/*♦ In 4 1 PI* P**f1-f 1/^f f kni 1 If if fff» 




















/ 


I 


U b ' o VC 

/ 


NJ7vS2ia» tP^rSlbUSiasa) 33H 

Robert S. Davis, School Book Publisher, Boston. 

GREENLEAF’S NATIONAL ARITHMETIC. 

The National Arithmetic, on the inductive system ; combining the 
Analytic and Synthetic methods, in which the principles of Arithmetic 
are explained and illustrated in a perspicuous and familiar manner; con¬ 
taining, also, practical systems of Mensuration, Gauging, Geometry, 
Rook-keeping, See. ; forming a complete Mercantile Arithmetic. De¬ 
signed for Schools and Academies throughout the United States. By 
Benjamin Greenleak, A. M., late Preceptor of Bradford Academy. 
Improved Stereotype Edition. 314 pages, 12mo. 

QTT 3 The peculiar plan of this work has induced many distinguished 
teachers and others, who have examined and tested it in their schools, 
to recommend it as decidedly superior to any other work, to aid the 
pupil in acquiring a thorough practical knowledge of the science. 

The following certiticates of commendation, from teachers of high 
reputation (in Philadelphia), evince the merits of the work. 

(From Mr. J. P. Engles, Principal of the Classical Institute Philadelphia.) 

I have examined with considerable interest, Greenleaf’s “National Arithmetic,” 
and have no hesitation in recommending it as an admirable system of Arithmetic, 
which contains all that is necessary to a knowledge of the science, and nothing that is 
useless. The arrangement too is such as to make the contents easily available, to 
tho teacher and pupil. Should it succeed in displacing the host of so called Assistants, 
with which our schools are flooded, I conceive it would be equally to the comfort of 
teachers, and the profit of students. I shall cheerfully introduce it into my Academy. 

Philadelphia, JYov. 14, 1838. J. P. ENGLES. 

I cheerfully concur in sentiment with Mr. Engles, respecting Mr. Greenleaf’s Arith¬ 
metic ; it is the best work of the kind I have ever seen. With a great deal of pleas¬ 
ure, I shall introduce the same into my Seminary. 

W. ALEXANDER, Classical Teacher, Philadelphia. 

I have examined Greenleaf’s “ National Arithmetic ” with a great deal of satis¬ 
faction, and have no hesitation in saying that it is the most complete system of Mer¬ 
cantile Arithmetic with which I am acquainted ; and will cheerfully recommend it as 
occasion may require. E. GRIFFITHS, Teacher of Mathematics, Philadelphia. 

Philadelphia, Nov. 12, 1838. 

I have examined Mr. Greenleaf’s “ National Arithmetic” with some care, and am 
much pleased with its arrangement; Ins examples under each rule are numerous and 
appropriate : I am so well satisfied, that 1 intend to introduce it into my Seminary. 

THOMAS Me AD AM. 

Philadelphia, JVov. 14, 1838. 

I concur with the opinion of Mr. Thomas McAdam, and shall also introduce tho 
book into my Sominary. A. MITCHELL. 

We fully concur with the gentlemen, who have already given recommendations of 
the “ National Arithmetic,” considering the work well calculated to give youth a 
correct knowledge of the principles of Arithmetic. 

E' O* KENDALL j Philadelphia Centre High School. 

I have examined Mr. Greenleaf’s system of Arithmetic, and am free to say, it is 
one of the best that I have seen. SAMUEL W. CRAWFORD. 

The Publisher has also received the opinion of Mr. James P. Espey, and other emi¬ 
nent teachers, fully concurring with the above, which are here unavoidably omitted. 

A KEY TO THE NATIONAL ARITHMETIC, exhibiting the 
operation of the more difficult questions in that work. By the Author. 
Designed for the use of Teachers only. Stereotype Edition, 110 pages. 

* + * For sale by the principal Booksellers in Philadelphia, New York, 
Baltimore, Richmond, Cincinnati, Louisville, Charleston, and St. Louis. 
























VIEW OF THE EARTH’S SURFACE. 



MINE GROTTO 



































































































































































































































































































Sateen!!) SOttfoTDBebfseti. 


MODERN GEOGRAPHY, 



IN THREE PARTS. 


StT*0> 


As?-?, s, 

PART I. —A GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY, 


CONCISELY ARRANGED } TO BE COMMITTED TO MEMORY 3 
WITH PRACTICAL QUESTIONS ON THE MAPS. 




PART II.—A DESCRIPTION OF THE EARTH, 

MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF THE INHABITANTS, PRODUCTIONS, 
MANUFACTURES, COMMERCE, GOVERNMENT, RELIGION, 
LITERATURE, NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL CURI¬ 
OSITIES, &C.J TO BE READ IN CLASSES. 


PART III.— GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY, 

OR A PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY OF GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 


TO WHICH IS ADDED 


A BRIEF SKETCH OF ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY 3 
A PLAIN METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING MAPS 3 AND AN 
INTRODUCTION TO THE USE OF THE GLOBES. 


ILLUSTRATED BY NUMEROUS ENGRAVINGS. 

ACCOMPANIED BY AN 

IMPROVED ATLAS. 

Bv DANIEL ADAMS, A. M., 

> • 

AUTHOR OF THE U NEW ARITHMETIC,” &C. 



BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED BY ROBERT S. DAVIS. 

1838 . 


> j > 




*-1%. 


f 


* 






V 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1838, by 
V Robert S. Davis, 

in the Clerk’s office of the District Court for the District of Massachusetts. 


RECOMMENDATION. 

•> 

— 

* From the late'‘■Rev. Dr. Staughton, of Philadelphia. 

The School Geography by Daniel Adams, A. M., as far as my judg¬ 
ment extends, is one of the happiest of efforts for imparting profit, 
popularity, and pleasure, to the science it teaches. The accentuation 
of difficult words in the Vocabulary, is as necessary and useful, as 
the outlines to be committed to memory are select and judicious. In 
the descriptive part, the Author has avoided servility in copying from 
the works of others, and in a style neat and attractive, has exhibited 
the state of Nations and Cities, not as they presented themselves in 
the last or former centuries, but as they now exist. The work dis¬ 
covers the extensive reading of the Author, and a felicity of talent in 
fixing on the facts, which are best calculated to inform and edify. 
I wish the work an extensive circulation. 

WILLIAM STAUGHTON. 


INTRODUCTION TO ADAMS’S GEOGRAPHY. 

BOSTON SCHOOL ATLAS. Embracing a Compendium of Ge¬ 
ography. Containing eighteen Maps and Charts. Embellished with 
instructive Engravings. Tenth edition, handsomely printed, from new 
plates. One volume, quarto. 

[LF Although this book was designed for the younger classes in schools, for 
which it is admirably calculated, yet its maps are so complete, its questions so 
full, and its summary of the science so happily executed, that, in the opinion of 
many, it contains all that is necessary for the pupil in our common schools. 

From R. G. Parker, Esq., author of “ Progressive Exercises in English 
Composition f and other popular works. 

I have examined a copy of the Boston School Atlas, and have no hesitation 
in recommending it as the best introduction to the study of Geography that I 
have seen. The compiler has presented to the public a neat manual of the 
elements of the science, unencumbered with useless matter and uninteresting 
detail. The mechanical execution of the work is neat and creditable, and I 
doubt not that its merits will shortly introduce it to general use. 

Respectfully yours, R. G. Parker. 

From E. Bailey, Esq., Principal of the Young Ladies’ School, Boston. 

I was so well pleased with the plan and execution of the Boston School 
Atlas, that I introduced it into my school, soon after the first edition was pub¬ 
lished. 1 regard it as the best work for beginners in the study of Geography 
which has yet fallen under my observation 3 as such I w ould recommend it to 
the notice of parents and teachers. 


CAMBRIDGE: 

EOLSOM, WELLS, AND THURSTON, 

PRINTERS TO THE UNIVERSITY. 










PREFACE. 


Geography can be successfully studied only by the use of maps. The 
natural and artificial divisions of the earth, the courses of rivers, and the rela¬ 
tive positions of cities and towns, are mechanical in their nature, — as much so 
as the letters of the alphabet; and any attempt to communicate a knowledge 
of these objects by verbal descriptions only, without the use of maps or an 
artificial globe, is as absurd as would be an attempt to learn a child to write, 
by verbal dissertations on the shapes of the several letters, without exhibiting 
a copy of them before him. Hence the treatise here presented to the public 
is accompanied with an Atlas, between which and the book there is an intimate 
relation. It is from the Atlas that the boundaries of countries, the direction 
of the principal ranges of mountains, the courses and the outlets of rivers, and 
generally the situation of towns, &c, are intended to be learned ; the names of 
which in the Grammar, are printed in Italic characters, as a standing admoni¬ 
tion to the pupil, whenever they occur, to consult his maps, — all which may 
be seen explained more at large in a note, page 10. 

This book is exhibited in three distinct parts, and yet forming one connected 
whole; which peculiar feature every instructer, it is presumed, will with plea¬ 
sure recognize. 

The Jirst part contains the principles of Geography in the most plain, con¬ 
cise, and natural language, much on the plan of Goldsmith and Guy, and is 
that part designed to be committed to memory. 

The second part is a further illustration of the same subjects, together with a 
particular account of the climate, soil, productions, manufactures, commerce, 
manners, customs, religion, government, curiosities, &c., of all the principal 
Kingdoms and States in the known world, designed for reading in private , or 
by classes in schools. 

This distinction between what is to be committed to memory, and what is 
designed for reading only, made by the first and second parts, it is presumed, 
will meet the approbation of every teacher, more especially of those who have 
been perplexed with the difficulty of selecting for their pupils the portions to 
be committed to memory. 

In the third part the pupil acquires the spelling and the pronunciation of the 
names of kingdoms, countries, mountains, rivers, seas, lakes, islands, &c. 

Different methods may be proper for pupils of different ages, and something 
must always be left to the discretion of the instructor. Those instructors who 
prefer it, can direct the second part to be read in connexion with the study of 
each article of the Grammar, and the questions on the maps. For instance, 
when the pupil shall have committed and recited what is said of the World, in 
the Grammar, he may then read of the same in the second part; after which he 
will be prepared for the study of the Questions on the Map of the World. And 
thus proceed with the other divisions of the work. 

A distinguishing feature of this work is the second part, so eminently fitted for 
a reading book in classes. It is a kind of narrative, read with great interest 
and attention by children who have made, or who at the time may be making 
Geography a study. 

A short sketch of Ancient Geography also is introduced, for the convenience 
of those who may wish to extend their inquiries to this subject. 

The Directions for the Construction of Maps are so plain and easy, and the 
exercise in itself so important to every student of Geography, that they ought 
not to be neglected. 

A Description of the Globes, and various Problems for the exercise of the 
learner, are added to the work to render it more complete. 



PUBLISHER’S ADVERTISEMENT 


TO THE SIXTEENTH EDITION. 


The present edition of this work has undergone an 
entire revision, without a change in its original and gen¬ 
erally approved plan, with a design, better to adapt it to 
the present state of Geographical Science. 

In that portion relating to the United States, particu¬ 
larly, much useful information, touching internal improve¬ 
ments, State governments, education, &c., has been in¬ 
corporated ; together with the addition of many new and 
useful pictorial illustrations, which, it is believed, will 
render this edition more worthy of public patronage than 
the preceding ones. 

The Atlas accompanying the revised edition of this 
Geography, has received various corrections and im¬ 
provements, which recent changes in different sections 
of the United States, and other countries described in 
the Geography, render necessary. It contains twelve 
maps, including an additional map of the Southern States, 
all of which are handsomely engraved on steel, and beau¬ 
tifully colored. Although the maps are drawn on a di¬ 
minished scale, in comparison with some other School 
Atlases, before the public, yet they are considered suf¬ 
ficiently copious, and quite as useful and convenient for 
the pupil. 

October, 1838. 


CONTENTS 


PART I. — Grammar of Geography. 


Geographical Defi¬ 
nitions ... 1 

Races of Men . 7 

State of Society . 8 

Religion ... 8 

Government . . 9 

The World . 10 

America ... 11 

North America . 11 

United Slates . . 12 

Statistical Tables 
of the U. S. 13 14 
Maine .... 15 

New Hampshire 15 

Vermont ... 16 

Massachusetts . 16 

Rhode Island . 18 

Connecticut . . 19 

New Y ork . . 20 

New Jersey . . 21 

Pennsylvania . 22 

Delaware ... 23 

Maryland ... 23 

Virginia .... 24 
North Carolina . 25 

South Carolina . 26 

Georgia ... 26 

Alabama ... 27 

Mississippi . . 27 

Louisiana ... 27 

Florida (Territory) 28 
Arkansas ... 28 

Tennessee . . 29 

Kentucky ... 30 
Ohio .... 30 

Indiana .... 31 
Illinois ... 31 

Missouri ... 32 

Michigan... 32 

Wisconsin Territory 32 
Missouri Territory 32 
Oregon Territory 33 


Page | 

Indian Territory 33 
British Possessions 
in North America 33 
Russian Settlements 34 


Mexico .... 

34 

Guatimala . . 

35 

Greenland . . . 

35 

West Indies . . 

35 

South Ameiica 

36 

Colombia . . 

37 

Guiana . . . 

38 

Peru . . . 

38 

Brazil . . . 

39 

United Provinces 

39 

Bolivia . . . 

40 

Chili . . . 

40 

Patagonia . . 

40 

Summary of Popu¬ 


lation of America 

40 

Europe . . . 

41 

Great Britain and 


Ireland . . . 

42 

Lapland .... 

44 

Norway . . . 

45 

Denmark . . . 

45 

Sweden . . . 

46 

Russia .... 

46 

Poland . . . 

47 

Prussia .... 

48 

Netherlands . . 

48 

Holland .... 

49 

Belgium . . . 

49 

France .... 

50 

Germany . . . 

51 

Austrian Dominions 

51 

Switzerland . . 

52 

Spain .... 

52 

Portugal . . . 

53 

Italy .... 

53 

Ionian Republic . 

54 

Turkish Empire 

54 

Greece .... 

55 


Page 

Summary of Europe 50 

Asia.57 

Turkey in Asia . 58 

Russia in Asia . 58 
Circassia & Georgia 59 
Independent Tartary 59 
Persia .... 60 

Afghanistan . . 60 

Beloochistan . . 60 

Arabia .... 60 

India .... 01 
Hindostan ... 61 

Farther India—Bir¬ 
man Empire, &c. 62 
Chinese Empire 63 
Empire of Japan . 63 
East India Islands 63 
Australasia ... 64 

Polynesia . . 64 

Summary of Asia . 64 

Africa .... 65 

Summaiy of Africa 66 
Summary of the 
Population of the 
Woild ... 66 

Questions on the 
Atlas ... 67 

Map of the World 67 

— North America 69 

— United States 70 

— New England 

States ... 73 

— Middle Stales 75 

— Southern Slates 76 

— Western States 76 

— South America 77 

— Europe ... 78 

— British Isles . 81 

— Asia .... 82 

— Africa ... 84 







CONTENTS. 


viii 


PART II. — Descriptive Geography. 



Page 

The World . . 

85 

America . . . 

87 

North America 

88 

United States . 

88 

New England States 98 

Maine . . . 

99 

New Hampshire 101 

Vermont . . 

103 

Massachusetts . 

105 

Rhode Island 

110 

Connecticut 

112 

Middle States . 

113 

New York . . 

113 

New Jersey . 

120 

Pennsylvania . 

122 

Delaware . . 

126 

Maryland . . 

128 

Dist.of Columbia 132 

Southern States 

133 

Virginia . . . 

134 

North Carolina 

138 

South Carolina 

140 

Georgia . . . 

142 

Alabama . . 

144 

Mississippi . . 

145 

Louisiana . . 

146 

Florida (Ter’y) 

148 

Western States . 

149 

Tennessee 

152 

Kentucky . . 

153 

Ohio . . . 

155 

Indiana . . . 

159 

Illinois . . . 

159 

Missouri . . . 

161 

Michigan . . 

162 

Arkansas . . 

162 

Wisconsin Ter’y 

163 

Iowa Territory 

164 

Missouri Ter’y 

164 


Oregon Territory 164 
British Possessions 
in N. America 165 
Labrador • . 165 

New Wales . 165 

Canada . . . 165 

New Brunswick 
and Nova Scotia 168 
Newfoundland 169 
Cape Breton . 169 
St. John’s . . 169 

Bermudas . . 169 

Russian Settlem’ts 170 


Page 

Mexico .... 170 
Gautimala . . 172 

Greenland . . .173 

West Indies . . 174 

Cuba .... 176 
St. Domingo, or 
Hayti . . .177 

Jamaica . . 177 

Porto-Rico . . 177 


Caribbee Islands 178 
Bahama Islands 178 
Turk’s Island . 178 
South America * 179 


Colombia . .182 

Peru ... 183 

Bolivia . . . 185 

Chili ... 186 

Patagonia . . 187 

United Provinces !88 
Brazil . . . 189 
English, Dutch, 
and French 
Guiana . . . 191 

Unconquered 
Countries . . 193 

Islands . . . 193 

Europe . . .194 

England . . . 195 

Wales .... 200 
Scotland ... 201 

Ireland .... 203 
Lapland . . . 205 

Norway .... 206 
Denmark . . . 209 

Sweden . . .213 

Russia ... 216 

Poland .... 222 
Prussia . . . 222 

Holland . . .225 

Belgium . . . 227 

France .... 228 
Germany . . . 232 

Austrian Dominion 234 
Switzerland . . 237 

Spain .... 240 

Portugal . . . 244 

Italy .... 246 

Turkey in Europe 251 
Greece .... 253 

Asia.254 

Turkey in Asia . 255 


Page 

Russia in Asia . 257 
Circassia and Geor- 


gia . . . . 

257 

Indep. Tartary . 

258 

Persia . . . . 

258 

Afghanistan . . 

260 

Beloochistan . . 

260 

Arabia . . . 

260 

Hindostan . . . 

262 

Birman Empire 

266 

Anam . . . . 

267 

Malaya . . . 

268 

Siam. 

269 

Chinese Empire 

269 

Empire of Japan 

273 

East India Islands 

274 

Isles of Sunda 

275 

Borneo . . . 

275 

Manillas, or Philip¬ 


pine Islands 

276 

Celebes . . . 

276 

Moluccas, or Spice 

Islands . . . 

277 

Australasia . . 

277 

Polynesia . . . 

279 

Africa . . . 

280 

Barbary States 

280 

Egypt .... 

283 

East Africa . . . 

286 

Nubia .... 

286 

Abyssinia . . 

286 

Countries south of 


Abyssinia . . 

287 

South Africa 

288 

Colony of Cape of 


Good Hope . . 

288 

West Africa . . 

289 

Coast of Guinea . 

290 

Interior of Africa 

292 

African Islands 

292 

Azores, or Western 

Islands . . . 

293 


Sketch of An¬ 
cient Geogra¬ 
phy .... 294 
Construction of 
Maps . . . 300 
Use of the 

Globes . . . 306 

Geographical 
Orthography 313 






GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


DEFINITIONS. 

Geography is a description of the surface of the earth, the 
constituent parts of which are land and water. 

Natural Divisions of Land. 

Land is divided into continents, islands, peninsulas, isth¬ 
muses, capes or promontories, mountains, and shores or coasts. 

A Continent is the largest extent of land containing many 
countries, and nowhere entirely separated by water. The conti¬ 
nents are two ; the Eastern , containing Europe , Asia , and Africa , 
and the Western , containing North and South America. 

An Island is a portion of land surrounded by water; as 
Newfoundland , Cuba, Madagascar. 

A Peninsula is a portion of land almost surrounded by water; 
as Spain. 

An Isthmus is a neck of land joining a peninsula to a conti¬ 
nent or main land ; as the Isthmus of Darien, which unites North 
and South America. 

A Cape is a point of land extending far into the sea; as the 
Cape of Good Hope; if the land be high and mountainous, it is 
called a Promontory. 

A Shore or Coast is that land which borders on the sea. 

A Mountain is a vast protuberance of the earth. If a moun¬ 
tain emit smoke and flame, it is called a Volcano. The 
aperture or pit from which the smoke issues, and from whence 
cinders and red-hot stones are sometimes ejected, is called a 
Crater. ' 

Lava is melted matter that boils over at the time of an erup¬ 
tion, and which sometimes flows in such copious streams as to 
overwhelm whole cities in its course. 

Minerals are all substances dug out of mines, of whatever 
kind, as metals, coal, sulphur, ochre, &c. 

A Plain is a large extent of level country. A plain naturally 
destitute of trees, is called a Prairie : when entirely barren, it 
is called a Desert; as the Great Desert , (sometimes called 
Sahara ,) in the northern part of Africa. 

1 



2 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Natural Divisions of Water. 

Water is divided into oceans, seas, lakes, gulfs or bays, 
havens or harbours, straits, channels, sounds, roads, rivers, and 
friths or estuaries. 

An Ocean is the largest extent of water nowhere entirely 
interrupted by land. There are usually reckoned four oceans ; 
viz. the Pacific, Atlantic, Indian, and Arctic Sea, or Frozen 
Ocean. 

A Sea is a small extent of water, somewhat confined by land, 
but communicating with the ocean; as the Mediterranean Sea. 
If a sea be interrupted by a great number of islands, it is some¬ 
times called an Archipelago. 

A Lake is a large collection of fresh water in the interior of 
a country ; as Lake Superior. 

A Gulf or Bay is part of the sea extending up into the land ; 
as the Gulf of Mexico. 

A Haven or Harbour is a small portion of the sea almost 
surrounded by land, where ships may ride safely at anchor. 

A Strait is a narrow passage of water out of one sea into 
another ; as the Strait of Gibraltar. 

A Channel is a passage of water from one sea to another, but 
wider than a strait; as the British Channel. 

A Sound is a Strait so shallow that it may be sounded. 

A Creek is a narrow branch of the sea, running up into the 
land. Branches of rivers are sometimes called Creeks. 

A Road is a part of the coast where ships may anchor. As 
Hampton Road , at the mouth of James River, in Virginia. 

A River is a considerable streaih of inland water running 
into some sea, lake, or other river. 

A Frith or Estuary is the widening of a river at its mouth 
into an arm of the sea; as that of the river Amazon. 

A large body of water tumbling over a precipice is called a 
Cataract or Falls. If the quantity of water be small, it is a 
Cascade. 

Standing water, and low sunken grounds full of trees, shrubs, 
grass, and mire, are called Morasses, Bogs, Fens, or, as more 
common in the United States, Swamps. 


A Canal is an artificial passage, filled with water, for the 
transportation of merchandise from one place to another; as the 
Grand Western, or Erie Canal, which connects the Hudson River 
at Albany, with Lake Erie, at Buffalo. 

Explanation of Maps. 

N. B. In order to make the following section intelligible to the 
pupil, it should be studied with the Map of the World before him, 
attentively examining every thing here described, as represented on the 
Map. 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


3 


A MAP is a representation of the earth, or any part of it upon 
paper or any plane surface. In general, the top of a map is 
north, the bottom south, the right hand east, and the left hand 
west. Cities and towns are represented by an °; rivers, by black 
lines, bending irregularly ; mountains, by dark shades; deserts , 
by clusters of small dots, boundaries of countries and States, by 
dotted lines. 



The Axis of the earth is an imaginary line passing through its 
centre, from north to south, about which it revolves in 24 hours. 
The northern extremity of this Axis is called the North Pole , 
and the southern extremity, the South Pole. 

The Equator or Equinoctial Line, is an imaginary circle sur¬ 
rounding the earth from east to west, at an equal distance from 
the poles. 

A Hemisphere is half of a globe; thus, the Equator divides 
the globe into two hemispheres. Northern and Southern. 

The Ecliptic is a great circle which crosses the equator, 
obliquely, in two opposite points, called the Equinoxes. 

The Tropics are two circles drawn parallel to the equator, at 
234 degrees distant from it. That on the north of the equator 
is called the Tropic of Cancer ; that on the south, the Tropic of 
Capricorn. 

The Polar Circles are two small circles at the distance of23£ 
degrees from each pole. That about the north pole is called the 
Arctic, and that about the south pole, the Antarctic Circle. 

There are usually reckoned five Zones or Belts of the earth ; 
viz. one torrid, two temperate, and two frigid. 

The space between the two tropics is called the Torrid Zone, 
in every part of which the sun is vertical twice a year, and of 
course the weather is always warm; the two spaces between the 
tropics and the polar circles, are called the Temperate Zones; 
apd the two spaces between the polar circles and the poles are 
called the Frigid Zones. 

A Meridian is a great circle crossing the equator at right 


* The best modern authors say 23° 28'. 









4 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


angles, and passing through the poles. Every place has its me¬ 
ridian, at which, when the sun arrives, it is noon at that place. 

A Degree is the 360th part of any circle. A degree of a 
great circle of the earth contains 60 geographical, or 69£ English 
miles. Each degree is divided into 60 equal parts, called min¬ 
utes ; and each minute into 60 seconds. 

Degrees are usually marked with a small cipher over them, 
(°), minutes with one dash ('), and seconds with two ("); thus 23° 
28' 16" signify twenty-three degrees, twenty-eight minutes, anti 
sixteen seconds. 

The Latitude of any place is its distance from the equator 
either north or south, reckoning in degrees and minutes. 

The latitude of places upon maps is expressed by the figures 
which run up or down the sides. If the figures increase up¬ 
wards, the latitude is north ; if they increase downwards, the 
latitude is south. The latitude of any place can never be more 
than 90°, which brings us to the pole. 

Parallels of Latitude, are lines drawn across Maps, from 
east to west. 

The Longitude of any place is its distance east or west from 
some fixed meridian, reckoned in degrees and minutes on the 
equator. 

The longitude of places upon maps is expressed by the figures 
at the top and bottom. 

Longitude is reckoned 180 degrees east or west from any 
given meridian, which brings us to the same meridional line on 
the opposite side of the earth. 

The Horizon is that circle which bounds the sight on all 
sides, where the earth and sky appear to meet. 

The Cardinal Points are the four principal points of the 
horizon, viz. East, West, North, and South, oftentimes written 
E. for east, W. for west, &c. 

Points of Compass. 

THE MARINER’S COMPASS is the representation of the horizon on a circular 
piece of paper called a card, which card being properly fixed to a piece of steel, 
called the Needle, (touched by the magnet or loadstone inclining its point always 
northerly,) and placed so as to turn freely round a pin that supports it, will show 
the position of the meridian and other points, and consequently towards which of 
them the ship sails, — as represented by the cut on the next page. 

Note. The letters NBE, NNE NEBN , &c. are to be read, — north by east, 
north northeast, northeast by north, &c. 

The four points quartering above the circle are called cardinal points, and are 
named east, west, north, and south ; the east and west are those points on which 
the sun rises and sets, when he is in the equinoctial; and the north and south 
points are those which coincide with the meridian of the place, and are directed 
towards the north and south poles of the world. 

Each quarter of the horizon is further divided into eight points, which are very 
necessary to the geographer for distinguishing the limits of countries; but the use 
of these divisions is much more considerable when applied to the Mariner’s com¬ 
pass. Before the invention of this excellent and most useful instrument, it was 
usual in long voyages, to sail by or keep along the coast, or at least to have it in 
sight; as is evident by the voyages of St. Paul, Acts xx. 13, and xxvii. 2, which 
made voyages long and very dangerous. 

The discovery of the Magnetic principle, and the invention of this useful instru¬ 
ment, is generally ascribed to Gioja, a native of Naples, about the year 1300. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY, 


5 



The Atmosphere or Air, is a fine, invisible, elastic fluid, 
everywhere surrounding the earth, and extending some miles 
from its surface. 

Wind is air put in motion. The velocity of wind in a storm 
has been estimated at about 63 miles in an hour; in a fresh 
gale at 21 miles: and in a gentle breeze, at about ten miles an 
hour. 

Winds may be divided into constant, periodical, and variable. 

Constant Winds blow always in one direction. These prevail 
in the Atlantic and Pacific'Oceans, under the equator, where 
there is a constant east wind. To about 28° on the north of the 
equator, the wind blows constantly from the northeast, and to 
as many degrees south, it blows from the southeast. These are 
also called Tropical or General Trade Winds. 

Periodical Winds blow half a year in one direction, and half a 
year in a contrary direction, and are called Monsoons, or Shift¬ 
ing Trade Winds. 

These prevail chiefly in the Indian Ocean. There from May 
to October, the wind blows from the southeast, and during the 

1 * 








































6 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY 


rest of the year, from the northwest, from three to ten degrees 
south latitude. 

In the Arabian Sea, and in the Bay of Bengal, there is another 
Monsoon, blowing from October to April, from the northeast, 
and during the other six months, from the 

The Thermometer. 


shifting 



WATER 


BOILS. 


Ed 

< 

O 

CO 

CO 

C£ 

D 

% 

£> 

sa 

ea 


WATER 

FREEZES. 


southwest. The 
of these winds is 
attended with dreadful hur¬ 
ricanes. 

In the West Indies, the 
winds blow from the land in 
the night, and from the sea 
during the day, chang¬ 
ing their direction every 
twelve hours. These breez¬ 
es are called Land and Sea 
Breezes. 

Variable Winds are those 
which are subject to no 
regularity of duration or 
change. 

Climate, in its gener¬ 
al acceptation, means the 
temperature of the air in 
any place. 

The Thermometer is an instru¬ 
ment for ascertaining the degree 
of heat or cold. It consists of a 
hollow tube of glass with a bulb at 
the bottom, filled with quicksilver. 
Heat causes all bodies to expand ; 
cold causes them to contract. Con¬ 
sequently, as the quicksilver in 
the bulb becomes contracted by 
cold, it sinks in the tube; on the 
other hand, as it becomes expand¬ 
ed by heat, it rises, and thus points 
out the degree of heat or cold. 
Thermometers are constructed on 
three scales, Viz. Fahrenheit’s, 
Reaumur’s, and the Centigrade, 
the two former of which are pre¬ 
sented in the annexed plate. Fah¬ 
renheit’s is the one generally used 
in the United States. There are 
two important points in this in¬ 
strument,— one at which water 
freezes, marked 32 degrees in Fah¬ 
renheit’s, and 0 in Reaumur’s ; the 
other, at which water boils, mark¬ 
ed 212 degrees in Fahrenheit’s, and 
80 in Reaumur’s. The instrument 
is then divided into correspondent 
equal parts. The cipher or 0, is 
called zero. At about 40 degrees 
below zero, on Fahrenheit’s scale, 
quicksilver loses its fluidity, and 
becomes a solid body. 











































































































































7 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

Races of Men. 

There are five principal races of Men, differing from each 
other in features, stature, and complexion, viz. the European, 
the Asiatic or Mongolian, the African, the Malay, and the Na¬ 
tive American, or Indian. 

A view of the features which distinguish the five races of men. 




MALAY. 


NATIVE AMERICAN. 


The European race (which includes the inhabitants of the 
United States and all descendants of Europeans in every part of 
the earth) is distinguished from the other by the regularity and 
symmetry of their features and by their complexion, which is 
white mingled with red; they have straight hair. In warm cli¬ 
mates the European complexion takes a swarthy or brown color; 
but the original color, viz. white and red, always prevails in the 
complexion of the infants of this race in every climate. This 
race is supposed to have originated in the Caucasian countries in 
Western Asia, and is sometimes called the Caucasian race. 

The Asiatic race are of a deep yellow or tawny color; have 
small eyes, flat foreheads and noses, prominent cheek bones, and 
an abundance of straight black hair. 


8 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


This race includes the Chinese, Japanese, Mongolians, Sibe¬ 
rians, Fins and Laplanders, and the Esquimaux Indians. 

The African or black race have thick lips, flat noses, and black 
woolly hair; the head is compressed on each side, the forehead 
very arched, and the chin drawn in. 

The Malay race are of a deep brown color; have broad noses 
and mouths, projecting foreheads, black curled hair, and slender 
forms. They inhabit Malacca, the Asiatic Islands, Australasia, 
and Polynesia. 

The JYative American race are of a copper color; have ex¬ 
ceedingly high cheek bones, straight black hair, black sunken 
eyes, and generally large and robust bodies. 

The difference between them, is produced by various causes ; 
but chiefly, the difference of climate, food, dress, and habits of 
life. 

State of Society. 

The different nations of the human family, are found in various 
states of society, and are classed according to their knowledge 
and improvement in the Arts and Sciences: viz. the Savage or 
Barbarous, Half Civilized, Civilized, and Enlightened. 

Savages are those who are ignorant of the art of writing, and 
whose ideas are confined to objects which strike the senses. 
They are inclined to be superstitious, cruel, and revengeful, 
but are in general free from the acquired vices of more en¬ 
lightened people. They live together in tribes, and have a 
deadly hatred towards all other tribes. They delight in war, 
and are noted for the patient endurance of fatigue, and contempt 
of pain. Some of the African tribes, and the North American 
Indians are of this class. 

Half Civilized nations, are those, which, by written laws, re¬ 
ligious ceremonies, or a partial advance in the arts of life, have 
evidently emerged from a savage state. Their progress towards 
civilization is slow, and, as advance is made, their characteristic 
fierceness and barbarity give place to more regular habits. Cru¬ 
elty to females is a characteristic of the savage, and many of the 
barbarous nations. 

Civilized nations are those which have arranged their knowl¬ 
edge, in the form of arts and sciences. Females are in such 
nations treated with kindness. 

Enlightened nations have brought the arts, sciences, religion, 
and laws, to exert their greatest and best influence on mankind. 
In these nations females are educated to be companions of the 
men, and are treated with the greatest kindness and respect. 
The United States and some parts of Europe are of this class. 

Religion. 

The principal religions in the world are four ; the Pagan or 
Heathen, the Mahometan, the Jewish and the Christian. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


9 


Paganism is the worship of idols and false gods. It is as yet 
the most extensive of all religions. 

Mahometanism is a system of religion devised by Mahomet, 
sometimes called the false prophet, and is contained in a book 
called the Koran, or Alcoran. The followers of this religion 
are called Mussulmen, or Mahometans. 

Judaism is the religion of the Jews, who admit the authority 
of the Old Testament, but reject that of the New. 

Christianity is the religion taught by Christ and his Apostles, 
and is contained in the New Testament. It may be considered 
under three general divisions ; Roman Catholic, Greek Church, 
and Protestant. 

Roman Catholics, or Church of Rome, admit the supremacy 
of the Pope, and are called Papists. 

The Greek Church resembles the Roman Catholic in its forms 
and ceremonies, but denies the supremacy of the Pope. 

Protestants are so called from their protesting against the au¬ 
thority of the Church of Rome, at the time of the Reformation, 
in the 16th century. They are divided into various denomina¬ 
tions, as Presbyterians, Episcopalians, Congregationalists, Bap¬ 
tists, Methodists, Quakers or Friends, Moravians, &c. 

Government. 

There are but three elementary forms of government; Mon¬ 
archy, Aristocracy, and Democracy. 

1. Monarchy is a government exercised by one man. If he 
be under the restraint of laws, it is called a limited monarchy ; 
if he be not under the restraint of laws, but govern according to 
his own will, it is called an absolute monarchy or despotism. 

2. Aristocracy, or Oligarchy, is a government exercised by a 
small number of men, usually called the nobility. 

3. Democracy is a government exercised by the whole body 
of the people. 

A Republic is a government exercised by a number of men, 
chosen by the people for a limited time. Such is that of the 
United States. 

Countries are generally subdivided into States, Counties, 
Cities, Towns, Provinces, &c. 


10 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


THE WORLD. 


Note. Words italicized throughout the Grammar, denote that the 
places so distinguished are exhibited on the MAPS in the Atlas, with 
which this book is accompanied, where, in every instance, they should 
be studied by the pupil. It is there a knowledge of the situation of 
places is to be acquired ; their latitude and longitude, so far as it is 
necessary these should be committed to memory ; the boundaries of 
countries ; the rise and course of rivers; the countries and states through 
which they flow ; the seas into which they empty: all which, and vari¬ 
ous other things of this nature, are studied to much better purposes on a 
map, than learned from a book. 

The world or earth is a large globe, the diameter of which is 
nearly eight thousand miles, and its surface contains nearly 200 
millions of square miles. 

It is 96 millions of miles from the sun, about which it revolves ♦ 
once a year: and turns round on its own axis every day. 

The earth is generally divided into four unequal parts, called 
quarters, Europe , Asia , Africa , and America. Certain clusters 
of islands have been named Australasia and Polynesia; and 
these together have sometimes been termed Oceanica. Austral¬ 
asia comprehends New Holland and the adjacent islands. Po¬ 
lynesia comprehends those islands widely dispersed in the Pacific 
Ocean. 

Europe is the smallest division, but is distinguished for its 
learning, politeness, government, and laws; for the industry of 
its inhabitants, and the temperature of its climate. It is the 
only quarter of the globe which has yet been fully explored and 
known. 

In Asia , the human race was first planted, and there the most 
remarkable transactions occurred, which are recorded in scrip¬ 
ture history. 

Africa has always been in a state of barbarism, if we except 
the Egyptians, those ancient fathers of learning, and Carthage, 
once the rival of the Roman Empire. 

America was unknown to the inhabitants of the other conti¬ 
nent, till a little more than three hundred years ago, when it was 
discovered by Christopher Columbus; and hence it is frequently 
called the New World, in contradistinction to the Eastern Con¬ 
tinent, first known and thence called the Old World. 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


11 



A NATIVE AMERICAN. 


AMERICA 

Ts supposed to contain upwards of 14 millions of square miles, 
and about 35 millions of inhabitants. 

Mountains. A range of mountains runs the whole extent of 
the American Continent, a distance of more than 11,000 miles, 
in a direction nearly parallel with the western coast, and is the 
longest range of mountains on the globe. The Andes in South 
America, the Cordilleras in Mexico, and the Stony or Rocky 
Mountains in North America, are parts of this range. 

Divisions. Its grand divisions are North America, the West 
Indies, and South America. 

NORTH AMERICA. 

Divisions. The three grand divisions of North America, are 
1st. the United States, in the middle; 2d. British America, in 
the north ; 3d. Mexico, in the south. There are also Greenland 
in the northeast, belonging to Denmark, and the Russian settle¬ 
ments in the northwest, both of small extent and little conse¬ 
quence. • 

Mountains. The principal mountains are the Alleghany, and 
the Rocky Mountains. 

Rivers. The most distinguished rivers are the Mississippi, 
St. Lawrence, Missouri, Ohio , Columbia, and Mackenzie's river. 

Lakes. Its lakes are grand and numerous. The principal 
are Slave Lake, Lake of the Id ills, Lake Winnipeg, Lake Superi¬ 
or, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan, Lake Erie, and Lake Ontario. 

Gulfs. There are three noted gulfs, — the Gulf of Mexico, 
Gulf of California, and the Gulf or Bay of St. Lawrence. 




12 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


The Gulf Stream is a current in the ocean proceeding from 
the Gulf of Mexico, along the American coast, to Newfoundland, 
whence it turns off, and is lost in the Atlantic Ocean. 

Bays and Straits. Baffin's and Hudson's are the largest 
bays ; Davis's, Hudson's, and Behring's , the most noted straits. 

Islands. The most considerable islands are Newfoundland, 
Cape Breton , Prince Edward's, Long Island, Bermuda, and the 
Aleutian or Fox Islands. 

Capf.s. The most prominent capes are Cape Farewell, Cape 
Race, Cape Sable, Cape Cod, Cape Lookout, Cape St. Lucas, and 
Cape Prince of Wales. 

UNITED STATES. 

The number of the States at the time they gained their inde¬ 
pendence was thirteen; the present number is twenty-six States, 
one District, and four Territories. 

Mountains. The two principal ranges of mountains are the 
Rocky Mountains in the west, and the Alleghany Mountains in 
the east. 

Lakes. Lake Michigan and Lake Champlain are the largest 
lakes within the territory of the United States. Lakes Superior, 
Huron, Erie, and Ontario, are partly in the United States and 
partly in Canada. 

Rivers. The Mississippi is the most distinguished river. 
Its principal tributary branches are the Missouri, Arkansas, Ohio, 
and Illinois. Tennessee, Cumberland, and the Wabash are large 
rivers emptying into the Ohio. These, together with the lakes, 
constitute what are sometimes called the Western Waters. 
The principal rivers east of the mountains, preceding from 
Maine to the Mississippi, are Penobscot, Kennebec, Androscoggin, 
Saco, Merrimack, Connecticut, Hudson, Delaware, Susquehannah, 
Potomac, Rappahannock, York, James, Roanoke, Pedee , Sante, 
Savannah, Ogeeche, Altamaha, St. John's, Apalachicola, and the 
Mobile. — These are all large and navigable rivers. 

Bays. The principal bays are Massachusetts Bay, which sets 
up into the land between Cape Ann and Cape Cod, Narraganset, 
Delaware, and Chesapeake bays. 

Sounds. There are three noted sounds, Albermarle, Pamlico, 
and Long Island Sound. 

Capes. The most prominent capes are Cape Ann, Cape Cod, 
Cape Malabar, and Montauk Point, Sandy Hook, Cape May, 
Cape Henloptn, Cape Charles, Cape Henry, Cape HcUteras, Cape 
Lookout, Cape Fear, Cape Sable, and Cape St. Bias. 

Islands. The principal islands are Long Island, Rhode 
Island, situated in Narraganset bay: Nantucket and Martha's 
Vineyard. 

Divisions. The whole territory of the United States may be 
considered under four Grand Divisions: 1st, the Eastern or New 
England ; 2d, the Middle; 3d, the Southern; 4th, the Western. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


13 


1. THE EASTERN OR NEW ENGLAND STATES. 

States. 

| 

Capital Towns. 

Population 
in 1820. 

Population 
in 1830. 

Gain per 
ct. 10 yrs. 

Maine, 

Augusta, 

298,335 

399,437 

33,9 

New Hampshire, 

Concord, 

244,161 

269,328 

10,4 

Vermont, 

Montpelier, 

235.754 

280,657 

19,0 

Massachusetts, 

Boston, 

522,287 

610,408 

16,6 

Rhode Island, 

^ Providence and 
l Newport, 

83,059 

97,199 

17,0 

Connecticut, 

( Hartford and 
l New Haven, 

275,248 

297,675 

8,2 


2. THE MIDDLE STATES. 


States. 

Capital Towns. 

Population. 

| Population. 

Gain. 

New York, 

Albany, 

1,372,812 

1,918,608 

39,4 

New Jersey, 

Trenton, 

277,575 

320,832 

15,6 

Pennsylvania, 

Harrisburg, 

1,049,453 

1,348,233 

24,4 

Delaware, 

Dover, 

72,717 

76,748 

5,5 

Maryland, 

Annapolis, 

407,350 

447,040 

9,7 

Dis. of Columbia, 

Washington, 

33,039 

39,834 

20,1 

3. THE SOUTHERN STATES. 


States. 

Capital Towns. 

Population. 

1 Population. 

Gain. 

Virginia, 

Richmond, 

1,065,366 

1,211,405 

13,7 

North Carolina, 

Raleigh, 

638,828 

737,987 

15,6 

South Carolina, 

Columbia, 

502,741 

581,185 

15,7 

Georgia, 

Milledgeville, 

340,989 

516,832 

51,5 

Alabama, 

Tuscaloosa, 

127,901 

309,527 

141,6 

Mississippi, 

Jackson, 

75,443 

136,621 

81,1 

Louisiana, 

New Orleans, 

153,407 

215,839 

40,7 

Florida, (Ter.) 

Tallahassee, 

(not taken.) 

34,730 


4. THE WESTERN STATES. 


States. 

Capital Towns. 

1 Population. 

Population. 

Gain, j 

Tennessee, 

Nashville, 

422,813 

681,904 

62,7 

Kentucky, 

Frankfort, 

- 564,317 

687,917 

22,1 

Ohio, 

Columbus, 

581,434 

935,884 

61,2 

Indiana, 

Indianapolis, 

157,178 

343,031 

132,1 

Illinois, 

Vandalia, 

55,211 

157,445 

185,4 

Missouri, 

Jefferson City, 

56,586 

140,455 

110,4 

Michigan, 

Detroit. 

8,896 

31,639 

250,1 

Arkansas, 

Little Rock, 

14,246 

30,388 

113,8 

Total, 

9,637,119 12,858,670 33,4 


2 






































14 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
TABLE 


Showing the number of square miles in each State, the population to 
a square mile, the white, free colored, and slave population, and the 
number of Representatives in Congress, according to the last census. 


States. 

Square 

Miles. 

Pop. 
s. m. 

White Pop¬ 
ulation. 

Free col¬ 
ored. 

Slaves. 

Reps. 

Maine, 

32,000 

12 

398,260 

1,171 

0 

8 

New Hampshire, 

9,280 

29 

268,721 

602 

0 

5 

Vermont, 

10,212 

27 

279,776 

881 

0 

5 

Massachusetts, 

7,800 

78 

603,359 

7,045 

0 

12 

Rhode Island, 
Connecticut, 

1,360 

71 

93,621 

3,564 

14 

2 

4,674 

63 

289,603 

8,047 

25 

6 

New York, 

46,000 

41 

1,866,186 

44,869 

76 

40 

New Jersey, 

6,900 

46 

300,266 

18,303 

2,254 

6 

Pennsylvania, 

43,950 

30 

1,309,900 

37,930 

403 

28 

Delaware, 

2,068 

37 

57,691 

15,855 

3,292 

1 

Maryland, 

Virginia, 

10,800 

41 

291,103 

52,938 

102,994 

8 

64,000 

18 

694,300 

47,348 

469,757 

21 

North Carolina, 

43,800 

16 

472,843 

19,543 

245,601 

13 

South Carolina, 
Georgia, 

30,080 

19 

257,863 

7,921 

315,401 

9 

58,200 

8 

296,806 

2,486 

217,531 

9 

Alabama, 

50,800 

6 

190,406 

1,572 

117,549 

5 

Mississippi, 

45,350 

3 

70,443 

519 

65,659 

2 

Louisiana, 

48,220 

4 

89,441 

16,710 

109,588 

13 

Tennessee, 

40,000 

17 

535,747 

4,555 

141,603 

13 

Kentucky, 

39,000 

• 17 

517,787 

4,917 

165,213 

13 

Ohio, 

89,000 

24 

926,311 

9,767 

0 

19 

Indiana, 

36,250 

9 

330,399 

3,629 

0 

7 

Illinois, 

Missouri, 

59,000 

2 

155,061 

1,637 

747 

3 

60,300 

2 

114,795 

569 

25,091 

2 

Dis. of Columbia, 

100 

39s 

27,563 

6,152 

6,119 

0 

Arkansas, 

121,000 

i 

25,671 

141 

4,576 

2 

Michigan, 

54,000 

h 

31,346 

261 

32 

2 

Florida Territory, 

45,000 

i 

18,385 

844 

15,501 

0 

Total, 

1,009,234 

12| 

10,530,044 

319,576 

2,009,026 

240 


QUESTIONS ON THE FOREGOING TABLES. 

1. In which State has the increase of its population the last 10 years been the 
most rapid ? Which next ? Which next? — 2. In which has it been the least rapid ? 
Next least ? Next least ? — 3. The same questions as they respect the territories ? 

— 4. The same questions as they respect the New England States? The Middle 
States? The Southern States ? The Western States ? — 5. At the rate of increase 
the last 10 years, in what time would the population of the United States double ? 

— 6. Which State has the largest extent of territory ? Next largest ? Next largest? 

— 7. Which the least ? Next least ? Next least ? — 8. The same questions as they 
respect the Northern States? The Middle? Southern? Western? — 9. Which 
State has the greatest population? Next greatest? Next? —10. Which State is 
most populous in proportion to its extent of territory ? Next most populous ? 
Next ? —11. Which State is the least populous in proportion to its extent of terri¬ 
tory ? Next least ? Next ? —12. In what State does the slave exceed the white 
population? —13. What number of representatives do the New England States 
send to Congress ? Does New York send a greater or less number ? —14. The pop¬ 
ulation of Great Britain and Ireland is 177 to a square mile. Were all the States 
and Territories in our Federal Union equally populous, are you arithmetician 
enough to tell what would be the population of the United States ? 

























GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 
MAINE. 


15 


Maine is the most northern of the States. The winters are 
long and cold. The northern part is yet mostly a wilderness. 
It is divided into 10 counties. 

Mountains. Katahdin is a lofty mountain, about 80 miles 
north of Bangor. Agamenticus, in the town of York, is a moun¬ 
tain of considerable eminence, and a noted landmark for mariners. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are Penobscot, Kennebec, An¬ 
droscoggin, Saco, and the Sebasticook, a branch of the Kennebeck. 
St. Croix is an inconsiderable stream, noted only as forming the 
eastern boundary of the United States. 

Lakes. In Maine there is a profusion of lakes and ponds. 
Moosehead is the largest lake, being about 40 miles in length. 
Umbagog lake lies partly in Maine, and partly in New Hamp¬ 
shire. Sebago lake is a considerable body of water. Cumberland 
and Oxford canal, connecting Portland with Bridgton, a distance 
of 50 miles, is through the medium of this lake. 

Bays. Passamaquoddy, Machias, Frenchman’s, Penobscot, and 
Casco, are the principal bays. 

Capes. Porpoise, Elizabeth, Small Point, and Pcnaquid Point. 

Islands. The islands along the coast are very numerous. 
Mount Desert is an uninhabited island, 15 miles long, by 12 broad. 
Long Island in Penobscot bay forms a township by the name of 
Islesborough. Near this is Deer Island, which is also an incor¬ 
porated town. 

Sequin island is at the mouth of Kennebeck river. On this 
island is a lighthouse with a repeating light, made to disappear 
every ninety seconds, to distinguish it from Portland lighthouse. 

Towns. The most considerable towns are Portland , Thomas - 
ton, Bath, Brunswick, Gardiner, Hallowell, Augusta, Saco, York, 
Berwick, Castine, Machias, Belfast, Bangor, and Eastport. 

Colleges. Bowdoin College at Brunswick; Waterville Col¬ 
lege, under the direction of members of the Baptist denomination, 
at Waterville; a Theological Seminary at Bangor, supported by 
Congregationalists; Maine Wesleyan Seminary, at Readfield, 
which unites agricultural and mechanical labor with literary in¬ 
struction. 

A road is laid out from Bangor, on Penobscot river, to Quebec, 
(Canada,) a distance of about two hundred miles. 

The staple commodities are lumber, wood, and salt fish. Lime 
is manufactured in large quantities at Thomaston. 

Maine is the fourth State in the Union, in the quantity of its 
shipping. 

NEW HAMPSHIRE. 

New Hampshire has a rugged surface and a hardy population. 
It abounds in that species of rock called granite, whence it has 
not unfrequently been called the “ Granite State.” It is 
divided into 8 counties. 


16 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Rivers. Five of the largest rivers in New England receive 
more or less of their waters from this State ; the Connecticut, Mer¬ 
rimack, Piscataqua, Saco, and Androscoggin. The Piscataqua is 
the only large river which has its whole course within the State. 
There are several smaller rivers, among which are the Contoo- 
cook. Upper and Lower Amonoosuck, Warner, and Sugar rivers. 

Mountains. The White Mountains are the highest not only 
in New Hampshire, but in the United States. The principal 
summits are Washington, Adams, and Jefferson. The first is 
estimated at 6,234 feet above the level of the ocean. These 
summits are covered with snow a great part of the year, and may 
be seen many leagues off at sea like a bright cloud low in the 
horizon. At a place called the Notch, the entire range appears 
to have been cleft asunder to its very base, by some violent con¬ 
vulsion of nature. The road from Lancaster to Portland passes 
through this gap, following the course of the head stream of Saco 
river. 

More southwardly, and parts of the same range, between Con¬ 
necticut and Merrimack rivers, are Moosehillock, Sunapee and 
the Grand Monadnock, the height of which is 3,254 feet. 

Lakes. Winnipiseogee is the largest lake in the State. It is 
24 miles in length, and navigable its whole extent. The other 
considerable lakes are Umbagog in the northeastern corner of the 
State, Squam, Sunapee, and Ossapee lakes. 

Islands. The Isle of Shoals, 8 in number, are 9 miles from 
Portsmouth lighthouse. They consist of barren rocks, inhabited 
by about 100 people who subsist by fishing. 

Towns. The chief towns are Portsmouth, Dover, Concord , 
Somersworth, Exeter , Keene, Hanover , Hopkinton, Nashua, for¬ 
merly Dunstable, Haverhill, Amherst, Walpole, and Plymouth. 

College. Dartmouth is the only college in the State, situated 
at Hanover. 

Canals. Locks and canals have been constructed on the 
Merrimack, so that boats now descend this river without any ob¬ 
struction, from Concord through the Middlesex canal to Boston; 
likewise round the falls of Connecticut river, in Lebanon, by 
which boats now ascend that river to Bath, 300 miles from the sea. 

Iron. There are two iron establishments in Franconia, one of 
which employs 60 hands, and makes from 12 to 15 tons of iron 
weekly. The ore is transported three miles from a mountain, 
and is considered the richest in the United States. 

The staple commodities are beef, pork, flaxseed, and cotton 
manufactures. 


VERMONT. 

Vermont is mountainous. The winters are long and cold; 
sleighing is generally good three months in the year. It is divi¬ 
ded into 13 counties. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


17 


Mountains. The Green Mountains extend the whole length 
of the State, and divide the waters which fall east into the Con¬ 
necticut, from those which fall west into lake Champlain. 

Rivers. The principal rivers west of the mountains, are 
Misisque, Lamoille, Onion , and Otter Creek rivers; east of the 
mountains, are West, White , and Poosoomsuck rivers, which empty 
into the Connecticut. 

Lakes. Lake Champlain washes a large part of the western 
side of Vermont. It communicates with the St. Lawrence by the 
river Sorelle , which is navigable. Memphremagog, on the north 
line of Vermont, is a small lake, mostly within the limits of Can¬ 
ada. 

Towns. The chief towns are Bennington, Burlington, Mid- 
dlebury, Windsor, Woodstock, Rutland, and Montpelier, which is 
the seat of Government. 

Colleges. Vermont University, at Burlington; and a college 
at Middlebury, supported chiefly by private bounty. 

Canal. A canal with several locks has been constructed round 
Bellows’ Falls, on Connecticut river. 

The staple commodities are beef, pork, maple sugar, butter, and 
cheese. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

Massachusetts is the most populous State in the Union. Agri¬ 
culture, commerce, and manufactures, all flourish here. It is 
divided into 14 counties. 

Mountains. A continuation of the Green Mountains extends 
through the western end of the State. Saddle Mountain, in 
Williamstown, Mount Thom and Mount Holyoke, near North¬ 
ampton, Wachusett, in Princeton, and Mount Toby, in Sunder¬ 
land, are some of the most noted. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are Connecticut, Housatonic, 
Deerfield, Westfield, Chickapee, Miller's, Merrimack, Concord, 
Nashua, Taunton, Charles, and Pawtucket. 

Canals. Middlesex canal is 30 miles in length, and connects 
Boston harbour with Merrimack river. Canals have also been 
constructed around the falls in Connecticut river at South Hadley. 
The Blackstone canal from Worcester to Providence, is 40 
miles in length. Hampshire and Hampden canal is a continua¬ 
tion of Farmington canal in Connecticut from New Haven to 
Northampton, about 84 miles. 

Railroads. Quincy railroad was the first work of the kind 
in the United States. It is three miles in length, and leads from 
a quarry of granite to Neponset river, near Boston. Railroads 
have been built from Boston to Lowell, to Worcester, to Prov¬ 
idence, and to Salem, and their further extension is projected. 

Bays. Massachusetts is the largest bay. It is a part of the 
ocean extending up between Cape Ann and Cape Cod. The 
2 * 


18 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


distance between these two capes is 45 miles. Boston, Plymouth , 
and Barnstable bays are extreme parts of Massachusetts bay. 
Buzzard's bay, on the south side of the peninsula of Cape Cod, 
sets up about 40 miles into the land. 

Ha rbours. The principal harbours are those of Newbury- 
port, Ipswich, Cape Ann, Salem, Marblehead, Boston, Cohasset, 
Scituate, Plymouth, Barnstable, Provincetown, and JYew Bedford. 

Nantasket Roads, so called, is a place at the entrance into 
the channels of Boston harbour, south of the lighthouse, where 
vessels may anchor in safety. 

Capes. Cape Ann, Cape Cod, Cape Mallabar , Sandy Point, 
Gay Head, Cape Poge. 

Islands. The most considerable islands are Plum Island , 
Nantucket, and Martha's Vineyard. Castle Island, about 3 
miles from Boston, now called Fort Independence, belongs to the 
United States, and is noted for its fortifications, which have been 
erected for the defence of the city. 

Towns. The principal towns are Boston, Salem, Charlestown, 
Lowell, Gloucester, New Bedford, Newburyport, Marblehead, Ply¬ 
mouth. Cambridge, Roxbury, Taunton, Worcester, Springfield, 
Northampton, and Pittsfield, are considerable inland towns. 

Colleges. Cambridge University: Williams College at Wil- 
liamstown; Amherst College, near Northampton; Theological 
Seminary, at Andover ; and Theological Institution, at Newton. 

The staple commodities are fish, cattle, Indian corn, and vari¬ 
ous manufactures. 


RHODE ISLAND. 

Rhode Island is the smallest State in the Union, and is particu¬ 
larly distinguished for its flourishing manufactories. It is divided 
into 5 counties. 

Bays. Narraganset Bay penetrates this State from the south, 
enclosing a number of fertile islands. It is about 30 miles in 
length, and affords safe navigation for large ships to Providence. 
Mount Hope bay in the northeast, Providence bay in the north, 
and Greenwich bay in the northwest, are extremities of Narra¬ 
ganset bay, extending up into the land. 

Harbours. The harbours are Newport, Providence, Wick- 
ford, Pawtucket, Warren and Bristol. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are Pawtucket, or Blackstone, 
Taunton, Pawtuxet, and Providence rivers. The Pawtucket af¬ 
fords a number of excellent mill-seats at the falls in Pawtucket, 
where are established various manufactories. Taunton river is 
navigable for vessels to Taunton in Massachusetts. The Paw¬ 
tuxet is formed of several branches in the western part of the 
State, and falls into Narraganset bay, about 5 miles below Provi¬ 
dence. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


19 


Islands. The principal islands are Rhode Island, from which 
the State takes its name, about 15 miles in length; Canonicut, 
3 miles west of Rhode Island, 7 miles in length ; and to the 
north of these, Prudence island. These, together with a number 
of smaller islands, are all comprehended within Narraganset bay. 
To the southward of these, in the open sea, is Block Island, about 
10 miles long and 4 broad. 

Towns. The chief towns are Providence, Newport, Scituate , 
Warwick, Smithfield, Coventry, Bristol, and Warren, 

College. Brown University at Providence is the only college 
in the State. 

Canal. Blackstone canal, connecting Providence with Wor¬ 
cester, in Massachusetts, is partly in this State. 

The staple commodities are beef, fish, cider, butter, cheese, 
and cotton manufactures. 

CONNECTICUT. 

Connecticut is one of the most populous States in the Union, 
and has taken the lead in the production of silk. It is divided 
into 8 counties. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Connecticut, the Hou- 
satonic, the Thames, and Farmington river. The Connecticut 
is one of the chief sources of convenience and wealth to the 
people of this State. It meets the tide at Hartford, 50 miles 
from the sea, to which place it is navigable for ships; and for 
boats, by means of locks and canals, nearly 200 miles further, 
to Bath, in the upper part of New Hampshire. The Housa- 
tonic, river, is navigable 12 miles, to Derby. The Thames is 
navigable 14 miles, to Norwich, where it loses its name, and 
branches into Shetucket and Quinebaug rivers. 

Canal. Farmington canal is fed from Farmington river, and 
opens a water communication from New Haven to. Northampton 
on Connecticut river. 

Harbours. The principal harbours are those of New Haven, 
New London , Bridgeport and Norwich. 

Fisher's is the only island of note belonging to the State. 

Mineral Waters. A medicinal spring at Stafford is more 
celebrated than any other in the New England States. 

Cities. There are five incorporated cities in this State ; New 
Haven, lying round the head of a bay which sets up from Long 
Island sound ; Hartford, at the head of ship navigation, on Con¬ 
necticut river; New London, on the west side of the river 
Thames, 3 miles from its mouth ; Norwich, at the head of navi¬ 
gation on the same river ; and Middletown, 15 miles below Hart¬ 
ford on Connecticut river. 

Colleges. Yale College, in Neiv Haven; Connecticut Asy¬ 
lum for the education of the deaf and dumb, in Hartford; a Law 


20 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


School in Litchfield; Washington College, at Hartford; and 
Wesleyan University at Middletown. 

The staple commodities are beef, pork, fish, lumber, horses, 
mules, butter, cheese, cider, onions, silk,' and various manufac¬ 
tures, as cotton and woollen goods, clocks, nails, glass, buttons, 
and tin ware. 


NEW YORK. 

New York excels all the other States in commerce, wealth, 
and in political importance, and from this is sometimes distin¬ 
guished as the “ Empire State.” It is divided into 56 counties. 

Mountains. The most noted mountains in this State are the 
Catskill and the Highlands, said to be the northern termination of 
the Alleghany and Blue ridges. 

Lakes. Erie, Ontario, and Champlain form a part of the boun¬ 
dary of this State. The other most considerable lakes are lake 
George, the Oneida, Cayuga, Seneca, Skeneateles, Oivasco, and 
Canandaigua; Onondaga, or Salt Lake, is a small collection of 
water 1 mile broad, and 6 miles long. It derives its saltness from 
the salt springs which are within a few rods of its banks. Cha- 
taque is a small lake near Lake Erie; it discharges its waters 
into Alleghany river. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Hudson, Mohawk, Genes- 
see, Oswego, Seneca, Chenango, and Tioga, branches of the Sus- 
quehannah, and Black river. 

Canals. There are two noted Canals, the Erie or “ Grand 
Western Canal,” which connects lake Erie with Hudson river, 
extending from Buffalo to Albany, 360 miles, and the “ Northern 
Canal,” connecting Lake Champlain with the Hudson, and which 
extends from Whitehall to Fort Edwards, 22 miles. Hudson and 
Delaware rivers, also are connected by a canal. 

Mineral Waters. There are medicinal Springs at Sara¬ 
toga and Ballston, superior to any other yet discovered in Amer¬ 
ica ; the salt springs at Salina are very celebrated, from which 
salt is made in great quantities. 

Gypsum, or Plaster of Paris, has been discovered in digging 
on the Grand Canal, of the best quality, it is said, and in abund¬ 
ant quantities. 

Islands. The principal islands are Long Island, 140 miles in 
length, Manhattan or York Island, on which is situated the city 
of New York ; Staten Island, 9 miles south of Manhattan island, 
and Grand Isle in Niagara river, a little above the falls. 

Bay. New York bay is 9 miles long and 4 broad, and spreads 
to the south of Manhattan Island, having Long Island on the 
east, and New Jersey and Staten Island on the west. 

Harbours. JVew York Harbour, and Sacket’s Harbour on Lake 
Ontario. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


21 


Towns. The principal towns are New York, Albany, Hudson, 
TVo?/, Newburg, Poughkeepsie , Lansinburgh and Waterford, all on 
Hudson river; Schenectady, £/h‘ca, and i?o me, on the Mohawk; 
Plattsburg and Whitehall on lake Champlain; Ogdensburg , on 
the St. Lawrence; Brooklyn on Long Island; Buffalo on lake 
Erie; SackeVs Harbour on lake Ontario; Salena on Onondaga 
lake ; Rochester , Auburn , Geneva, and Canandaigua on the turn¬ 
pike leading- from Albany to Buffalo. 

Colleges. The Colleges are five, Columbia College, in the 
city of New York; Union College, in Schenectady; Hamilton 
College, in Clinton, JO miles west of Utica; Washington College, 
Staten Island ; and Geneva College, in Geneva. 

The staple commodities are flour, beef, pork, pot and pearl 
ashes, maple sugar, and salt, which is manufactured in large 
quantities from salt springs in the State. 


NEW JERSEY. 

New Jersey is one of the smaller States, but is not deficient in 
enterprise and skill in manufacturing. The great thoroughfare 
between the northern and southern States, is by Camden and 
Amboy railroad, through this State. 

Mountains. The Kittatinny or North Mountain, a ridge of 
the great Alleghany range, crosses the northwestern part of the 
State. 

Rivers. Raritan, Hackinsack, and Passaic. Raritan is the 
largest river. It is navigable 1G miles, and empties into Amboy 
bay. Hackinsack and Passaic are also considerable rivers. 
They rise in New York, and empty into Newark bay. In the 
latter there Js a remarkable cataract at Patterson , called Passaic 
falls, where the river, 50 yards wide, is precipitated in one entire 
sheet down a deep precipice 70 feet. 

Bats, &c. Delaware, Amboy, and Newark bays ; Great and 
Little Egg Harbours. Delaware bay forms the southwest boun¬ 
dary of the State. Amboy bay opens into the Atlantic between 
Long Island and Sandy Hook. On the north of Staten Island is 
Newark bay. It is connected with Amboy bay by Arthur Hull 
Sound, and with New York bay by a narrow strait called the 
Kills. Staten Island, situated between these two bays, belongs to 
New York. 

Capes. The most noted capes are Cape May and Sandy Hook. 

Canals. Morris Canal connects Hudson and Delaware rivers. 
It crosses the State, and is nearly 100 miles in length. Delaware 
and Raritan canal opens a sloop navigation between these two 
rivers. A railroad from Camden crosses the State to Amboy. 
Several others have been projected. 

Towns. Trenton is the seat of government. The other most 
considerable towns are Newark, New Brunswick, Patterson, Eliz¬ 
abethtown, Bordentown, Burlington, and Princeton. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


22 

• 

Colleges. The College of New Jersey, at Princeton; and 
Rutger’s College at JYew Brunswick; also two Theological Sem¬ 
inaries, one at Princeton, the other at New Brunswick. 

The staple commodities are beef, butter, cheese, wheat, and 
fruit. A valuable copper mine, in this State, yields 75 pounds of 
pure copper, from 100 pounds of the ore. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

Pennsylvania is a large and a very interesting State, and is 
particularly distinguished for its trade in coal, carried on from 
the Schuylkill, Lehigh, and Lackawana mines, so called from 
rivers bearing the same names. 

The coal regions in this State are very extensive. The coal is 
of two kinds, anthracite east, and bitumen west of the princi¬ 
pal ridge of the Alleghany mountains. 

Mountains. Numerous ridges of mountains, the principal of 
which is the Alleghany , intersect this State in a direction from 
northeast to southwest. 

Rivers. Delaware river forms the eastern boundary of this 
State. The other most considerable rivers are the Susquehannah , 
Schuylkill, Juniata , Alleghany, and Monongahela. The Susque¬ 
hannah is one mile wide at its mouth, but is navigable for vessels 
in its natural state only about 5 miles on account of its rapids. 
The Delaware is navigable to Trenton, 140 miles from the sea. 

The Schuylkill is a branch of the Delaware, with which it 
forms a junction 5 miles below Philadelphia. The Alleghany 
and Monongahela, both navigable rivers uniting at Pittsburg, con¬ 
stitute the Ohio. Yohogany is a principal branch of the Monon¬ 
gahela. Lehigh river is distinguished as being the channel of 
transportation of immense quantities of anthracite coal, found in 
Mauch Chunk mountain, distant about 9 miles from the village 
bearing the same name, on Lehigh river. 

Towns. Harrisburg is the seat of government. Philadelphia , 
Lancaster , and Pittsburg, are incorporated cities. Reading , Co¬ 
lumbia, Huntington, Johnstown, Dunstown, Easton, Erie, and 
Mauch Chunk, are flourishing towns, and form important points 
of communication on canals and railroads. 

Canals and Railroads. Pennsylvania has entered more 
extensively into these improvements than any other of the States. 
The most important is the Pennsylvania and Ohio line, partly by 
railroads, and partly by canals, from Philadelphia to Pittsburg 
on the Ohio. 

Colleges. Pennsylvania University, at Philadelphia; Dick¬ 
enson College, at Carlisle; Washington College, at Washing¬ 
ton ; Jefferson College, at Cannonsburg; Alleghany College at 
Meadville; and Western University at Pittsburg. 

The grand staples of this State are wheat, iron, and abund¬ 
ance of coal. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


23 


DELAWARE. 

Delaware is the next smallest State after Rhode Island. It 
has been loner celebrated for the manufacture of flour. 

Rivers. There are no large rivers in this State ; the Bran¬ 
dywine is the most considerable; it affords a great number of 
excellent mill-seats. Christiana is a branch of the Brandywine; 
they unite and empty into the Delaware. 

Bays, &c. Delaware bay is half in this State, and half in 
New Jersey. Cape Henlopen is a noted cape, south of which is 
Rehoboth bay, separated by a narrow bar from the ocean. 

Canal. Chesapeake and Delaware canal is mostly in this 
State. 

Cypress Swamp, 12 miles in length, and 6 in breadth, is more 
than half of it in this State. 

Towns. The chief towns are Wilmington , Dover , Newcastle, 
and Lewiston , at which latter place are salt-works, where salt is 
manufactured from seawater, by the action of the sun. 


MARYLAND. 

Maryland is a highly commercial State, and is much engaged 
in works of internal improvement, particularly the Baltimore and 
Ohio railroad, and the Chesapeake and Ohio canal. 

Mountains. Various ridges of the Alleghany Mountains 
cross the western part of this State. The most eastern is the 
South Mountain, next to which is the Blue Ridge. 

Bay. Nearly two thirds of Chesapeake bay is in this State. 

Rivers. The river Potomac forms the boundary of this 
State on the southwest. The Susquehanna penetrates it about 
16 miles before it empties into Chesapeake bay. The other 
rivers are Patuxent and Petapsco from the west, and Pocomoke, 
Nanticoke, Choptank, Chester, and Elk rivers from the east, all 
which empty into the Cheaspeake. 

Cumberland Road. The Great National or Cumberland 
Road, from Washington to Wheeling, on Ohio river, is mostly 
embraced within this State. 

Towns. The chief towns are Baltimore , Annapolis , Freder- 
icktown, and Havre de Grace. 

Colleges. The University of Maryland, St. Mary’s, and 
Baltimore College, all in the city of Baltimore; and St. John’s 
College, in Annapolis. 

The staple commodities are flour and tobacco. Maryland is 
the third State in the Union in the amount of shipping. 


24 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


VIRGINIA.* 

Virginia is the largest State in the Union ; it is the State first 
settled by the English. 

Mountains. Vast ridges of mountains extend through the 
interior of this State. First on the east is the South Mountain, 
which is less extensive, more broken and irregular than the rest; 
then the Blue Ridge, the North Mountain, Jackson’s Mountain, 
the principal or Alleghany Ridge , and the Laurel Mountain. 

Rivers. The Potomac is the boundary on the northeast, and 
the Ohio on the northwest. The other most considerable rivers 
are the Rappahannock, York, James, Appomatox, Shenandoah, 
and the Great Kanhawa . 

Bays and Capes. Chesapeake bay penetrates into the land 
through the northeast corner of this State, between Cape Charles, 
and Cape Hemy, two very noted capes, the distance between 
which is 12 miles. 

Rip Raps, so called, is an artificial position in Chesapeake 
bay, a few miles below Norfolk, raised by sinking immense 
quantities of stone until finally an island was formed and a forti¬ 
fication constructed upon it. 

Hampton Road is a bay running up from the mouth of James 
river, at the head of which Hampton is situated. 

Swamp. The Great Dismal is a very celebrated swamp, 
nearly 30 miles in length, and 10 in breadth, partly in this State, 
and partly in North Carolina. 

Towns. There are no large towns in Virginia. Richmond is 
the seat of government. The other most considerable towns 
are Norfolk, Petersburg, Lynchburg, Williamsburg, Yorktown, 
Lexington, Charlottesville, Wheeling, Winchester, and Fredericks¬ 
burg. 

Colleges. The University of Virginia, at Charlottesville ; 
William and Mary College, at Williamsburg; Washington Col¬ 
lege, at Lexington, and Hampden Sidney College, in Prince 
Edward county. 

Minerals. There are valuable iron mines, which are here 
wrought; also abundance of marble and excellent coal. The 
gold region commences in this State, and mines are wrought to 
some extent. The salt springs on Kanhawa river afford abund¬ 
ance of salt. There are indications of a rich gold mine in Rock¬ 
ingham county ; lumps of pure gold have been found on the 
surface of the ground, one of which weighed 17 pwt. 

The staple commodities are wheat, tobacco, Indian corn, and 
some cotton. 


* In studying the southern section of the United States, the pupil should refer to 
the new Map of the Southern States in the Atlas. 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


25 


NORTH CAROLINA. 

North Carolina is a large State, and distinguished for its agri¬ 
cultural productions. 

Mountains. The Alleghany ridge crosses the western part 
of this State. 

Rivers. The most considerable rivers are the Chowan; a 
branch of which, rising in Virginia, is called Mekerrin river ; the 
Roanoke, formed by the junction of Staunton and Dan rivers, 
navigable for small vessels about 60 or 70 miles ; Tar or Pamlico 
river, navigable for vessels about 40 miles ; JVeuse river, one and 
a half miles wide at Newbern, and nine miles wide at its mouth ; 
Cape Fear river, navigable for large vessels to Wilmington, and 
for boats to Fayetteville , 90 miles further. Most of these, as well 
as the smaller rivers, have bars of sand at their mouths, and the 
coast affords no good harbours except Cape Fear. 

Swamps. Swamps in this State are numerous. The two 
principal are the Great Dismal, partly in this State and partly in 
Virginia, and the Little Dismal between Albemarle and Pamlico 
sounds, in each of which there is a lake or pond. 

Canal. A canal has been opened from Albemarle Sound to 
Chesapeake Bay, through the Great Dismal Swamp. It is sup¬ 
plied with water from Drummond’s Pond, in the centre of the 
swamp. 

Sounds. On the coast of North Carolina are two large 
sounds ; Albemarle Sound, about 60 miles in length, and from 8 
to 12 miles in breadth ; and Pamlico Sound, nearly 100 miles in 
length, and from 10 to 20 miles in breadth. These sounds are 
separated from the ocean by a chain of sand islands, generally 
about one mile in breadth, extending more than 100 miles along 
the coast. 

The only inlet into Pamlico Sound, that will admit vessels of 
burden, is Ocrecock, where there are 14 feet of water at low tide. 

Capes. There are three noted capes on this coast, Cape 
Hatteras, Cape Lookout , and Cape Fear, all formidable to sea¬ 
men. The shoals about Cape Hatteras are very extensive, and 
the weather is often tempestuous, with frequent storms of thun¬ 
der. There is no place in the Atlantic ocean where navigation 
is more dangerous. 

Towns. JYewbern is the largest town in the State ; Raleigh 
is the seat of government. Some of the other most considerable 
towns are Edenton, Washington, Wilmington, Fayetteville, Hali¬ 
fax, Salisbury, and Chapel Hill. 

College. The only college is the University of North Caro¬ 
lina, at Chapel Hill, 28 miles west of Raleigh. 

Minerals. This State is rich in gold mines, many of which 
are now wrought. 

The staple commodities are tobacco, wheat, maize, rice, pitch, 
tar, and turpentine. 


3 


26 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 

Snow seldom falls in South Carolina, and vegetation is sus¬ 
pended but a few weeks. 

Rivers. Three large rivers water this State, — the Great 
Pedee , the Santee, and the Savannah. The less considerable 
rivers are the Edisto , Ashley, and Cooper rivers. 

Harbours. The only harbours of note are those of Charles¬ 
ton, Port Roycd, and Georgetown. 

Islands. The islands along the seashore are very numerous, 
and many of them are inhabited. The principal are Sullivan’s 
James, John’s, Edisto, St. Helena, and Port Royal islands. 

Towns. The most considerable towns are Charleston, George¬ 
town, Beaufort, Camden , and Columbia the seat of government. 

Colleges. South Carolina College, at Columbia, is the only 
one of note in the State. There are also small colleges at 
Charleston and Beaufort. 

Canal. A canal 22 miles in length connects Santee and 
Cooper rivers. 

The staple commodities are cotton and rice. The gold region 
crosses this State. 


GEORGIA. 

Georgia is a large State, and divided into 76 counties. 

Mountains. The Alleghany or Apalachian mountains cross 
the upper end of this State. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Savannah, between 
Georgia and South Carolina, navigable for large ships to Savan¬ 
nah, 17 miles ; for boats to -Augusta, 100 miles further ; Ogechee, 
Altamaha, Satilla, Flint, and Chatahoochee rivers. St. Mary is a 
small river, remarkable only as being a part of the boundary 
between Georgia and Florida. 

Swamps. Swamps are numerous in this State. The two most 
noted are Okefonoco, 180 miles in length, much infested with 
alligators, situated partly in this State, and partly in Florida, and 
Cyprus Swamp near the source of Satilla river. 

Towns. The principal towns are Savannah, Augusta, Macon, 
Darien, Louisville, Columbus, Washington, Madison, Athens , and 
Milledgeville, the seat of government. 

College. Franklin College, at Athens, is the only college in 
the State. 

The principal production is cotton, next to which is rice. 
Most of the tropical fruits, such as oranges, lemons, figs, and 
olives, with proper attention, flourish in this State. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


27 


ALABAMA. 

Alabama is one of the newly settled States, and is rapidly 
increasing in population. * 

Rivers. The principal river is the Mobile, formed by the 
union of the Alabama and Tombigbee, two other large and navi¬ 
gable rivers. The other considerable rivers are the Coosa, Tal¬ 
lapoosa, Cahawba, and the Black Warrior. All these rivers 
empty their waters through Mobile river into Mobile bay. Ten¬ 
nessee river crosses the upper end of this State. 

Towns. Cahawba, situated at the junction of Cahawba and 
Alabama rivers, Mobile and Blakely are the principal ports ; 
Huntsville is the centre of trade in the northern part of the State, 
which is carried on chiefly with New Orleans, through Tennessee 
and Mississippi rivers; Tuscaloosa, on the Black Warrior, is 
the seat of government, St. Stevens on the Tombigbee, and Clai¬ 
borne on the Alabama, all at the heads of navigation on these 
rivers, are flourishing towns. 

Forts. The forts in this State are Fort Stoddard, Fort Clai¬ 
borne, and Fort Jackson. 

Cotton is the grand production of Alabama, next to which is 
rice. 

Salt springs, yielding salt, are found in this State. 


MISSISSIPPI. 

In Mississippi the sugar-cane is cultivated to some extent. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Yazoo, Yalo Busha, a 
branch of the Yazoo, Black, Pearl , and Pascagoula. 

Towns. Natchez, is much the largest town. Jackson in the 
centre of the State, on Pearl river, is the seat of government. 
Shieldsborough is a place of resort for the inhabitants of New 
Orleans during the sickly season. Washington , 6 miles east of 
Natchez. Jefferson College is in Washington. 

Cotton is the staple commodity. Oranges, lemons, and also 
the sugar-cane, succeed in the most southern part of this State. 

Indians. The Choctaw and some part of the Chickasaw tribe 
of Indians, inhabit this State. Among the former there has 
lately been established a missionary station named Elliot, on 
Yalo Busha river. These Indians have made considerable pro¬ 
gress in civilization. 


LOUISIANA. 

Louisiana is the most southerly State in the Union. A large 
portion of it is subject to annual inundations from the overflowing 
of Mississippi and Red rivers. 


28 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Rivers. The four principal rivers are the Mississippi, Red, 
Wachitta, and Sabine rivers. 

Lakes. There are three noted lakes; Maurepas, Pontchar- 
train, which is that immediately behind the city of New Orleans, 
and Borgne. An outlet from the Mississippi into these lakes is 
called Iberville river. 

Towns. The principal towns are New Orleans , Baton Rouge, 
Alexandria, Jackson, where there is a college, Opelousas, and 
Natchitoches. 

Salt. There are many salt springs in this State, from some 
of which salt is manufactured of an excellent quality. 

Staples. The grand staples are sugar, cotton, and rice. In 
those parts south of latitude 30° 12', where the soil is elevated 
above the annual inundations, sugar is produced. There were 
in 1830 about 700 sugar plantations in operation, producing 
80,000 hogsheads of sugar annually. 

FLORIDA. (TERRITORY.) 

Florida is the most southern extremity of the United States 
territory. 

It has usually been divided into East and West Florida, sep¬ 
arated by the river Apalachicola. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the St. John's, navigable 
150 miles, and the Apalachicola. Besides these there are many 
smaller rivers. 

Bats. The coast is indented by a great number of bays. 
The most noted are Pensacola, St. Rose, St. Andrews, Apalachee, 
St. Joseph's, Spiritu Santo, and Chatham bays, all on the Mexican 
coast. 

Capes. There are five noted capes, viz. Carnaveral and 
Florida on the Atlantic coast, St. Bias , and Roman, on the 
coast of the Gulf of Mexico, and Cape Sable, which forms the 
southern extremity of the peninsula. 

Islands. Numerous islands lie off the southern extremity of 
Florida ; the most noted is Key West. 

Towns. The most considerable towns are Tallahassee, the 
capital, Pensacola, St. Augustine , St. Mark's, and St. Joseph’s. 

Indians. The Seminole Indians possess some of the finest 
parts of the country. 

Cotton and rice are the principal productions; but it is sup¬ 
posed that the sugar-cane, olives, oranges, and figs, would suc¬ 
ceed here if cultivated. 


ARKANSAS. 

Arkansas was admitted into the Union in 1836, and is now an 
independent State. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are Arkansas, White, St. F'an- 
cis, and Wachitta rivers. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 29 

Towns. Arkansas is the largest town; Little Rock , is the 
seat of government. 

Minerals. Iron, lead, coal, and salt, are found in abundance. 

Productions. Cotton and Indian corn are the staple com¬ 
modities. 

Indians. Part of the Cherokee and part of the Osage tribes 
are settled on Arkansas river, in each of which is established a 
missionary station. 

Hot Springs. Near the head waters of Wachitta river are 
several hot springs, the temperature of which, in the driest sea¬ 
son, is that of boiling water. 


TENNESSEE. 

Cumberland Mountains divide this State into East and West 
Tennessee. 

Mountains. Cumberland Mountains , a ridge nearly 30 miles 
broad, divide this State into two divisions, called East and West 
Tennessee. Stone, Yellow, Iron, Bald, and Unka mountains, are 
names applied to different portions of that grand ridge which 
separates this State from North Carolina. 

Rivers. The Mississippi is the boundary of this State on 
the west. The other most considerable rivers are Tennessee and 
Cumberland. Holston, Clinch , and Duck rivers, are branches of 
the Tennessee. 

Muscle Shoals , in Tennessee river, derive their name from the 
number of soft-shell turtles and fresh-water clams found there. 
At this place the river spreads to the breadth of two or three 
miles, and forms a number of islands. The passage for boats is 
difficult, except at high water. Above the Shoals there is no 
obstruction for 250 miles. 

Towns. JVashville is the seat of government. The other 
principal towns are Knoxville , Murfreesborough , Winchester, and 
Memphis , Fayetteville , Jonesboro ’, and Washington. 

Colleges. There is a college at Greenville, which has about 
60 students. Others have been incorporated at Nashville, — at 
Knoxville, — and at Washington. 

The staple commodities are cotton, tobacco, hemp, Indian 
corn and wheat. 

Salt springs abound in this State. There is also a warm medi¬ 
cinal spring, which is a place of considerable resort from the 
neighbouring States. 

Indians. The Cherokees inhabit the southeast corner of this 
State, among whom there is established a missionary station, 
named Brainerd. A part of this tribe has lately emigrated over 
the Mississippi, and settled on Arkansas river. 

3* 


30 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


KENTUCKY. 

In Kentucky the winters are mild and the climate healthy. 

Mountains. The principal mountains are the Cumberland. 
in the southeast corner of the State. 

Rivers. The Ohio is the boundary of this State on the 
north ; the other rivers, all which are tributary to the Ohio, are 
the Tennessee, Cumberland, Green , Kentucky, and Licking rivers, 
all considerable streams. 

Salt Springs. There are five noted salt springs or licks in 
this State, from the waters of which are manufactured great 
quantities of salt. 

Towns. Frankfort is the seat of government. Lexington and 
Louisville are the largest towns. The latter carries on an ex¬ 
tensive trade with St. Louis, Natchez , and JVew Orleans. The 
other principal towns are MaysvUle, Paris, Danville, Hartford , 
Harrodsburg, Lancaster, Hopkinsville, and Columbia. 

Colleges. Transylvania University, at Lexington, — Centre 
College, in Danville, — Augusta College, — Bardstown College, 
— and Georgetown College. 

The staple commodities are hemp, wheat, and tobacco. 


OHIO. 

Ohio is the most populous of all the Western States. 

Lake Erie forms a part of the boundary of this State on the 
north. 

Rivers. The Ohio, from which the State takes its name, is 
the boundary on the south. It is 950 miles in length. The 
Great Miami, Little Miami, Scioto, Muskingum, and the Hock- 
hocking, are all considerable rivers, emptying into the Ohio. 
Maumee, Sandusky, and Cayahoga, are large navigable rivers, 
emptying into Lake Erie. 

Canals. Ohio canal extends across the State, 307 miles, and 
unites the Ohio at Portsmouth, with Lake Erie, at Cleveland. 
Miami canal extends from Dayton to Cincinnati, 68 miles. 

Towns. Columbus is the seat of government. The other 
principal towns are Cincinnati, Chillicothe, Marietta , Zanesville , 
Steubenville, Portsmouth, Athens, Cleveland, Sandusky, St. Clairs- 
ville, Hamilton, Dayton, Urbana, and Lancaster. 

Colleges. The Ohio University, at Athens; Miami Universi¬ 
ty, at Oxford ; Western Reserve College, at Hudson ; Cincinnati 
College ; and Kenyon College, at Gambia. 

Minerals. Coal abounds in the eastern part of the State, 
near the Ohio ; salt springs near Scioto and Muskingum rivers ; 
iron ore and freestone on the banks of the Hockhocking. 

Wheat is the staple production. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


31 


INDIANA. 

Indiana is largely engaged in a system of internal improve¬ 
ment in the construction of railroads and canals. 

Rivers. The Wabash is the principal river. It is a very 
beautiful stream, with high fertile banks, navigable for batteau, 
412 miles to Tippacanoe. A canal is now in progress to connect 
this with Maumee river, and thus open a water communication 
from lake Erie into Ohio river. Tippacanoe and White rivers 
are branches of the Wabash. 

Towns. Indianapolis is the seat of government. The other 
most considerable towns are Vincennes, Madison, Rockport, Co- 
rydon, Harmony, New Albany, Logansport, South Bend, Coving¬ 
ton, Princeton, Bloomington, in which is a college, Jeffersonville, 
Terra Haute, and Vevay, where are the famous Swiss vineyards. 

Salt Springs have been discovered near the Wabash, where 
there is an establishment of salt-works under the patronage of 
Congress. 


ILLINOIS. 

Illinois is mostly flat, and has extensive prairies. 

Rivers. It has the Mississippi on the west, the Ohio on the 
south, and the Wabash on the east. The other most consider¬ 
able rivers are Illinois, Kaskaskia, Rock, Little Wabash, Sanga¬ 
mon, Muddy, Saline, Vermillion, and Fox river. 

Towns. Vandalia, the seat of government; Kaskaskia, the 
oldest settlement in the Valley of the Mississippi; Jacksonville, 
in which is a college ; Galena, in the vicinity of the lead mines. 
Alton, America, Shawneetown, Springfield, Otawas, Chicago, Rock 
Spring, Peoria, Edwardsville, Albion, Knoxville, and many others, 
are growing towns. 

Productions. Indian corn is the staple ; hemp, tobacco, and 
the castor-bean, do well; also wheat, where the ground is not 
too rich. Cotton is raised for domestic use. 

Minerals. Coal abounds in many parts. The lead mines in 
the vicinity of Galena are rich and very extensive. Native cop¬ 
per is found in the same region. Silver is supposed to exist in 
the neighbourhood of Rock Spring. 

Manufactures. Lead, salt, and castor-oil. There is an 
extensive salt manufactory on Saline river, about twenty miles 
from its mouth, the property of the United States. 

A canal has been projected to connect Lake Michigan, at 
Chicago, with the river Illinois, at Otawas. The distance is 
about 70 miles. 


32 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


MISSOURI. 

Missouri abounds in minerals, particularly lead, iron, gypsum, 
and coal. 

Rivers. The Mississippi is the eastern boundary of this 
State. The Missouri , from which the State takes its name, is 
the principal river. The great Osage also is a noble river, 900 
miles in length, and navigable for boats 600 miles. The less 
considerable rivers are Gasconade, Grand, Black, and Merrimack 
rivers. 

Towns. Jefferson City, the capital; St. Louis, the largest 
town in the State, in which is a college; Herculaneum and St. 
Genevieve, the principal depots of the lead mines, which are in 
their vicinity; Potosi, in the centre of the mining district; St. 
Charles, Franklin, Jackson, Winchester, and New Madrid. 

Minerals. Numerous lead mines are found from 30 to 50 
miles west of St. Genevieve. They are very rich, and thought to 
be inexhaustible. There are also salt springs, from which salt 
is manufactured. Coal and saltpetre are abundant. 


MICHIGAN. 

Michigan has been erected into an independent State. It is 
mostly a level country and entirely destitute of mountains. 

The courses of the rivers in this State are all very short. It 
is bounded on the north by the Straits of Mackinaw, 6 miles 
broad. At the mouth of the Strait is an island, on which is a 
fort and a village, all of the same name. This island is the 
grand rendezvous of the Indian traders, who resort here to bar¬ 
ter their furs. It is 200 miles distant from Detroit. In sight 
of Mackinaw are the Martin Islands, which abound in plaster of 
a superior quality. 

Detroit is the capital, pleasantly situated on Detroit river. 


Wisconsin Territory. 

Wisconsin Territory lies both sides of the Mississippi river, 
above the States of Illinois and Missouri. It has a territorial 
government and is rapidly increasing in population. 


Missouri Territory 

Is the district of country situated between Wisconsin Ter¬ 
ritory and the Rocky Mountains. It is known chiefly by its 
numerous tribes of Indians. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


33 


The Oregon Territory 

Lies west of the Rocky Mountains, and is washed by the 
Pacific Ocean. J 


Indian Territory. 

The Indian Territory, so called, is that district of country 
situated directly west of the States Missouri and Arkansas, ex¬ 
tending from Missouri to Red river, about 600 miles, and west- 
wardly as far as the country is habitable, supposed to be about 
200 miles. 

The process of removing Indians from the States to this dis¬ 
trict is going on by our government. 


BRITISH POSSESSIONS IN NORTH AMERICA. 


The British Possessions in North America, are 


- 7 — 

Labrador, 

Chief Towns. 

New Wales, 


Upper Canada, . 

Toronto. 

Lower Canada, ..... 

Quebec. 

New Brunswick, . 

Frederickton. 

Nova Scotia, ..... 

Halifax. 


Islands 5 Newfoundland, Cape Breton, Prince Edward's , and the 
’ ( Bermudas. 

Rivers. The St. Lawrence is much the largest river in all 
British America. It meets the tide 400 miles from the sea, and 
is 90 miles wide at its mouth. Above Lake Ontario, this river 
loses its name. Between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie, it is 
called Niagara river ; between Lake Erie and Lake Huron, it is 
called Detroit river; between Lake Huron and Lake Superior, it 
is called St. Mary's river. 

The other principal rivers are Churchill, Nelson, Severn, Al¬ 
bany, and Moose rivers, in New Britain; the Ulawas, Sorel, St. 
Francis, and Chaudiere, in Lower Canada; and St. John's in 
New Brunswick. 

Bats. The principal bays are the bay of Fundy, remarkable 
for its tides, which sometimes rise to the astonishing height of 
60 feet, and flow so fast as to overtake small animals feeding on 
the shore ; Chebucto Bay, Chaleur and Placentia bays. 

Strait. The most noted Strait is that of Bellisle , leading into 



34 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


the Gulf of St. Lawrence. At the mouth of the Strait is an isl¬ 
and of the same name. 

Capes. Sable , Race, and Charles, are the principal capes. 

Canal. Welland canal passes around the falls of Niagara, 
connecting the two lakes. It is 41 miles in length, and admits; 
ships of 100 tons. 

Towns. The principal towns are Halifax, Liverpool, and 
Pictou, in Nova Scotia; Frederickton and St. John's, in New 
Brunswick ; Quebec and Montreal, in Lower Canada ; Toronto 
and Kingston in Upper Canada ; and St. John’s in Newfoundland 
Island. 

These immense possessions are valuable to Great Britain, 
chiefly for their fisheries, lumber, and the fur trade carried on 
with the Indians. 


RUSSIAN SETTLEMENTS. 

The Russian Settlements on the northwest coast of Norths 
America, extend from Cape Prince of Wales to Portlock har¬ 
bour, near latitude 58°. The object of these settlements is the 
fur trade. The number of Russians is computed at about 1,00 Ql 
R hodiak and Sitcha are the principal places of trade. 


MEXICO. 

Mexico, situated between 16° and 42° N. latitude, declared 
itself independent of Spain in 1821. Much of the northern part 
of this country is in possession of the Indians. 

Mountains. The Cordilleras are the most noted mountains, 
the highest summits of which, Popocatapetl and Citlaltepetl, both 
volcanoes, are more than 17,000 feet high. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Rio Bravo or Del Norte, 
the Colorado, and the Gila, a branch of the Colorado. 

Towns. The chief towns are Mexico, Puebla, Guanaxuato, 
Zacatecas, Vera Cruz, Acapulco, and Santa Fe. Tampico is a 
bay or port on the Mexican Gulf. 

Mexico is chiefly celebrated for its immensely rich gold and 
silver mines, the three principal of which are Guanaxuato, Ca- 
torce, and Zacatacas. The produce in gold and silver of all the 
mines is said to be 20 millions of dollars annually. 

Texas, a province of Mexico, has for some time past been in 
a state of insurrection or revolution. It is mostly a level country, 
very deficient in springs of water. It is thinly peopled, mostly 
by emigrants or adventurers from the United States. 




GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


35 


GUATIMALA. 

Cuatimala is now independent, and extends from latitude 16° 
N. to the Isthmus of Darien. It abounds in volcanoes, the 
eruptions of which are sometimes terrible. 

Bays, Lakes, &c. Honduras is a very noted bay. All the 
rivers are small; Nicaragua and Leon are the principal lakes. 

Towns. Guatimala , the capital, Leon, and Chiapa. The 
country bordering on Honduras Bay is famous for logwood and 
mahogany. The English have settlements here, and carry on 
the trade in these articles. 


GREENLAND. 

This extensive and dreary country, situated in the northeast 
part of America, belongs to Denmark, and is valuable principally 
on account of its fisheries. Cape Farewell is the most southeast¬ 
erly point 


WEST INDIES. 

At the extrance of the Gulf of Mexico, and partly between 
North and South America, is a great number of islands, which 
taken together have been called the West Indies. 

The most considerable of these are Cuba , Jamaica , St. Do¬ 
mingo or Hayti, and Porto Rico. These are sometimes called 
the Greater Antilles. 

North of Cuba and St. Domingo are the Bahama or Lucaya 
Islands, the principal of which is Providence Island. 

East of Porto Rico are the Virgin Islands, of which St. Thomas 
and St. Ci'oix are the most considerable. 

The Carribbee Islands extend from the Virgin Islands in the 
north, to the Island Trinidad in the south. The principal of 
these are Antigua , Guadaloupe , Dominica , Martinico, St. Lucia , 
Barbadoes, Granada , Tobago , and Trinidad. 

These islands by the English are sometimes called the Lee¬ 
ward and the Windward. The Leeward Islands comprehend 
all those islands extending from Porto Rico to Dominica; the 
Windward Islands comprise Martinico, and all the southern part 
of the range. 

Of these islands Cuba and Porto Rico belong to Spain; St. 
Domingo to the blacks, who have established an independent 
empire, and given the island the name of Hayti; St. Bartholo- 




36 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


mew belongs to Sweden ; St. Thomas, St. John, and Santa Cruz 
to Denmark ; Saba, St. Eustatius, Cinacoa, Buenaire, and Aruba, 
to Holland ; Guadaloupe and Martinico to France ; Jamaica , the 
Bahamas , and in general all the other islands to Great Britain. 

Towns. The chief towns are Havana , on the island of Cuba, 
a strongly fortified place, with a fine harbour and great com¬ 
merce ; population, 70,000. St. /ago, on the same island ; Cape 
Henry, Port au Prince, and Hayti on the island St. Domingo; 
Kingston , on the island of Jamaica. 

Population. The whole population of the West India Isl¬ 
ands is estimated at more than 2 millions, of whom three 
fourths are negro slaves. 

Religion. In the islands possessed by the Spaniards and 
French, the religion is Roman Catholic ; in those possessed by 
the English, Danes, and Dutch, it is Protestant. 

From these islands are produced sugar, molasses, rum, cotton, 
indigo, spice3, cocoa, and coffee. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


South America is a vast peninsula connected to North Amer- 
ca, by the Isthmus of Darien. It is 4,600 miles in length, and 
more than 3,000 miles in breadth in its widest part. 

Mountains. The chief mountains are the Andes or Cordille¬ 
ras, one of the highest as well as the most extensive ridge of 
mountains on the face of the globe. Chimborazo , the most ele¬ 
vated summit in this range, has been estimated at 20,280 feet 
(about 4 miles) above the level of the sea, being 4,876 feet (nearly 
1 mile) higher than Mount Blanc on the eastern continent. This 
is an elevation above many of the clouds, which actually sail 
beneath its top. 

Rivers. The Amazon , or Maranon , as it is sometimes called, 
is the largest river not only in South America, but in the world. 
The other most considerable rivers are Rio de la Plata, Orinoco, 
Paraguay, and St. Francisco. 

Seas, Lakes, and Bays. South America has on the north 
the Caribbean Sea, called in South America the North Sea, a 
branch of which extending up into the land near the isthmus, is 
called the Gulf of Darien. Titicaca and Maracaibo, are the 
principal lakes. All Saints, Guayaquil, and Panama, are the 
most considerable bays. 

Capes. Cape St. Roque and Cape Horn are the most noted 
capes. 

The Strait of Magellan, is the only considerable strait. 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


37 


Islands. The principal islands are the Falkland Isles, Terra 
Del Fuego, Chiloe , and Juan Fernandez. 

Divisions. The divisions of South America are, the Republic 
of Colombia, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, the United Provinces, Brazil, 
Guiana, and Patagonia. 

The Republic of Colombia, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, and the United 
Provinces, were formerly Spanish Colonies. They are now In¬ 
dependent Republics. 

The United Provinces, as laid down on the map, include a 
number of independent governments, as Paraguay , Buenos Ayres, 
Monte Video, some of which are in a very unsettled state. 

Guiana is a Dutch settlement. At present it is divided be¬ 
tween the English, French, and Dutch. 

Brazil, including Amazonia, formerly was a Portuguese colony. 
Like the Spanish colonies, it has been declared independent of 
the mother country. 

Patagonia is an unconquered country, in possession of the 
Indian natives. 

Population. The whole population of South America has 
been estimated at about 21 millions, of whom about 10 millions 
are supposed to be of European descent; the rest are Indians 
and Negroes. 

Religion. The religion is Roman Catholic, except that of 
English and Dutch Guiana, which is Protestant. 

Productions. South America is chiefly celebrated for its 
gold, silver, and diamond mines, which have been immensely 
productive to Spain and Portugal. The choicest gems and drugs 
are likewise found in various parts of this extensive continent. 


COLOMBIA. 

The Republic of Colombia includes Venezuela and New 
Granada. 

Mountains. These are Chimborazo, Cotopaxi , a volcano, and 
Pichinca , directly under the equator. They are the highest 
summits of the Andes, and among the most lofty mountains in 
the known world. 

Rivers. The principal river is the Orinoco. It is navigable 
more than 700 miles, and discharges its waters into the Atlantic 
by many mouths, the two most remote of which are said to be 
distant 180 miles. Magdalena is the great river in New Gra¬ 
nada, navigable 600 miles; the Cauca , a branch of the Magda¬ 
lena, is 500 miles in length. 

Gulfs, Lakes, and Bay. The principal gulfs are those of 
Darien, Maracaibo, and Guayaquil; the chief lakes are Mara¬ 
caibo, which communicates with the gulf of the same name by a 
4 



38 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


strait 10 miles wide, defended by strong forts : and Parima 
lake. Panama is the most considerable bay. 

Seaports. The principal seaports are Porto Bello, Cartha- 
gena, St. Martha, Guayaquil, and Panama. 

Towns. The other most considerable towns are Santa Fe de 
Bogota, Quito, on the side of a volcanic mountain, at an eleva¬ 
tion of 9,500 feet above the level of the sea; Caraccas , Mara¬ 
caibo, Cumana , and St. Thomas, in Spanish Guiana. 

Population. The population is computed at about 2,500,000, 
composed of whites, Indians, and blacks. 

Productions. Gold, silver, and platina, in New Granada; 
sugar, coffee, indigo, cotton, and tobacco, in Venezuela. 

GUIANA. 

Guiana is the whole of that extent of country situated between 
the rivers Oronoco and Amazon. That portion situated between 
the rivers Essequibo and Orinoco is Spanish Guiana, and is com¬ 
prehended in the Republic of Colombia. 

Portuguese Guiana is the southern extremity of this country, 
situated between the Amazon and Oyapok rivers. It is united to 
the government of Brazil, and is now considered a part of that 
country. 

English Guiana is situated south of the river Essequibo; Dutch 
Guiana, sometimes called Surinam, and French Guiana, called 
Cayenne, fpllow in succession to the river Oyapok. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are Essequibo, Demerara, Ber- 
bice, Surinam, and Oyapok. 

Towns. The chief towns are Stabrook, the capital of Eng¬ 
lish Guiana, on Demerara river; Paramaribo, the capital of 
Dutch Guiana, and the largest town of all Guiana, situated on 
Surinam river, 20 miles from its mouth ; Cayenne , the capital of 
French Guiana, situated on an island. 

Population. The whole population is estimated at about 
250,000, exclusive of Indians. 

Productions. Sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, indigo, maize, 
rice, and Cayenne pepper. 


PERU. 

Mountains. The Andes penetrate the whole extent of Peru. 
There are two principal ridges, the eastern and western. The 
country between these ridges is an elevated plain, from 8 to 
10,000 feet above the level of the sea. It is on this plain most 
of the white settlements are made. 

Towns. The chief towns are Lima, the capital, Cuzco, Are- 
quipa, Truxillo, Guamanga, and Guanca Velica, celebrated for 
its mine of quicksilver. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


' J 


Population. The population is estimated to be more than 
1 million. 

Mines. The number of mines is said to be 70 of gold, 700 
of silver, 4 of quicksilver, 4 of copper, and 12 of lead. 


BRAZIL. 


Brazil is a very extensive country, including more than one 
third of South America. The western part, known by the name 
of Amazonia, and comprising all the central part of South Amer¬ 
ica, is inhabited only by Indians. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Amazon and its 
branches; Tocantins, Araguaya, a branch of the Tocantins, St. 
Francisco, Parnaiba , and various branches of La Plata river. 

Towns. Rio Janeiro, or St. Sebastian, is the capital, and is 
the largest town in South America, having a population of 
100,000. The other most considerable towns are St. Salvador , 
Pernambuco, and Si. Louis. 

Population. The population is estimated at about 2,000,000. 

Productions. Brazil is particularly celebrated for its gold 
and diamond mines, the latter of which are in a barren district 
about the town of Tejuco. 

Cotton, sugar, coffee, tobacco, and Brazil wood, are produced 
in the northern provinces; wheat, and abundance of cattle, in 
the southern. 


UNITED PROVINCES. 


Rivers. La Plata is the great river of this country ; its 
principal branches are the Paraguay, Parana , Uraguay, Pilco- 
mayo , Vermejo, and the Salado. 


Lakes. Titicaca is the most considerable lake, 224 miles in 
circumference. 

Towns. The principal towns Buenos Ayres , on the La Plata, 
180 miles from the sea, Monte Video, Santa Fe , Corientes, As¬ 
sumption, Salta, Cordova, and Mendoza. 

Pampas. A pampa, as it is called in this country, is a vast 
extensive plain, sometimes 10 or 15 hundred miles in extent, 
destitute of trees, and covered with high grass. Such is the 
country between Buenos Ayres and Mendoza, a distance of 900 
miles, which is travelled in about 30 days by oxen in wagons 
loaded with produce. 

Population. The population is estimated at about 2 mil¬ 
lions, of whom more than one fourth part are civilized Indians. 

Productions. The provinces near the Andes produce gold 
and silver. Immense herds of cattle, mules, and horses feed on 
the pampas. Agriculture is much neglected. Mules are the 
beasts of burden on and about the Andes. Immense numbers 
are collected every year from the southern provinces at Salta, 


40 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

and sent over to Peru. Hides and tallow are great articles of 
export. 

BOLIVIA. 

Bolivia is an elevated region, very rugged and mountainous. 
The climate is cold on account of its elevation, and its vegetable 
productions few. The chief wealth of this country consists in 
its immensely rich gold and silver mines. La Plata or Chuqui - 
saca is the capital; Potosi is in the vicinity of a mountain of that 
name, which contained the richest silver mine ever yet discov¬ 
ered, but now much exhausted. 

CHTLI. 

Mountains. The Andes form the eastern boundary, among 
which there are reckoned 14 volcanoes in Chili. 

Towns. The chief towns are St. Jago, or Santiago, the capi¬ 
tal, Conception , Valparaiso , and Valdivia. 

Population. The population is estimated at 1,200,000. 

Productions. The most northern parts are dry and barren, 
being utterly destitute both of rain and vegetation. More south¬ 
wardly to the river Maule, it is said, from November to May the 
atmosphere is without a cloud. 

But this barren country is the region of the mines, which are 
numerous. Gold, silver, tin, and copper, are produced here, and 
from the mountains in abundance. 

In the southern parts the country is fertile, producing wheat, 
wine, oil, hemp, and cattle in great plenty. 

PATAGONIA. 

Patagonia is but little known. The eastern part consists of 
immense pampas or plains. The western parts are mountainous 
and cold. The only inhabitants are the Indian natives, some of 
whom are said to be of great stature. 


Summary of the Population of America* 


Countries. 

Population. 

Chief Towns. 

Inhabitants. 

United States, 

British Possessions, 
Mexico, 

Guatimala, 

West Indies, 

Colombia, 

Peru, 

Brazil, 

United Provinces, 
Chili, 

12,900,001) 

700,000 

8,000,000 

1,500,000 

2.200,000 

2,500.000 

1 1,200,000 
2,000,000 
2,000,000 
1,800,000 

Washington, 

Quebec, 

Mexico, 

Guatimala, 

Havana, 

Caraccas, 

Lima, 

Rio Janeiro, 

Buenos Ayres, 

St. Jago, 

13,247 

15,257 

137,000 

40,000 

70,000 

42,000 

53,000 

100,000 

02,000 

46,000 












GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


41 



AN ENGLISHMAN. 


EUROPE. 


Europe is the smallest of the grand divisions or quarters of 
the world, but is inhabited by the most active and intelligent 
race of people. 

Mountains. The principal mountains are the Drofrafeld, 
between Norway and Sweden; the Ural, between Europe and 
Asia ; the Carpathian, in Austria; the Alps, which surround 
the north of Italy; the Pyrenees, between France and Spain; 
and the Apennines, in Italy. The volcanic or burning mountains 
are Vesuvius, near Naples, Etna in Sicily, and Hecla in Iceland. 

Rivers. The largest rivers are the Volga, the Danube, the 
Don, the Dnieper, and the Rhine. 

The less considerable rivers are the Dniester, Dwina, Duna, 
Memel or Niemen, Vistula, Oder, Elbe, Weser, Maest, Seine, Loire, 
Garonne, Douro, Tagus, Guadiana, Guadalquivir, Ebro, Rhone, 
Po, Tiber, Save, Drave, Pruth, Bog, Bug, Inn, Thames, and the 
Shannon . 

Lakes. The most noted lakes are Ladoga, Onega, Ilmen, 
Constance, and Geneva. 

Seas. The principal seas are the Mediterranean, the eastern 
part of which is called the Levant; the Archipelago, the Sea of 
Marmora, the Black Sea, the Sea of Azof, the Skager Rack, the 
Baltic, the White Sea, the North Sea, and the Irish Sea. 

Gulfs, &c. The most considerable gulfs are Bothnia, Fin¬ 
land, the Gulf of Venice, and the Bay of Biscay. 

4* 













42 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Straits, &c. The principal straits are the Cattegat, the 
Sound of Elsineur, between Sweden and the Island Zealand, the 
Great Belt, between the islands Zealand and Funen, the Little 
Belt between Funen and the peninsula of Jutland, the Strait of 
Dover, British Channel, Bristol Channel, St. George's Channel, 
and the Straits of Gibraltar, Bonifacio, Messina, Dardanelles, 
Constantinople, and Cajfa. 

Capes. The most noted capes are North Cape, the Naze, 
Land's End, La Hogue, Ortegal, Finisterre, the Rock of Lisbon, 
St. Vincent, Palos, and Matapan. 

Peninsulas. The chief peninsulas are Spain, Italy, Morea, 
Crimea, and Jutland. Sweden and Norway likewise constitute 
one vast peninsula, united to Russia by a broad neck of land. 
This vast peninsular tract, together with the peninsula of Jutland, 
was by the ancients called Scandinavia. 

Isthmuses. The Isthmus of Corinth, which unites the Morea 
to Greece, and that of Precop, which joins Crimea to the main 
land. 

Islands. The most noted islands are Great Britain, Ireland, 
Iceland, the Feroe, Shetland, Orkney, Hebrides , Isle of Wight, 
Guernsey, the Ushant Isles, Bellisle, the isles of Re and Oleron. 

In the Baltic Sea are Zealand, on which Copenhagen is sit¬ 
uated, Funen, directly west of Zealand, Rugen, Oeland, Goth¬ 
land, Oesel, Dago, and Aland. 

In the Mediterranean are lvica, Majorca, Minorca, Corsica, 
Sardinia, Sicily, Lipari Isles, and Malta; in that part of the 
Mediterranean sometimes called the Ionian Sea, Corfu, Cepha- 
lonia, &fc. , which form what is called the Republic of the Seven 
Islands; Candia, Negropont, in the Archipelago, and Rhodes 
and Cyprus in the Levant. 

Divisions. Europe may be considered under three grand 
divisions; the Northern, the Middle, and the Southern. 

The Northern countries are Lapland, Norway, Sweden, and 
Russia. 

The Middle countries are the British dominions, France, 
Netherlands, Denmark, Prussia, Poland, Germany, Switzerland, 
and Austria. 

The southern countries are Portugal, Spain, Italy, and Tur¬ 
key. 


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 

The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, includes 
Great Britain and Ireland, with the adjacent isles. It also pos¬ 
sesses the fortress of Gibraltar, and the islands of Malta and 
Heligoland in Europe ; and has possessions of vast extent in 
America, Asia, and Africa. 

Population. The population is estimated at about 21,000,000, 
— of which 6,847,000 are assigned to Ireland, — to Scotland, 
2,092,000, — to Wales, 717,000. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 43 

Religion, &c. The established religion is Episcopacy; the 
government a limited monarchy. 

Great Britain excels every other nation in her commerce and 
manufactures, in her navy, and in the number and variety of her 
charitable institutions. 

The Island of Great Britain is divided into England, Wales, 
and Scotland. 

ENGLAND is divided into 42 counties or shires. 

Mountains. The mountains in England are comparatively 
small; the most noted are the Peak in Derbyshire, and Cheviot 
Hills between England and Scotland. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Thames, Severn, Hum¬ 
ber, Ouse, Avon, Trent , Dee, Mersey, and the Tyne. 

Canals. The four great rivers, the Trent, Severn, Thames, 
and Mersey, are connected by canals, opening a water communi¬ 
cation between London, Liverpool , Bristol, and Hull, the four 
principal ports in the kingdom. There are many other canals, 
so that scarcely any considerable town is without one, or a 
navigable river. 

Capes. The principal capes are Land's End, Lizard, Start, 
Portland, and St. Edmand's Point; Spurn, Beachy, and St. Da¬ 
vid's Heads. 

Islands. The most considerable islands are Isle of Wight, 
Isle of Man, Anglesea, the Scilly Isles, Guernsey, Jersey, Alder¬ 
ney, and Stark : the four last are near the coast of France. 

Towns. London is the capital. The other great commercial 
seaports are Liverpool, Bristol, Hull, Newcastle, and Yarmouth. 

The principal towns famous for their respective manufactures, 
are Birmingham and Sheffield, for cutlery and hardware ; Man¬ 
chester, for cotton goods; Leeds and Wakefeld, for woollen cloth ; 
Kidderminster, for carpets ; Coventry, for ribbons ; and Gloucester, 
for pins. 

Bath, is celebrated for its mineral waters; Newcastle for coal; 
Oxford and Cambridge for their universities. Portsmouth and 
Plymouth are the principal stations for the royal navy. 

Dover is the principal place of embarkation for France. Pack¬ 
ets sail regularly from Harwich for Holland and Germany; from 
Falmouth, for Spain and the West Indies; and from Holy Head, 
on the island of Anglesea, for Dublin. 

Minerals. Tin, coal, and lead. The tin mines in Cornwall, 
and the coal mines in North Cumberland, are unrivalled on the 
globe. 

WALES is divided into 12 counties. Snowdon and Plin- 
limmon are the most considerable mountains. Wye is the chief 
river. The principal town is Wrexham, famous for flannels. 

SCOTLAND is divided into 33 counties. 

Mountains. The principal chain of mountains are the Gram- 


44 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


pian and Pentland hills. Ben Nevis, the highest mountain on 
the island, is 4,350 feet above the level of the sea. 

Rivers. The chief rivers are the Forth, the Tay , the Clyde, 
the Tweed, the Dee, the Don, and the Spey. 

Canals. A canal 35 miles long, constructed at vast expense, 
connects the Forth and the Clyde; another near Kiel, called the 
Caledonian canal, connects Loch Lochy with Loch Oich. These 
two canals open water communication from sea to sea, across the 
island, dividing Scotland into three parts. 

Lakes. The lakes in this country, denominated lochs, are 
very numerous. The most noted are Loch Lomond, and Loch 
Tay. 

Islands. The islands are the Hebrides, or Western Isles, the 
Orkney ; and the Shetland Isles. 

Towns. The most considerable towns are Edinburgh, Glas¬ 
gow, and Aberdeen, famous for their universities; and Glasgow 
no less so for its extensive commerce. 

IRELAND is divided into four provinces, Leinster, Ulster , 
Munster, and Connaught. These are subdivided into 32 counties. 

Rivers. The only considerable river is the Shannon, nine 
miles wide at its mouth. The Blackwater is the next largest 
river. The Liffa has acquired some note from the capital being 
situated on its banks. 

Lakes and bogs are very numerous. 

Towns. The chief towns are Dublin, the capital; Cork, 
Limerick, Waterford, and Londonderry. 


LAPLAND. 

Lapland is divided into Norwegian, or West Lapland; Swe¬ 
dish, or South Lapland ; Russian, or East Lapland. Swedish 
Lapland is by far the most valuable. The dimensions of each 
of these parts are uncertain. This country is under the govern¬ 
ment of Sweden and Russia. 

In some parts of Lapland, in the winter, the sun does not rise 
for several weeks together. The cold is then excessive, and it 
is not uncommon that the lips of persons are frozen to the cup in 
attempting to drink. At this season the moon shines without 
intermission, and the twilight for two or three hours in the mid¬ 
dle of the day, is sufficient to enable persons to read without a 
candle. In the summer, on the contrary, the sun does not set 
for as long a time. The heat then becomes intense. 

The chief wealth of the Laplanders consists in their reindeer. 
Their employments are hunting and fishing. Agriculture is 
hardly known in this inhospitable region. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


45 


NORWAY. 

Norway is subject to Sweden, and is governed by a viceroy, 
appointed by the king. 

It is divided into five provinces; Christiana, Christiansand, 
Bergen, Drontheim, and Norland. 

Mountains. Norway is reckoned one of the most mountain¬ 
ous countries in the world. The principal are the Dofrafeld , 
between Norway and Sweden. 

Capes. The capes are North Cape and the Naze . 

Islands. The most considerable islands are the Loffoden. 

Towns. Bergen is the capital ; Christiana and Drontheim 
are also considerable towns. 

The chief wealth of Norway consists in its immense forests of 
timber, and in its silver, copper, and iron mines. 

The inhabitants subsist chiefly by hunting and fishing. 

Off the coast of Norway, is the famous vortex of the sea, call¬ 
ed the Maelstrom. It is heard at a great distance, and forms a 
whirlpool of vast depth and extent, and so violent, that if a ship 
come near it, she is drawn in and shattered to pieces. 


DENMARK. 

Denmark Proper is a very small kingdom. It comprehends 
the peninsula of Jutland, the southern part of which is called 
Sleswick; the duchy of Holstein, bounded south by the river 
Elbe; and the islands at the entrance of the Baltic, the principal 
of which are Zealand and Funen. 

River and Canal. The Eyder is the only river of any note. 
It is the boundary between Sleswick and Holstein. The canal 
of Keil opens a communication through this river across the pen¬ 
insula, from the German ocean to the Baltic, sufficient to admit 
vessels of 120 tons. 

Straits. There are three noted straits; 1. The Sound, be¬ 
tween Sweden and the island Zealand, through which vessels 
usually pass, going into or from the Baltic; 2. The Great Belt, 
between the islands Zealand and Funen; 3. The Little Belt, 
between Funen and the peninsula of Jutland. 

Chief Towns. Copenhagen , the capital, situated on the isl¬ 
and Zealand, is esteemed the best built city in the north of Eu¬ 
rope ; Elsineur, on the same island, where all foreign ships, 
passing through the Sound, pay toll; Altona, on the river Elbe. 

Religion, &c. The religion is Lutheran, the government an 
absolute monarchy. 

Islands. The principal islands belonging to Denmark, are 
Iceland and the Feroe Isles. Iceland abounds with subterranean 


46 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


fires. Mount Hecla is a celebrated volcano upon this island, 
about one mile high. 

Denmark is a flat country, generally fertile, producing grain, 
horses, and cattle. 


SWEDEN. 

Sweden is divided into Norland, Sweden Proper, and Goth¬ 
land. Finland , on the east of the gulf of Bothnia , formerly be¬ 
longed to Sweden, but was ceded to Russia in 1808. 

Seas. The Swedish seas are the Baltic , the Gulf of Bothnia, 
the Cattegat , and the Sound, a strait of 4 miles over, which 
separates Sweden from Denmark. 

In the Baltic Sea there are no tides, and a current is always 
running into the German Ocean. 

Lakes and Rivers. Sweden is celebrated for the number 
and extent of its lakes; the largest is the JVener , 100 miles in 
length. Its rivers are also numerous, but not navigable. One 
of the most considerable is the Gotha, through which the Wener 
lake has its outlet at Gottenburg , into the Cattegat. 

Islands. The Swedish islands are Gothland , Oland, Aland, 
and Rugen, with innumerable others, some thousands of which 
are reckoned to be inhabited, and the rest are desert rocks. 

Towns. The chief towns are Stockholm , the capital, situated 
on seven rocky islands, united by wooden bridges ; Upsal , fa¬ 
mous for its university; Gottenburg, Carlscrona, Calmar , and 
Tornea. 

Religion. The religion is Lutheran. 

Government. A limited monarchy. Although under one 
and the same king, Norway and Sweden have different consti¬ 
tutions. 

The chief wealth of Sweden arises from its mines of silver, 
copper, lead, and iron. Its forests of pine and fir are also very 
valuable. 

RUSSIA. 

The Russian Empire is the largest in extent in the world, 
comprehending all the northeast of Europe, all the north of 
Asia, and part of the Northwest Coast of America. 

It is divided into 52 governments, of which 46 are in Europe. 

Mountains. The Ural are the most noted mountains, form¬ 
ing a marked boundary between Europe and Asia. 

Face of the Country. Russia, in general, is a level coun¬ 
try ; from Petersburg to Pekin , in China, there is scarcely a hill. 
The same may be said of the road from Petersburg to the north 
of France. 

Rivers. The most considerable rivers are the Volga, or 
Wolga, Don, Dnieper, Dniester, JYorthern Dwina, Duna, or as it 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


47 


is sometimes called, Southern Dwina, the Bog, Onega, Mezin, 
Pet,chora, and the Neva. 

Many of these rivers, flowing through a level country, are nav¬ 
igable almost to their sources; where, being connected by short 
canals, they open a very extensive inland navigation over all 
parts of the empire. 

Lakes. The principal lakes are Ladoga, Onega, and Ilmen. 

Gulfs. There are five great gulfs or bays ; the gulfs of 
Bothnia, Finland, and Riga, and the bays of Archangel and One¬ 
ga. The first three are arms of the Baltic, the last two are arms 
of the White Sea. 

Seas. There are four large seas in the borders of Russia; 
the Baltic, Black, Caspian, in Asiatic Russia, and the White Sea. 
By means of rivers and canals, an inland navigation is opened 
between all these seas, through the interior of the empire. Azof 
is a small sea connected with the Black Sea by the Strait of 
Caffa. 

Peninsula. Crimea is a noted peninsula connected with the 
main land by the isthmus Precop. 

Islands. The principal islands are Osel, Dago, and Cronstadt. 

Towns. St. Petersburg is the capital, situated on the Neva. 
It is a place of great commerce, and contains 285,000 inhabit¬ 
ants. Astrachan is at the mouth of the Wolga river. 

Cronstadt, the port of St. Petersburg, is 20 miles distant on an 
island in the Gulf of Finland. It is the principal station of the 
Russian navy. 

The other principal seaports are Riga on the Baltic, Odessa 
on the Black Sea; Astrachan on the Caspian, in Asiatic Russia ; 
and Archangel on the White Sea. 

*Moscow was the ancient capital. Revel, Wiburg, Chcrson, 
Tula, and Abo, are considerable towns. 

Religion, &.c. The established religion is the Greek Church ; 
the government an absolute monarchy. 

Russia is celebrated for its timber and flax trade, its iron and 
copper mines in the Ural Mountains, its fisheries and its furs. 
It has an extensive inland navigation ; and goods may be con¬ 
veyed by water from Petersburg to China, with an interruption 
of only 60 miles. 


POLAND. 

The brave and unfortunate Poles have ceased to exist as a 
distinct nation. The State, styled the Kingdom of Poland, after 
a sanguinary contest with Russia to regain its ancient rights, has 
been again conquered, and is now annexed to the Russian em¬ 
pire, of which it forms an integral part. 

The chief towns are Warsaw and Cracow. The principal river 
the Vistula. Poland is remarkable for its mines of rock salt. 


48 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


PRUSSIA. 

The Prussian dominions consist of two territories, entirely dis¬ 
tinct, the one laying in the east, and the other in the west of 
Germany, separated from each other by the kingdom of Hanover, 
through which the King of Prussia is entitled by treaty to main¬ 
tain two military roads. 

The eastern division is by far the largest. It extends about 
500 miles on the Baltic, and comprehends Prussia Proper, Pome¬ 
rania, Silesia, and the March of Brandenburg. 

Prussia Proper lies along the Vistula; Pomerania extends 
from a little beyond Dantzic to the Oder; Silesia is the most 
southern part next to Austria ; Brandenburg extends in the 
direction of Berlin to the Elbe. 

The western division lies on both sides of the Rhine, and is 
about 200 miles in length, and 80 or 90 in breadth. 

Rivers. The chief rivers are the Elbe, the Oder , the Vistula, 
the Pregel, and the Memel or Niemen. 

Canals. Bromburg canal, 20 miles in length, connects the 
Vistula with the Oder; Mullrose canal, 15 miles in length, con¬ 
nects the Oder with the Elbe. 

Lakes. There are many small lakes in Prussia. Frisch Haff, 
at the mouth of the Vistula, and Churish Haff, at the mouth of 
the Memel, are inland sheets of water, about *70 miles in length, 
full of dangerous shoals, and subject to frequent storms. They 
are separated from the Baltic by narrow slips of land, said to 
have been thrown up by tempests and the waves of the sea. 

Cities. The chief cities in the eastern division are Berlin , 
the capital, Konigsburg, Breslaw, Elbing, Stetling , Potsdam, 
Brandenburg, and Dantzic; in the western division, Aix-la- 
Chapelle, Cologne, and Coblentz. 

Population. Population 9,904,549. 

Religion, &c. The established religion is Lutheran; the 
government an absolute monarchy. 

Prussia produces a great plenty of grain, and abounds with 
flocks and herds. 


NETHERLANDS, 

Netherlands signify low countries. What was lately called 
the Kingdom of the Netherlands, embraced Holland (sometimes 
called the Seven United Provinces), in the north ; Flanders, or 
the Belgic (between Holland and France), in the south; and 
the province of Luxemburg, which is a part of Germany. 

In 1830, the Belgic Provinces revolted from the government, 
and declared their independence, which has been acknowledged 
by the States of Europe. Their country now takes the name of 
Belgium. They have established a constitutional monarchy, and 
elected Prince Leopold king. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


49 


HOLLAND. 

Face of the Country. Holland is mostly a marsh or bog*, 
and has been gained principally from the ocean, by means of 
dykes or dams, which have been raised, and are still supported 
at an incredible expense. 

Rivers. The country is too narrow and the surface too flat 
to give rise to any considerable river ; but it is the outlet of sev- 
efal rivers from other countries, particularly the Rhine and the 
Maese or Meuse. 

Canals. Canals are numerous, there being one at almost 
every man’s' door. The common mode of travelling in summer, 
is in covered boats, on canals, drawn by horses ; in winter, both 
men and women, and also children, travel on them on skates, 
from village to village, with most surprising rapidity. 

Bay, &c. Zuider Zee is a large bay, about 120 miles long, 
full of shoals, at the head of which Amsterdam is situated. 
Texel is an island at the mouth of the Zuider Zee ; it has a 
good harbour, and a town of the same name. There are numer¬ 
ous other islands. The province of Zealand consists wholly of 
a number of islands, one of the most considerable of which is 
Walcheren, at the mouth of the Scheldt. 

Towns. The chief towns are Amsterdam , the capital, curi¬ 
ously built on wooden piles ; Rotterdam, distinguished for com¬ 
merce, and also for being the birthplace of Erasmus; Haerlem, 
famous for containing the largest organ in the world; Leyden , 
celebrated for its university ; Utrecht and the Hague. 

Middleburg and Flushing are also considerable towns on the 
island Walcheren. 

Population. The inhabitants are called Dutch. It is, ex¬ 
cepting Belgium, the thickest settled country in Europe, there 
being more than 200 inhabitants to every square mile. 

Religion, &c. The Dutch are mostly Calvinists. The gov¬ 
ernment is a limited monarchy. 

Vast numbers of cattle are fattened in the rich meadows of 
Holland. It is here madder is cultivated. 


BELGIUM. 

Face of the Country. Belgium, like Holland, is a low, flat 
country, abounding in canals, with scarcely a single hill. The 
roads are generally a broad causeway, and run several miles in 
a straight line, till they terminate in view of some noble build¬ 
ing. The principal river is the Scheldt. 

Towns. The chief towns are Brussels, the capital; Antwerp, 
once the emporium of Europe; Ostend, a strongly fortified town 
on the seacoast; Liege, noted for its hardware manufactures; 


50 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

and Ghent, divided by canals into 26 islands, over which are 300 
bridges. 

Population. Belgium, like Holland, has a dense population, 
there being more than 200 inhabitants to every square mile. 
The whole number is estimated at nearly 4,000,000. 

Religion, &c. The Belgians are Catholics; their govern¬ 
ment a constitutional monarchy. 

The manufactures of the Belgians are beautiful linens and 
laces, in which they are unrivalled, particularly in cambrics from 
Cambray. It was by them that the English were first taught 
the art of weaving. 

Mineral Waters. In the province of Liege are the famous 
mineral waters of Spa and Pyrmont, the former of which much 
resemble our Ballston waters. 


FRANCE. 

France is advantageously situated almost in the centre of Eu¬ 
rope ; and was formerly divided into 32 provinces ; but is now 
divided into 86 departments. 

Mountains. The most noted mountains in France are the 
Cevennes, west of the Rhone, and parallel with it. France is 
separated from Spain by the Pyrenees; fron* Italy by the Alps ; 
from Switzerland by Mount Jura, a branch of the Alps, which, 
extending northwardly, west of the river Rhine, is called the 
Vosges mountains. These latter are in the territory of France, 
near its eastern boundary. 

Rivers. There are four large rivers in France ; the Loire , 
Garonne , Seine, and Rhone. The Saone, a branch of the Rhone , 
is a considerable river. 

Canals. There are three noted canals : 1. The celebrated 
canal of Languedoc, which opens a communication between the 
bay of Biscay and the Mediterranean : 2. The canal of the cen¬ 
tre, connecting the river Saone with the Loire: 3. The canal of 
Orleans, connecting the Loire with the Seine. 

Islands. The chief islands are Corsica, Ushant, Bellisle, Re, 
Oleron, and the isles of Hyeres , in the Mediterranean. 

Cities. The principal cities are Paris, the capital, Lyons, 
Marseilles, Bordeaux , Rochfort, Rochelle, Bayonne, Toulouse, 
Rouen, JYantes, Montpellier, and Calais. Toulon and Brest are 
the chief stations of the French navy. 

Religion, &c. Roman Catholics are the most numerous sect; 
but all religions are now tolerated. The government is a con¬ 
stitutional monarchy. 

France produces grain, wine, oil, and silk, besides a variety of 
delicious fruits and vegetables in great abundance. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


51 


GERMANY. 

Germany contains a great number of Independent States; 
most of Prussia; part of the Empire of Austria; Holstein and 
Luenburg, belonging to Denmark ; and Luxemburg, belonging to 
the Netherlands, are comprehended in Germany ; besides which, 
there are 4 kingdoms, 26 smaller States, and 4 free cities. 

The four kingdoms are those of Saxony, Hanover, Bavaria, 
and Wirtemburg. 

The four free cities are Frankfort, Hamburg, Lubeck, and 
Bremen. 

Rivers. The number of rivers in Germany is more than five 
hundred, sixty of which are navigable to a great length. The 
largest are the Danube., Rhine, Elbe, Oder, Weser, and the Maine. 

Towns. The chief towns are Dresden , capital of the king¬ 
dom of Saxony; Hanover, capital of the kingdom of Hanover; 
Munich, capital of the kingdom of Bavaria; Stutgard, capital of 
the kingdom of Wirtemburg; Hamburg, one of the finest com¬ 
mercial cities in Europe ; j Leipsic and Frankfort, celebrated for 
their fairs ; Vienna, in the empire of Austria; and Berlin in the 
dominions of Prussia. 

Population. The total population of all the States in Ger¬ 
many, is estimated.at about 30 millions. 

Religion. The Protestant religion prevails in the north of 
Germany, the Roman Catholic in the south. 

Germany produces all the various kinds of grain in great 
abundance, together with wine and silk in the southern prov¬ 
inces. 


AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 

The empire of Austria comprises part of Germany, part of Po¬ 
land, part, of Italy, and the whole of Hungary. It is made up of 
several distinct States and kingdoms, under one sovereign, yet 
governed in part by different laws. 

Mountains. The Carpathian mountains, and Rhetian or Ty¬ 
rolese Alps, constitute the chief mountains. 

Rivers. The Danube is the principal river. The Theis , 
Save, Drave, and the Inn, branches of the Danube, are consider¬ 
able rivers. 

Towns. The principal towns are Vienna, the capital; Prague 
in Bohemia; Buda and Presburg, in Hungary ; Trieste , the prin¬ 
cipal seaport; Milan , Venice, and Verona, in Austrian Italy. 

Minerals. The Austrian empire is rich in minerals, particu¬ 
larly in gold, silver, quicksilver, copper, lead, and salt. 

The productions are grain ; and in Hungary abundance of 
wine, the olive, and some rice. 


52 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


SWITZERLAND. 

Switzerland is a small, romantic country, lying upon the Alps, 
and is the highest spot of ground in Europe. 

It is divided into twenty-two cantons. 

Mountains. Switzerland is the most mountainous country on 
the globe. The Alps separate it from Italy, and the Jura moun¬ 
tains divide it from France. St. Gothard is the highest mountain. 

Rivers. The Rhine , the Rhone, the Inn, and the Aar, all 
have their sources in Switzerland. The Aar is a branch of the 
Rhine. 

Lakes. Lakes are numerous. The most considerable are 
those of Constance and Geneva, lying on the borders of the 
country; Zurich and Lucern in the interior. 

Chief Towns. Geneva, Basle, Berne, Zurich, and Lauzanne. 
The inhabitants are called Swiss. 

Switzerland produces cattle, various kinds of grain and wine. 


SPAIN. 

Spain was formerly divided into fourteen provinces, sometimes 
called kingdoms, viz: Galacia, Austria, and Biscay, in the north ; 
Navarre, Arragon, and Catalonia, near the Pyrenees ; Valencia 
and Murcia in the east; Leon and Estramadura in the west; 
Old Castile and New Castile in the middle ; and Granada and 
Andalusia in the south. These are now subdivided into 31 prov¬ 
inces. 

Mountains. The Spanish mountains are arranged in distinct 
chains, between all the large rivers, and nearly parallel with 
them. 1. The Cantabrian chain, which are a continuation of the 
Pyrenees, between France and Spain. They extend along the 
northern coast. 2. The Iberian chain, extending from the Can¬ 
tabrian in a southerly direction west of the river Ebro. 3. The 
mountains of Castile between the rivers Douro and the Tagus. 
4. The Toledo chain, between the Tagus and Guadiana. 5. The 
Sierra Morena, or Brown Mountains, between the Guadiana and 
the Guadalquivir. 6 . The Sierra Nevada, or Snowy Mountains, 
between the Guadalquivir, and the Mediterranean. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Ebro, Guadalquivir, 
Guadiana, Tagus, Douro, and the Minho. 

Gapes. The most noted capes are Otegal, Finisterre, Trafal¬ 
gar, near the strait of Gibraltar, Gata, and Palos. 

Islands. The islands are Majorca, Minorca, and Ivica. 

Promontory. Gibraltar is a very noted promontory consist¬ 
ing mostly of one solid rock, of great elevation, strongly fortified, 
and in the possession of the English. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


53 


Towns. The chief towns are Madrid , the capital, Cadiz, 
Malaga, Carthagena, Valencia, Barcelona, Bilboa , Ferrol , Seville, 
Saragossa, Toledo, Leon, and Corunna. 

The staple commodities are wine, olive oil, silk, fruits, such as 
oranges, lemons, raisins, &c., and Merino wool. 


PORTUGAL. 

Portugal is divided into 6 provinces. 

Mountains. The mountains of Castile and Toledo, coming 
from Spain, penetrate Portugal nearly to the Atlantic coast. 

Rivers. Douro, Tagus, and Guadiana. These all have their 
sources in Spain. 

Capes. St. Vincent and the Rock of Lisbon. 

Towns. The principal towns are Lisbon, the capital; Oporto, 
famous for its strong wines, called Port; and St. Ubes, noted for 
the production of salt, known by the name of Lisbon salt. 

The inhabitants are called Portuguese. The productions are 
much the same as those of Spain. 


ITALY. 

Italy was the country of the ancient Romans, and abounds 
with the ruins of their cities and buildings. It now contains a 
number of independent kingdoms and states. In the northwest 
of Italy is the kingdom of Sardinia, to which belongs the island 
of the same name ; Turin, the capital, and Geneva, are the most 
considerable towns. Next follow the Duchy of Parma, Duchy 
of Modena, Duchy of Lucia, and the Grand Duchy of Tuscany, 
of which Florence is the capital. In the centre of Italy are the 
States of the Church, or the territory belonging to the Pope, of 
which Rome is the capital. In the south is the kingdom of the 
Two Sicilies, including all the south of Italy, together with the 
island Sicily. JVaples is the capital of this kingdom. 

Mountains. The most remarkable mountains are the Alps, 
on the north and northwest, among which is Mont Blanc, the 
highest mountain in Europe; the Apennines, a chain of moun¬ 
tains, which runs almost the whole extent of Italy; and Mount 
Vesuvius, a celebrated volcanic mountain. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Po, the Tiber, the Arno, 
which passes by Florence, the Adige, and the Rubicon. 

Gulfs. The Adriatic Sea, or Gulf of Venice; the Gulf of 
Genoa, south of the city; and the Gulf of Taranto, under the 
foot of Italy ; Italy being shaped much in the form of a boot. 

Straits. The Strait of Messina, and the Strait of Bonafacio. 

Cities. The principal cities are Rome, once the mistress of 
5* 


54 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


the world ; Naples, Florence, Leghorn, Genoa , Venice, Milan, and 
Parma. 

Islands. Sicily is the largest of the Italian islands; it con¬ 
stitutes a part of the kingdom of the Two Sicilies. Mmnt JEtna 
is upon this island, the most tremendous volcano in the world. 
The chief towns are Palermo, Messina, and Syracuse. 

Sardinia, is a part of the kingdom of the same name ; the chief 
town is Cagliari. 

Corsica is subject to France , its chief town is Bastia. 

Malta is subject to the British ; it is celebrated for the strength 
of its fortifications. 

Elba was the residence of the late Bonaparte while in his first 
exile. 

The Lipari Islands, the chief of which is Lipari. The volcano 
Stromboli forms one of these islands. 

Italy produces the comforts and the luxuries of life in great 
abundance. The Italian cheeses, particularly Parmesan, and 
their silks, are the most important articles of exportation. 


IONIAN REPUBLIC. 

The Ionian Republic consists of 7 small islands, lying near the 
coast of Greece, of which Corfu, Cephalonia, and Zante are the 
most considerable. The inhabitants are chiefly Italians and 
Greeks, and number about 800,000 in all, being under the pro¬ 
tection of Great Britain. 

TURKISH EMPIRE. 

The Turkish, sometimes called the Ottoman Empire, is situ 
ated partly in Europe and partly in Asia. Till lately, Turkey in 
Europe comprehended the whole of ancient Greece. But the 
Greeks, after being many years enslaved by the Turks, declared 
for independence, and have delivered the most southern portion 
of their country from Turkish dominion. 

Mountains. The principal mountains are the Hcemus, or 
Balken ridge, which is a branch of the Alps. Monte Sancto, 
formerly called Mount Athos, Pindus , and Olympus are cele¬ 
brated mountains. 

Rivers. The Danube, called the Ister by the ancients, is by 
far the most considerable river. The other most considerable 
rivers are the Save, which flows into the Danube, and the Var- 
dar, which empties into the Gulf of Salonica. 

Seas and Gulfs. The Black Sea, formerly called the Eux- 
ine; the Sea of Marmora, or Propontis; the Archipelago or 
Aegean Sea, and the Gulf of Salonica. 

Straits. The Dardanelles, anciently called the Hellespont, 
between the Sea of Marmora and the Archipelago; the Strait of 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 55 

Constantinople, or Thracian Bosphorus, between the Sea of 
Marmora and Black Sea. 

Islands. Since the independence of the Greeks, the princi¬ 
pal island remaining to Turkey is Candia, the ancient Crete. 
It is populous and fertile. Lemnos also remains to the Turks. 
Between these are the two Grecian islands. 

Towns. The chief towns are Constantinople , the capital, 
Adrianople , Salonica, Bucharest , and Belgrade. 

Religion. The Turks are Mahometans. The head of this 
religion is styled the Mufti, who is ranked as the second subject 
in the empire. 

Government. The government is despotic. The emperor is 
styled Sultan, or Grand Seignior. Next to the Sultan in power 
is the Grand Vizier. Pachas and Bashaws are the governors of 
provinces. The great council in the nation is called the Divan. 

Turkey possesses a delightful climate and a fertile soil, but is 
poorly cultivated. The productions are grain, wine, oil, silk, 
and most of the tropical fruits. 


GREECE. 

To the south of Turkey is a peninsula, called the Morea , or 
Ancient Peloponnesus. It is formed by the Gulf of Lepanto on 
the west, and that of Engia on the east, and is united to the con¬ 
tinent by a narrow neck of land, about 4 or 5 miles wide, called 
the Isthmus of Corinth. It w'as here that the ancient Isthmian 
games were celebrated. Immediately without the peninsula is 
the province called Livadia. 

In settling the independence of the Greeks, the limits assign¬ 
ed to that people, are the Morea, the province Livadia, JYegro- 
pont, and the other islands, in the Archipelago, situated between 
the islands Candia and Lemnos, excepting those on the Asiatic 
side. 

Mountains. Parnassus in Livadia, is the most celebrated 
mountain. 

Gulfs. Lepanto and Engia are the most noted gulfs. 

Islands. JVegropont, 120 miles in length, is by far the largest 
island. Among the other islands, which are numerous, Hydra is 
the chief seat of the Greek navy; Ispara also is distinguished 
for its maritime enterprise, Paros for its marble, Antiparos for its 
subterraneous cavern, and Patmos as the spot where St. John 
wrote the Apocalypse. 

Towns. The principal towns are Nauplia, or Napoli di Ro¬ 
mania, Patras and Corinth on the Morea; Athens, a very cele¬ 
brated and ancient city; Salona and Missolonghi in Livadia ; 
Egribos on the Negropont, and Hydra on the island of the same 
name, which is said to be one of the most populous and busy 
towns in Greece. 


56 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Summary of Europe. 


States. 

Population. 

Sq. Miles. 

Pop. 
to Sq. 
Mile. 

Chief Towns' 

Population. 

2 

f England, 

11,261,000 

50,000 

225 

London, 

1,000,000 

g- 

Wales, 

717,000 

8,000 

89 

Wrexham, 

19,000 

w 1 

Scotland, 

2,092,000 

30,000 

69 

Edinburgh, 

82,000 

■s 

Ireland, 

6,000,000 

32,000 

203 

Dublin, 

187,000 


Norway, 

930,000 

160,000 

6 

Bergen, 

18,000 


Sweden, 

2,417,000 

188,433 

13 

Stockholm, 

73,000 


Denmark, 

1,565,000 

21,615 

72 

Copenhagen, 

105,000 


Russia, 

41,773,000 

1,891,542 

22 

St. Petersburg, 

285,000 


Prussia, 

9,904,000 

105,770 

94 

Berlin, 

182,000 


Holland, 

2,306,661 

10,905 

211 

Amsterdam, 

200,784 


Belgium, 

8,859,193 

14,459 

273 

Brussels, 

100,000 

a 

n 

France, 

41,173,000 

1,891,000 

22 

Paris, 

715,000 

i 

f Saxony, 

1,200,000 

7,436 

161 

Dresden, 

45,000 

0 J 

1 Hanover, 

1,305,000 

15,000 

87 

Hanover, 

25,000 

•s 

j Bavaria, 

{ Wirtemburg, 

3,560,000 

21,966 

111 

Munich, 

47,000 

* 

1,395,000 

8,118 

172 

Stutgard, 

23,000 

c 

5 

Austria, 

28,000,000 

267,674 

105 

Vienna, 

240,000 


Switzerland, 

1,750,000 

19,000 

92 

Geneva, 

22,000 


Spain, 

10,350,000 

182,000 

57 

Madrid, 

168,000 

>> 

Portugal, 

3,683,000 

40,875 

90 

Lisbon, 

230,000 

3 i 

Austrian Italy, 

4,014,000 

18,290 

219 

Milan, 

135,000 

c 

Sardinia, 

3,994,000 

27,000 

146 

Turin, 

88,000 

17) 

© 

Duchy of Parma, 

377,000 

2,280 

165 

Parma, 

30,000 

3 - 

“ Modena, 

370,000 

2,060 

180 

Modena, 

20,000 

da j 

j “ Lucca, 

138,000 

420 

328 

Lucca, 

18,000 

§ 

“ Tuscany, 

1,180,000 

8,500 

139 

Florence, 

75,000 

. 1 
be 1 

j Pope’sjTerritory, 

2,346,000 

14,500 

162 

Rome, 

131.000 

.2 1 

l “ Two Sicilies, 

6,618,000 

43,600 

152 

Naples, 

752j000 

W 

Turkey, 

9,000,000 

180,000 

50 

Constantinople 

500,000 


Greece, 

800,000 

16,000 

50 

Athens, 

10,000 















GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


57 



CHINESE. TURKS. 


ASIA. 

Asia is the second of the quarters of the globe in extent, but 
the first in wealth and population. 

Mountains. The two principal ranges are the Himaleh, be¬ 
tween Hindostan and Thibet, reputed the highest mountain in 
the world, and the Atlay range, between the Chinese Empire 
and Siberia. The other most considerable ranges are the Cau- 
cassus, between the Black and Caspian seas; Taurus in Turkey, 
and the Gants in Hindostan. 

Rivers. The most celebrated rivers are the Tigids, Eu¬ 
phrates. Jihon, Sihon, Indus, Ganges, Burrampooter , Irrawaddy , 
Japanese, Yangtse, Kiang, Hoang Ho, Amar, Lena, Enisei , and 
the Obi. 

Seas, Gulfs, and Straits. The Red Sea, or Arabian Gulf; 
the Strait of Babelmandel, the Gulf of Persia; the Caspian Sea 
and the Aral; the Sea of Arabia, and the Bay of Bengal, the 
Straits of Malacca, and Sunda ; the Gulfs of Siam and Tonquin; 
the Chinese Sea; the Yellow Sea; the Sea of Japan; and the 
Sea of Ochotsk. 

Peninsulas. The chief peninsulas are Malacca, Corea, and 
Kamischaika. 

Capes. East Cape, Cape Lopatka, and Cape Comorin. 

Isthmus. The Isthmus of Suez joins Asia to Africa. 

Islands. In the Archipelago, near the Asiatic shore, are 
Mytilene, Scio, Samos, Rhodes, and Candia, already noticed in 
the European description, and Cyprus in the Levant Sea. 


58 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

The Maidive and Laccadive islands, and Ceylon in the Indian 
Ocean. 

In the Bay of Bengal are the Andaman and Nicobar isles. 

To the eastward are Sumatra, Java, Borneo, the Moluccas, or 
Spice Islands, Celebes, the Manillas, or Philippine islands, Hainan, 
Formosa, Leoo Keoo isles, Japan isles, Jeso, Saghalien, and the 
Kurile isles. 

Asia comprehends Turkey in Asia, Russia in Asia, Circassia, 
Georgia, Independent Tartary, Persia, Arabia, Beloochistan, Af¬ 
ghanistan, Chinese Empire, Empire of Japan, India, divided into 
Hindostan, or India within the Ganges, and the Birman Empire, 
Anam, Malaya, and Siam, or India beyond the Ganges, and the 
East India Islands. 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 

Turkey in Asia comprises the countries so well known in his¬ 
tory by the names of Asia Minor, Armenia, Mesopotamia, Chal¬ 
dea, and Syria. 

Asia Minor, or Lesser Asia, is now called Natolia. It lies 
between the Black Sea and the Mediterranean, and compre¬ 
hends the ancient Lydia, Pamphylia, Cilicia, and other prov¬ 
inces, in which were the seven churches of Asia, mentioned in 
Revelation. 

Syria is bounded north by Natolia, and extends along the 
shores of the Levant, or eastern extremity of the Mediterranean, 
to the Isthmus of Suez. It comprehends the ancient country 
of the Jews, now called Palestine, or the Holy Land. 

Mountains. The principal mountains are the Taurus, Cau¬ 
casus, Ararat, Olympus, Ida, and Libanus, all of which have 
long been celebrated. 

Rivers. The principal river in Asiatic Turkey is the Eu¬ 
phrates ; next to this is the Tigris. 

The Asphaltes, or Dead Sea, in Syria, is a lake about 50 
miles in length, on the borders of the ancient Canaan, and is 
supposed to occupy the ancient site of Sodom and Gomorrah. 
No fish can live in its waters. 

Islands. The principal islands are Cyprus, Mytilene, Scio, 
Samos, and Rhodes. 

Tow.ns. The principal towns are Aleppo, Damascus, Smyrna, 
Bagdad, Bursa, and Jerusalem. Balbec and Palmyra are famous 
for their ruins. 

Turkey is productive of the most delicious fruits, and particu¬ 
larly of drugs, gums, medicinal herbs, and odoriferous flowers. 

RUSSIA IN ASIA. 

Asiatic Russia is that country formerly called Siberia. It em¬ 
braces all the northern part of Asia. It is a cold and dreary 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


59 


country, inhabited mostly by barbarous and savage tribes, and is 
divided into two governments, that of Tobolsk in the west, and 
Irkutsk in the east; each of which is as large as all Europe. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Obi , the Enisei, the 
Lena , and the Irtish , a larger river than the Obi before their 
junction. 

Lakes. The Caspian Sea is properly a vast salt-water lake. 
It receives a number of large rivers, but has no visible outlet. 
Baikal is the next most considerable lake. It is 350 miles in 
length, and abounds with seals and various kinds of fish. 

Towns. Kiachta is the chief mart of commerce between 
China and Russia; JYertchinsk is famous for its silver mines 
which are wrought by exiled criminals from the interior of the 
empire. The other most considerable towns are Tobolsk , Keli- 
van, Omsk, and Irkutsk. 

Produce. The produce of the north consists of furs and 
skins; In the south there is abundance of fruits and wine. 

Islands. The Kurile Islands belong to Asiatic Russia, several 
of which are volcanic. 

CIRCASSIA AND GEORGIA. 

Circassia and Georgia are countries situated between the 
Black Sea and the Caspian Sea; Circassia on the north and 
Georgia on the south of the Caspian chain of mountains. These 
countries are subject to Russia, and are particularly celebrated 
for the beauty of their inhabitants, especially the females, many 
of whom are sold into Turkey and Persia to recruit their se¬ 
raglios. 

Ttjlis , the capital of Georgia, contains about 35,000 inhabitants. 
It is a very important place for trade. 

On the western coast of the Caspian Sea, are copious springs 
of naptha, or fossil oil. The earth when dug to the depth of 
two or three inches, easily takes fire. 

INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 

This country is but little known to Europeans. The northern 
and western parts are mostly a sandy desert. The southeastern 
part, including Bucharia, is represented as a delightful country. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Jihon and the Sihon. 

Lakes. The Lake or Sea of Aral is about 200 miles in 
length. Its waters are salt like those of the Caspian. It is 
surrounded with sandy deserts. There are many saline lakes 
in the vicinity. 

Samarcand is the capital. Balk is also a distinguished city, 
and is the chief seat of commerce between Great Bucharia and 
Hindostan. 


60 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


PERSIA. 

The limits of Persia have been various at different periods. 
Formerly it embraced all that extent of country situated between 
Turkey and Hindostan, the most distinguishing- features of which, 
are mountains and sandy deserts, with a scarcity both of wood 
and water. 

The western part of this country still retains its former name ; 
in the eastern part are the modern kingdoms, Afghanistan and 
Beloochistan. The line of separation between the two parts is 
marked by a succession of wide deserts extending from the 
mouth of the Persian Gulf, nearly to the Caspian Sea. 

Towns. Teheran is the capital of Persia ; Ispahan , the for¬ 
mer capital, is much the largest town. Shims , is situated on a 
plain of great fertility, and is celebrated for its wine ; Bushire is 
the principal seaport. 

The government is despotic ; the religion Mahometan. Rich 
carpets, silks, leather, gold and silver lace, are the chief articles 
of commerce. 


AFGHANISTAN. 

Afghanistan embraces the eastern part of ancient Persia. It 
contains a number of tribes each subject to its own Khan, or 
chief, who frequently make war upon each other. Of these the 
Afghans are the most powerful. They have extended their 
empire over the other tribes, and thus have established a king¬ 
dom, which has been enlarged by conquests from Independent 
Tartary and from Hindostan. 

Towns. Cahul is the capital. The other towns of note are 
Herat , where all the caravans pass, going from Persia and Tar¬ 
tary to Hindostan ; Balk, in the country which has been con¬ 
quered from Independent Tartary. Cashmere , famous for its 
shawls, and Lahore , capital of the Seiks, are in the country 
conquered from Hindostan. 

BELOOCHISTAN. 

Beloochistan is the southern part of ancient Persia. It con¬ 
tains a number of tribes under separate chiefs, most of whom 
acknowledge the sovereignty of a king who resides at Kelat , a 
place of considerable trade, containing a royal palace and about 
4,000 houses. 

But little is at present known of this country. 

ARABIA. 

Arabia is divided into three parts ; Arabia Petrea, or Stony ; 
Arabia Deserta, or Desert; and Arabia Felix, or Happy. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


61 


Stony Arabia is a small province north of the Red Sea, be¬ 
tween Egypt and Syria. Arabia, the Desert, is the middle part 
of the country, the inhabited parts of which lie on the borders 
of the Red Sea. Arabia Happy comprises the southwest part of 
the country. 

Mountains. Horeb and Sinai, mentioned in the Holy Scrip¬ 
tures, are the most noted mountains, situated between the narrow 
branches of the northern extremity of the Red Sea. On these 
mountains are many chapels and cells, possessed by monks. 

Arabia is almost wholly destitute both of forests and of rivers. 

Towns. The chief towns are Mecca, Medina , Jedda , Mocha, 
Sana, and Muscat. 

Arabian horses are much esteemed. Camels and dromedaries 
are the common beasts of burden. Arabia produces many cost¬ 
ly gums, a great variety of fruit, and large quantities of the finest 
coffee. 


INDIA. 

India is that extensive tract of country situated between Per¬ 
sia and China. It was anciently divided into India ivithin the 
Ganges, now called Hindostan, and India beyond the Ganges, 
comprehending the Birman Empire, the empire of Anam, Ma¬ 
laya, and Siam. 


HINDOSTAN. 

Hindostan is divided into four sections; 1. Gangetic Hin¬ 
dostan, comprehending the countries on the Ganges ; 2. Sindetic 
Hindostan, including the countries on the Indus; 3. Central 
Hindostan, comprehending the middle provinces; 4. Southern 
Hindostan, or Deccan, the western coast of which is called Mal¬ 
abar, and the eastern, Coromandel. 

British India, consists of certain immense territories on the 
banks of the Ganges, of which Calcutta is the capital; of other 
territories on the coast of Coromandel, of which Madras is the 
capital; extensive regions in the south, of which Seringapatam 
is the capital; Bombay and the island Ceylon. 

Mountains. The Gauts are the most noted mountains in 
India. The Himaleh mountains, which form the northern boun¬ 
dary, are accounted the highest mountains in the world ; Dawal- 
ageri, the most elevated summit, being reputed 27,677 feet 
above the level of the sea. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Ganges, the Burram- 
pooter, and the Indus. The less considerable rivers are the 
Jumna, a branch of the Ganges, Nerbuda, Godavery, and the 
Kristna. 

Bays, &c. Bay of Bengal, and the Gulf of Cambay. 

Cape Comorin is the most noted cape. 


62 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Islands. The principal island is Ceylon. The Maldives and 
Laccadives , on the west of Hindostan are numerous, but unim¬ 
portant. 

Towns. Calcutta , Benares , Putna , and Allahabad, on the 
Ganges ; Agra and Delhi on the Jumna ; Lahore , Cambay , Surat , 
Bombay , Goa, Seringapatam , Madras , Nagpour, and Juggernaut. 

The chief productions are rice, cotton, diamonds, calicoes, 
silk, indigo, and saltpetre. 


FARTHER INDIA, OR INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. 

India beyond the Ganges extends from Hindostan to China, 
and includes the Birman Empire , the empire of Anam, Malaya , 
and Siam. 

Those countries produce wheat, rice, cotton, tobacco, indigo, 
gums, and various tropical fruits. They abound in wild ele¬ 
phants, tigers, and monkeys. 

BIRMAN EMPIRE. This empire is separated from Hindos¬ 
tan by a very narrow range of mountains ; but the disposition of 
the two people are extremely different. The Birmans are a lively, 
inquisitive race, irascible and impatient. Like the Chinese, they 
have no coin; but silver in bullion, and lead are current among 
them. 

The Irrawaddy is the most considerable river, from one to four 
or five miles wide. 

The forests in this empire are large and numerous; the teak 
tree is lord of them. It is much used in ship building, and is 
thought superior to the European oak. 

Here are rich mines of gold, silver, and precious stones. The 
rubies of Pegu are particularly celebrated. 

Towns. Ummerapoora is the capital. Ava , the former capi¬ 
tal, and Pegu , are now going to decay. 

EMPIRE OF ANAM. The Empire of Anam is composed 
of the provinces of Tonquin, Cochin China , Laos , and Cambodia. 

Laos is a flat country, and furnishes the best benzoin, and the 
finest musk ; also gum-lac, gold, silver, rubies, and emeralds of 
a large size. Cambodia is celebrated for the Camboge or Gam¬ 
boge gum. 

Cambodia is the principal river. 

MALAYA is a large peninsula, containing several provinces. 
The inhabitants are called Malays, or Malayans. 

SIAM. The kingdom of Siam is situated in a large vale be¬ 
tween two ridges of mountains. 

It is watered by the River Meinam, which signifies the mother 
of waters. The trees on the banks of this river are finely illu¬ 
minated with swarms of fire flies, which emit and conceal their 
light as uniformly as if it proceeded from a machine of the most 
exact contrivance. 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


G3 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 

The Chinese Empire, the most ancient and populous in the 
world, consists of three principal divisions; viz. China Proper, 
Chinese Tartary, and the region of Tibet. 

CHINA PROPER extends from the great wall in the north, 
to the sea of China in the south. The chief rivers are the 
Yangtse Kiang , and the Hoang Ho. 

The imperial canal intersects China from North to south, and 
employed 30,000 men forty-three years in its construction. 

Cities. The chief towns are Pekin , Nankin, and Canton. 
China has rich mines of all the precious metals. It produces 
abundance of grain, rice, fruit, and cotton. Tea is the principal 
article of export, of which vast quantities are sent to England 
and America. Canton is the chief port for foreign trade. 

CHINESE TARTARY is inhabited chiefly by the Eastern 
and Western Moguls. The chief river is Amar. Cashgar , is 
one of the most considerable towns. The island Saghalien, be¬ 
longs to Chinese Tartary. 

TIBET is an extremely elevated country, but very little 
known. It is bounded and intersected by extensive chains of 
mountains, of a prodigious height, and covered with perpetual 
snow. Lassa is the chief town. 

Seas. The seas contiguous to the Chinese Empire are the 
Yellow Sea, the Sea of Japan, and the Sea of Ochotsk. 

Islands. The most considerable islands are Hainan , and 
Formosa. The isles of Leoo Keoo constitute a civilized king¬ 
dom, tributary to China. The small island and town of Mecao 
belong to the Portuguese. 

EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 

The empire of Japan, situated near the eastern extremity of 
Asia, consists of three principal islands, Niphon , Kiusiu, and 
Sikokf, with a number of others of inconsiderable extent. 

The principal mountain is that of Fusi, covered with snow 
throughout the year. There are several volcanoes. 

Towns. Jeddo , the residence of the Emperor, and Meaco, in 
Niphon ; Nangasaki, in Kiusiu. 

The Japanese export copper in bars, laquered ware, &c. 

EAST INDIA ISLANDS. 

Between Asia on the one side, and New Holland and New 
Guinea on the other, is included a great number of islands, which, 
taken together, have been called the East India Islands, or In¬ 
dian Archipelago. 

They have usually been grouped together, into five divisions; 
1. The Isles of Sunda, of which Sumatra and Java are the most 


64 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


considerable; 2. Borneo ; 3. The Manillas, or Philippine Islands; 

4. Celebes; 5. The Moluccas, or Spice Islands , the principal of 
which is Gilolo. 

These islands are rich in spices, such as pepper, cloves, cin¬ 
namon, and nutmegs. 

AUSTRALASIA. 

Australasia, so called, comprehends New Holland, with all the 
islands that are or may be discovered within 20 degrees to the 
west, and within 25 degrees to the east of it. They are, 

1. New Holland. (See Map of the World.) 

2. New Guinea, or Papua, and the Papuan Isles. 

3. New Britain, New Ireland , and the Solomon Isles. 

4. New Caledonia, and the New Hebrides. 

5. New Zealand. 

6. Van Pieman's Land. 

POLYNESIA. 

Polynesia, so called, comprehends those numerous collections 
of islands widely dispersed in the Pacific Ocean. They are, 

1. The Pelew Islands. 

2. The Ladrone Islands, the principal of which are Guan and 
Tinian, 

3. The Caroline Islands, the largest of which are Hogolen 
and Yap. 

4. The Sandwich Islands, discovered by Capt. Cook, at one 
of which, Owyhee, he lost his life. 

5. The Marquesas, which are very numerous. 

6. The Society Islands, about 60 or 70 in number, the largest 
of which is Otaheite. 

7. The Friendly Islands and the Fejee Islands. 

8. The Navigator's Islands, the principal of which is Maouna. 


Summary of Asia. 


Countries. 

Population. 

Square 

Miles. 

Pop.to 
sq. m. 

Chief Towns. 

Inhabi¬ 

tants. 

Turkey in Asia, 
Russia in Asia, 
Indep. Tartary, 
Persia, 

Arabia, 
Hindostan, 
Farther India, 
China Proper, 
apan, 

11,000,000 

10,000,000 

30,000,000 

12,000,000 

10,000,000 

120,000,000 

42.000,000 

150,000,000 

15,000,000 

532,000 

5,972,000 

760,000 

960,000 

991,000 

1,450,000 

800,000 

1,300,000 

189,000 

26 

2 

4 

13 

10 

69 

52 

115 

80 

Aleppo, 

Astrachan, 

Samarcand, 

Ispahan, 

Mecca, 

Calcutta, 

Ummerapooia, 

Pekin, 

Jeddo, 

250,000 

50,000 

50,000 

400,000 

18,000 

650,000 

175,000 

2,000,000 

1,000,000 














GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


05 




EGYPTIANS. 


HOTTENTOTS. 


AFRICA. 

Africa is a large peninsula connected with Asia by the Isthmus 
of Suez. In extent it is the third of the grand quarters of the 
globe, being less than Asia or America, and larger than Europe. 
Its most striking features consist in its immense deserts, devo¬ 
ted to perpetual solitude and desolation. 

Mountains. The chief mountains are the Allas , the Moun¬ 
tains of the Moon, the Mountains of Sierra Leone, and the Table 
Mountain of the Cape of Good Hope. 

Rivers. The principal rivers are the Nile, Niger, Senegal, 
and Gambia. Africa has no inland seas, and but two lakes of 
any consequence, — those of Tchad and Maravi. 

Capes. The most noted capes are Bon, Guardafui, Corienies, 
Good Hope, Negro, Three Points, Verd, and Blanco. 

Gulfs and Bays. The gulfs of Sidra and of Guinea; the 
Bay of Lorenzo, and Table Bay, near the Cape of Good Hope. 

Animals. The camel is a native of Africa, and is as neces¬ 
sary to man in crossing the deserts, as ships are in crossing 
oceans. Africa produces also the elephant, lion, tiger, and the 
panther. Crocodiles infest the rivers, and serpents the land. 

Africa may be considered under the following divisions; 
1. Northern Africa, or all the parts situated north of the Tropic 
of Cancer, including the Barbary States and Egypt ; 2. Southern 
Africa, or that part south of the Tropic of Capricorn , including 
Caffraria and the Cape Colony ; 3. Eastern Africa, or those 
countries on the eastern coast, between the Tropics; 4. West¬ 
ern Africa, or those countries on the western coast between the 
Tropics; 5. Central Africa. 

Barbary States. These are four; 1. Morocco ; 2. Algiers; 
3. Tunis; 4. Tripoli. They have capitals of the same name. 

6 * 


66 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Their situation is in the north of Africa, between the Mediterra¬ 
nean and the Great Desert. These States are Mahometan, and 
have been noted for their piracies committed on the commerce 
of Christian nations. 

Egypt is a narrow vale on both sides of the Nile, bounded by 
parallel ridges of mountains or hills. It is divided into Upper 
and Lower Egypt, which last comprehends the Delta, famed for 
its fertility. The chief cities are Cairo, the capital, Alexandria, 
Rosetta, and Damietta. Rain is very uncopimon in Egypt. 

East Africa is but little known. The Dutch have a few set¬ 
tlements along the coast. The inhabitants are Arabs and Negroes. 

South Africa. This is the land of the Hottentots and of the 
Caffers, a very hospitable and docile race of people, who are 
receiving civilization and a knowledge of Christianity from 
Christian Missionaries. 

Cape Colony is a Dutch settlement, on the southern extremity 
of Africa, now in possession of the English; Cape Town is the 
capital. The grand product of this colony is wine. 

West Africa is inhabited by negroes, of whom there are 
many kingdoms and states. It is the country from which slaves 
were introduced into America. 

Sierra Leone , situated on a river of the same name, is an En¬ 
glish settlement formed by the British African Society, as an 
asylum for slaves recaptured from ships dealing in the slave-trade. 

Liberia, a little north of Sierra Leone, is a settlement lately 
commenced by the American Colonization Society. It is de¬ 
signed as a place of resort for the free Africans and emanci¬ 
pated slaves of the United States. 

Islands. The chief islands belonging to Africa, are Mada¬ 
gascar, Bourbon, Isle of France, the Comoro Isles, St Helena, 
Ascension, Annabon, St. Thomas, Fernando Po, Cape Verd, Ca¬ 
nary, Madeira, and the Azores, or Western Islands. 


Summary of Africa. 


Countries. 

Population. 

Square 

Miles. 

Pop. to 
sq. mile. 

Chief Towns. 

Inhab¬ 

itants. 

Morocco, 

Algiers, 

Tunis, 

Tripoli, 

Egypt, 

Abyssinia, 

5,000,000 

2,000,000 

1,500.000 

1,500,000 

2,500,000 

2,000,000 

300,000 

90,000 

72,000 

180,000 

190,000 

450,000 

131 

Morocco, 

Algiers, 

Tunis, 

Tripoli, 

Cairo, 

Gondar, 

30,000 

150,000 

120,000 

14,000 

250,000 

50,000 


Summary of the Population of the World. 


Europe, it has been supposed, 

180,000,000 

380,000,000 

America, .... 

35,000,0001 

contains 

Asia, 

Australasia and Polynesia, 

. 2,000,000 

Africa, .... 

85,000,000 

The World, 

682,000,000| 




















GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


67 


QUESTIONS ON THE ATLAS. 


It will not be sufficient that the pupil for once is able to answer these 
questions; they ought to be put to him by his Instructer, repeatedly , 
from time to time, till the answers shall become as familiar to him, as 
the numbers of hi3 Multiplication Table. 


Map of the World. 

1. Which contains the most land, the Eastern or Western Hemisphere ? 

2. The equator divides the globe into two hemispheres, viz. the 
Northern and the Southern ; which of these contains the most land ? 

3. Where is it the two continents approach the nearest to each other? 

4. Which extends farther south, Cape Horn, or Cape of Good Hope? 

5. Which of the four general divisions of the earth i3 the largest ? 

6. How is America separated from Europe and Africa ? 

7. How from Asia ? What sea and bay south of Asia? 

8. What sea lies between Europe and Africa ? — Between Africa and 
Asia ? — Between Asia and Europe ? 

9. How is Africa united to the main continent? 

10. How is Asia situated with respect to Europe ? 

11. Europe with respect to Africa ? 

12. In what zone is Africa chiefly situated ? — Europe ? — Asia ? 

13. North America ? — South America ? — the Sandwich Islands ? 

14. Is it land or water at the poles ? 

15. Which is the largest, North or South America ? 

16. Which is the largest, South America or Europe ? 

17. What two large bays are those in North America? 

18. Which is the broadest, Africa or South America ? — Where cross¬ 
ed by the equator ? 

19. Which is the broadest, the Isthmus of Suez, or the Isthmus of 
Darien ? 

20. How is New Holland situated, and what is its magnitude com¬ 
pared with Europe ? 

21. How is the Indian Ocean situated ? 

22. What large island is that situated directly north of New Holland ? 

23. How r many degrees is the equator from each pole? 

24. How is Madagascar situated ?— St. Helena ? 

25. Into what ocean does the Bay of Bengal open? 

26. W hat part of South America is called Terra Firma ? 

27. How is Iceland situated in respect to Greenland ? 

28. How is the Gulf of Mexico situated ? — What large island is^hat 
at the mouth of it ? 

29. What islands are there in the Pacific Ocean, situated within the 
torrid zone?—In the Atlantic Ocean ? 

30. What are those islands which taken together are called Australasia ? 
— Polynesia? 

31. Are the Azores nearest to Europe, to Africa, or to America ? — In 
what latitude are they situated ? 




68 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

32. What gulf, seas, countries, and island, does the tropic of Cancer 

pa |V. Which is farther north, Boston, or Pekin in China? —The island 
Newfoundland, or the British Isles? , 

34. How are the New Hehrides, the Friendly, the Society, and the 
Navigator’s islands situated with respect one group to the other ? 

35. What large islands are those situated on the equator ? _ , 

36. What is the latitude of the island Owyhee, where Captain Cook 
lost his life, and to what group of islands does it belong ? 

37. Where is Tongataboo, a highly cultivated island ? 

38. Of what does New Zealand consist ? 

39. In what direction are the Society Isles from the Sandwich Isles. 

40. New Zealand from the Society Isles? 

41. What islands are there in the Indian Ocean ? 

42. Winch is the largest island, Borneo or Madagascar ? 

43. In what zone is Nova Zembla ? 

44. Between what parallels of south latitude is the island New Hol¬ 
land situated ? 

45. What sea surrounds the North Pole ? — The South Pole ? 

46. Where is Van Diemen’s Land ? — Botany Bay ? 

47. Which is most northward, Nova Zembla or Spitzbergen ? 

48. Does any part of Europe lie within the torrid zone ? 

49. Where are the Straits of Gibraltar ? 

£0. Where is the Isthmus of Darien ? 

51. What ocean flows between Asia and America ? 

52. Where is the Sea of Japan, and in what latitude ? 

53. How is the island Newfoundland situated, and in what latitude ? 

54. How are the islands Cuba, Jamaica, and St. Domingo situated 
with respect to each other ? 

55. How are the Falkland Islands situated ? 

56. How is the most southerly extremity of Asia situated with respect 
to the equator ? 

57. How are the Marquesas Islands situated ? 

58. How is Spitzbergen situated, and in what latitude ? 

59. Which is the farther north, the Yellow Sea or the Caspian ? 

60. The Persian Gulf or the Gulf of Mexico ? 

61. The Cape Yerd or the Sandwich Isles ? 

62. How are the Ladrone Isles situated, and in what latitude ? 

63. What isle is that contiguous to the Isle of France ? 

64. The tropic of Capricorn crosses one large island, and that of Can¬ 
cer touches another; what are the names of these islands ? 

65. What isles are those situated directly south of the Ladrone Isles ? 

66. Where is New Caledonia, and in what latitude ? 

67. How are the Pelew Islands situated from the Caroline Isles ? 

68. In what ocean are New Ireland, New Britain, and Solomon’s 
Island ? — How are they situated with respect to each other ? 

69. How is Great Britain situated with respect to Europe ? 

70. Where is Beering’s Strait, and in what latitude ? 

71. What seas are crossed by the 40th parallel of N. latitude ? 

72. How is Norfolk Island situated with respect to New Zealand ? 

73. Which is farther west, Boston or Cape Horn ? 

74. Where are the Fox Isles ? 

75. How are the Galapagos Isles situated ? 

76. Where are the Bahama Isles ? 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


69 


Map of North America. 

1. How is North America bounded ? 

2. Which is most northwardly, Baffin, or Hudson’s Bay ? What is the 
latitude of each? And how do they communicate with the ocean ? 

3. How is Greenland situated from Baffin’s Bay, and Davis’s Straits ? 

4. W hat great lakes or inland seas are there in North America ? 

5. Where are the Straits of Bellisle ? 

6. Where is the Gulf of California ? 

7. What seas, bays, and gulfs lie between North and South America ? 

8. How are the West India Islands situated ? 

9. The principal gulfs and bays in North America, counted together, 
are seven in number (all without the United States), what are their 
names ? 

10. Five of the large lakes discharge their waters into the Atlantic ; 
what are their names, and what is the name of the river by which they 
discharge their waters ? 

11. What large lake is that which discharges its waters into Hudson’s 
Bay ? By what outlet ? 

12. Two of the large lakes discharge their waters into the Arctic Sea; 
required the names of the lakes and of the river ? 

13. What rivers empty into the Gulf of Mexico ? 

14. How is the bay of Campeachy situated ? 

15. Into what country does the bay of Honduras project ? 

16. What island is that which the tropic of Cancer just touches on the 
north ? 

17. Which is the greater distance, from the island of Cuba to Ber¬ 
muda, or from Bermuda to Newfoundland ? 

18. How are the gulfs of Mexico and California situated with respect 
to each other ? 

19. What rivers empty into Hudson's Bay ? 

20. Where is the river Columbia ? 

21. Is Nova Scotia an island or a peninsula, and what direction is it 
from Boston ? 

22. How is Quebec, the capital of Canada, situated, and which way is 
it from Boston ? 

23. Which is the greater distance, from Boston to Quebec, or from 
Boston to Halifax ? 

24. How is Fort Chepawyan situated, where the British trade with 
the Indians for furs ? 

25. Where is New Brunswick situated ? 

26. How far south does Florida extend? How is it bounded on the 
east ? How on the west ? How is the Territory divided ? 

27. How are the United States bounded? — The Russian Posses¬ 
sions ? — Mexico ? The British Possessions ? 

23. Which is the largest of the West India Islands ? — the second in 
magnitude ? — the third r — the fourth ? 

29. How are these four inlands situated with respect to each other ? 

30. How are islands St. John and Cape Breton situated ? 

31. East Cape and Cape Prince of Wales, are opposite one to the 
other; where are these capes? 

32. How is the Gulf of St. Lawrence bounded towards the Atlantic ? 

33. Which of the large lakes is the most southwardly ? — Which the 
most northwardly ? 


70 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

34. What rivers form the boundary in part between the United States 
and Mexico ? 

35. Where does the river Unjigah have its rise?—Where does it 
empty ? 

36. What islands are there on the Western Coast ? 

37. On what island is the city Havana situated ? — Kingston ? — St. 
Domingo ? 

38. How is the city Vera Cruz situated ? — Acapulco ? — What is the 
distance between these two places ? 

39. How is the city Mexico situated, and in what latitude ? — Astoria? 

40. What river empties into the northern extremity of the Gulf of 
California ? 

41. Where is Vancouver’s Island ?— Southampton Island ? 

42. How is Oregon Territory bounded ? — To what government does 
it belong ? What town near the mouth of Columbia River ? 

43. In what latitude are Beering’s Straits? 

44. What is the southern extremity of Greenland called ? — California? 

45. Where is Cape Sable ? — Cape Race ? * 

46. Which of the lakes Jie north, and which south of the 50th parallel 
of north latitude ? 

47. In what country is St. Augustine ? — How is it situated ? 

48. Where are the Roocky Mountains ? Alleghany Mountains ? 

49. Where are Turk’s Islands, so famous for the production of salt? 

50. Name over the principal Caribbee Islands. 

51. Where is the province of Guatimala ? — Texas ? 

52. Where is Mount Elias ? — Mount Fairweather ? 


Map of the United States. 


1. What are the boundaries of the United States ? 

2. Between what parallels of latitude is the territory of the United 
States situated ? 

3. Which is the largest of the great lakes, and which is the least ? 

4. Which is the most southwardly, and which the most eastwardly ? 

5. Which is situated wholly within the territory of the United States ? 

6. What is that river by which the lakes discharge their superfluous 
waters into the ocean ? 

7. What river is that which drains the great Western Valley, situated 
between the Alleghany and the Rocky Mountains ? 

8. What is that lake situated between the States of Vermont and New 
York ? 

9. Which is more northwardly, Delaware or Chesapeake Bay ? 

10. Which is more northwardly, Albemarle or Pamlico Sound? 

11. Between which of the lakes are Niagara Falls ? 

12. Where are the Straits of Mackinaw ? 

13. Where is lake St. Clair? 

14. How is New York bounded ? 

15. How is Albany, the capital situated ? 

16. Pennsylvania bounded ? 17. Harrisburg situated? 

18. New Jersey bounded ? 19. Trenton situated ? 

20. Delaware bounded ? 21. Dover situated ? 

22. Maryland bounded ? 23. Annapolis situated ? 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


71 


25. Richmond situated ? 

27. Raleigh situated ? 

29. Columbia situated ? 

31. Milledgeville situated ? 

33. Tuscaloosa situated ? 

35. Jackson situated? 

37. New Orleans situated ? 

39. Nashville situated ? 

41. Frankfort situated ? 

43. Columbus situated ? 

45. Indianapolis situated ? 

47. Vandalia situated ? 

49. Jefferson city situated ? 

51. Detroit situated ? 

53. Little Rock situated ? 

54. What rivers empty into the Ohio ? 

55. In what State has the Wabash its source ? What is its course ? 
And into what river or sea does it empty ? 


24. Virginia bounded ? 

25. 

26. North Carolina bounded ? 

27. 

28. South Carolina bounded ? 

29. 

30. Georgia bounded ? 

31. 

32. Alabama bounded ? 

33. 

34. Mississippi bounded ? 

35. 

36. Louisiana bounded ? 

37. 

38. Tennessee bounded ? 

39. 

40. Kentucky bounded? 

41. 

42. Ohio bounded ? 

43. 

44. Indiana bounded? 

45. 

46. Illinois bounded ? 

47. 

48. Missouri bounded? 

49. 

50. Michigan bounded ? 

51. 

52. Arkansas bounded ? 

53. 


The same Questions with respect to the following Rivers. 


56. Great Miami ? 

75. Rappahannock? 

94. Juniata? 

57. Cumberland ? 

76. James ? 

95. Kaskaskia? 

58. Scioto ? 

77. Coosa? 

96. Sandusky ? 

59. Great Kenhawa ? 

78. Flint? 

97. Missouri ? 

60. Kentucky ? 

79. Savannah ? 

98. Miami of the Lakes ? 

61. Genessee ? 

80. Roanoke ? 

99. Clinch ? 

62. Muskingum ? 

81. Altamaha? 

100. Little Miami ? 

63. Licking? 

82. Tar? 

101. Green? 

64. Tennessee ? 

83. Santee? 

102. Illinois? 

65. Big Sandy ? 

84. Pedee? 

103. Cayahoga? 

66. Yazoo? 

85. Ogechee ? 

104. Utawas ? 

67. Susquehanna ? 

86. Cape Fear ? 

105. Chaudiere ? 

68. Duck? 

87. Edisto ? 

106. French Creek ? 

69. Tombigbee ? 

88. Elk ? 

107 St. Francis ? 

70. Holston ? 

89. Neuse? 

108. Wisconsin ? 

71. Appalachicola ? 

90. St. Mary’s ? 

109. Tippecanoe ? 

72. Potomac? 

91. Dan ? 

110. Fox? 

73. Hudson ? 

92. Appomattox ? 

111. Alabama ? 

74. Delaware ? 

93. Black? 



112. WhaCtowns are situated on the Hudson ? 

113 What towns are situated on the Ohio ? 

114. What towns are situated on the Delaware ? 

115. What towns are situated on the Mississippi ? 

116. In what State is Chillicothe, and how situated ? 


The same Questions with respect to each of the following Towns. 


117. Louisville? 

118. Nashville? 

119. Athens? 

120. Oswego ? 

121. Plattsburg ? 


122. Utica ? 

123. Lexington? 

124. Pittsburg ? 

125. Brownsville ? 

126. St. Louis ? 


127. Fredericksburg? 

128. Amboy ? 

129. Lewistown? 

130. Petersburg? 

131. St. Genevieve ? 


72 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


132. Bangor? 

133. Baton Rouge? 

134. Montreal ? 

135. Fort Malden ? 

136. Raleigh ? 

137. Camden ? 

138. Fayetteville? 

139. Milledgeville ? 

140. Salisbury ? 

141. Kingston? 

161. What States 


142. Mobile? 

143. St. Augustine? 

144. Beaufort ? 

145. New Madrid ? 

146. Machias ? 

147. Alexandria? 

148. Castine ? 

149. Augusta ? 

150. Wilmington ? 

151. Rome ? 

are situated between the 


152. Hudson ? 

153. Halifax ? 

154. Toronto? 

155. Kingston ? 

156. Crown Point ? 

157. Pensacola? 

158. New Orleans? 

159. Annapolis ? 

160. Edenton ? 

0th and 35th parallels of 


N. latitude ? 

162. What States are situated between the 35th and 40th parallels of 
N. latitude ? 

163. What States are intersected by the 40th parallels of N. latitude ? 

164. What States are west longitude from Philadelphia ? 

165. What States are east longitude from Philadelphia ? 

166. What States are bounded on the lakes ? 


167. What States are bounded on the Mississippi ? 

168. What States are bounded on the Atlantic Ocean ? 

169. What States are bounded on the Ohio ? 

170 What is the State back of North Carolina ? —Virginia ? — Penn¬ 
sylvania ? 

171. What States lie west of the Alleghany Mountains*? 

172. What lakes lie to the south, what to the north, and which are 
the lakes bisected by the 45th parallel of north latitude? 

173. What way is Philadelphia from Boston ? — Detroit ? 

174. Wh^t way is Detroit from Philadelphia ? 

175. Which is the most southwardly, Pittsburg or Philadelphia? 

176. How is the city of Washington, the capital of the United States 
situated ? 


177. Which is the most southwardly, Cape Fear or Cape Lookout ? 

178. What river is that which forms a water communication nearly 
the whole distance from Lake Michigan to the Mississippi ? 

179. Which is the largest, Chesapeake or Delaware Bay ? 

180. In what State is Chesapeake Bay chiefly situated ? 

181. In what State has it its mouth ? 

182. Where is Cape Hatteras ? 

183. What capes are situated at the mouth of Delaware Bay ? 

184. Where is the Bay of Apalachy ?— Bay of Fundy ? 

185. What capes are situated at the mouth of Chesapeake Bay? 

186. Where is Amelia Island ? 

187. Where Cape St. Blaise ? . 

188. Where St. Helena Sound ? 

189. Into what does Ocrecoc Inlet enter ? 

190. Where is Muscle Shoals ? 

191. What are the rivers which flow into Chesapeake Bay ? 

192. Where is Sackett’s Harbour ? 

193. Which is the most southwardly, Ohio or Missouri river? 

194. Which is the greater distance from Pittsburg, Philadelphia, or 
Baltimore ? From the city of N. York, Boston, or the city Washington ? 

195. How will a straight line from Boston to the city of Washington 
pass the cities New York and Philadelphia ? — If the line be continued, 
how will it pass the city New Orleans ? 

196. How is the State of Maine bounded ? 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


73 


197. In what part of the United States is Wisconsin Territory ? 

198. What lakes and bay on the north and west of Wisconsin ? 

199. What river divides Iowa from Wisconsin Territory? 

200. What are the boundaries of the Indian Territory? 


Map of the New England States. 

1. Between what parallels of latitude are the New England States 
chiefly situated ? How are they bounded ? 

2. Which has the largest territory ? Which is most populous ? 

3. Where are the Green Mountains, and in what direction do they run ? 

4. Where are the White Mountains ? 

5. Which is the great or principal river of New England ? 

6. What rivers empty into the Connecticut? 

7. What large river is that which has its source in New Hampshire, 
and its mouth in Massachusetts ? 

8. What rivers from Vermont empty into Lake Champlain ? 

9. How is the river Hudson situated with respect to the Connecticut, 
and at about what distance from it ? 

10. In what State has Saco river its rise, what is its course, and into 
what sea or river does it empty ? 


The same Questions ivith respect to the following Rivers. 


18. Deerfield ? 25. Housatonic ? 

19. Michiscoui ? 26. Thames ? 

20. Charles ? 27. Pawtuxet ? 

21. Onion? 28. Nashua? 

22. Androscoggin ? 29. Chickapee ? 

23. Sebasticook ? 30. Miller’s ? 

24. Westfield? 

31. What lake lies partly in Vermont, and partly in Canada ? 

32. Where is Umbagog Lake ? 

33. What is the largest collection of water in New Hampshire ? 

34. How is Lake George situated with respect to Lake Champlain ? 

35. How is Maine bounded ? 36. How is Augusta, the capital. 


11. Kennebec ? 

12. Otter Creek ? 

13. Farmington ? 

14. Lamoille ? 

15. Amonoosuck ? 

16. Contoocook ? 

17. Poosoomsuck? 


situated ? 

38. Concord situated ? 

40. Montpelier situated ? 
42. Boston situated ? 

44. Providence situated ? 
46. New Haven situated ? 


37. New Hampshire bounded ? 

39. Vermont bounded ? 

41. Massachusetts bounded ? 

43. Rhode Island bounded ? 

45. Connecticut bounded ? 

47. What towns are situated on Connecticut river? 

48. What towns are situated on the Merrimack ? 

49. What towns are situated on Otter Creek river ? 

60. What towns are situated on Long Island ? 

51 What town is situated at the mouth of the Connecticut ? 
52. In what State is Windsor, and how situated ? 



74 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


The same Questions with respect to the following Towns. 


53. Exeter? 

54. Brattleborough ? 

55. Pittsfield ? 

56. Concord ? 

57. Hallowell ? 

58. Schenectady? 

59. Williamstown ? 

60. Worcester? 

61. Gloucester ? 

62. New Bedford ? 

63. Litchfield? 

64. Oxford ? 

65. Tolland ? 

66. Charlestown ? 

67. Brunswick? 

68. Vergennes ? 

69. Hanover? 

70. St. Albans ? 

71. Augusta ? 


72. Saybrook ? 

73. Greenfield ? 

74. Newburyport ? 

75. Springfield ? 

76. Provincetown ? 

77. Norwich ? 

78. Holmes’s Hole ? 

79. Patterson ? 

80. York ? 

81. Keene ? 

82. Amherst ? 

83. Falmouth? 

84. Merrimack ? 

85. Middlebury ? 

86. Stockbridge ? 

87. Wiscasset? 

88. Bennington ? 

89. Deerfield ? 

90. Salem ? 


91. Yarmouth ? 

92. New London ? 

93. Bristol ? 

94. Newark ? 

95. Fairfield ? 

96. Burlington ? 

97. Rutland ? 

98. Walpole ? 

99. Haverhill ? 

100. Plymouth ? 

101. Bath? 

102. Chester ? 

103. Ipswich ? 

104. New Hampton ? 

105. Barnstable ? 

106. Hartford ? 

107. Newbury ? 

108. Danbury ? 

109. Falmouth ? 


Same Questions with respect to the following Capes. 


110. Pemaquid Point ? 114. Sandy Point? 118. East Chop ? 

111. Race Point ? 115. Cape Poge ? 119. Malabar ? 

112. Gay Head ? 116 Strafford Point? 120. Cape Ann? 

113. Small Point ? 117. Elizabeth? 121. Porpoise? 

122. Where is Plum Island ? Montauk Point ? 

123. Which is the most eastwardly, Nantucket or Martha’s Vineyard, 
and which is nearest to the main land ? 

124. Which is most northwardly, Casco or Saco Bay ? 

125. Where is Fisher’s Island ? 

126. What two bays are those which, by their near approach, form 
the peninsula of Cape Cod ? 

127. Where is Falkner’s Island ? 128. Where is Elizabeth Island? 

129. What way is New Haven from Boston ? 

130. Narraganset Bay is that in which the islands Canonicut and 
Rhode Island are situated. How is Narraganset Bay situated with 
respect to Buzzard’s Bay, and which is the largest ? 

131. How is Block Island situated ? 

132. Middlesex canal opens a water communication from a certain 
river into a certain harbour ? what is the name of each ? 


133. Which is the greater distance from Boston, New Bedford or 
Newburyport ? 

134. Name the towns in their order, situated on the seacoast, proceed¬ 
ing from Newburyport to New Bedford ? 

135. How are New Haven, Hartford, and New London situated with 
respect to each other ? 

136. Where is the Great Oxbow in Connecticut river? 

137. Are Fifteen Mile Falls above or below the Great Oxbow ? 

138. Which is the most northwardly, Portland or Middlebury ? 

139. Which is the greater division of Connecticut, that part east of 
the river, or that part west of it ? 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


75 


Map of the Middle States. 

1. Which are the Middle States, and between what parallels of lati¬ 
tude are they situated ? 

2. Which are the two largest of these States ? — Which is the least ? 

3. Which are the three largest rivers of these States, and what are 
their courses P Are they straight or crooked rivers ? 

4. Which is the great river of New York, — where does it empty,— 
and what are the principal towns situated on it ? 

5. What other rivers are there in New York ? 

6. What rivers of New York empty into Lake Ontario ? 

7. Where do the rivers Alleghany and Monongahela unite? — And 
what river do they form ? 

8. What large river is that which empties into the Hudson ? 

9. What is the great river of Pennsylvania, — what and where are 
its sources, — and where does it empty ? 

10. What is that river which forms the boundary between Pennsyl¬ 
vania and New Jersey? — Where has it its sources, and where does it 
empty ? 

11. What river runs through the District of Columbia P 

12. Where is Juniata river, in what direction does it run, and where 
does it empty ? 

13. What river is that which forms in part the southern boundary of 
Maryland ? 

14. What canals are there in the State of New York, — what waters 
do they connect? 

15. What lakes are in the interior of New York ? 

16. Which of these lakes lie north, and which south of the great 
Western Canal ? 

17. Proceeding from east to west, on the south side of the canal, what 
is the order of their succession ? 

18. Where are the Catskill Mountains? 

19. What mountains are there in Pennsylvania ? 

20. What island belongs to New Jersey, and how is it situated ? 

21. Which is the most southerly, Pennsylvania or New Jersey ? 

22. Where is Grand Isle, and how is it situated ? 

23. How are the cities New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore sit¬ 
uated in respect to each other ? 

24. Which is the greater distance across the State of New York, from 
east to west, or from north to south ? 

25. Which of these States is the most irregular in its form? 

26. Where is Chatauque Lake situated ? 

27. In what State is Whitehall, and how situated ? 


The same Questions with respect to each of the following Towns. 


28. Brownsville ? 

29. Ithaca ? 

30. Poughkeepsie ? 

31. Cooperstown ? 

32. Harrisburg? 

33. Philadelphia? 


34. Havre de Grace ? 

35. Newcastle ? 

36. Salina ? 

37. Utica? 

38. New York ? 

39. New Brunswick ? 


40. Rochester? 

41. Trenton? 

42. Ogdensburg? 

43. Buffalo ? 

44. Baltimore ? 

45. Auburn ? 


76 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


Map of the Southern States. 

J. Which are the Southern States, and between what parallels of lati¬ 
tude are they situated ? 

2. Which is the largest, and which the smallest? 

3. Which are on the Atlantic, and which on the Gulf of Mexico ? 

4 What States bound the Southern Section on the north ? 

5. What Territory on the south, and what on the west ? 

6. Which of the Southern States is most northeasterly ? 

7. What mountains pass through the interior of Virginia ? 

8. What bay penetrates the northeast corner of Virginia ? 

9. What capes on the coast of Virginia ? 

10. What river divides Virginia from Maryland ? 

11. Where is Great Dismal Swamp situated ? 

12. What are the boundaries, principal towns, and navigable rivers in 


the 

following States, 

viz. 



13. 

Virginia ? 

14. Towns? 

15. 

Rivers ? 

16. 

North Carolina? 

17. Towns? 

18. 

Rivers ? 

19. 

South Carolina ? 

20. Towns ? 

21. 

Rivers ? 

22. 

Georgia ? 

23. Towns ? 

24. 

Rivers ? 

25. 

Alabama ? 

26. Towns ? 

27. 

Rivers ? 

28. 

Mississippi ? 

29. Towns ? 

30. 

Rivers ? 

31. 

Louisiana ? 

32. Towns ? 

33. 

Rivers ? 

34. 

Florida Territory 

? 35. Towns ? 

36. 

Rivers ? 


37. What two Sounds on the coast of North Carolina ? 

38. What three noted capes on the coast of North Carolina ? 

39. What are the principal seaports south of Virginia ? 

40. In what State is MilleJgeville, and how situated ? 


41. 

Fayetteville ? 

42. Raleigh ? 

43. 

Tuscaloosa ? 

44. 

Monticello ? 

45. Baton Rouge ? 

46. 

Columbia ? 

47. 

Newbern ? 

48. Petersburg ? 

49. 

Claiborne ? 

50. 

Savannah ? 

51. Tallahassee? 

52. 

Athens ? 

53. 

Camden ? 

54. Natchitoches ? 

55. 

Eden ton ? 

56. 

Charlottesville ? 

57. Charleston ? 

58. 

St. Augustine ? 

59. 

Opelousas ? 

60. Georgetown ? 

61. 

New Orleans ? 

62. 

Natchez ? 

63. Wilmington ? 

64. 

Darien ? 


Map of the Western States. 


1. Which are the Western States, and between what parallels of lati¬ 
tude are they situated ? 

2. There are seven great rivers of the Western States; what are their 
names ? 

3. Of what State is Scioto liver, and into what does it empty ? 

4. Kaskaskia? 9. Miami? 14. Sandusky? 

5. Osage ? 10. Muskingum ? 15. Maumee ? 

6. Grand? 11. Hockhocking? 16. Ticking? 

7. Green? 12. Great Kanhawa? 17. Kentucky? 

8. White? 13. Tippecanoe? 18. Merrimack? 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 77 

19. What waters are connected by the Ohio Canal? — What towns 
are situated upon it, and what are those towns situated at its outlets ? 

20. What rivers flow in the course of the Ohio canal, and how is 
Columbus situated in respect to it? 

21. Will you describe the course of the Tennessee river from its 
source to its mouth ? 

22. Wabash? 23. Cumberland? 24. Illinois? 

25. In what States are Nashville, Frankfort, and Columbus, and how 
are they situated in respect to each other? 

26. In what States are Jefferson city, Vandalia, Indianapolis, and Co¬ 
lumbus, and how are they situated in respect to each other? 

27. Cincinnati is the largest city in the Western States ; — In what 
State is it, and how situated ? 


28. Chilicothe ? 

41. Vincennes ? 

54. 

Galena ? 

29. Herculaneum ? 

42. Maysville ? 

55. 

Logansport ? 

30. Louisville ? 

43. St. Charles ? 

56. 

Springfield ? 

31. Murfreesborough ? 

44. Vevay ? 

57. 

America ? 

32. Harmony? 

45. Knoxville ? 

58. 

Edwardsville ? 

33. Athens ? 

46. Kaskaskia? 

59. 

Steubenville ? 

34. Vandalia? 

47. Brainerd? 

60. 

Danville ? 

35. Frankfort ? 

48. Rockport ? 

61. 

Sandusky ? 

36. Columbus ? 

49. Peoria ? 

62. 

Dayton ? 

37. Jefferson city ? 

50. Harrodsburg? 

63. 

Alton ? 

38. St. Genevieve ? 

51. Chicago? 

64. 

Albion ? 

39. Potosi ? 

52. Marietta ? 

65. 

Harrodsburg ? 

40. St. Louis ? 

53. St. Clairsville ? 

66. 

Bloomington ? 


Map of South America. 

1. How is South America bounded ? 

2. Which way has it its greatest extent, from east to west, or from 
north to south ? 

3. How many degrees broad is South America at the equator? 

4. How far south is Cape Horn ? 

5. What part of South America lies in the torrid zone ? 

6. How is Terra del Fuego separated from the main land ? 

7. What is the name of that chain of mountains which runs the whole 
length of South America ? —Near which coast are they ? 

8. What river is that, the mouth of which is directly under the equa¬ 
tor — Where does it rise,— and through what part of South America does 
it flow ? 

9. What rivers empty into the Amazon ? — La Plata ? 

10. What river is that which forms the boundary between Colombia 
and Guiana ? 

11. Where is lake Parima, and with what large river does it communi¬ 
cate ? — Where is Panama bay ? 

12. What islands are those near the straits of Magellan? 

13. How is Colombia bounded ? — Peru ? — Bolivia ? — Chili ? — 
Guiana ? 

14. How is Quito situated, and what large mountains are there in its 
vicinity ? 

15. How is Carthagena^situated, and in what latitude ? 



78 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


16. Where is the Gulf of Guayaquil? — All Saints bay? 

17. How is Caraccas situated ? 

18. In what part of South America is Peru? — Chili? — Patagonia? 
— Brazil ? — Bolivia ? — United Provinces ? 

19. In what direction does the river Amazon run ? — La Plata ? 

20. Where is the Gulf of Darien ? — Lake Maracaibo ? — Potosi ? 

21. How is the city of Buenos Ayres situated ? 

22. In what latitude has the Rio de la Plata its mouth, and in what 
latitude is Assumption, to which this river is navigable ? 

23. Where is Monte Video situated ? 

24. Where is Cordova situated, and which way is it from the city of 
Buenos Ayres ? 

25. Where is Cape St. Roque ? 

26. How is Rio Janeiro or St. Sebastian, the capital of Brazil, situa¬ 
ted ? — St. Salvador ? — St. Jago ? 

27. How is Lima, the capital of Peru, situated, and in what latitude? 

28. How is Arequipa, the second city of Peru, situated, and what way 
is it from Lima ? 

29. Where is Cusco situated, once the capital of a powerful Indian 
empire ? 

30. In what part of South America is the river St. Francisco ? 

31. Where is Chimborazo situated, one of the highest mountains in 
the world, and in what latitude ? 

32. Which way from Chimborazo, and how far distant is Cotopaxi, a 
famous volcanic mountain ? 

33. Where is Porto Bello situated? 

34. W here is Cayenne, how situated, and in what latitude ? 

35. How is the island Juan Fernandez situated ? 


Map of Europe. 

1. What are the boundaries of Europe ? 

2. What is the most southern cape of Europe ?— The most northern ? 

3. Between what parallels of latitude is Europe situated ? 

4. How many degrees of longitude does it contain ? 

5. With which of the other general divisions of the earth is it con¬ 
nected ? 

6. How is it separated from Africa, and in what part does it make the 
nearest approach to that continent ? 

7. What mountains separate Spain from France ? 

8. What mountains separate Italy from France and Germany ? 

9. What mountains bound Hungary on the north? 

10. What mountains form the boundary in part between Europe and 
Asia ? 

11. What mountains separate Norway from Sweden? 

12. Where is Mont Blanc situated, the highest mountain in Europe ? 

13. Through what country and in what direction do the Apennines 
run ? 

14. Where is ^Etna, a famous volcano, situated ? 

15. Vesuvius, another of the volcanic mountains of Europe, is situated 
about six miles from Naples ; in what direction is it from iEtna ? 

16. The third volcanic mountain is Hecla ; where is it situated ? 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


79 


17. Where are the Balken mountains? 

18. Where is Mount Pindus ? 

19. How is the North Sea situated ? 

20. What is the entrance into the Baltic called ? 

21. How is the Baltic Sea separated from the North Sea ? 

22. The Baltic branches out into two arms or gulfs ; what are their 
names ? 

23. In what part of Europe is the White Sea, and into what ocean 
does it open ? 

24. By what country is the Baltic bounded on the east? — west? — 
south ? 


25. What bay sets in between France and Spain ? 

26. Where is the Sea of Marmora situated ? 

27. What gulf separates Italy from Turkey? 

28. Where is the Archipelago situated, and with what sea does it com¬ 
municate ? 

29. Where is the British Channel ? 

30. What Strait communicates between the North Sea and the British 
Channel. 

31. Through what Strait does the Atlantic constantly flow into the 
Mediterranean ? 

32. Where is St. George’s channel ? 

33. Between what seas is the Strait of Dardanelles? 

34. Between what seas is the Strait of Constantinople ? 

Between what seas is the Strait of Caffa ? 

In what part of Europe is Lapland ? 


35. 

36. 

37. 


How is Norway bounded ? 


39. Sweden bounded ? 

41. Denmark bounded? 

43. Russia bounded ? 

45. Germany bounded ? 

46. France bounded? 

48. Austrian Dominion bounded ? 
50. Spain bounded ? 

Portugal bounded ? 
Switzerland bounded ? 

Italy bounded ? 

Turkey (in Europe) bounded? 


52. 

54. 

56. 

58. 

60. 


38. How is Bergen, the capital, 
situated ? 

40. Stockholm situated ? 

42. Copenhagen situated ? 

44. St. Petersburg situated ? 

47. Paris situated ? 

49. Vienna situated ? 

51. Madrid situated ? 

53. Lisbon situated ? 

55. Berne situated ? 

57. Rome situated ? 

59. Constantinople situated ? 


How are the British Isles situated with respect to the rest of Eu¬ 


rope ? 

61. Where does the Danube have its rise, through what countries does 
it flow, and into what sea does it empty ? 

62. What cities and towns are situated on the Danube ? 

63. What are the principal rivers of Spain ? 

64. Which of the rivers rising in Spain flow through Portugal ? 

65. In what part of Spain is the Minho ? —is it a large or small river? 
— into what sea does it empty ? 

66. Where is the Guadalquivir, what is its course, and where does it 
empty ? 

67. The same question with respect to the Ebro. 

68. What are the principal rivers of France ? 

69/ Which of these rivers empty into the hay of Biscay, — which 
into the Mediterranean, — and which into the British Channel ? 


80 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


70. What is that river which forms the boundary, in part, between 
France and Germany ? —which way does it run, and into what sea does 
it empty ? 

7]. What are the rivers of Germany ? 

72. Which of the rivers of Germany empty into the North Sea ? 

73. What river forms the boundary in part, between Turkey and Rus¬ 
sia, and into what sea does it empty ? 

74. What river forms the boundary, in part, between Turkey and the 
Austrian dominions ? 

75. What are the principal branches of the Danube ? 

76. Where does the Dnieper have its rise, what town is that situated 
near its mouth, and into what sea does it empty ? 

77. What river is that which empties into the sea of Azof? 

78. Where is the river Po, and into what sea or gulf does it empty ? 

79. What river is that on which Rome i3 situated ? 

80. Into what sea does the river Dwina empty, and what town is that 
situated at its mouth ? 

81. Beginning at the straits of Gilbraltar and proceeding northward, 
what rivers fall into the Atlantic ? — Name them in the order in which 
they occur ? 

82. -into the Bay of Biscay ? 

83. -into the British Channel ? 

84. -into the North Sea? 

85. -into the Baltic ? 

86. -into the White Sea ? 

87. What towns are situated on the Elb ? 

88. On what river is Warsaw situated ? — Stettin ?— Seville ? — Riga ? 

89. On what river is Bordeaux situated ? — Saragossa ? — Lyons ? 

90. How is Oporto situated ? — Archangel, and in what latitude ? 

91. What towns are situated on the Dnieper? 

92. What is the communication by water through France from the 
Mediterranean into the Bay of Biscay? 

93. In what country is Toulon, and how situated ? 


Same questions with respect to the folloiuing Cities or Towns. 


94. Malaga? 106. Belgrade? 118. St. Ubes ? 130. 

95. Bayonne? 107. Nantes? 119. Carthagena? 131. 

96. Naples? 108. Adrianople? 120. Dantzic? 132. 

97. Rochelle? 109. Cadiz? 121. Brest? 133. 

98. Frankfort? 110. Trieste? 122. Venice? 134. 

99. Gottenburg?111. Hamburg? 123. Munich? 135. 

100. Waterford? 112. Upsal? 124. Leghorn? 136. 

101. Saragossa? 113. Riga? 125. Montpellier? 137. 

102. Florence? 114. Calais? 126. Tornea ? 138. 

103. Cork? 115. Valencia? 127. Limerick? 139. 

104. Abo? 116. Tilsit? 128. Konigsberg? 140. 

105. Athens? 117. Cheron ? 129. Milan? 141. 


Brussels ? 
Prague ? 
Hague ? 
Revel ? 
Rochfort ? 
Smolensk ? 
Stutgard ? 
Carlscrona ? 
Genoa ? 
Leipsic? 
Drontheim ? 
Cracow ? 


142. Which is most northwardly, Madrid or Constantinople ? 

143. In what direction from London is Petersburg? 

144. What islands are in the Baltic ? 

145. How are the Hebrides or Western Islands situated? 

146. Which are the most northwardly, the Orkney or Shetland Isles ? 

147. Where are the Feroe Isles situated, and in what latitude ? 







GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


81 


148. Is lvica, Minorca, or Majorca, nearest Spain? 

149. Which is most southwardly, Sardinia or Corsica ? 

150. How is Sicily situated, and what towns are there upon it? 

151. In what direction is Malta from Sicily, and how far distant? 

152. The meridian of 25°, and the parallel of 35°. intersect each 
other nearly over the centre of a certain island ; what is the name of that 
island ? 

153. Where is the isle Ushant ? 

154. What islands are in the Bay of Biscay? 

155. Describe the course of the Wolga ? into what sea does it empty ? 

156. Where are the Lipari isles situated? 

157. How is Negropont situated, and in what sea? 

158. What is the name of that cape to the north of Lapland ? 

159. What is that cape to the south of Norway ? 

160. What is Cape Clear ? — Cape St. Vincent ? 

161. What are the principal capes of Spain and Portugal ? 

162. What is the most southwardly cape of Greece? 

163. The capitals of three kingdoms are situated very nearly on the 
parallel of 60° N. latitude; what are the names of the kingdoms and 
their capitals ? 

164. Which is the most northwardly, Copenhagen or Konigsberg ? 

165. Boston is between 42° and 43° N. latitude ; what cities in Europe 
are situated directly east from Boston or nearly so ? 

166. By comparing the Map of the United States with that of Europe, 
which of the States does it appear are situated southwardly of the most 
southern part of Europe ? 

167. A very noted strait of Europe, and the mouth of a very distin¬ 
guished river in the United States, are in the same latitude ; what is the 
name of the strait and of the river? 

168. Which of the large lakes in the United States are situated in 
the same parallels of latitude with the Black Sea in Europe ? 


Map of the British Isles. 

1. How is Ireland separated from England ? —from Scotland ? 

2. Where is the Bristol Channel ? —» The Strait of Dover ? 

3. What river is that which forms the boundary in part between Eng¬ 
land and Scotland ? 

4. Where is Cape Wrath ? — Land’s End? — Spurn Head? 

5. Where is Carnsore Point?—Start, St. Edmands’, and Lizard 
Points ? 

6. Where is the river Thames, what is its course, and into what sea 
does it empty? 


The 

same Questions with respect 

to each of the following River 

7. 

Humber ? 

1!. Tay ? 

15. Dee ? 

19. 

Medway ? 

8. 

Shannon ? 

12. Mersey ? 

16. Tyne? 

20. 

Barrow ? 

9. 

Clyde ? 

13. Trent? 

17. Ouse ? 

21. 

Spey ? 

10. 

Severn ? 

14. Blackwater? 

18. Don? 

22. 

Tweed ? 


82 


GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY, 


23. Where is London, and how situated ? 

24. Plymouth? 35. Windsor? 

25. Newcastle ? 36. Leeds ? 

26. Wexford ? 37. Dublin ? 

27. Aberdeen? 38. Wakefield? 

28. Pool? 39. Shields? 

29. Dartmouth? 40. Waterford? 

30. Yarmouth? 41. Portsmouth? 

31. Tunbridge ? 42. Londonderry ? 

32. Cork ? 43. Bristol ? 

33. Birmingham? 44. Manchester? 

34. Deal? 45. Gloucester? 


49. Edinburgh ? 

50. York ? 

51. Limerick ? 

52. Bath ? 

53. Cambridge ? 

54. Sheffield ? 

55. Oxford ? 

56. Kidderminster ? 


48. Hull? 


46. Glasgow ? 

47. Liverpool ? 


57. Which is the largest, England or Ireland ? 

58. Between what degrees of latitude is England situated ? — Scot¬ 
land ? — Ireland ? 

59. In what sea are the Isles of Man and the Anglesea situated, and 
how in respect to each other? 

60. How is the Isle of Wight situated ? 

61. How are London, Bristol, Liverpool, and Hull situated in respect 
to each other ? 

62. Comparing the latitude of London with that of the Gulf of St. 
Lawrence on the Map of North America, which is the most northwardly ? 

63. What is the latitude of Edinburgh ? — Dublin ? — London ? 


Map of Asia. 


1. What are the boundaries of Asia ? 

2. What is the name of the most northwardly cape ? 

3. What part of it stretches farthest to the south ? 

4. What are the names of the four large seas on the east and southeast 
of Asia ? — Which is the largest ? 

5. Thiough what strait does the Red Sea communicate with the 
ocean ? 

6. Where is the Sea of Aral situated ? — In what direction is it from 
the Caspian Sea ? 

7. Between what two countries is the Persian Gulf? 

8. What is that Bay which divides India into two Peninsulas, the 
Hither Peninsula, called Hindostan, and the Further Peninsula, compre¬ 
hending the Birman and other empires? 

9. Where are the straits of Sunda ? 

10. Where is the Malabar coast ? — What islands west of it ? 

11. Where are the Andaman and Nicobar Islands ? 

12. How is the island Ceylon situated ? — What are its chief towns ? 

13. What is that cape called which forms the southern extremity of 
Hindostan ? — What ocean on the south ? 

14. Of what island is Manilla the capital ? 

15. Where are the straits of Malacca ? 

16. Of what island is Batavia the capital, and in what latitude ? 

17. Where is the island Banca, so productive in tin, situated ? 

18. How are the gulfs Tonquin and Siam situated with respect to 
each other ? — Into what sea do they open ? 



GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 


83 


19. What are those large rivers of Asia, which empty into the Arctic 
Sea ? 

20. Where is the island Saghalien ? 

21. What is that Cape called which forms the southern exttemity of 
Kamtschatka ? 

22. What rivers empty into the Aral Sea ? 

23. What rivers empty into the Persian Gulf? 

24. What straits separate Asia from America ? 

25. What chain of mountains separate Europe from Asia ? 

26. What chain of mountains extend across the centre of Asia? 

27. Where are the Caucasus mountains ? — Himaleh ? 

28. What mountains in Hindostan, and how are they situated? 

29. Where is mount Taurus, and how situated ? 

30. What part of Asia takes the name of Siberia, and to whom does it 
belong ? 

31. Does any part of Asia lie within the Frigid Zone ? 

32. What countries of Asia lie within the Torrid Zone ? 


33. How is Turkey in Asia 
bounded ? 

35. Russia in Asia bounded ? 
37. Independent Tartary 
bounded ? 

39. Persia bounded ? 

41. Hindostan bounded ? 

43. Arabia bounded ? 

45. China bounded ? 


34. How is Aleppo, the capital, sit¬ 
uated ? 

36. Astrachan situated ? 


38. Samarcand situated ? 

40. Ispahan situated ? 

42. Calcutta situated ? 

44. Mecca situated ? 

46. Pekin situated ? 

47. Which is the principal of the Chinese Islands ? 

48. How is Jeddo, the capital of the Japan empire, situated ? — Give 
the rise and course of the following rivers, and the seas, &c., into which 
they empty ? 

49. Euphrates? 54. Yenisei? 59. Yangtse Kiang? 

50. Amar ? 55. Ganges ? 60. Lena ? 

51. Obi? 56. Jihon ? 61. Irrawaddy? 

52. Tigris? 57. Hoang Ho ? 62. Irtish? 

53. Burrampooter ? 58. Indus ? 63. Japanese ? 

64. Of what country is Mocha, and how situated ? 


65. Madras ? 

66. Smyrna ? 

67. Suez ? 
Canton ? 
Bombay ? 

70. Tobolsk? 

71. 


68 . 

69. 


72. 

73. 


75. Delhi? 

76. Goa? 

77. Diarbekir? 

78. Cambay ?• 

79. Bassora ? 

80. Nankin ? 

Cashmere?81. Yakutsk? 
Bagdad ? 82. Cashgar ? 

Ava ? 83. Lassa ? 


85. Medina ? 

86. Surat ? 

87. Sana? 

88. Palmyra ? 

89. Pondicherry ? 

90. Pegu ? 

91. Bencoolen ? 

92. Nagpour ? 

93. Nangasaki ? 

94. Cambodia ? 

105. What towns are situated on the Ganges? 

106. How are Canton, Calcutta, and Pekin situated with respect to 
each other ? 

107. What large islands are those situated directly under the equator? 

108. How is the Island Sumatra separated from Malacca and Java? 

109. What island is that which the tropic of Cancer crosses ? 

110. How do the Japanese Islands lie from China, and between what 
parallels of latitude are they situated ? 


74. Kolivan ? 84. Irkutsk ? 


95. Lahore ? 

96. Rangoon ? 

97. Golconda? 

98. Siam? 

99. Jerusalem? 

100. Omsk? 

101. Acheen ? 

102. Cabul ? 

103. Damascus ? 

104. Columbo ? 


84 GRAMMAR OF GEOGRAPHY. 

Map of Africa. 

1. How is Africa bounded ? — What isthmus unites it to Asia ? 

2. Where are the Atlas mountains situated ? 

3. What is that range of mountains which runs almost across Africa ? 

4. In what part of Africa is Algiers, Morocco, Tripoli, and Tunis, 
called the Barbary States, situated ? 

5. Which of these States lie without, and which within the Straits of 
Gibraltar ? 

6. Sailing up the Mediterranean, in what order do you approach these 
States ? 

7. What large rivers are those in the west of Africa ? 

8. Where is the river Zaire ? — Orange river ? 

9. Where is Cape Verd, and how situated with respect to the rivers 
Senegal and Gambia ? 

10. Where is the river Niger, the mouth of which has not yet been 
explored ? 

11. Where has the Nile its rise, what is its course, and into what sea 
does it empty ? 

12. How is the Coast of Guinea divided ? 

13. What towns are situated at the mouth of the Nile ? 

14. Which is the largest of the African islands ? 

15. Where are the Comoro Isles ? 

16. What are the north and south capes of Madagascar ? 

17. Which are the most northwardly, Cape Verd or the Canary Isles ? 

18. What islands are in the Gulf of Guinea ? 

19. What islands lay off the kingdom of Morocco ? 

20. Where is St. Helena, and in what latitude ? 

21. What two Islands are situated east of Madagascar? 

22. What mountains are on the eastern coast of Africa ? 

23. Where is Mozambique Channel ? 

24. In what zone is Africa chiefly situated ? 

25. In what direction has Africa its greatest extent, from east to west, 
or from north to south ? 

26. What are the E. W. N. and S. capes of Africa ? 

27. Where is the Lybian desert ? — Desert of Berdoo ? 

28. Where is Cape Three Points ? — How is Egypt situated ? 

29. What country is that situated between the Lybian and the Great 
Desert ? 

30. Which are the largest lakes in Africa, and where situated? 

31. W'here is the Gulf of Sidra ? — Table Bay ? — Gulf of Biafra ? 

32. What part of Africa is it the Hottentots inhabit? 

33. What are the towns situated on the Nile ? 

34. What are the countries on the east coast of Africa ? 

35. What are the countries on the western coast? 

Describe the situation of the following cities and towns. 

36. Sierra Leone? 38. Syene ? 40. Tombuctoo ? 

37. Cairo? 39. Algiers? 41. Cape Town ? 

In what countries are the following towns ? — How situated ? 

42. Tangier ? 45. Zeyla ? 48. Oran ? 

43. Gondar? 46. Fez? 49. Thebes? 

44. Monrovia? 47. Thebes? 50. Port Dauphin ? 

51. How is Liberia situated in relation to Sierra Leone ? 

52. What is the principal town in Liberia ? 


DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY 


O’ The “ Interrogative System ” of teaching, has now become very general in 
almost every branch of school education. The introduction may be traced to the 
“ Scholar’s Arithmetic,” in 1801, many years before the appearance of Goldsmith 
and of Guy in our country. A further improvement in this system is here attempt¬ 
ed ; and, instead of printing the question at length, which necessarily enlarges the 
book, a character ( q ) is introduced, intimating both to the Instructor, and the pupil, 
that a question is required, and this character is invariably placed before the word 
or words intended to ask the question, and to which, the answer, found by reading 
the sentence, is to be a direct reply. For example, take the first sentence; the 
character is placed before the words “ certain knowledge ; ” the question then is. 
Had the ancients any certain knowledge of the figure of the earth ? The answer, 
from reading the sentence, is evident, No; or, They had not. 

Where the construction of the sentence suggests no particular form in which to 
put the question, it may be, What is said of, &c. ; as for instance, under the article 
“Agriculture”, in Massachusetts, the character is placed before the word “ Agri¬ 
culture ”; the question then may be, what is said of the agriculture of Massachu¬ 
setts ? 

Let the class be directed to meditate answers to the questions to be asked on 
those subjects or words before which the character is placed. After reading, let 
those questions be put by the instructer, and answered by the class in rotation. 
The exercise will be found both profitable and entertaining. 


THE WORLD. 


The ancients had no '’certain knowledge of the figure of the 
earth. But later discoveries, both by astronomy and navigation, 
demonstrate the earth we inhabit to be a large opaque globe or 
ball, nearly eight thousand Smiles in diameter, the distance 
through the centre from east to west, being twenty-six miles 
‘’greater than the distance from north to south. In proof of this 
it is only necessary to notice, that various navigators have actu¬ 
ally sailed round it. Of these, the '’first was Sir Francis Drake, 
who in 1580 completed the circumnavigation of the globe, after 
an absence of two years, ten months, and twenty days, from 
England, his native land. 

About two thirds of the '’surface of the earth are covered 
with water. In respect to its universal communication, the ocean 
may be regarded as one; but for geographical purposes, it has 
been found more convenient to consider it as distributed into 
portions or parts. The ‘’largest of these parts constituting near¬ 
ly one half of the surface of the globe, is the Pacific Ocean, so 
called from the tranquillity observed by navigators j in crossing 
it in certain directions. Its '’width is generally computed at 
8 




86 


THE WORLD. 


10,000 miles. q Next in extent is the Atlantic, 3,000 miles q wide. 
The Indian Ocean may be reckoned the ‘’third that is ranked in 
this class. The seas called Arctic and Antarctic, from their situ¬ 
ation near the poles, are properly branches of the Pacific and 
Atlantic. They are expansions of ice rather than of water, un¬ 
dissolved through successive ages. 

This distribution and proportion of land and water is an incon¬ 
trovertible evidence of the wisdom and goodness of our adorable 
Creator ; for thus the earth is rendered a suitable and commodi¬ 
ous habitation for man; the blessings and advantages of com¬ 
merce are augmented ; and those extensive seas, which afford a 
free intercourse between distant nations, are productive of the 
most felicitous consequences to the land, by supplying a suitable 
quantity of vapors for the formation of clouds, which, in the 
elegant language of Scripture, drop down fatness upon the wil¬ 
derness, while the little hills rejoice on every side. 

Religion. Europe, with the exception of Turkey, is wholly 
Christian; but a great portion of Asia, the Negroes in Africa, 
the Indians in America, the inhabitants of New Holland, and of 
most of the islands in the Pacific Ocean, are still q Pagan. 

Turkey, Arabia, Persia, Tartary, the Barbary States in Africa, 
and some parts of India, are ‘’Mahometan. 

Admitting the whole population of the world to be 700 mil¬ 
lions, it is supposed that 350 millions, or one half of the ‘’whole 
population, are Pagans ; the ‘’Christian population may be about 
225 millions; the q Mahometan, 120 millions, and the q Jews 5 
millions. 

Bible and Missionary Societies. A most wonderful system of 
measures is now in operation to extend the blessings of Christi¬ 
anity, by means of Bible and Missionary Societies, to all parts of 
the world. The success is already such as to prove highly ani¬ 
mating to the hearts of Christians. The inhabitants of the 
Sandwich, and of the Society Islands, have already renounced 
their idols. Missionaries are received with great affection by 
the Indians in America, by the Negroes in Africa ; also, in Hin¬ 
dustan, Australasia, and in many other parts of the world. 

Bible Societies have been q instituted in England, Scotland, 
Ireland, Norway, Sweden, Russia, Prussia, Netherlands, Germa¬ 
ny, France, Switzerland, and in the United States. The q whole 
number, at present in the world, is estimated at more than 2,000. 
The American Bible Society alone, has 300 q Auxiliary Societies, 
and, since its formation in 1816, has issued above 1,000,000 Bibles 
and Testaments. Its q income for 1830 was $ 170,067. The Brit¬ 
ish and Foreign Bible Society has nearly 700 q auxiliaries. Its 
q income for 1822, was $460,884, and it had then circulated more 
than 5,000,000 copies of the Bible. 

The British Russian Bible Society has 200 Auxiliaries. It 
sent from St. Petersburg 23 wagon loads of Bibles in one day, 
to remote provinces. 


AMERICA. 


87 


AMERICA. 


In America nature has operated on her largest scale. Its 
mountains are of astonishing grandeur ; its lakes and its rivers 
are unequalled on the globe. Most of the metals, minerals, 
plants, fruits, and trees, found on the other continent, are met 
with here, and many of them in greater quantities and in higher 
perfection. 

Notwithstanding its great extent and abundant fertility, Amer¬ 
ica remained unknown to the inhabitants of the other hemis¬ 
phere, until about the close of the fifteenth century, when it was 
^discovered by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa, who, 
conceiving the bold design of sailing to India, by the west, pro¬ 
cured three ships from the court of Spain, and heroically ven¬ 
tured his life in prosecution of a discovery, in which the inhab¬ 
itants of two worlds were interested. After a voyage of thirty- 
three days across the then unexplored Atlantic, on the evening 
of October 11, 1492, he discovered land, which proved to be one 
of the Bahama Islands. In his q third voyage, he discovered the 
continent of South America. 

At that period, ^America was one vast and almost entire wil¬ 
derness, but sparingly inhabited, by a people mostly rude and 
savage, collected together in tribes, thinly scattered over its im¬ 
mense territories. To this general character, however, there 
were two very remarkable exceptions; the one in Mexico, and 
the other in Peru. Here the Indians had made some progress in 
civilization and the arts, and, although their manners were still 
extremely barbarous, they had founded Uwo powerful empires, 
that of Mexico under Montezuma, and that of Peru, governed by 
a race of princes called Incas, supposed by the Peruvians to 
have been descendants from the sun. 

As the Spaniards were the first discoverers, so were they also 
the ‘’first European inhabitants who settled in America. Their 
cruelties to the natives in their first conquest will never be for¬ 
gotten. The fame and prospect of wealth acquired by Spain, in 
consequence of her discoveries, ‘’excited the attention of the 
other European powers, particularly the Portuguese, English, 
French, and the Dutch, who also made discoveries in different 
parts, and planted colonies. Thus was the American continent, 
soon after its discovery, parcelled out to the different powers of 
Europe. 


88 


NORTH AMERICA....UNITED STATES. 


NORTH AMERICA. 


The first European settlements in North America were made 
on the Atlantic coast. As their numbers increased, they began 
to advance into the interior, either purchasing the land of the 
Indians, or driving them off by force. Remnants of a number 
of tribes, in the United States, are now receiving civilization and 
the Gospel. It is the present policy of the United States’ gov¬ 
ernment to collect these and form them into one civil community, 
in the country west of the States Arkansas and Missouri, as far 
north as Missouri river, and probably admit them to a representa¬ 
tion in Congress. 


UNITED STATES. 


Mountains. The two principal ranges of mountains are the 
Rocky Mountains in the west, and the Alleghany mountains in 
the east. The latter extend from New York to Georgia. Their 
course is nearly parallel with the seashore at the ^distance of 
from 50 to 130 miles from it, dividing the rivers and streams of 
water which fall into the Atlantic on the east, from those which 
fall into the lakes and the Mississippi river on the west. 

Lakes. There is nothing in other parts of the globe that re¬ 
sembles the prodigious chain of lakes which are met with in 
America. 

Lake Superior is 1,500 Smiles in circumference, and is the 
largest collection of fresh water yet known. It is clear, of great 
depth, and abounds with a variety of excellent fish; such as 
trout, pickerel, bass, &c. It is frequently covered with fog, par¬ 
ticularly when the wind is east. Storms ^affect this lake as much 
as they do the Atlantic Ocean, the waves run as high, and the 
navigation is equally dangerous. 

Lake Huron is the ‘•next in magnitude. Its circumference is 
about 1,000 miles. Its fish are the same as in Lake Superior. 

Lake Michigan ^communicates with Lake Huron by the strait 
of Mackinaw, six miles q wide. In this lake are several kinds of 
fish, particularly trout of an excellent quality, weighing from 20 
to 60, and even 90 pounds. West of this lake are large mead¬ 
ows, said to extend to the Mississippi. 



UNITED STATES 


89 


Lake Erie is ‘’noted for having its islands and banks, at the 
west end, so infested with rattlesnakes as to render it dangerous 
to land on them. Near the banks of the islands tl)e leaves of 
the large pond lily, lie on the surface of the water so thick as 
to cover it for many acres together ; on these, in the summer sea¬ 
sons, lie myriads of water snakes, basking in the sun. On this 
lake, the American fleet, under Com. Perry, September 10, 1813, 
gained over the British fleet, of larger force, a splendid and im¬ 
portant victory. 

Lake Ontario has in many places steep banks ; its southern 
shore is covered principally with beech, and the land appears 
good. The Oswego bass, weighing from three to four pounds, 
are found in this lake. 

Lake Champlain is the largest ^collection of water in the New 
England States. It is about two hundred miles in length, and 
from one to eighteen in width. Its depth is sufficient for the 
largest vessels. On these waters, September 11, 1814, Com. 
M’Donough gained a brilliant and decisive victory over the 
British fleet, of superior force. 

Lake George is a clear and most beautiful collection of water. 
It embosoms more than 200 small islands. The water of this 
lake is about 100 feet above the level of Lake Champlain. The 
portage between the two is one mile and a half. 

Between the lakes Erie and Ontario, q are the famous 


FALLS OF NIAGARA. 



t 

The river here is not more than one quarter of a mile wide, and 
the ^perpendicular pitch of the water about 170 feet, producing 
a noise which may be heard 20, and even 40 miles, in favorable 
weather. 


8* 







90 


UNITED STATES. 


Rivers. The Mississippi is the q most distinguished river, not 
only of the United States, but of all North America. It is more 
than 3,000 miles in length, from 1 to 2 miles wide, and of un¬ 
common depth. Its ^navigation is attended with many difficulties 
and dangers, from the sudden crooks and bends in the river, the 
falling in of its banks, and more especially from the sawyers , so 
called, which are trees, whose roots have by some means become 
fastened to the bottom of the river, in such a manner, that, from 
the continual pressure of the current, they receive a regular 
vibratory motion, from the resemblance of which to that of a 
saw-mill, they have derived their name. Their motion is some¬ 
times very quick, and if they strike a boat, it is immediately up¬ 
set or dashed to pieces. Trees firmly planted in the mud are 
called planters. Many of these difficulties, however, are now 
happily overcome by the successful introduction of steamboat 
navigation, more than 200 of which are constantly running on 
this river and its tributary branches. In the spring this river 
overflows its banks, and lays the country for many miles in extent 
under water. 

The Missouri, usually accounted a tributary to the Mississippi, 
is, however, the principal stream. It is longer, broader, and 
deeper than the Mississippi before their confluence, and affords 
a more extensive navigation. This river is Remarkable for the 
muddiness of its waters, which quality it imparts to the Missis¬ 
sippi. 

The Ohio is a most beautiful river, 950 miles in ^length, and 
about one quarter of a mile in width, formed by the confluence of 
the Alleghany and Monongahela rivers, both of which are navi¬ 
gable. Its current is gentle, its waters are very clear, and its 
navigation easy and uninterrupted, except at the rapids, near 
Louisville, now surmounted by a canal, where the river descends 
about ten feet, in the distance of one mile and a half. In spring 
tides, vessels pass down these rapids in safety, but cannot as¬ 
cend. 

The Connecticut is the q great river of New England. It is 
^navigable for sloops to Hartford, 50 miles, and by means of 
canals, for boats to the foot of Fifteen Mile Falls, 250 miles 
above Hartford. Steamboats run regularly up and down this 
river. Its q whole length is about 400 miles. 

The Hudson is a remarkably straight river. It Rneets the tide 
at Albany, 150 Smiles from the sea, and is thus far navigable for 
sloops. Its length is 250 miles. About 30 miles from the ocean, 
at the mouth of this river, is the island of Manhattan on which 
stands the city of New York. 

The Delaware is a large navigable river. It q admits ships of 
the line to Philadelphia, about 120 q miles from the sea, and small 
craft to Trenton Falls, and boats of burden 100 miles further. 
Delaware bay, into which this river flows, is 60 q miles in length, 
and about 30 miles in breadth in its broadest parts. It is 20 


UNITED STATES. 


91 


miles ‘•wide between the capes, where it opens into the Atlantic 
Ocean. 

The Susquehannah is a large river, formed by two main 
branches. Its ‘•navigation is difficult for the first 20 miles on ac¬ 
count of rapids, after which it is boatable almost to its sources. 
Chesapeake Bay, into which this river empties, is 200 miles 
in ‘•length, and from 7 to 18 miles wide. It affords many com¬ 
modious harbours, and is of safe and easy ‘•navigation. It is 12 
miles ‘•wide between the capes. 

The Potomac is a noble and majestic river, 7 miles q wide at its 
mouth, and is more than a mile wide at Alexandria, 290 miles 
from the sea. It is ‘•navigable to Georgetown, a distance of 
about 300 miles. The locks and canals on these rivers will be 
noticed in their places as also the other large rivers in Jhe Uni¬ 
ted States. 

Face of the Country. East of the Alleghany range of moun¬ 
tains, the country gradually descends to the Atlantic. The sea- 
coast of the United States is at least 2,000 miles in ‘•extent. It 
is various, unequal, and occasionally hilly towards the north ; but 
south from Long Island, the whole coast for many miles back 
into the country, is a flat sandy plain, but little elevated above 
the level of the ocean. West of the mountains, the country is in 
some parts mountainous, but is more generally level, particularly 
north of the Ohio, or is gently undulating, and abounds with 
natural meadows of great extent, which are entirely destitute of 
trees, but covered with grass. 

Climate. The climate of the United States, is ‘•subject to the 
extremes of heat and cold, and to frequent, sudden, and great 
changes in the weather, and in the temperature of the air. Not 
only the cold in winter, but the heat in summer, is greater than 
in the countries of Europe, situated under the same parallels of 
latitude. 

In the Northern States the mercury in Fahrenheit’s thermom¬ 
eter sometimes ‘•sinks to 20° below 0, or zero, in the winter. 
The earth is usually covered with snow 3 or 4 months, and the 
use of sleds and sleighs is almost universal. 

In the Middle States, throughout Pennsylvania, New Jersey, 
and Maryland, the winters are shorter than in the Northern 
States, and the snows less abundant and more transient. They 
rarely last longer than 15 or 20 days. The weather is variable, 
and subject to continual changes of frost and rain. The cold, 
however, occasionally is very severe, but of less duration. At 
Philadelphia, the mercury sometimes ‘•sinks to 6 or 8 degrees 
below zero. The Delaware, notwithstanding its tide of 6 feet, 
and its breadth of a mile, is sometimes frozen over in 24 hours, 
and remains thus fixed, almost every winter, 20 or 30 days, at 
one or two intervals. 

In the Southern States the duration and intenseness of the 
cold decrease in the same proportion as the latitude. 


92 


UNITED STATES. 


The parallel of the Potomac, or more exactly that of the Pe- 
tapsco, forms a distinguishing line in this respect. The domin¬ 
ion of snow is bounded here ; and he who travels southward may 
notice the sleigh before almost every farmer’s door, till he de¬ 
scends the steeps at the foot of which rolls the Petapsco, after 
which, he will see that vehicle no more. This quarter, however, 
is exposed to occasional severe frosts, and to snow, which has 
been known to fall 2 or 3 feet at Norfolk in one night. The 
mercury at Charleston sometimes descends to 20 degrees, and 
the earth is frozen to the depth of two or three inches. But 
these frosts and snows are of short continuance. Warmth pre¬ 
dominates, even in winter, and the weather is mostly soft and 
mild. The country to the westward of the Alleghany moun¬ 
tains is more equable in temperature, than the same parallels 
of latitude on the eastern side, and the mean annual heat is 
greater. 

Seasons. Autumn, in the United States, is the ^finest season 
of the year. The temperature of the aifis then most agreeable, 
and the weather through September, October, and part of No¬ 
vember, is generally settled and serene. In the spring, the 
weather is variable, and often exceedingly unpleasant. Warm 
days succeeded by cold nights, alternately thawing and freezing 
the surface of the earth ; bleak westerly winds, followed by 
warm humid winds from the south, or damp chilly winds from 
the east, mark this season of the year. An American spring 
differs widely from an European spring. 

Winds. The ^most prevalent winds in the Atlantic States are 
the northwest, northeast, and southwest. Northwest winds are 
dry, and accompanied with a rapid evaporation ; consequently, 
in summer, are cool and refreshing, and in winter very cold. 
North winds are not very frequent, but are always cool or cold. 
Northeast winds are common in all seasons, except the summer 
months ; and are accompanied with a chilling dampness, occa¬ 
sioning the most disagreeable sensations. A southeast wind, 
especially in the Northern and Middle States, seldom fails to 
produce rain in twelve hours, and often blows a tempest. A 
south wind is usually warm, and attended with rain. 

Storms. The 'Jmost violent and long-continued storms, in the 
Atlantic States, are from the northeast. It is a curious fact, that 
these storms ^usually begin at the southwest, somewhere about 
the Gulf of Mexico, and proceed along the American coast, to 
the northeast, at the rate sometimes of about 100 miles in an 
hour. Dr. Franklin was the first who made this observation. 
The memorable snow-storm in February, 1802, is a remarkable 
confirmation of this fact. At Charleston, in South Carolina, the 
storm began on Sunday, about 3 o’clock in the afternoon. All 
that day at Boston was calm and pleasant, and continued so till 
11 at night, when it grew cloudy. About 1 o’clock the next 
morning, the storm commenced. At Hallowell, in Maine, the 


UNITED STATES. 


93 


same morning, the sun rose clear. The air became cloudy in 
about a quarter of an hour; the snow began about 11 o’clock, 
and in two hours the storm became furious. The shipwrecks 
during this storm were numerous and dreadful. 

Tornadoes. Tornadoes in the United States, attended with 
thunder, lightning, hail, and tempest, are not unfrequent. These 
whirlwinds move in narrow veins, about half a mile broad, and 8 
or 10 miles in length. Within these limits they often twist off 
and lay level the largest trees, and their course through a forest 
is like that of a reaper through a field. 

Quantity of water falling in rain. The ‘'quantity of water 
falling annually in snow and rain, in the United States is from 42 
to 48 inches; that in Europe is about one third less ; in England, 
particularly, it is estimated at 24 inches. Still the United States 
are the most subject to drought, owing to the remarkable dryness 
of our atmosphere. Evaporation, likewise, is more rapid in 
America than in Europe, and the air is much more highly 
charged with electric fluid ; thunder is louder, and lightning is 
more vivid, and accidents from lightning more frequent. But 
notwithstanding we have more rain in this country than in Eu¬ 
rope, we have, also, what could hardly be expected, at the same 
time, more fair weather. For, although the quantity of rain 
here is greater, the ‘'number of rainy days is less. The infer¬ 
ence is, that rain in this country falls in more copious showers 
than in the countries of Europe. 

The superior dryness of our atmosphere, compared with that 
of England, has been ‘'illustrated by Dr. Franklin by a very cu¬ 
rious experiment. He had a mahogany box made with the great¬ 
est nicety, containing drawers which fitted exactly, and were 
very tight at London ; being brought to Philadelphia they became 
too loose, but when sent back to London, they became tight as 
before. 

Soil and Productions. The ‘'soil, though of various descrip¬ 
tions, is generally fertile. West of the Alleghany mountains it 
is excellent; the low country in the Southern States is the q least 
fertile part. 

New England is a fine grazing country; hence, beef, butter, 
and cheese, are great products of the Northern States. Indian 
corn is the most extensively cultivated of any kind of grain. 
The q grand staples of the Middle States are wheat and tobac¬ 
co ; ‘'those of the Southern States are cotton and rice; those 
of the Western States are wheat and hemp ; those of Louisiana, 
cotton and sugar. 

Minerals , Fossils , &fc. Iron abounds in many parts of the 
United States. q Copper in large masses has been found in the 
country bordering on Lake Superior. In the same region are 
inexhaustible stores of q lead ; also on the Mississippi, in the State 
of Missouri, there is an abundant supply. 

The Gold mines in the Southern States have attracted much 


94 


UNITED STATES. 


attention. They are spread over a great extent of country. 
The gold region ^commences in Virginia, east of the Blue Ridge, 
in the vicinity of the river Potomac, and ^extends southwest 
through about the middle of North Carolina, along the northerly 
part of South Carolina, into Georgia, and thence northwardly 
into Alabama, and is supposed to terminate in Tennessee. It is 
qfound both in the state of ore, and in small pure particles mixed 
with sand, from which it is obtained by the simple process of 
washing and filtration. To obtain the ore, what are ‘called 
shafts, or wells, are sunk into the earth, sometimes to the depth 
of more than 100 feet. From these, t; what are called galleries, 
or lateral perforations, are extended in search of the ore, which 
is q found in veins. The ore, when obtained, is pounded, mixed 
with quicksilver and ground to a fine powder, after which it un¬ 
dergoes a process of distillation to obtain the pure gold. The 
mines in North Carolina and Georgia are now worked to a great 
extent. 

The most ^important q mineral production of the United States 
is coal. This is found in all parts of the Union. It ^abounds 
^particularly in Pennsylvania, and the other Middle and Western 
States, to some extent in Rhode Island, and has been discovered 
near Worcester in the State of Massachusetts. The valley of 
the Mississippi contains the largest coal-field in the known 
world ; it would cover half of Europe, having an extent of 900,000 
square miles. Both the anthracite and bituminous varieties are 
found here. Nature seems to have laid up an inexhaustible sup¬ 
ply of fuel, foreseeing the wantonness and extravagance of man. 

Several mineral springs break forth in different parts of the 
United States. The q most celebrated are those of Saratoga and 
Ballston, in the State of New York. The latter place is much 
visited by gay and fashionable people as well as by invalids. 

There are also salt springs in New York, and in Kentucky 
and other parts of the western country, from the waters of which 
salt is obtained, by evaporation. 

Manufactures. The manufactures of the United States have 
been greatly extended within a few years, particularly in cotton, 
wool, and iron. .Great improvements and additions have been 
made in machinery. Improvements in this department, some of 
which are unknown in Europe, have contributed to perfect the 
manufacture of many articles, and lessen the labor formerly re¬ 
quired in their production. 

The States entering most largely into the manufacture of cot¬ 
ton, arranged according to the^amount of capital employed, are 
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, Pennsylvania, 
New York, Connecticut, Maryland, and New Jersey. 

Commerce. Almost every country produces more than a sup¬ 
ply of some articles, and not enough of other articles for the 
support of its inhabitants ; and this gives rise to commerce, 
which ^consists in the exchange of commodities of one country 
for those of another country. 


UNITED STATES. 


95 


Thus, in the United States, we have more cotton, wheat, 
tobacco, lumber, and rice, than we need ; and therefore we send 
these articles to other countries in exchange for woollen cloth, 
coffee, sugar, and molasses, of which we are in want. 

Those articles or commodities which are carried out of any 
country, are called ‘’exports ; and those articles which are 
brought into any country, are called ‘’imports. 

When the exports of any country exceed the imports, — that 
is, when the articles which any country has to spare are more 
than enough to purchase the articles of which it is in want, then 
the ‘‘balance of trade is said to be for, or in favor of, such country. 
On the other hand, when the imports exceed the exports, or 
when the articles any country has to spare are not enough to 
purchase those of which it is want, then the balance of trade is 
said to be against such country. 

The ‘’capital article of export of the United States is cotton, 
the quantity of which has been rapidly increasing for more than 
40 years. In 1790, the quantity was only 100,000 pounds. In 
1800, it was 17 millions of pounds; in 1804, — 35 millions; in 
1817, — 85 millions ; in 1822, — 144 millions, and in 1827, — 294 
millions; and in 1835, — 384 millions of pounds were exported, 
amounting to about 65 millions of dollars. During that year, the 
quantity consumed in the United States was 100 millions of 
pounds. The quantity exported by the United States constitutes 
about three fourths of the entire foreign trade in raw cotton 
in the whole world. 

The '’other most considerable articles of export, the same year, 
were tobacco, flour, rice, lumber, manufactures of cotton, Indian 
corn, fish, soap and candles, beef, pot and pearl ashes. 

The ^principal imports are manufactured goods chiefly from 
Great Britain, and sugar, rum, wine, molasses, brandy, coffee, 
and teas. 

Inhabitants and Population. The United States are settled by 
emigrants or their descendants from most of the nations of Eu¬ 
rope. By far the greater proportion of the inhabitants are Eng¬ 
lish. New England particularly was ‘’settled entirely by emi¬ 
grants from England, except a very few Scotch and Irish, as 
were also Virginia, the Carolinas, and Georgia. New York and 
New Jersey were originally Dutch colonies : Pennsylvania had 
a large mixture of Swedes and Germans. In latter times, great 
numbers of people have emigrated from Scotland, Ireland, 
France, and Germany, who have gone principally to the back 
parts of the Middle, Southern, and Western States. 

The negroes in this country were ‘’brought originally from 
Africa. They have been wickedly torn from their native land, 
and sold here for slaves. This inhuman traffic has lately been 
abolished not only in this country, but in England and in Den¬ 
mark. The Indians, or aborigines, as they are called, were the 
‘’original inhabitants of America, before it was discovered by the 


96 


UNITED STATES. 


Europeans. The whole '’number at present within the limits of 
the United States, both east and west of the Mississippi, is esti¬ 
mated at 300,000, of whom 120,000 reside in the States and 
Territories. 

Character. A desire of gain is the ^ruling passion of the peo¬ 
ple of the United States. The avidity of becoming rich, how¬ 
ever, does not render them avaricious. Without being profuse, 
or forgetting the interests of their families, they know how at 
proper times to be liberal, and are ever ready to assist the unfor¬ 
tunate. The numerous charitable institutions in our country, 
and the abundant subscriptions, in repeated instances, obtained 
for unfortunate sufferers by fire, and other calamities, in our 
large seaport towns, are examples of the generosity of the people 
of the United States, greatly honorable both to the nation, and 
to individuals. 

A spirit of enterprise, and a boldness in the execution of their 
designs, are also '’remarkable characteristics of the people of the 
United States, in alftiost every situation in life. Inured to toil 
from their infancy, having for the most part made their fortunes 
by their own industry, fatigue, and labor, with but few excep¬ 
tions, are not yet become repugnant even to those in the most 
easy circumstances. While they wish to enjoy the ease and 
sweets of life, they do not regard them as absolute wants, and 
can dispense with them whenever a reverse of fortune takes 
them away. 

The people of the United States are extremely jealous of their 
liberties. They are intelligent, eager to investigate, and fond 
of self-cultivation : and many examples of men might be men¬ 
tioned, who, without education, have invented and constructed 
works, particularly in mechanics, worthy the best artisans in 
Europe. 

The women in general possess, in a high degree, the domes¬ 
tic and other virtues. Good wives and good mothers, their 
husbands and their children engage their chief attention, and 
their household affairs occupy most of their time and care. 

Militia. The '’defence of the United States in time of peace, 
is intrusted, in part, to a well-disciplined militia, according to the 
latest returns, consisting of 1,333,091 men. 

Army. The military peace establishment is limited by an act 
of Congress to 6,000 men. 

Navy. The navy consists of twelve ships of the line, seven¬ 
teen frigates, fifteen sloops of war, and seven schooners : of 
which there are on the stocks, five ships of the line, and six 
frigates. Number of officers, seamen, and marines, 6,000. The 
navy yards are ‘’seven, ‘’situated at Portsmouth, N. H., Charles¬ 
town, Mass., New York city, Philadelphia, Washington city, 
Gossport in Virginia, and Pensacola in Florida. 

JMint. In the year 1835, there were coined to the value of 
$2,186,175 in gold; $3,443,003 in silver; $39,489 in copper, 


UNITED STATES. 


97 


amounting to $ 5,668,667. Of the gold coined, $ 698,500 were 
derived from the gold region of the United States. The total 
value of coinage from the commencement of the establishment 
in 1792, to the end of the year 1830, is $35,332,445. 

Post-Offices. The number of post-offices in 1827, was 7,003; 
and the mail was carried 10,915,598 miles. In 1830, the number 
of post-offices was 8,450: in 1834,— 10,387. 

Public Debt. The q public debt in 1810 was 53 millions of dol¬ 
lars. In consequence of the late war, it was increased in 1816, 
to 123 millions, since which time its reduction has been grad¬ 
ually taking place. In 1824, it was $90,177,000. In 1830, it 
was reduced to $48,565,405, and in 1835 was extinguished. 

Religion. The Constitution of the United States leaves to 
every citizen the free choice of his own religion. The Baptists 
are the q most numerous denomination. The other principal 
denominations are Congregationalists, Episcopalians, Friends, 
Methodists, German Lutherans, Dutch Reformed, Moravians, 
Roman Catholics, and Universalists. 

Government. By the Federal Constitution adopted in 1788, 
the legislative power is vested in a Congress of the United 
States, consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives. 
The q Senate is composed of two members from each State, 
chosen by their legislatures for six years. The representatives 
are q chosen by the people for two years. Every 47,700 are 
entitled to a representative. The executive power is vested in 
a president, chosen for four years, by electors from all the Slates. 

The following is a list of the Presidents, since the adoption of 
the present Constitution. 


1. 

George Washington, 

of Va., 

from 1789 to 1797, 8 

years 

o. 

John Adams, 

Mass. 

“ 1797 to 1801, 4 

u 

3. 

Thomas Jefferson, 

Va. 

“ 1801 to 1809, 8 

ti 

4. 

James Madison, 

Va. 

“ 1809 to 1817, 8 

U 

5. 

James Monroe, 

Va. 

“ 1817 to 1825, 8 

if 

6. John Quincy Adams, 

Mass. 

“ 1825 to 1829, 4 

a 

7. 

Andrew Jackson, 

Tenn. 

“ 1829 to 1837, 8 

u 

8. 

Martin Van Buren, 

N. Y., 

“ 1S37 



9 




98 


UNITED STATES. 



SCENE ON THE BANKS OF THE KENNEBEC. 


EASTERN OR NEW ENGLAND STATES. 

Climate. New England is generally rocky, hilly, and moun¬ 
tainous, and enjoys a healthy climate. The ^extremes of heat 
and cold, according to Fahrenheit’s thermometer, are from 20° 
below, to 100 above 0. Frosts commonly cease about the last of 
May, and come on again between the first and middle of Sep¬ 
tember. Cattle require to be housed in November. In the 
course of this month winter especially assumes its reign, and 
continues till about the end of March. The ground becomes 
frozen to the depth of from 2 to 3 feet, and the rivers and ponds 
of water to the depth of from 1 to 2 feet, and the whole country 
is usually covered with snow. January often produces a thaw, 
which is succeeded by severe frost. The deepest snows and 
the coldest weather are generally in February. The open coun¬ 
try is commonly cleared of snow in April. About the beginning 
or middle of May the q grass is generally sufficient for cattle to 
live abroad. 

Soil. The q soil is various, from the most barren sand to the 
richest clays and loams. The interval lands on the large rivers 
are accounted the q best, particularly for grain. The highlands 
are esteemed for grass. Drained swamps have a deep, mellow 
soil, and the valleys are generally very fertile. 

Productions. The most ^important production of New Eng¬ 
land is grass. Beef, mutton, pork, butter, and cheese, are very 
abundant. Wheat is cultivated in certain parts, but generally 
does not succeed towards the seashore. Indian corn is the q most 







MAINE. 


99 


cultivated of any kind of grain. Particular attention is given 
to the cultivation of every variety of fruit to which the climate 
and soil are adapted. 

Inhabitants. New England is the q most populous part of the 
United States. The inhabitants are almost wholly of English 
extract The q first permanent settlement in the New England 
States was begun at Plymouth in Massachusetts, November, 
1620, by 101 English emigrants, of whom 46 died before the 
opening of the next spring. 

Occupations. The inhabitants are much engaged in commer¬ 
cial pursuits and in various manufactures. Great numbers find 
employment in the fisheries. The landholders are generally 
cultivators of the soil which they possess. Slavery is not known 
in New England. 

Circumstances and Education. The distribution of wealth is 
more equal here than in any other civilized country. The insti¬ 
tutions of religion are well supported, and public schools are 
maintained by law, in every town. There is not another country 
on the globe, perhaps, where education is so generally diffused 
among all classes and orders of citizens as in the New England 
States. 

MAINE. 

Face of the Country , Soil, and Productions. Maine is gener¬ 
ally hilly, but not mountainous. West of Androscoggin river 
the q soil is light and lean, being mostly pine plain. 

q On the Kennebec, and between that river and the Penobscot, 
it is excellent, being well adapted either for tillage or pasturage. 
q East of the Penobscot it is less productive. q Along the coast it 
is mostly barren. Lumber is the q chief source of wealth to the 
inhabitants. Apples flourish in the interior, but not on the coast. 
Peach trees will not bear the climate. Corn grows to a good 
size ; wheat, rye, barley, oats, peas, and flax, are also extensively 
cultivated. Limestone, and mountain and bog iron, abound in 
many places ; also a species of stone in Lebanon, which yields 
copperas and sulphur. There are large tracts of land here, yet 
a wilderness, belonging to the State, which, collectively, are call¬ 
ed The Eastern Lands. 

Canals. The Cumberland and Oxford canal extends from 
tide-water near Portland to Sebago Pond, 20£ miles in length. 
The navigation is continued by means of Songo river into Brau- 
dy and Long Ponds. Improvements have been projected in the 
navigation of the rivers in this State. 

Railroads. A railroad from Bangor to Oldtown was completed 
in 1836. Several others have been projected; the most impor¬ 
tant routes are the continuation of the Eastern railroad from Bos¬ 
ton to Portland, and that from the coast of Maine to Quebec. 
Three different routes have been examined, of which that from 
Belfast to Quebec is deemed the most eligible. The distance 
will be 227 miles. 


100 


MAINE. 


Towns. ^Portland, now a city, and formerly the capital of the 
State, situated on a peninsula in Casco Bay, is among the first 
seven in the Union in the amount of its shipping. The harbour 
is deep, safe, capacious, and seldom frozen over. The number 
of inhabitants is 12,601. 

Bath is a flourishing commercial town, at the ^head of winter 
navigation on Kennebec river, 16 miles from the sea. Pop. 3,773. 

Hallowed is a pleasant and flourishing town, on the same 
river, about 40 miles from its mouth. Population, 3,964. 

Augusta is delightfully situated two miles above Hallowell, at 
the head of tide-water, and became the seat of government in 
1831. 1 ! It is a thriving town, and contains, among other public 
buildings, an elegant State House, built of granite. Pop. 3,980. 



STATE HOUSE, AUGUSTA. 

Wiscasset is a flourishing commercial town, on Sheepscot river, 
10 C) miles from the sea. The river here is navigable for the 
largest ships. Thomaston, on St. George’s river, which is navi¬ 
gable for vessels of 150 or 200 tons, 15 miles or more, is the 
q place from which is sent to market the greatest part of the lime 
manufactured in Maine. It ranks next to Portland in population. 
The State Prison is in this town. There are also a number of 
flourishing towns on Penobscot river. 

Trade. The principal article of export is lumber. Vast 
quantities of boards, shingles, masts, spars, and the like, are 
transported to the neighbouring States, to the West Indies, and 
to Europe. Much of the firewood consumed in Boston is brought 













NEW HAMPSHIRE. 


101 


from Maine. Lime, dried fish, and pickled salmon, are also con¬ 
siderable articles of commerce, and even ice to the West Indies. 

Government. The legislative power is vested in two branches, 
a House of Representatives, and a Senate, styled The Legisla¬ 
ture of Maine, who, with the governor, and seven counsellors, 
are chosen annually. 

Indians • On an island in Penobscot river, there are still the 
remains of the Penobscot tribe of Indians. They consist of about 
100 families, are Roman Catholics, and have a church and a 
priest. 

Religion. Baptists, Congregationalists, and Methodists, are the 
prevailing denominations. Many of the towns and plantations 
are destitute of any settled minister. 

Literature. In Brunswick is q Bowdoin College, so called after 
the late Hon. James Bowdoin, whose benefactions amounted to 
$ 10,000. The legislature has endowed it with 5 townships of 
land. The buildings are two colleges and a chapel. The situa¬ 
tion is pleasant, and the institution flourishing. Its library con¬ 
tains 5,000 volumes. In Waterville the Baptists have established 
Waterville College. At Bangor is a Literary and Theological 
Institution. Academies at Portland, Hallowell, Berwick, Frye- 
burg, Bath, Hampden, Farmington, and Machias. Schools are 
maintained in most of the towns, and in many of the plantations. 

NEW HAMPSHIRE. 

Face of the Country. New Hampshire has but about 18 miles of 
seacoast; the only harbour is that at the entrance of Piscataqua 
river. The shore is mostly a sandy beach. Twenty or thirty 
miles back from the sea, the country becomes hilly or moun¬ 
tainous. 

Soil and Productions. The q soil is various, but generally fer¬ 
tile. The intervals on the margin of rivers are the richest and the 
best adapted for wheat and other kinds of grain ; the uplands for 
pasture. Winter rye thrives best on the new lands ; Indian corn, 
oats, barley, and flax, on the old. Apples are produced abun¬ 
dantly: no good husbandman thinks his farm complete without 
an orchard. Other fruits are not much cultivated. Peaches, 
particularly, do not thrive well; the apricot is scarcely known. 

Towns. Portsmouth is the ^largest town in New Hampshire, 
^situated on the south bank of Piscataqua river, about three miles 
from its mouth, 63 q miles from Boston, and 540 from the city 
Washington. It is the only seaport in the State. Its q harbour 
is accounted one of the best on the continent, having a sufficient 
depth of water, and being so fortified by nature as,to be easily 
rendered impregnable. Population, 8,200. 

Exeter, at the q head of navigation on Swamscot river, a 
branch of the Piscataqua, 15 miles from Portsmouth, and about 
the same distance from Newburyport, is well situated for a man- 
9* 


102 


NEW HAMPSHIRE. 


ufacturing town, and contains a duck manufactory, a number of 
saw-mills and grist-mills, a paper-mill, slitting-rnill, a snuff-mill, 
and iron works. It is particularly ^celebrated for ship building. 
The number of inhabitants is 2,759. 

Concord, on Merrimack river, 55 miles from Portsmouth, is a 
pleasant, flourishing town, and has a boat communication with 
Boston, by means of the Merrimack and Middlesex canal. Much 
of the trade of the upper country centres here. It is the present 
q seat of government, and contains 3,727 inhabitants. 

Manufactories. Great Falls Manufacturing Establishment, at 
Somersworth, is particularly noted. There are factories also at 
Dover, Nashua, New Ipswich, Peterborough, Milford, and other 
places. Franconia is particularly distinguished for its various 
works in iron. 

Trade. The q chief articles of export are ships, lumber, fish, 
whale-oil, beef, pork, sheep, flaxseed, pot and pearl ashes. A 
part of the trade of the western towns is, by the Connecticut 
river, to Hartford and New York. In the southwest parts of the 
State, the inhabitants trade principally with Boston and Salem ; 
in the middle and northern parts as far as Haverhill, with Ports¬ 
mouth ; further north, with Portland. 

Railroads . The Nashua and Lowell Railroad was completed 
and opened for use, September, 1838. The extension of this 
road to Concord is contemplated ; the company for effecting this 
object is now incorporated and organized; other roads have been 
projected which will pass through the State. 



DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 


Literature . Dartmouth College in Hanover, is beautifully sit¬ 
uated on a plain, about half a mile east of Connecticut river. 













VERMONT. 


103 


The buildings are a college 150 feet in length, Wentworth Hall 
and Thornton Hall, two large and commodious brick edifices, 
lately erected, and a Medical House. The library contains about 
4,000 volumes. The chemical and medical apparatus are very 
complete. Academies are established at Exeter, New Ipswich, 
Atkinson, Charlestown, Concord, and New Hampton. Every 
town is obliged by law to have at least one common school. 

Religion. Congregationalists, Baptists, and Methodists, are 
the prevailing denominations. 

Government. The Legislature is called the General Court, 
and consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, who, 
with the Governor, are all chosen annually by the people. 

Curiosities. In Chester is a cave, called the Devil’s Den, in 
which is a room 15 or 20 feet square, and 4 feet high. In Atkin¬ 
son meadow, which is overflowed by means of an artificial dam, 
there is an ^island of 6 or 7 acres, which rises and falls with the 
water. Bellows’ Falls are also worthy of notice as a bold and 
beautiful cataract, over which is thrown a handsome geometric 
bridge. 


VERMONT. 

Face of the Country. Vermont is generally mountainous. The 
Green Mountains are a continued range or collection of moun¬ 
tains, extending in a direction nearly from north to south, 
through the whole length of the State. The q two highest sum¬ 
mits are Camel’s Rump and Mansfield Mountain, estimated at 
about 4,000 feet each, above the level of the ocean. These 
mountains are from 10 to 15 q miles in width, intersected with 
valleys, and are crossed in several places by roads. They 
abound with springs and streams of water, and are everywhere 
covered with wood. 

Soil and Productions. The q soil is very fertile, and fitted for 
all the purposes of agriculture. It is generally deep, of a dark 
color, rich, moist, warm, loamy, and seldom parched with drought. 
q Wheat is extensively cultivated on the west side of the moun¬ 
tains, but does not thrive so well on the east side. Barley, oats, 
peas, and flax flourish in all parts of the State ; of the latter 
from four to five hundred pounds are sometimes produced from a 
single acre. The pastures of Vermont are excellent, and the 
beef and mutton very fine. 

<j Minerals. Iron ore in large quantities q and of a good quality 
is found in a number of towns west of the mountains. Lead has 
been discovered in Sunderland, and a fine vein of pipe clay in 
Shrewsbury. At Bennington a quarry of marble of peculiar 
fineness and beauty has been opened. 

Manufactures. Pot and pearl ashes are manufactured in Ver¬ 
mont. The manufacture of iron, from native ore, is consid¬ 
erable, — that of cotton to some extent. Large quantities of 


104 


VERMONT. 


maple sugar are manufactured annually for home consumption, 
and some for exportation. 

Trade. The ^exports of Vermont are pot and pearl ashes, 
wheat and other grain, bar-iron, nails, beef, pork, butter, cheese, 
live cattle, horses, lumber, peltry, flax, and maple sugar. East 
of the mountains the 'Trade is carried on partly with Hartford 
and New York by Connecticut river, and partly with Boston and 
other eastern ports, by land carriage. West of the mountains 
the ‘Trade is with Troy, Albany, or other towns on the Hudson, 
and by that river with New York; or to the north with Canada 
by means of Lake Champlain. 

Railroads. Four railroad companies were incorporated in 
1835. Some of the routes have been surveyed, but none of the 
roads have yet been commenced. The Vermont Central Rail¬ 
road Company, proposes to connect Lake Champlain with Bos¬ 
ton by means of the projected railroad from Connecticut river to 
Concord, N. H. 

Towns. There are no large towns in Vermont, hut many 
handsome villages. Bennington is the ^oldest town in the State, 
and is ^celebrated in the Revolution on account of a battle fought 
in its vicinity, called “ Bennington fight.” The other most con¬ 
siderable towns are Windsor on Connecticut river, a place of 
considerable trade; Rutland on Otter Creek river, 55 miles from 
its mouth in Lake Champlain; Middlebury on the same river, 
20 miles from the lake, in which is a college, and a quarry of 
beautifully colored marble. Vergennes likewise on the same 
river, five miles from its mouth; Burlington on Lake Champlain, 
from whence there is a noble view of the lake, and on which 
there is a college. 

Montpelier, a flourishing town on Onion river, 43 miles from 
the lake, is the seat of government, and contains about 2,000 
inhabitants. 

Inhabitants. The inhabitants of Vermont are mostly emigrants 
from the other New England States, or their descendants. Ag¬ 
riculture is their q chief employment. They are active, hardy, 
hospitable, frugal, and industrious, and particularly attentive to 
the education of their children. 

Religion. In every town there is a reserve of two lots of land 
for the support of the clergy ; one for a perpetual parsonage, 
another for the first settled minister. The inhabitants are mostly 
of the Congregational and Baptist persuasion. 

Literature. There are ‘Two colleges in this State ; one at 
Burlington, patronized by the State, and another at Middlebury, 
supported chiefly by private bounty. Academies are established 
at Norwich, Castleton, St. Albans, Rutland, Windsor, Caledonia, 
Addison, and Franklin, and common schools in every town. 

Government. The supreme legislative power is vested in a 
House of Representatives, who, with the Governor, are chosen 
annually on the first Tuesday in September, by the people. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


105 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

q Face of the Country. Massachusetts presents a great variety 
of surface. Along the seashore it is mostly level; advancing 
into the country, it becomes hilly and uneven; and in the upper 
end of the State rough and mountainous. 

Mountains. There are no lofty mountains in Massachusetts. 
A continuation of the Green Mountains passes through the north¬ 
west corner of this State. Saddle Mountain is the q most elevated 
summit in this range, being 4,500 feet above the level of the sea. 
The hills in Worcester and Hampshire counties are a continua¬ 
tion of the mountains between the Connecticut and the Merri¬ 
mack. Wachusett, in Princeton, is a conspicuous mountain, 1,657 
feet above the level of the town, and 2,989 above that of the sea. 

Rivers. The Connecticut crosses this State in Hampshire 
county, and ^receives in its course Deerfield, Westfield, Chica- 
pee, and Miller’s rivers. The Merrimack runs through the north¬ 
east corner of the State, and ^receives Concord and Nashua 
rivers. Taunton river is q navigable about 20 miles to Taunton, 
and empties into Narraganset hay. Charles is ''navigable 7 
miles to Watertown, and empties into Boston harbour. Neponset 
is q navigable 4 miles to Milton, and empties into Boston bay. 

Soil. The southeast part of the State, distinguished by the 
name of the Old or Plymouth Colony, including the counties of 
Barnstable, Dukes, Nantucket, Bristol, and Plymouth, is the 
q least fertile part, being mostly a sandy plain, interspersed, how¬ 
ever, with many excellent tracts of land. The northern, middle, 
and southern parts have, in general, a strong, good soil, well 
adapted to tillage and pasture. 

Productions. Indian corn is universally cultivated ; rye, gen¬ 
erally; wheat, but partially. Hops are raised for exportation. 
Beef, pork, butter, and cheese, are great products. 

Agriculture. The agriculture of Massachusetts surpasses 
that of any of the States, except Connecticut and Pennsylvania. 

The towns adjacent to Boston have a great resemblance to 
Old England : being in a state of high cultivation, and adorned 
with elegant houses. The crops on the interval lands on Con¬ 
necticut river are the largest in the State. These lands yield, 
when well cultivated, from 60 to 80 bushels of Indian corn, from 
25 to 35 of wheat, and from 2 to 4 tons of hay to the acre. 

Fisheries. The q greatest part of the fisheries of the United 
States is carried on by the citizens of Massachusetts. The peo¬ 
ple of Nantucket, New Bedford, and Cape Cod, carry on the 
q whale fishery. These fish, however, at present, are rare about 
the Cape, although formerly caught there in great numbers. 

Towns.' Boston, the capital of Massachusetts, and of New 
England, is the second commercial city in the United States, and 
from its literary advantages is often styled the “ Literary Empo- 


106 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


rium.” It is pleasantly ^situated on a peninsula, at the head of 
Massachusetts bay, and is joined to the main land, at the south 
end, by a narrow isthmus, called the neck. The ^harbour is 
spacious enough for 500 ships to ride at anchor in a good depth 
of water, while the entrance is so narrow as scarcely to admit 
two ships abreast. 

The public buildings are numerous, and some of them ele¬ 
gant. The Massachusetts State House q is a handsome edifice, 
situated upon the highest eminence of Beacon Hill, and over¬ 
looking the delightful “Common.” The building is J73 feet 
front, and 51 deep. The dome is 50 feet in diameter, terminated 
by a circular lantern, at an elevation of 105 feet from the foun¬ 
dation. The corner stone was laid July 4th, 1795, and the build¬ 
ing first occupied by the legislature, January 11th, 1798. q The 
whole cost was upwards of 133,000 dollars. The prospect from 
the observatory is the richest imaginable. An equestrian statue 
of Washington, in marble, of high workmanship, from Europe, 
has lately been introduced within the area of the house. 



CITY HALL, BOSTON. 


The City Hall, formerly the Old State House , situated at the 
head of State street, is 110 feet in length, by 38 feet in breadth, 
three stories high, and is finished according to the Tuscan, Doric’ 
and Ionic orders. The building was thoroughly repaired in 1830* 
q by order of the city government, and has since been occupied in 
part by the same. The western part of the first story is improv¬ 
ed as the Post-Office, and the eastern as the Merchants’ Reading 
Room. New Faneuil Hall Market is a spacious and magnificent 
structure of hammered granite, 556 feet in length, and is not 
equalled by any thing of the kind in America. The Court-House 
is elegant, built of the Chelmsford granite stone. 
















MASSACHUSETTS. 


107 



TREMONT HOUSE, BOSTON. 

The Tremont House is one of the most superb buildings in 
the United States. Its front, 160 feet, is built of Quincy gran¬ 
ite, in the Ionic order. The wings, about 118 feet each, are 
built of brick. It contains one hundred and seventy rooms. 

On the west side of the city is the Common, bounded on the 
north and east side by the Mall, the most elegant and extensive 
public walk in the United States, ornamented with rows of trees, 
and commanding a delightful and enchanting prospect of the 
country. 

Six bridges, the great Western Avenue, and the Neck, con¬ 
nect the city and country. In the harbour are a great number 
of islands, on one of which, Castle Island, three miles from the 
city, stands q Fort Independence, belonging to the United States, 
where strong fortifications have been erected, for the defence of 
the city, by direction of the general government. On Governor’s 
Island is ^Fort Warren, flanked and supported by two crescent 
batteries of heavy guns, on a level with the channel. Fortifica¬ 
tions of the first class are now in progress of erection upon 
George’s Island. Boston is situated 482 Smiles from Wash¬ 
ington, 347 from Philadelphia, and 252 from New York. Its 
population in 1838, about 80,000. 

Lowell, the American Manchester, is now a city. The growth 
of this place has been remarkably rapid. The first cotton-mill 
was erected in 1822, at which time there were hardly 100 inhab¬ 
itants ; it is now by far the largest manufacturing town in the 
Union, with a population of about 20,000. 

Salem became a city in 1836. It is 13 miles from Boston, con¬ 
nected by an excellent turnpike road, and more recently by a 
railroad. Population, in 1830, 13,826. 




































108 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


Beverly is a commercial town, largely concerned in the fish¬ 
eries. It is situated to the north of Salem. A handsome toll- 
bridge connects the two towns. 

Marblehead is 4 miles southeast from Salem. The inhabit¬ 
ants are 5,132, occupied almost wholly in the bank fishery. 

Newburyport, on Merrimack river, two and a half miles from 
its mouth, is the ‘■third commercial town in the State, contain¬ 
ing 6,375 inhabitants. 

New Bedford is a flourishing commercial town, 58 miles south¬ 
ward of Boston, and contains 7,547 inhabitants. 

Plymouth is the ‘■oldest town in the State. It was here our 
pious ancestors first landed on coming to America. The rock 
on which they disembarked has been drawn up, and is now ex¬ 
hibited in the town. Population, 4,751. 

Charlestown lies north of Boston, with which it is connected 
by Charles river, Warren, and Canal bridges. Bunker, Breed’s, 
and Cobble (now Pleasant) hills, celebrated in the history of the 
American Revolution, are in this town. Here is one of the prin¬ 
cipal navy yards in the United States, the Massachusetts Insane 
Hospital, and the State Prison. The foundation of this last- 
mentioned building is of rocks weighing two tons each. The 
number of prisoners is generally over 200. In this town also 
are a noble Town Hall, capacious Almshouse, three banks, and 
five houses of public worship. Population, 8,787. 

Chelsea, in which is the Marine Hospital, is pleasantly situated 
near Boston. Two steamboats run between this place and Bos¬ 
ton, from the well-known Winnisimmet Ferry. 

Concord, Worcester, Springfield, and Northampton, are pleas¬ 
ant inland towns. 

Railroads. Massachusetts has taken the lead in this kind of 
improvement, that of Quincy being the first work of the kind in 
the United States. Railroads are now completed from Boston 
to Lowell ; from Boston to Worcester ; and from Boston to Prov¬ 
idence. These roads with their branches open a speedy com¬ 
munication between the principal towns and the capital. The 
great Western railroad, now in progress, is to extend from 
Worcester to Springfield, thence to the New York boundary, 
where it will unite with roads leading to Hudson and Albany. 
This railroad in a few years will connect the Atlantic and Mis¬ 
sissippi. The Eastern Railroad, when completed, will open a 
communication between Boston, Portland, and Bangor. It was 
finished and opened as far as Salem, August, 1838. 

Canals Middlesex canal ‘■connects the Merrimack with 
Boston harbour. It is about 30 ‘■miles in length, and is fed with 
water from Concord river. Essex canal conducts round Pawtuck¬ 
et falls in the Merrimack. Blackstone canal continues the navi¬ 
gation of Pawtucket river from Providence to Worcester. Locks 
and canals have also been constructed on the Connecticut, round 
Miller’s falls, in Montague, and round the falls in South Hadley. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


109 


Manufactures. —Massachusetts holds a conspicuous place among 
the other States in point of manufactures. The establishments 
at Lowell and Waltham, are the first among the woollen and cot¬ 
ton manufactories in the Union. Cottons and woollens are ex¬ 
tensively manufactured in many other places. Lynn is the prin¬ 
cipal seat of the shoe manufactory ; West Cambridge, Leicester, 
and Boston, of the card manufactories. Wire is manufactured 
at Dedham ; cut nails at Malden and various other places ; earth¬ 
en ware at Danvers and Lynn; stone ware and morocco at 
Charlestown ; window glass at Boston and at Chelmsford, superior 
to any imported; cutlery at Worcester; silk and thread lace at 
Ipswich. There is a ^national armory at Springfield ; and the tan¬ 
nery at Northampton is said to be the largest in the United 
States. Taunton and several other towns are distinguished for 
their extensive manufactories. 

q Commerce . Massachusetts is the most commercial State in 
the Union, compared with the number of inhabitants. Her ships 
visit the remotest shores of the habitable globe. The ‘Jchief 
exports are fish, beef, lumber, pork, flax-seed, whale oil, sperma¬ 
ceti, and various manufactures, enumerated above. 

Minerals. Iron ore is plentiful in this State. Marble is quar¬ 
ried near Stockbridge. There is a lead mine at Southampton, 
which has been wrought. Coal has been found at Mansfield, and 
some other places. 

Religion. Almost every town has its settled minister. The 
Congregationalists are the most numerous denomination ; the 
next in number are the Baptist. 

Literature. The University in Cambridge is the highest lite¬ 
rary institution in the United States. The library is the largest 
in America, and ^contains in all 48,500 volumes. There are nine 
college buildings, of brick, besides a new stone building now 
erecting for the library. Williams College, at Williamstovvn, and 
Amherst College,near Northampton, are respectable and flourish¬ 
ing institutions. The Theological Seminary at Andover, founded 
in 1808, is 20 miles north of Boston. It has four professors, and 
is richly endowed ; having received by donations more than 
$300,000. The Newton Theological Institution, 7 miles west of 
Boston, instituted in 1826. is under promising circumstances of 
success. There are High Schools at Boston, Northampton, Pitts¬ 
field, and at Amherst, and about 60 incorporated academies in 
the State, of which Phillips at Andover is the oldest and best 
endowed. Common schools are universal. Literary, religious, 
and benevolent societies are numerous. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Court, and 
consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, who, with 
the Governor, are chosen annually by the people. A council of 
nine members to advise with the Governor, is chosen by the 
legislature. 

Curiosities. At Dighton. on Taunton river, is a rock about 10 

10 


110 


RHODE ISLAND. 


feet in length, and 4 feet wide, which contains a very remarkable 
hieroglyphical inscription, of which no satisfactory explanation 
has yet been given. 

In Wrentham is a curious cavern, called Wampoon’s rock, 
from an Indian family of that name. 

Lynn beach may justly be reckoned a curiosity. It is one mile 
in length, and ‘’connects the peninsula, called Nahant, with the 
main land. This is a place of resort for parties of pleasure from 
Boston, Charlestown, Salem, and Marblehead, in the summer 
season. 

- Islands. Nantucket island, which constitutes Nantucket 
county, containing only one town, Sherburne, is q 15 miles long, 
and 11 broad. Most of the land is held in common : 500 cows 
feed in one herd, and 14,000 sheep in one pasture. The q soil is 
mostly light and sandy. The number of inhabitants Is about 
7,000. 

Martha’s Vineyard is about 21 ‘’miles in length, and 6 in 
breadth, and of a good soil. Here is a safe harbour, and very 
useful in winter, when ships bound to Boston cannot venture 
round the shoals of Nantucket and (Jape Cod. Most of the 
q citizens of these islands are employed in the whale fishery. 
Elizabeth islands are about 16 in number, of a good q soil, and 
extend in a row about 18 miles in length, on the S. E. side of 
Buzzard’s Bay. The Vineyard and the adjacent islands consti¬ 
tute Duke’s county. Edgartown is the principal town. 

RHODE ISLAND. 

Climate. The ‘’climate of Rhode Island is more temperate 
than that of any other of the New England States, particularly 
on the islands, where the breezes from the sea have the effect 
not only to mitigate the heat in summer, but to moderate the 
cold in winter. Many people from the Southern States resort to 
Rhode Island to spend the summer months, on account of the 
salubrity of the air. 

q Face of the Country. This State is mostly level, except the 
northwestern part, which is hilly and rocky. Mount Hope is an 
inconsiderable eminence, noted for being the residence of King 
Philip, a famous Indian chief, and the place where he was killed. 

Soil and productions. This State is better q adapted for pas¬ 
turage than for tillage. A large proportion of the land is lean 
and barren, except the Islands, all of which are unusually fertile, 
and particularly ‘’celebrated for their fine cattle, and abundance 
of their sheep, and the excellence of their butter and cheese. 
Some of the towns on Narraganset bay are also of a good rich 
soil. The northwestern are the q least fertile parts, and the most 
thinly inhabited. Corn, rye, barley, oats, and in some places 
wheat are produced sufficient for home consumption. Some of 
the finest cattle in New England are found in this State, weigh- 


RHODE ISLAND. 


Ill 


ing from 16 to 18 hundred weight. There are also some large 
dairies, and butter and cheese of the best quality are made in 
large quantities for exportation. Apples are very abundant; 
much attention is paid to the making of cider, whence it is had of 
an excellent quality, and is preferred in the Southern States 
to most of the cider made in other parts of New England. 

Railroads. A railroad is now completed from Providence to 
Stonington, Connecticut, a distance of 47 miles. It is connected 
with the Boston and Providence Railroad, and forms a part of a 
railroad line from Boston to New York. The Fall River and 
Providence Railroad has been chartered, but is not yet com¬ 
menced. 

1 Minerals . Iron ore is found in great plenty in this State. 
There is abundance of limestone in Providence county, and a 
valuable coal mine has been discovered on the north end of 
Rhode Island. 

Manufactures. Rhode Island is the most manufacturing State 
in the Union, in proportion to its population. Cotton is the chief 
subject of manufacture. Including those in Massachusetts, near 
Providence, and owned in that city, more than one hundred cot¬ 
ton manufactories are in operation in that vicinity. 

Commerce. The q chief exports are cotton cloths, flax-seed, 
lumber, horses, cattle, beef, pork, fish, butter, cheese, grain, spir¬ 
its, cotton and linen goods. 



THE ARCADE, PROVIDENCE. 

Towns. Providence, at the head of Narraganset bay, about 
30 miles from the sea, is the ^capital, and is the third city in New 
England in point of population. It has an extensive commerce, 
and contains 16,823 inhabitants. — There are several large cot- 










112 


CONNECTICUT. 


ton factories in this town, a number of distilleries, sugar-houses, 
and spermaceti works. Among the public buildings are a col¬ 
lege, court-house, and thirteen houses of public worship, some of 
which are remarkably elegant. The Arcade is one of the most 
splendid buildings of the kind in the United States. 

Newport, on the southwest part of the island of Rhode Island, 
is much ^celebrated for the beauty of its situation, the salubrity 
of its climate, and is no less remarkable for the great variety and 
excellent quality of fresh fish which the market furnishes at all 
seasons of the year. Its population is 8,000. The public build¬ 
ings are a State House, and ten houses of public worship, one of 
which is a Jewish synagogue. Bristol is a thriving towrn, on the 
east side of the Bay, containing 3,054 inhabitants, and carries on 
a considerable commerce. 

Religion. The Baptists are the ^most numerous denomination. 
The clergy are supported wholly by the voluntary contributions 
of the people, no contract for a salary in this State being valid in 
law. 

Literature. There is a college in Providence, founded by the 
Baptists, called Brown University, in honor of its principal ben¬ 
efactor. Increasing attention of late has been paid to educa¬ 
tion. There are 8 or 10 academies, and the State pays annually 
$10,000 for the support of free schools, which is divided among 
the several tow 7 ns. 

Government. The legislature consists of a council of 12, in¬ 
cluding the governor, and deputy governor, all chosen annually, 
and a House of Representatives chosen twice a year. Judges 
and other civil officers are appointed for no longer time than one 
year. 

CONNECTICUT. 

Face of the Country. This State is generally hilly. There 
are but few level tracts of country, nor any very considerable 
mountains. 

Soil and Productions. Connecticut has a strong, fertile soil, 
with but very little thin or barren land. It is generally in a state 
of high cultivation, resembling, in many parts, a well cultivated 
garden. Indian corn is the most abundant crop, next to this rye. 
Wheat grows remarkably well, but its cultivation has been in 
some degree checked by the ravages of the Hessian fly. Mul¬ 
berry trees have been planted in some parts of the State, and silk¬ 
worms reared with considerable success. This State is exceed¬ 
ingly well watered, and is a fine grazing country, which enables 
the farmers to feed large numbers of cattle and sheep. 

Minerals. Iron abounds in many parts of the State. At 
Chatham, on Connecticut river, is a vast quarry of stone, used in 
building, called Connecticut stone. It is transported dow ? n the 
river and round to Boston, where it is used extensively for foun¬ 
dations of buildings, door-steps, fire-places, and various other 


CONNECTICUT. 


113 


purposes. At, Stafford is a q mineral spring, the most celebrated 
in the New England States. 

Manufactures. Connecticut has extensive manufactures in 
cotton and woollen cloths, clocks, nails, glass, hats, buttons, hol¬ 
low ware, firearms, and tin ware. Raising of silk worms, and 
the manufacture of silk, in families, is also considerable. 

Commerce. The ^foreign trade of this State is principally 
with the West India islands; but its coasting trade is the most 
considerable. Its exports consist of beef, pork, cattle, horses, 
mules, butter, cheese, maize, rye, flax-seed, fish, candles, and soap. 
Almost all the produce of the western part of the State, is q car- 
ried to New York. 

Railroads. The Worcester and Norwich Railroad, which will 
unite with the Boston and Worcester Road at Worcester, is now 
in progress. A Railroad from Hartford to New Haven, now 
building, will connect Boston and New Haven by way of Spring- 
field, a road having been projected from that place to Hartford. 
Four other companies have been incorporated. 

Canals. The Farmington Canal extends from New Haven to 
the line of the State of Massachusetts. It there unites with the 
Hampshire and Hampden Canal, which reaches to Northampton. 
A Canal has been constructed around Enfield Falls in Connec¬ 
ticut river. 



A VIEW OF HARTFORD. 

Towns. Hartford, on the west bank of Connecticut river, 50 
miles from its mouth, is distinguished, not only for its commerce, 
10 * 














114 


CONNECTICUT. 


but for its agriculture, and a variety of manufactures. The popu¬ 
lation is 9,600. The township is nearly six miles square; but the 
incorporated part, or city, is but little more than one mile. Among 
the public edifices, are a handsome State House, eight churches, 
an Asylum for the deaf and dumb, Washington College, Hartford 
Academy, Seminary for young ladies, Retreat for the insane, an 
elegant Market-house, with a spacious hall, and the United 
States Arsenal. The legislature meets alternately at Hartford 
and New Haven. 

New Haven is a handsome and neatly built city, containing 
about one square mile, and is a place of considerable com¬ 
merce. It is laid out in squares ; the streets are wide, and 
many of them adorned with rows of trees. The central square 
is an open green, and is a beautiful public walk. The public 
edifices are the buildings belonging to Yale College, State House, 
a most splendid edifice, and hospital. Population, 10,600. 

New London, on the river Thames, is a place of considerable 
trade. The river here is one mile •’wide, and forms a safe, ca¬ 
pacious, and commodious harbour, one of the best in the United 
States. Its population is 4,500. 

Religion. Congregationalists are the most numerous denomi¬ 
nation of Christians in Connecticut. In no one of the States are 
the institutions of religion more generally respected, or the 
morals of the people more pure. 

literature. Yale College ‘ds in New Haven, and is one of the 
oldest, and most respectable literary institutions of the country. 
The q library contains about 10,000 volumes. It has also philo¬ 
sophical and chemical apparatuses, which are handsome and 
complete. The buildings are five colleges, a chapel, lyceum, 
atheneum, chemical laboratory, and a large dining-hall, which 
contains the cabinet, the most valuable collection of minerals in 
the United States. A beautiful building of stuccoed stone con¬ 
tains the paintings presented by Col. Trumbull. Washington 
College, in Hartford, and Wesleyan University, in Middletown, 
are rising into repute. Academies are established at Colchester, 
Cheshire, Canterbury, Plainfield, Fairfield, Danbury, Litchfield, 
Ellsworth, Windsor, Hartford, Norwich, New London, Wood- 
stock, and various other places. Ample provision is made for 
common schools in every town, by the School Fund, which 
amounts to above $ 2,000,000, and education is nowhere more 
universally diffused, amongst all orders and classes of people. 

An Asylum for the deaf and dumb was established at Hartford 
in 1816. The progress in knowledge of the pupils of this inter¬ 
esting and useful institution is really wonderful. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Assembly, 
and consists of a council, who, with the governor, are chosen 
annually, and a House of Representatives, chosen twice a year. 
The judges and public officers are appointed but for one year, or 
hold their places during pleasure. 


MIDDLE STATES....NEW YORK. 


115 


MIDDLE STATES. 

The climate of the Middle States, or rather that of Pennsyl¬ 
vania, which is very similar, has been elegantly described by the 
late Dr. Rush, as a compound of most of the climates in the world. 
It lias the moisture of Britain in the spring, the heat of Africa in 
summer, the temperature of Italy in June, the sky of Egypt in 
autumn, the cold and snow of Norway, and the ice of Holland 
in winter, the tempests in a certain degree of the West Indies in 
every season, and the variable weather and winds of Great 
Britain in every month of the year. 

The ^grand staple is wheat; Indian corn is also T extensively 
cultivated, and fruit is very abundant. The number of negro 
slaves in these States is comparatively small. 

The Middle States have a thrifty agriculture, and the inhab¬ 
itants display much enterprise in manufactures, particularly in 
Pennsylvania and New York. 


NEW YORK. 



A DISTANT VIEW OF NEW YORK CITY. 

Fact of the Country , Climate , Soil,'and 'Productions. Ridges 
of mountains intersect this State in a direction from northeast to 














116 


NEW YORK. 


southwest. On the ‘’eastern side of these mountains the coun¬ 
try is generally hilly ; q west of the mountains, between Pennsyl¬ 
vania and Lake Ontario, it is mostly level, of a rich soil, covered 
in its natural state with beech and sugar maple. The ‘’Gene¬ 
see Flats, so called, are lands lying both sides of Genesee river, 
about 20 miles in length, and 4 in breadth, exceedingly rich, pro¬ 
ducing 100 bushels of Indian corn to the acre. The lands be¬ 
tween Seneca and Cayuga lakes, and along the Mohawk, are 
represented as very excellent, and are settling rapidly. The 
‘’climate west of the mountains is more temperate than in the 
same latitudes on the eastern side. The snow there seldom falls 
more than one foot in depth, and cattle are sometimes kept in 
pastures till January. The fever and ague is the •’common dis¬ 
ease of this country ; bilious fevers are frequent, particularly in 
the flat, level country, west of the mountains. 

Wheat is the •’most extensively cultivated of any kind of 
grain; next to this, Indian corn. Rye is chiefly ^raised for the 
distilleries, and q barley for the breweries. Beer is a ’common 
beverage of the inhabitants. 

Rivers. The Hudson is a noble river of this State, and is 
^remarkable for its smooth, gentle current, through a hilly, rocky 
country, and even through ridges of some very high mountains, 
which have been cleft to their foundations, and a free, deep, 
and sufficient channel opened to the ocean. Its passage through 
the Highlands is peculiarly wild and romantic. The river ex¬ 
ceeding two miles in width, narrows its stream to pass between 
the mountains, in a channel whose breadth is not more than half 
a mile. The mountains through which it forces its way, though 
not very lofty, exhibit the most beautiful, the most variegated, 
and the most majestic forms. In some places, masses of rock, 
towering in perpendicular altitude, seem to threaten every mo¬ 
ment to crush by their fall whatever passes beneath them. In 
other parts their form is more inclined. In the narrowest part of 
this passage, which is 16 miles in length, is West Point, on which 
there was built in the time of the Revolution, a fortress, which 
is so strongly fortified by nature and by art, as sometimes to have 
been called the Gibraltar of America. This is the post that 
General Arnold intended to betray to General Clinton. It com¬ 
mands the navigation of the river, which at this place is not more 
than one quarter of a mile in breadth. It is now the site of a 
National, Literary, and Military Academy. The q tide flows up 
this river a few miles above Albany, to which place it is ‘’naviga¬ 
ble for sloops 160 miles from the sea, and for large vessels to 
the city of Hudson, 124 miles. Steamboats now run upon this 
river between Albany and New York, each of which will accom¬ 
modate 200 passengers. The voyage, 150 miles, is q performed 
in about 14 hours, and is the most pleasant imaginable. This 
river is of immense advantage to the inland navigation of the 
State. 


NEW YORK. 


117 


The Mohawk is a very fine river. About three miles from its 
entrance into the Hudson is a remarkable cataract, called the 
Cohoez, where the water falls 50 q feet perpendicularly. The 
river at this place is about 100 yards broad. A bridge 900 feet 
long, and 24 feet wide, resting on 13 piers, has been erected 
about three quarters of a mile below the cataract, from which it 
exhibits a grand view to the spectator. 

Canals. The canals in New York are very stupendous works, 
and redound much to the honor of the State. The Erie, or Grand 
Western , which connects the Hudson at Albany with Lake Erie 
at Buffalo, is 300 miles in length, 40 feet wide on the surface of 
the water, 28 feet at bottom, and 4 feet deep. It is carried over 
rivers by aqueduct bridges constructed of well-wrought stone 
into arches, which carry the waters of the canal from 20 to 30 
feet above the level of the streams which pass under them. That 
over Genesee river is 600 feet in length, consisting of 11 arches. 
Another over Mohawk river, is 1,150 feet in length. A branch, 
38 miles in length, connects this canal at Syracuse, with lake 
Ontario at Oswego. Another of 20 miles connects it with Sen¬ 
eca lake. 

The Northern Canal is 22 miles in length, and connects Lake 
Champlain, at Whitehall, with Hudson river, at Fort Edward. 
These canals, with their branches the Chenango, the Chemung, 
and some others, are the property of the State, and afford an an¬ 
nual income from tolls of nehrly one million and a half of dollars. 

The Hudson and Delaware Canal extends from river to river, 
and is 65 miles in length. It is continued in Pennsylvania, by the 
Lackawaxen Canal and Railroad 50 miles further, to an impor¬ 
tant region of coal mines. Some other canals have been com¬ 
pleted, and more are now in progress. 

Railroads. Mohawk and Hudson Railroad, from Albany to 
Schenectady, sixteen miles, Saratoga and Schenectady Railroad, 
from Schenectady to Ballston Spa, twenty miles ; Utica and 
Schenectady, seventy-seven miles ; Ithaca and Oswego, twenty- 
nine miles, and some other railroads are now finished. More 
than one hundred others have been incorporated, and many of 
them are now in progress. Among this number is the New York 
and Erie Railroad, the greatest work of the kind that has been 
projected, extending from New York city through the southern 
part of the State to Lake Erie. Entire length, five hundred and 
five miles. 

i Minerals. Iron ore abounds in this State. Mines of zinc and 
copper have also been discovered. Slate and plaster of Paris 
are abundant. 

q ,Mineral Springs. Ballston Springs, thirty miles north from 
Albany, and Saratoga, seven miles northwest from Ballston, are 
the most celebrated mineral springs in the United States. The 
Saratoga springs latterly are the most frequented, on account of 
the purgative quality of the waters of one of those springs, 


118 


NEW YORK. 


called the Congress. There are three other noted springs at this 
place, called the President, the Columbian, and the Flat Rock, 
the waters of which are of a tonic quality, and very similar to 
those at Ballston. Not only the sickly and the infirm, but the 
fashionable and the gay from every State in the Union, resort to 
these springs, some for amusement, and others for health, to 
spend the summer months. 

Salt Springs. Salt springs are frequent in different parts of 
the State. The most noted are the Onondaga salt springs, of 
which forty-five gallons of water will produce a bushel of salt. 
Here are q four villages, Salina, Liverpool, Syracuse, and Ged- 
des, occupied in its manufacture. The quantity produced is 
between one and two millions of bushels annually. These 
springs are ther property of the State, which exacts a duty of J2£ 
cents on each bushel manufactured. The water is drawn up 
from wells by hand and horse pumps. A great part of the States 
of Pennsylvania, Virginia, Ohio, and Michigan, as likewise Up¬ 
per and a considerable part of Lower Canada, are ^supplied 
from these works. 

Manufactures. New York is not deficient in manufacturing 
enterprise. Those of flour and salt are most considerable. Cot¬ 
ton and woollen factories are numerous, as are also asheries and 
iron works. 

Commerce. New York is the most commercial State in the 
Union. Her great extent of canals, in connexion with the Hud¬ 
son, the great lakes on the north, and Lake Champlain on the 
east, give her peculiar advantages for internal navigation. Her 
imports are nearly equal to those of all the other States. 

Towns. The city New York, ^situated on the southern ex- 



CITY HALL 















NEW YORK. 


119 


tremity of Manhattan island, at the mouth of the Hudson, is 
the most commercial city in the United States, and is the second 
city in the world in point of shipping tonnage, possessing more 
than one half as much as the city of London. The island is 15 
q miles in length, and about one in breadth. The channel on the 
eastern side is called East River. The three principal streets of 
the city run nearly parallel with the rivers. These are inter¬ 
sected, though not at right angles, by streets extending from 
river to river. The houses lately built are many of them elegant. 

The City Hall is a noble edifice, with a front of white marble, 
standing within an enclosure of 11 acres, called the Park. It is 
216 feet long and 105 broad, costing nearly half a million of dol¬ 
lars. The new Custom House, will he a magnificent structure, 
built of marble. On the night of December 16th, 1835, this 
city was the scene of the most destructive conflagration that 
ever raged upon this continent. The loss of property was 
$ 20,000,000. The population of the city is now about 300,000. 

Albany on the Hudson river, 150 miles from the city New 
York, is the q second city in the State, both in point of popula¬ 
tion and commerce, and is the seat of government. It is a hand¬ 
some, well-built place. The city is well supplied with water, by 
an aqueduct from a spring 5 miles distant. Population, about 
25,000. 

Troy, with a population of 16,971, is at the head of sloop nav¬ 
igation, 6 miles above Albany ; and Hudson is at the head of 
ship navigation 30 miles below Albany ; both flourishing cities, 
in trade and manufactures. 

Utica, 93 miles N. VV. from Albany, on the Mohawk river, con¬ 
taining 8,324 inhabitants, is a flourishing village on the site of 
Fort Schuyler. Population, 8,300. 

Schenectady, noted for its college, is situated on the Mohawk, 
15 miles northwest from Albany. Population, 4,300. 

Rochester is situated at the falls of the Genesee, where the 
Erie Canal crosses the river, and is a very flourishing town in 
trade and manufactures. Population, about 10,000. 

Auburn, containing a State Prison, is a flourishing town at the 
north end of Owasco lake. Population, 4,500. 

Buffalo, situated at the point where the canal meets the east 
end of Lake Erie, is a thriving place. Population about 10,000. 

Sackett’s Harbour, at the mouth of Black River, was the naval 
station of Lake Ontario, during the last war. 

Many new towns in different parts of the State are rapidly in¬ 
creasing in wealth and population. 

Inhabitants. New York was q first settled by the Dutch, a 
people much celebrated for their industry, neatness, and economy. 
Of the present inhabitants besides the Dutch, there are many 
Irish and Germans, and some French, but by far the greater pro¬ 
portion are emigrants from the New England States, or their 
descendants. 


120 NEW JERSEY. 

Indians. The remains of the Six Nations, inhabit the western 
part of this State. 

Religion. The denominations of Christians in this State are 
very numerous, and ministers are maintained by voluntary con¬ 
tribution. 

Government. The Governor of this State is chosen for two 
years ; the Senate hold their seats four years, and a fourth part 
are elected annually; the representatives are chosen by coun¬ 
ties, annually. 

Islands. Long Island is 140 •’miles long, and from 1 to 15 
broad, well cultivated, and contains about 57,000 inhabitants. It 
is divided into 3 counties, (King’s, Queen’s, and Suffolk,) and 
21 townships. Brooklyn and Hempstead, are the •’principal 
towns. 

Staten Island is about 18 ’miles in length, and about 6 in 
breadth.' It contains about 6,000 inhabitants, and constitutes the 
county of Richmond. 


NEW JERSEY. 

^Face of the Country. The northern part of this State is hilly 
and mountainous. At Sandy Hook commences that q long range 
of flat, sandy land, which lines the coast of the Middle and 
Southern States. 

Soil and Productions. The hilly and uneven parts of the 
State have generally a strong soil, and are a fine grazing coun¬ 
try. The farmers raise multitudes of cattle, keep large dairies, 
and make great quantities of butter and cheese. Fine orchards, 
and peaches in great perfection, abound in all the northern parts. 
In the southern parts, the soil being mostly light and sandy, the 
inhabitants subsist principally by feeding cattle on the salt mead¬ 
ows, and by fishing on the shores, and in the rivers. 

•’Minerals. Iron ore abounds in this State. Near Newark bay, 
between Hackinsack and Passaic rivers, is a copper mine, which 
was formerly wrought and found productive. Quarries of free¬ 
stone are very numerous, and of an excellent quality for building. 

Manufactures. New Jersey is not deficient in manufacturing 
enterprise. That of iron is the most considerable ; sail and cot¬ 
ton cloths. Leather of an excellent quality is likewise made in 
this State, in large quantities, and is manufactured into shoes. 

Commerce. New Jersey has but little foreign commerce. The 
produce of the ‘’eastern part of the State is carried to New 
York ; that of the ‘’western part to Philadelphia. These two 
cities import almost all the foreign merchandise consumed in 
the State. 

Towns. Trenton, 30 miles N. E. from Philadelphia, is the 
‘’seat of government on the east side of the Delaware, opposite 
the falls. It is on the great road between Philadelphia and 


NEW JERSEY. 121 

New York. An elegant bridge has been built here across the 
Delaware. 

Amboy has a fine harbour, and, but for its vicinity to Philadel¬ 
phia and New York, would probably be a place of considerable 
commerce. 



PASSAIC FALLS. 

Patterson, celebrated for the Falls in the Passaic, is the seat 
of important manufacturing establishments. New Brunswick, 
on the Raritan, is the most commercial town. Newark, nine 
miles from the city New York, is the most populous town, and 
is extensively engaged in manufactures. 

Princeton is pleasantly situated on the west road between 
New York and Philadelphia, and is the seat of New Jersey 
College. 

Canals and Railroads. New Jersey emulates the enterprise 
of Pennsylvania and other sister States, in these improvements. 
Morris Canal connects Hudson river at Jersey City, opposite 
the city New York, with Delaware river, at Phippsburg, op¬ 
posite Easton on the Pennsylvania side. The Delaware and 
Raritan Canal, connects the Delaware at Lamberton below 
Trenton, with the Raritan at New Brunswick, a distance of 38 
miles. It is a noble undertaking, intended for sloop navigation. 

Camden and Amboy Railroad crosses the State diagonally, 
and extends from Camden on Delaware river, opposite Philadel¬ 
phia, to South Amboy, at the mouth of the Raritan river, a dis¬ 
tance of 61 miles. Patterson, and Hudson River Railroad, 
extends from Patterson on Passaic river, to Jersey City on the 
Hudson, opposite the city New York, a distance of 16 miles. 
New Jersey Railroad extends from Jersey City to New Bruns¬ 
wick. Length, 31 miles. Others are now in progress. 

Religion, Presbyterians are the most numerous denomina- 
11 















122 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


tion. The expense of public worship is defrayed by voluntary 
subscription; no person pays who does not choose, and there are 
many who contribute nothing. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

Face of the Country. Pennsylvania exhibits a great variety of 
soil and of surface. No portion of the land is so broken, rocky, 
and barren, as to be unfit for cultivation. The mountains, which 
are numerous, are not confusedly scattered over the country, but 
extend in long, uniform ridges, scarcely half a mile perpendicu¬ 
lar in any place above the intermediate valleys. Some of these 
ridges are narrow on the top ; some are two or three miles broad; 
others are steep on one side, and extend with a long slope on 
the other. They are mostly covered with wood. 

Soil. Generally, the soil in this State is better suited for 
grain than for pasturage. Excepting the borders of streams 
and rivulets, it does not yield grass either in quantity or quality 
to be compared with the New England States. The q two 
best tracts of land are, one in the southeast corner of the State, 
along the Susquehannah, the other in the northwest corner, be¬ 
tween Lake Erie and the Alleghany river. Limestone almost 
everywhere abounds in this country, which enables the farmer to 
keep up the strength of his land by the use of that powerful and 
most excellent manure. 

q Productions. The same kinds of grain are cultivated here 
as in New York. Hemp is raised extensively in the western 
part of the State. The Germans cultivate spelts for their horses. 
Peaches flourish remarkably well. Wine is made to some ex¬ 
tent from wild grapes, and large quantities of maple sugar are 
annually manufactured. 

Minerals. Pennsylvania abounds in mineral wealth, particu¬ 
larly coal, in the eastern, middle, and western sections of the 
State, large quantities of which are now exported to the neigh¬ 
bouring States. The beds are supposed to be inexhaustible. 
Iron ore is also abundant. Various quarries of marble haye been 
opened, and limestone is common. 

Manufactures. Pennsylvania excels all the other States in 
the amount and variety of her manufactures, although in the 
proportion of her population engaged in manufactures, she is 
exceeded by Massachusetts and Rhode Island. Her inexhaust¬ 
ible stores of mineral coal, with an immense facility of water 
power in every quarter, afford means of carrying machinery to 
any extent which an augmented and industrious population may 
demand. 

Commerce. Pennsylvania carries on an extensive commerce. 
Wheat is by far the most valuable of the vegetable staples ; iron 
in all its forms, and coal of the mineral: the latter particularly 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


123 


gives great activity to domestic trade, and the numerous railroads 
and canals, extending in every direction, afford uncommon facili¬ 
ties. Various articles of manufacture are produced for exporta¬ 
tion. r 

Towns. Philadelphia, a very regular and opulent city, q situated 
between the Schuylkill and the Delaware, 110 miles from the 
ocean, 347 miles from Boston, 95 from New York, and 144 from 
Washington, is a place of great commerce, and, with regard to 
manufactures, exceeds every other city in the United States. The 
principal streets are straight, and cross each other at right angles. 

The houses are mostly of brick, three stories high. There 
are 90 ^houses of public worship, some of which are remarkably 
large and elegant. It contains numerous humane and literary 
institutions. Among the public buildings are a State House, with 
a garden occupying a whole square ; the Bank of the United 
States, an elegant edifice, formed on the plan of the Parthenon 
at Athens, the Bank of Pennsylvania, an almshouse, Girard Col¬ 
lege, markets, theatres, and Mint of the United States. 



THE ARCADE, PHILADELPHIA. 


The Arcade a beautiful building, has two handsome fronts of 
marble, and a spacious interior, part of which is occupied by Peale’s 
Museum, containing the best scientific collection in the country. 

Water is furnished to the city from the Schuylkill, by works 
ingeniously constructed at Fair Mount, on the eastern bank of 
the river. It is raised by water power, and deposited in reser¬ 
voirs, from whence it is conveyed by iron pipes to the various 
sections of the city. The length of pipes laid, and supplied from 
Fair Mount, at the close of 1830, was equal to 63 miles. Three 
reservoirs have been constructed, containing 10 million gallons 
of water, and a fourth is commenced, which will contain 10 mil- 














124 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


lions more, being a quantity sufficient to supply the city ten days. 
This great enterprise was commenced in 1799; and the whole 
expense to the city has been about one and a half million dol¬ 
lars. The population of this city is more than 200,000. 







































































































PENNSYLVANIA. 


125 

Harrisburg, on the east bank of the Susquehannah, 98 miles 
west of Philadelphia, is the seat of government. 

Lancaster is a large inland town with flourishing manufactures. 

Pittsburg, situated at the confluence of Alleghany and Mo- 
nongahela rivers, is the second city in population, and the 
metropolis of the western part of the State. It is largely en- 
gaged in trade and manufactures. It is particularly distinguish¬ 
ed tor its brass and iron foundries, and glass works, which con¬ 
sume large quantities of coal, giving the town a very smoky 
appearance, as represented in the annexed cut. 



VIEW OF PITTSBURG. 


Easton, situated on a point of land formed by Delaware and 
Lehigh rivers, is rising rapidly in trade and manufactures. 

Reading is pleasantly situated on the Schuylkill, and is rising 
in trade and manufactures. 

Bedford, on the Juniata, and York on the Susquehannah, are 
noted for mineral springs. 

Mauch Chunk, on Lehigh river, is the landing-place of the 
coal obtained on a mountain of the same name, distant 9 miles. 
The coal is transported on Mauch Chunk Railroad, at an inclina¬ 
tion so great that carriages descend the whole distance by grav¬ 
itation, and, when emptied, are drawn up by animal power. The 
rate of descent is in some parts over 25 miles an hour. 

Railroads and Canals. Pennsylvania during the last eight or 
ten years, has engaged more extensively in works of internal 
improvement, than any other State in the Union. The Pennsyl¬ 
vania Canal and Railroad, extending from Philadelphia to Pitts¬ 
burg, 395 miles in length, is the most magnificent work of the 
11 # 








126 


DELAWARE. 


kind that has yet been completed in the United States. This 
stupendous work consists of Ihe following parts : — Railroad from 
Philadelphia to Columbia, 81 miles; canal from Columbia to 
Hollidaysburg, 171 miles; railroad from Hollidaysburg to Johns¬ 
town, 36 miles ; canal from Johnstown to Pittsburg, 105 miles. 
The coal trade has given origin to numerous canals and rail¬ 
roads. Mauch Chunk was the first railroad constructed in the 
State. Hawesdale or Lackawana Railroad is 17 miles in length. 
This, in connexion with the Hudson and Delaware canal, forms 
a line of communication between the city New York and the 
coal region in the northeast corner of the State. 

Union Canal connects Schuylkill river at Reading with the 
Susquehannah. It is 83 miles in length. Schuylkill canal is an 
improvement of the river navigation from Reading to Philadel¬ 
phia, 108 miles. A canal is also in progress between Pittsburg 
and Erie on the Lake, 168 miles. Many other improvements of 
the kind have already been executed, and more are projected 
by the energetic State. The impulse thus given to agriculture 
and manufactures is great and continually increasing. 

Inhabitants. The inhabitants of this State are of various de¬ 
scent. About half are English, a fourth part German, the rest 
are Irish, Scotch, Welch, Swedes, and Dutch. The Germans 
are ^particularly distinguished for their temperance, industry, 
and economy. Some of them are curious artisans, and some 
very important improvements in agriculture have been introduced 
by them into this State. 

Religion. Presbyterians, Methodists, and Baptists, are the 
prevailing denominations. Roman Catholics, Friends, and Uni- 
versalists, are considerably numerous. 

Education. Connected with the University of Pennsylvania, 
at Philadelphia, is a medical school, the oldest in the United 
States. Jefferson Medical School, of more recent date, is rap¬ 
idly advancing in reputation. Girard College, a benevolent 
institution, founded by the munificent bequest of the late Stephen 
Girard, is also in Philadelphia. The celebrated Lancaster plan 
of education has been introduced into Pennsylvania, and, it is 
said, attended with considerable success. 

Government. The legislature consists of a Senate chosen for 
four years, and a House of Representatives, who, with one fourth 
part of the Senate, are chosen annually. The governor is chosen 
for three years, but cannot be elected more than nine out of 
any twelve years. 


DELAWARE. 

Face of the Country , Soil, and Productions. Excepting the 
northern part of the State, which is hilly, Delaware is mostly a 
low, level country, abounding in natural and artificial meadows, 
containing a great variety of grasses. 


DELAWARE. 


127 


On the eastern side it is indented with numerous creeks and 
rivers, which generally have a short course, and are skirted with 
extensive marshes. The spine or height of land between Dela¬ 
ware and Chesapeake bays is in this State, on the summit of 
which is a chain of swamps, covered with stagnant waters some 
parts of the year, which have an unfavorable effect on the health 
of the inhabitants. In the northern parts of the State, and along 
the Delaware from 8 to 10 miles back into the country, the '’soil 
is generally a rich clay, well adapted to the purposes of agricul¬ 
ture. Thence to the swamps on the high lands it is light, sandy, 
and of an inferior quality. 

Wheat is extensively cultivated in this State. It is of a very 
superior quality, and is much sought for, not only through the 
United States, but in foreign markets. 

Manufactures. The manufacture of flour is carried to great 
perfection in this State. Numerous mills are erected for this 
purpose. Those on Brandywine river, called Brandywine mills, 
are particularly famous. This river, with its branches, abound¬ 
ing in rapids, affords an uncommon assemblage of seats for mills 
and other manufactories, which have been greatly improved, and 
manufactures of paper, gunpowder, cotton, and woollen goods, 
are extensively established. 

Commerce. Flour is the ^principal article of export. Con¬ 
siderable quantities of lumber, procured chiefly from Cypress 
Swamp, are also exported to foreign countries, and to the neigh¬ 
bouring States. 

Towns. Wilmington is the ^largest town, situated on an ele¬ 
vation of land between the Brandywine and Christiana rivers, 
2 miles from the Delaware, and 27 from Philadelphia. Popula¬ 
tion, about 5,000. It is a place of considerable trade and manu¬ 
factures. 

Dover, the seat of government, is a pleasant town, containing 
about 100 houses, principally brick. 

Newcastle, 33 miles below Philadelphia, is pleasantly ^situ¬ 
ated on the west bank of Delaware river. It is the point from 
which all the Philadelphia ships take their departure. When 
they are laden they drop down thither with their pilots, and 
take in their poultry and vegetables, where the captains who 
remain at Philadelphia to settle their accounts at the custom¬ 
house, join them by land, and from whence they sail with the 
first fair wind. 

Railroads. The Newcastle and Frenchtown Railroad extends 
from the Delaware to Elk river, and is nearly parallel with the 
Chesapeake and Delaware Canal. Length 16 miles. The Wil¬ 
mington and Susquehannah Railroad, forming a part of the line 
between Philadelphia and Baltimore is now finished. 


128 


MARYLAND. 


Canal. Chesapeake and Delaware canal is mostly in this 
State. It is 13^ miles in length, connecting the two bays, and 
of such depth as to admit vessels of 100 tons. What is called 
the Deep Cut, through the height of land, is 4 miles in length, 
and, at the highest point, is not less than 90 feet deep. It is 
crossed by an arched bridge of 247 feet span, under which ves¬ 
sels pass with their masts. 



DEEP CUT, DELAWARE. 

Inhabitants. The '’first settlements were made by the Swedes, 
and their descendants still remain in the State. The greater 
portion of the present inhabitants, however, are of English origin. 

Religion. There are various religious denominations, but 
Presbyterians and Methodists are the most numerous. 

Literature. There is no college in this State. A number of 
academies are established ; and in 1796, the legislature passed 
a law to create a fund for the establishment of schools through¬ 
out the State. 

Government. The legislature consists of a Senate elected for 
three years, and a House of Representatives chosen annually. 
The governor is chosen for three years ; and can hold that office 
only three years in six. He has no council. Judges are ap¬ 
pointed by the governor, and hold their office during good 
behaviour. 


MARYLAND. 


Face of the Country , Soil, and Productions. In Maryland, as 
in all the Southern States, the ^country east of the mountains is 





MARYLAND. 


129 


generally a sandy plain, in many places low and covered with 
stagnant waters, by which the climate is rendered sickly in the 
summer and fall months. The ^northern and western parts of 
the State are hilly and mountainous, and of a much better soil 
than the low country, being generally a red clay or loam. 

Here commences the tobacco country. Wheat and tobacco 
are the q staple commodities. Ten bushels of wheat, and fifteen 
bushels of Indian corn, are considered average crops. Some cot¬ 
ton of an inferior quality is raised here, and manufactured in 
families. Hernp and flax are considerable products of the high 
lands. The forests abound with nut-bearing trees, which feed 
many swine in the woods. These swine run wild, and when 
fatted are killed, barrelled, and exported in great quantities. 

Manufactures. The most considerable manufacture is that of 
flour. Several others are extensively pursued, particularly those 
of glass and iron ; that of cotton is also considerable. 

Commerce. The q most considerable export from this State is 
that of flour ; q next to this is that of tobacco. The other exports 
are iron, lumber, maize, pork, and flax-seed. 

Towns. Baltimore, •'situated at the head of Petapsco bay, is 
the third city in population, and the fourth in point of commerce 
in the United States. It ranks as one of the first flour markets 
in the world. It is divided into that part called the town, and 
into that called Fell’s Point, by a small arm of the Petapsco, 
called the Bason. The city is very secure from any attack of a 
foreign enemy by sea. A formidable assault was made on this 
place by the British in the late war, and was bravely repelled. 
Most of the inhabitants are engaged in trade, among whom many 
are English, Irish, Scotch, and French. Great numbers of 
French people have emigrated here since the Revolution, both 
from France and from the West India Islands. Baltimore pos¬ 
sesses a part of the trade of the back country of Pennsylvania, 
and of the Western States. Among its public buildings are an 
Exchange, 366 feet long, a Penitentiary, a Hospital, a Theatre, 
Museum, Washington Monument, a stone structure, 263 feet 
high, on which stands the statue of Washington, and a battle 
monument in commemoration of the successful defence against 
the attack of the British, the 13th of September, 1814. Its pop¬ 
ulation in 1820, was 62,738, of whom 4,367 were slaves, and 
10,326 were free colored persons. In 1830, 82,000. 

Annapolis, 28 miles S. SE. of Baltimore, containing 3,000 in¬ 
habitants, is the seat of government, and is the usual residence 
of the state officers. In the centre of the city is a State House, 
a most noble edifice ; it has a large cupola, with a lantern at the 
top, from whence there is a prospect as far as the Atlantic be¬ 
yond the Chesapeake. From the State House the streets diverge 
in every direction, like the radii of a circle. Population, 2,600. 

Fredericktown is a fine flourishing inland town, of about 300 
houses, built principally of brick and stone, and mostly on one 


130 


MARYLAND. 


broad street. It carries on a considerable trade with the back 
country, which it supplies with merchandise drawn from Balti¬ 
more. Population, 4,400. 

Railroads and Canals. Maryland is fully awake to the im¬ 
mense advantages she may derive from increased facilities of 
communication, particularly with the Western States. The Bal¬ 
timore and Ohio Railroad is the greatest enterprise of the kind 
undertaken in the United States. It commences at the city of 
Baltimore, and is completed as far as Harper’s Ferry, a distance 
of 8! miles. A number of bridges have been erected on this 
road ; but the most extensive one is that styled the Patterson 
Viaduct, about 7 miles from the city. This immense structure is 
composed of granite. It is 375 feet long, and the width of the 
road surface is upwards of 28 feet. The two centrd arches, as 
exhibited in the annexed plate, have each a span of about 55 feet, 
and rise 16 feet above their chords. The small arches at, each 
side of these are intended for the county roads which pass through 
them. 

Winchester Railroad from Harper’s Ferry to Winchester, 
Virginia, is now completed, 30 miles in length. It is proposed 
to unite this with the New Orleans and Nashville Railroad, now 
in progress, and thus form a communication between the cities 
of Baltimore and New Orleans, embracing a line of about 1,200 
miles in length. Baltimore and Washington are already con¬ 
nected by railroad, and the communication with Philadelphia is 
also completed. 

Susquehannah Railroad, from Baltimore to Susquehannah river, 
is also in progress, as is also Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, an 
enterprise of great magnitude, partly in this State, intended to 
extend from Georgetown on the Potomac, 340 miles to Pittsburg 
on the Ohio. In its progress it will pass through one of the Alle¬ 
ghany Mountains, by a tunnel 4 miles in length. 

Religion. The State was first settled by Roman Catholics 
from Ireland. The other principal denominations are Metho¬ 
dists, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, and Baptists. 

Government. The legislature consists of two branches, the 
Senate and House of Delegates. The Senate are chosen for five 
years by electors; the Delegates are chosen annually by the 
people. The governor is chosen on the first Monday in January, 
annually, by a joint ballot of both Houses. He cannot continue 
in office longer than three years in succession; and when those 
have expired, cannot be reelected till after the expiration of 
four years. 













































































































































































































































































































































































































132 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 



UNITED STATES CAPITOL. 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 

The District of Columbia is a square of 10 miles on a side, 
ceded by Maryland and Virginia to the United States, and is un¬ 
der the immediate government of Congress. It 'dies on both 
sides of the river Potomac, 120 q miles from its mouth, and 
q comprehends the cities of Washington, Georgetown, and Alex¬ 
andria. 

The city of Washington, situated on the Maryland side of the 
Potomac, about 300 miles by the river from the Atlantic, and 37 
southwest from Baltimore, is the residence of the President, and 
other chief executive officers of the United States. Here Con¬ 
gress meet every year, on the first Monday in December, and 
the Supreme Court on the second Monday in January. The city 
is laid out on a plan, which, when completed, will render it one 
of the handsomest and most commodious cities in the world. 
The streets north and south are crossed by others at right an¬ 
gles ; these are transversely crossed by 15 other streets, named 
after the different States. The ^houses are mostly brick. 

The Capitol, with a front of 362 feet, is built of white freestone, 
and is the most magnificent edifice in the United States. It is 
pleasantly situated on an eminence, commanding a view of every 
part of the city, and of a considerable portion of the country 
around. The ^President’s House is 170 by 85 feet, two stories 
high, of white freestone. It stands on a rising ground, possessing 
a water prospect, together with a view of the Capitol, and of the 
most material parts of the city. Population of the city, 18,828. 






DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA....SOUTHERN STATES. 133 



president’s house. 

Alexandria, 6 miles from Washington, is built on the plan of 
Philadelphia. It contains eight churches, has a flourishing com¬ 
merce, and bids fair to become a thriving place. Population, 
8,218. 

Georgetown is pleasantly situated on a number of small 
hills, on the northern bank of the Potomac, ‘■separated from 
Washington by Rock Creek, distant from the capitol 4 miles, and 
8 miles from Alexandria. It is a place of some trade, and has 6 
churches. Population, 8,400. 

Literature. The Roman Catholic College in Georgetown, has 
a library of 7,000 volumes, and a valuable philosophical appa¬ 
ratus. 

The Columbian College in the District of Columbia , at Wash¬ 
ington city, was incorporated in 1821. It is divided into two 
departments, — the Classical and the Theological. 


SOUTHERN STATES. 


Face of the Country. Along the coast or eastern part of the 
Southern States, for 100 or 130 miles inland, to the head of tide 
waters in the rivers, the ‘■country is a sandy plain, without a 
stone or scarcely a hill, but little elevated above the level of the 
ocean, ‘'covered in its natural state with pitch pine, called 






334 


VIRGINIA. 


Pine Barrens, and is Supposed to have been made of sand 
accumulated from the ocean, together with the soil washed down 
from the mountains. 

This plain, or Low Country, as it is frequently called, is 
q limited on the west by a remarkable reef, or vein of rocks, 
rising generally a little higher than the adjoining land, supposed 
to have been, at some former period, the boundary of the ocean. 
It is now the head of tide waters. Over this reef of rocks, all 
the rivers fall. q Beyond these falls, the land is hilly, and gene¬ 
rally of a good soil. This is the tobacco country. ^Further 
back it becomes mountainous. It is called the Upper Country, 
and much resembles the Eastern States. 

Inhabitants. About one third q part of the whole number of 
the inhabitants in the low country are negro slaves. Labor 
here is thought disreputable for a white man. It is otherwise in 
the upper country. There, having but few slaves, labor is 
thought no disgrace, and the white people cultivate and manage 
their farms, much as in the New England States. 

Productions. Wheat and maize are cultivated in all the 
Southern States. The q staple productions in Virginia and 
North Caro.ina, are wheat and tobacco ; in the ^States further 
south, cotton and rice, and in the q State of Louisiana, sugar. 

Manufactures. But little attention is paid to manufactures in 
the Southern States; for the q reason, that agriculture, partic¬ 
ularly the cultivation of cotton, is so much more profitable. 

Commerce. There is but little shipping owned in the Southern 
States. Much of the produce is q exported in vessels belong¬ 
ing to merchants in the Eastern States. 


VIRGINIA. 

Climate. Virginia enjoys a mild climate. In the eastern and 
southern parts, in ordinary winters, cattle subsist abroad through 
the season. Snow sometimes falls, but seldom lies long. The 
q greatest cold at Williamsburg, in the course of five years, 
was 6° of Fahrenheit. 

Soil and Productions. The seashore and the margin of riv¬ 
ers, in the low country, are bordered with marshes, which are 
fertile in grass, and feed considerable numbers of cattle. 

The mountainous part of this State, comprehending all the 
western part, is a fine grazing country, which enables the 
farmer to keep large numbers of cattle. The valleys between 
the mountains are generally fertile, and produce excellent wheat. 
The forests abound with nuts, on which swine, running at large, 
are fattened in great numbers. Hemp is extensively cultivated 
west of the mountains. Almonds, figs, and pomegranates are 
cultivated in gardens. Virginia is particularly q eelebrated for 
its excellent breed of horses. 


VIRGINIA. 


135 


q Minerals . Gold in lumps has been picked up near the falls 
of the Rappahannoc. It has been found also on the surface of 
the ground between James and Appomattox rivers. But it was 
not till since the year 1827, that the subject excited much atten¬ 
tion. It is now known to be spread over a region of very consid¬ 
erable extent, and numbers are employed in collecting it. There 
are mines of lead on Kanhawa river, and of copper on James 
river, which formerly were wrought, but are now discontinued. 
Iron mines are wrought in many parts of the State. The coun¬ 
try on James river for many miles in extent, above Richmond, 
abounds in coal of an excellent quality. It is very abundant also 
west of the mountains. Marble of good quality is found on 
James River, and limestone everywhere yest of the Blue Ridge. 

Canals. Several improvements of this kind have been execu¬ 
ted in Virginia, particularly to improve the navigation of the 
principal rivers. 

The Potomac is navigable for ships to the head of tide waters, 
300 miles from the Capes, where the navigation becomes ob¬ 
structed by falls. These are now surmounted by locks and 
canals, and the river rendered navigable for boats to Cumber¬ 
land, 188 miles further. 

The Shenandoah, in the last eight miles of its course, before 
its junction with the Potomac, falls eighty feet. Here six canals 
have been constructed, by which this river is rendered navigable 
nearly 200 miles. Round the falls in James river is a canal 
which terminates in Richmond. On the Appomattox are similar 
works, by which this river is rendered navigable from Peters¬ 
burg nearly to its source. 

Dismal Swamp Canal is partly in this State and partly in North 
Carolina. It is 22 miles in length, and opens a navigation from 
Chesapeake Bay at Norfolk, into Albemarle Sound. 

Railroads. Railroads are completed from Winchester to Har¬ 
per’s Ferry ; from Petersburg to Blakely on the Roanoke, 59 
miles ; and from Richmond to Coal Pitts in Chesterfield. Sev¬ 
eral others are in progress, and many more incorporated but not 
yet commenced. 

Towns. Richmond, on James river, just at the foot of the 
falls, the present q seat of government, contains 16,100 inhab¬ 
itants. Its public buildings are a penitentiary, armory, 8 houses 
of public worship, a handsome State House, court-house, and jail. 
Richmond Hill theatre took fire during an exhibition, in Decem¬ 
ber, 1811, and was consumed with seventy persons in it. One 
has since been rebuilt. 

Norfolk is the q chief commercial port, and has a good har¬ 
bour. Its population is 9,800. 

Petersburg, 24 miles S. by E. from Richmond, just below the 
falls in Appomattox river, has a thriving back country, and is a 
place of considerable trade. Population, 8,300. 


136 


VIRGINIA. 


Williamsburg’, 55 miles E. by S. from Richmond, is handsome¬ 
ly laid out in squares. It contains a college, a court-house, jail, 
and a hospital for lunatics. Population, 8,300. 

Yorktown is noted for the surrender of the British army, under 
Lord Cornwallis, in 1781. It is situated on York river, 29 miles 
northwest from Norfolk. 


MOUNT VERNON. 



Nine miles below Alexandria, is q Mount Vernon, the cele¬ 
brated seat of the illustrious Washington. The area of the 
mount is two hundred feet above the surface of the river, which 
is here nearly two miles wide. The mansion-house, green-house, 
school-house, offices, and servants’ halls, when seen from the land 
side, have the appearance of a village. 

Manufactures and Commerce. The lJ most considerable man¬ 
ufactures are those of iron and salt. 

The ^principal articles of export are tobacco and flour. Pork, 
maize, lumber, tar, pitch, turpentine, and coal, are also consider¬ 
able articles. The people are much attached to agriculture, to 
the neglect of commerce and manufactures. 

Inhabitants. Virginia was originally settled by the English. 
The lands east of the mountains are mostly divided into planta¬ 
tions, cultivated by slaves. The proprietors are called planters, 
and usually reside on their plantations. 

Religion. Baptists are the most numerous denomination. 
Next to these, Methodists, and Episcopalians. 

Literature. Besides the University of Virginia, incorporated 
in 1819, and established at Charlottesville, Albemarle county, 
there are three colleges in this State; William and Mary Col¬ 
lege, at Williamsburg; Hampden Sidney College, in Prince Ed¬ 
ward county, on Appomattox river, and Washington College, at 
Lexington, west of the Blue Ridge, near James river. Acade¬ 
mies and common schools are also established in several towns. 
This State toas produced a number of eminent characters, of 
whom Washington, the Great and the Good, is of most illus- 






VIRGINIA. 


137 


trious memory. It has furnished four of the Presidents of the 
Union. It has a literary fund, and more attention of late has 
been paid to the education of poor children. 

Government. The legislature is called the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate chosen for four years by districts ; and 
a House of Representatives chosen annually. The governor is 
chosen annually by joint ballot of both Houses, and can hold the 
office but three years in seven. 



NATURAL BRIDGE. 

Curiosities. The Natural Bridge, over a small stream, called 
Cedar Creek, emptying into James river, a little west of the 
Blue Ridge, is justly regarded as a great curiosity. It is on the 
ascent of a hill, which seems to have been cloven asunder by 
some violent convulsion. The chasm or cleft is about two miles 
long, from two to three hundred feet deep, and is forty-eight feet 
wide at the bottom. Over this extends a solid arch of limestone, 
from 40 to 50 feet thick, at the amazing height of Ci 210 feet from 
the water, which is passed as a bridge. It is about 90 feet in 
length, and 60 in breadth, some part of which is covered with a 
coat of earth which gives growth to a number of trees. The 
very edge of the bridge may be approached with safety, being 
protected by a parapet of fixed rock, yet few persons have the 
courage to approach it and to look down into the profound 
abyss below. 

The passage of the Potomac, through the Blue Ridge, is per¬ 
haps one of the most stupendous scenes in nature. The Poto¬ 
mac and the Shenandoah, having ranged along the foot of the 
mountain, the latter more than 100 miles, both in quest of a pas¬ 
sage, at length meet together, and, in the moment of their junc¬ 
tion, rush against the mountain, rend it asunder, and pass off to 
the sea. A road on one side of the river leads through the breach ; 

12 * 







138 


NORTH CAROLINA. 


also locks and canals have been constructed here, so that now- 
boats ascend through the mountains. 

Near Bath, at the foot of Jackson’s mountain, are the Warm 
and Hot Springs. The former issues in a large stream sufficient 
to turn a grist mill, and is of a temperature about blood heat. 
The other is smaller, but so hot sometimes, it is said, as to have 
boiled an egg. Its usual temperature is about 110 or 112° of 
Fahrenheit. 

In the low grounds on the Great Kanhawa, about 67 miles 
from its mouth, is a hole in the earth, the vapor from which, is¬ 
suing in a strong current, takes fire on presenting a lighted torch 
or candle, and continues to burn sometimes for two or three days. 

West of the Blue Ridge, near the source of Shenandoah river, 
is Madison’s Cave, which extends nearly horizontally 300 feet 
into the side of the mountain, and finally terminates in two 
places, at basins of water of unknown extent. The roof is 
solid limestone, from 20 to 30 feet high, through which water is 
continually percolating. This dripping from the top of the vault 
generates on that and on the base below, stalactites, like icicles, 
some of which have met and formed massive columns. 

In the county of Munroe, near the Kanhawa, there is a re¬ 
markable cave extending entirely through the base of a high 
mountain, a distance of two miles, through which persons have 
passed from one side of the mountain to the other. The earth 
on the bottom affords saltpetre. 

In the Panther Gap Ridge, between North and Jackson’s 
mountain in the side of a hill, is what is called the Blowing 
Cave, about one hundred feet in diameter, which emits constant¬ 
ly a current of air, of such force as to keep the weeds prostrate 
to the distance of twenty yards. This current is strongest in 
dry, frosty weather, and weakest in long seasons of rain. 


NORTH CAROLINA. 

Climate. The weather is generally moderate till after Christ¬ 
mas, when winter commences, and continues variable till the 
middle of February, sometimes warm and pleasant, and at other 
times rainy, with occasional frosts, and sometimes snow ; but the 
ice is seldom strong enough to bear a man’s weight. Cattle re¬ 
quire no other fodder than the husks and stalks of corn. 

Productions. Wheat, rye, barley, oats, flax, and hemp, thrive 
in the q back hilly country ; Indian corn and pulse in all parts. 
Cotton is extensively cultivated in the ^middle of the State ; 
some of the swamps in the low country produce rice. The Dis¬ 
mal is supposed to contain one of the most valuable rice estates 
in America. 

No country produces finer white and red oak for staves. The 
live oak, so called from its being green all the year, and which is 


NORTH CAROLINA. 


139 


so valuable in ship-building 1 , grows in this State. The '’medi¬ 
cinal plants are ginseng, Virginia snake-root, Seneca snake-root, 
and Carolina pink. 

Gold. Many of the gold mines in this State are now worked 
on an extensive scale. Mills for grinding the ore, propelled by 
water or steam, are erected in great numbers. The annual 
product is estimated to be equal in value to $ 5,000,000. Most 
of it is sent to Europe. 

Towns. In this State, as in Virginia, there are no large 
towns. Newbern, the q largest town in the State, contains 
4,000 inhabitants, about one half of whom are slaves. The pub¬ 
lic buildings are an Episcopal church, a court-house, a theatre, 
and a jail. It carries on a considerable trade with the West 
Indies. 

Raleigh is the q seat of government. It is pleasantly situ¬ 
ated in the centre of the State, divided by four spacious streets 
into as many squares, and contains about 3,000 inhabitants. 

The '‘other principal towns are Fayetteville, the best situated 
inland town for commerce in the State. One of the most tre¬ 
mendous and fatal fires on record, rendered this flourishing place 
an entire heap of ruins, May 29, 1831. Wilmington, a place of 
considerable trade ; Edenton, well situated for commerce, but 
not for health ; Hillsborough, in a healthy and fertile country; 
Washington, in which more shipping is owned than in any other 
town in the State. 

Commerce. There is no great mart or trading place in this 
State, owing probably to the difficulty of entering the rivers, by 
reason of bars of sand, and the want of safe sufficient harbours. 
Most of the produce of the back country, consisting of tobacco, 
wheat, and maize, is q carried to Petersburg in Virginia, and to 
Charleston in South Carolina. The q exports of the low country 
are lumber, pitch, tar, turpentine, and rice. The q imports are 
apples, cider, cheese, potatoes, furniture, hats, shoes, and cotton 
cloths from New England ; and foreign merchandise chiefly 
from New York. 

Canals. Canals have been constructed around the falls, im¬ 
proving the navigation of the principal rivers. Dismal Swamp 
Canal is partly in this State. 

Railroads. Many of the roads mentioned among the internal 
improvements of Virginia, extend into this State. A number of 
other railroads have been incorporated, which, when completed, 
will open a communication between this State, Virginia, and 
South Carolina. 

Inhabitants. The inhabitants, as in Virginia, mostly reside on 
their plantations, at the distance of from half a mile to 3 or 4 
miles from each other. Most of the labor in the low country is 
done by slaves. 

Religion. The chief religious denominations are Methodists, 
Baptists, Presbyterians, Quakers, and Moravians. The most 


140 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 


numerous are the Methodists and Baptists. No person denying 
the being of God, or the truth of the Scriptures, can hold any 
civil office. , 

Literature. On Chapel Hill in an elevated situation, 28 miles 
west of Raleigh, q is North Carolina University, the only one in 
the State. Academies are established in a number of towns, 
and schools in many places. The Moravian Academy for ladies, 
at Salem, has a good reputation. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, chosen 
annually by the people. The governor is chosen annually by a 
joint ballot of both Houses, and is eligible to office three years in 
six. 

Curiosities. Near Salisbury there is a remarkable subterra¬ 
neous wall of stone, laid in cement, plastered on both sides from 
12 to 14 feet in height, and 22 inches thick. The length yet 
discovered is about 300 feet. The top of this wall approaches 
within about one foot of the surface of the ground. When built, 
by whom, and for what purpose, is left wholly to conjecture. A 
similar wall has lately been discovered about 6 miles from the 
first, from 4 to 5 feet high, and 7 inches thick. 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 

Climate. Winter is scarcely known in South Carolina. Snow, 
so as to cover the ground, is a rare occurrence, except on the 
mountains. The ^greatest cold in a course of ten years, was 17° 
of Fahrenheit. Vegetation ceases about the middle of Decem¬ 
ber, and is usually ^suspended about four weeks, or till the mid¬ 
dle of January. The ‘"planting season begins in March and 
April and continues till June. 

Soil and Productions. Interspersed among the pine barrens 
in this State are tracts of land free of timber and every kind of 
growth but that of grass, called savannas, good for grazing. 
Another kind of soil is that of the marshes and swamps, and the 
Jow r ground, on the margin of the rivers, which have a fertile 
soil, and are the '"seat of the rice plantations. 

The pine barrens are '"chiefly valuable for their lumber, and 
for the pitch, tar, and turpentine which they yield. Boxes are 
cut in the trees in which the turpentine collects. When full the 
turpentine is gathered and put into barrels. A thousand trees 
will yield at every gathering about two barrels and a half of 
turpentine. It may be gathered about once in 14 days. Spirits 
of turpentine are '"obtained by distillation. Rosin is the ‘"re¬ 
mainder of turpentine after distillation. Tar is ^obtained by 
cutting down the trees, which being split are piled, when dry, in 
heaps on floors of clay. The heaps are then covered with earth, 
and being set on fire, the tar collects in trenches, by which it is 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 


141 


conveyed into cisterns. Pitch is nothing more than the solid 
part of the tar, separated from the liquid by boiling. 

Cotton is the ‘‘great staple of this State. It is of ‘‘three varie¬ 
ties. First, that which grows upon the islands, called Black 
Seed or Sea Island Cotton, which is of the first quality. Second, 
that which grows in the middle and upper country, called Green 
Seed or Upland Cotton , of a quality inferior to the first. Third, 
JYankeen Cotton, as it is called. This is likewise the produce of 
the middle and upper country, but is of a quality inferior to the 
second. 

Cotton ‘‘grows in pods. The seeds are sown annually about 
two feet and a half asunder. An acre will q yield from 700 to 
1,000 pounds. The pods, when ripe, burst open. The cotton is 
then gathered and separated from the seeds by a machine which 
cleans 1,000 pounds in a day. Before this invention, the upland 
cotton was not thought worth cleansing, and none of it was ex¬ 
ported. Since that time it has become the great article both of 
cultivation and of export. 

The next ‘‘great staple of this State is rice. This is cultivated 
on the swamps and marshes, and on the margin of rivers. The 
lands where it grows require to be occasionally flooded with 
water. The ‘‘cultivation is wholly by negroes. No work can be 
imagined more laborious or more prejudicial to health. They 
are obliged to stand in water oftentimes exposed to the scorching 
heat of the sun, and breathing an atmosphere poisoned by the 
unwholesome effluvia of an oozy bottom and stagnant water. 
After being threshed and winnowed, it is ground in mills made 
of wood, to free it from the husk. Then it is winnowed again 
and put into a wooden mortar, and beat with large wooden pes¬ 
tles, which labor is so oppressive and hard, that the firmest nerves 
and most vigorous constitutions often sink under it. After this 
operation, it is sifted and put into barrels. 

Tobacco and indigo were formerly much cultivated in this 
State ; at present very little attention is paid to them. The 
apple does not thrive in this and the other southern climates. 
Melons are raised in great perfection. They have oranges 
which are chiefly sour, some figs, a few limes and lemons, olives, 
pomegranates, pears, and peaches. ‘‘Live oak grows upon the 
islands. 

Commerce . The ‘‘most considerable article of export is cotton; 
q next to this is rice. The ‘‘other articles are lumber, pitch, tar, 
turpentine, beef, pork, indigo, and tobacco. 

Towns . Charleston, the commercial capital of the State, is 
the sixth city in size in the United States. It is ‘‘situated 8 miles 
from the sea, on a peninsula between Ashley and Cooper rivers, 
which uniting immediately below the city form the harbour. 
The streets extend from river to river, intersected by others 
nearly at right angles. The population is 30,289, about half of 
whom are slaves. This citv carries on an extensive commerce, 


i42 


GEORGIA. 


and is esteemed one of the most healthy towns in all the low 
country. A very calamitous fire occurred here in April, ^1838, 
laying waste 145 acres of the most populous part of the city. 
The amount of property destroyed was estimated at from 3 to 4 
millions of dollars. * Liberal contributions for the relief of the 
sufferers were promptly made from the principal cities. 

Columbia, 120 miles N JNW. from Charleston, is the ^seat of 
government. It contains about 4,000 inhabitants, and is a flour¬ 
ishing town. 

Beaufort, 72 miles southwest from Charleston, is pleasantly sit¬ 
uated on Port Royal Island. 

Camden, the largest inland town in the State, has an easy 
communication with Charleston through the Santee Canal. 

Railroads and Canals. The South Carolina Railroad extends 
from Charleston to Hamburg on the Savannah, opposite Augusta. 
Length 136 miles. The Charlestown and Cincinnati Railroad, 
designed to open a communication between the valleys of the 
Ohio and Mississippi and Atlantic Ocean, has been projected. 

The Santee Canal connects the harbour of Charleston with 
the Santee. It is 22 miles in length. Several other canals have 
been constructed for the improvement of river navigation. 

Gold. The gold region extends through this State, and mines 
are wrought to some extent. 

Religion. The denominations most prevalent are Methodist, 
Baptists, and Presbyterians, in the upper part of the State, and 
Episcopalians in the lower part. 

Literature. There are several colleges in this State. The 
most flourishing is South Carolina College at Columbia. For¬ 
merly many wealthy parents sent their sons to England for their 
education; at present many are sent to Yale College in Con¬ 
necticut, and to Cambridge University in Massachusetts. Free 
schools are now patronized by the State. 

Government. The legislature is called the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate chosen for four years, and a House of 
Representatives chosen for two. The Governor is also chosen 
for two years by a joint ballot of both Houses. 


GEORGIA. 

Climate. The winters in Georgia are mild and pleasant; 
snow is seldom seen, nor is vegetation interrupted by severe 
frosts. The thermometer usually ^fluctuates between 40 and 60 
degrees during the winter months. 

Face of the Country, Soil , and Productions. The '’coast of 
Georgia for 4 or 5 miles inland is a salt marsh, at present mostly 
uninhabited. In front of this, towards the sea, there is a chain 
of islands, of a grey, rich soil, covered in their natural state with 
pine, hickory, and live oak, and •’yielding on cultivation sea- 


GEORGIA. 


143 


island cotton. Back of the salt marsh there is a narrow margin 
of land, nearly of the same quality with that of the islands ; im¬ 
mediately back of which commence the pine barrens. The 
rivers and creeks are everywhere bordered with swamps or 
marsh, which at every tide, for 15 or 25 miles back into the coun¬ 
try, are either wholly or partially overflowed. These constitute 
the rice plantations. 

The great ^staples of this State are cotton and rice. Indigo 
was formerly considerably cultivated. It is the product of a 
plant, obtained by maceration in water about 30 hours, after 
which the liquor is drawn off* into vats, where it undergoes an 
operation somewhat similar to that of churning. After this 
process, lime-water is poured into the liquor, which causes the 
particles of indigo to settle to the bottom. 

The pine barrens produce grapes of a large size, and of an ex¬ 
cellent flavor. The sweet oranges of Georgia are inferior to those 
of the West Indies. The lemon, citron, pomegranate, Indian fig, 
and sugar-cane, find here a genial climate. The rivers of Geor¬ 
gia are infested with alligators and numerous reptiles, many of 
which are venomous. 

Manufactures. Cotton factories have lately been erected, in 
which blacks are employed. Should the experiment succeed, 
the Southern may yet become manufacturing States. The other 
principal manufactures are rum, peach-brandy, whiskey, leather, 
bar-iron, gunpowder, soap, and some woollen cloths. 

Commerce. Georgia owns but little shipping. Savannah is 
the only seaport of consequence. Most of the foreign merchan¬ 
dise used in this State is '•obtained from Charleston and New 
York. Cheese, fish, potatoes, apples, cider, and shoes, are pro¬ 
cured chiefly from the New England States. The '•principal 
exports are cotton, rice, lumber, tobacco, canes, deerskins, and 
maize. 

Towns. Savannah, on Savannah river, 17 miles from the sea, 
is the '•largest seaport. It contains ten public squares of one 
acre each, enclosed and planted with rows of trees. Most of the 
streets also have rows of trees on each side. The public build¬ 
ings are a court-house, a prison, an exchange five stories high, 
an academy, and 7 houses of public worship. A battery on the 
south side of the river calculated for 12 guns defends the town. 
The population in 1820 was 3,929 whites, 3,075 slaves, and 582 
free blacks ; in all, 7,586. By the census of 1830, it contains 
7,473 inhabitants. The fairest part of this city was destroyed by 
a tremendous fire, January 11, 1820. Liberal contributions for 
its relief were promptly made through the United States. 

Milledgeville, a flourishing and pleasant town, on the Oconee, 
300 miles by the river from the sea, is the q seat of government. 
The State House is elegant. A shoal in the river opposite the 
town is famous for the quantity and quality of the shad caught 
on it. Population, 2,100. 


144 


ALABAMA. 


Augusta, containing 6,700 inhabitants, is a place of great trade 
in cotton, tobacco, and other produce, which are conveyed down 
Savannah river, 340 miles to Savannah. The river at Augusta 
is 500 yards wide. 

Darien is a commercial town near the mouth of the Altamaha. 

Railroads. The Augusta and Athens Railroad, connected 
with the South Carolina Railroad, is in progress. Others have 
been projected. 

Canal. .A canal has been opened from Savannah to Ogechee 
river, and is to be continued to the junction of the Oconee with 
the Altamaha. 

Gold. This State, like North Carolina, is rich in gold mines, 
some of which are wrought to a great extent. The chief miners 
are foreigners; but there are many landholders and renters, 
who work the mines on their own grounds on a small scale, not 
being able to encounter the expense of much machinery. 

Indians. The Creek Indians inhabit the western half of this 
State, and the easterly part of Mississippi, and are the most 
numerous tribe in the Union. They have made considerable 
progress in the arts of civilized life. They cultivate tobacco, 
rice, maize, and potatoes, and have abundance of tame cattle, 
and hogs. Their women spin and weave, and their children are 
taught reading, writing, and arithmetic. 

Literature. The University of Georgia, at Athens, is styled 
Franklin College, with provision for subordinate academies in 
each county. Free schools, to some extent, are also now estab¬ 
lished. 

Religion. The prevailing denominations are Baptists and 
Methodists, Presbyterians and Episcopalians. There are very few 
regular clergymen settled in this State. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate and House of Representatives chosen 
annually. The governor is chosen for two years by a joint vote 
of both Houses. 


ALABAMA. 

Face of the Country. The ^southern parts are low and level, 
gradually rising towards the interior. In the ^northern parts it 
becomes elevated, and in some places mountainous. 

Towns. Tuscaloosa, near the centre of the State, on Black 
river, is the seat of government. 

Cahawba is situated at the junction of Cahawba river with 
the Alabama. 

Mobile, on the west side of Mobile river, is a place of increas¬ 
ing trade. 

Blakely, 10 miles east of Mobile, is well situated for commerce, 
and has a good harbour of easy access. 


MISSISSIPPI. 145 

St. Stevens is a flourishing town, situated on the Tombigbee, 
120 miles above Mobile. 

Huntsville, the chief town of Madison county, is situated in a 
fertile country, at the head of Indian Creek, 110 miles south from 
Nashville. 

Soil and Productions. This State has the advantage of many 
rivers, and its soil is, in general, very fertile. Its ^productions 
are cotton in abundance, Indian corn, rice, wheat, rye, &c. 

Education. Congress has granted two townships, containing 
20,000 acres, for the support of a college ; and given, for the 
support of public schools, a section of land in each township. 
The University of Alabama is located at Tuscaloosa. 

Railroads and Canals. Several railroad corporations have 
been chartered, and many of the works are in progress. The 
Huntsville Canal from Triana on the Tennessee to Huntsville, is 
16 miles in length. A canal from the head of Muscle Shoals to 
Florence, 37 miles long, has been partially formed, but not yet 
completed. 

Government. The legislature is called the General Assembly, 
consisting of the House of Representatives chosen annually, and 
the Senate, chosen for three years. The Governor holds his 
office for two years, and is eligible for four years in any six. 


MISSISSIPPI. 

Climate and Soil. This State has a temperate climate. White 
frosts, and sometimes thin ice have been known ; but snow is 
very uncommon. The q soil is very superior. The savannas, or 
natural meadows, are covered with a black, rich mould, about 
one foot and a half deep, beneath which is a stiff clay, which 
hardens on being exposed to the sun; but when wet by a light 
shower of rain, it slackens like lirne, after which it is found ex¬ 
cellent for vegetation. 

Productions. Cotton, rice, Indian corn, hemp, flax, indigo, 
and tobacco, grow in great abundance. Oranges and lemons 
are plenty; hops grow wild; all kinds of European fruits arrive 
to great perfection, and no part of the world is more favorable 
for raising every kind of stock. 

Rivers. The rivers, most worthy of notice, are the Yazoo, 100 
yards wide at its mouth. Pearl river, navigable 150 miles ; the 
Mobile and its branches. 

Chief Towns. Natchez, 350 miles above New Orleans, by 
water, and 150 by land, is the ^centre of commerce, and contains 
about 5,000 inhabitants. It is pleasantly situated on an eminence 
100 feet above the level of Mississippi river, which is here one 
mile wide, and about one hundred feet deep. Ships sometimes 
ascend to this place, but they rarely attempt it, as the sudden 
and frequent turns of the river render the fairest wind of very 
13 


146 


LOUISIANA. 


little use. A vessel in ordinary cases will make a voyage to 
Europe and back again, in less time than she will ascend the 
river from New Orleans to Natchez. 

Jackson, on Pearl river, near the centre of the State, is the 
seat of government. 

Monticello, on Pearl river, is 90 miles east of Natchez. 

Railroads. Several railroads are in progress in this State, 
others have lately been chartered. The Mississippi Railroad 
extending from Natchez to Canton, more than 150 miles, is in 
progress, also the New Orleans and Nashville Railroad, which 
extends through the State. A railroad is projected from Natchez 
to New Orleans by way of Woodville. 

Literature. At Washington and Shieldsborough, colleges 
have been incorporated. This State has a literary fund. In¬ 
creasing attention has been paid of late to the subject of educa¬ 
tion, and several flourishing seminaries have been established. 
Candidates for admission to the bar, besides testimonials of good 
moral character, must undergo an examination, as to their legal 
attainments, before the Supreme Court. Candidates for the 
practice of medicine must undergo an examination before the 
Medical Board of Censors for a license ; and any person prac¬ 
tising without such authority, is liable to a fine of $500, and six 
months’ imprisonment. 

Indians. The remains of the Creeks, Cherokees, Choctaws, 
and Chickasaws, have well cultivated fields, and great numbers 
of horses, cattle, hogs, and sheep. Many of them are mechanics, 
and the females spin and make cloth. 

Government. The government does not essentially differ from 
that of the preceding State. 


LOUISIANA (purchase). 

The whole country between Mississippi river and the Pacific 
Ocean, formerly ^belonged to France, and was called Louisiana, 
from whom it was ^purchased, in the year 1803, by the United 
States, for 15 millions of dollars. Its limits between the United 
States and Spain, as defined in the late treaty, are the western 
bank of Sabine river, from its mouth in the Gulf of Mexico to 
the 32d degree of north latitude ; thence by a line due north till it 
strikes Red river ; thence following the course of this river west¬ 
ward to the degree of longitude 100 west from London; thence 
by a line due north till it strikes the river Arkansas ; thence by 
the southern bank of this river to its source in latitude 42° north ; 
and thence by that parallel of latitude to the Pacific Ocean. 

Much of this country yet remains unexplored. The q parts 
best known are along the Mississippi and other principal rivers. 

The Mississippi is Subject to great inundations, the water in 
the spring freshets sometimes rising to the q height of 40 feet. 


LOUISIANA. 


147 


The hanks of the river are somewhat higher than the adjacent 
country; consequently at these inundations the waters which 
overflow and for many miles inundate the country, particularly on 
the western side, never return again into the river, but seek 
other outlets into the ocean. 

The q in habitants in Louisiana formerly were mostly French, 
except the native Indian tribes, which are numerous. But emi¬ 
grants from the Northern States will soon form the majority of 
the population. 

The name Louisiana is now only applied to the State of Lou¬ 
isiana. Other States and Territories have been portioned off, 
as will be seen by reference to the map. And it is probable that 
in due course of time other new States will be formed. 


LOUISIANA. 

Face of the Country. This State lies so flat and low, that 
more than one fifth ‘'part of its whole surface is covered in the 
spring of the year with water, by the overflowing of its rivers. 

Towns. New Orleans, the capital of this State, is ^situated 
on the Mississippi, 87 miles from its mouth. The country here 
is lower than the surface of the river,’which is confined within 
its channel by artificial banks, called the q Levee , raised at an 
enormous expense by order of the Spanish government. It is 
directly in front of the city, and affords a very pleasant walk, 
which in the evening is crowded with company. The city is 
supplied with water drawn from the river by steam engines, fil¬ 
tered and conveyed by pipes through the city. The expenses of 
living here are very high. The city is unhealthy, particularly to 
strangers. The number of inhabitants is 60,000, of whom about 
one half are slaves. There are also a number of Indians in the 
vicinity who frequent the city. The formation of a Presbyterian 
church, and the rapid introduction of emigrants from the north, 
are said to have produced a favorable change in the morals of the 
place, which formerly were deplorably low. The city is advanta¬ 
geously situated for commerce, at the mouth of one of the noblest 
rivers in the world, whose branches, extending many hundreds of 
miles in almost every direction, waft to this port the products of 
various climates. The British naval and land forces attacked this 
place at the close of the late war, and were repulsed with im¬ 
mense loss, by the brave army under the gallant General Jack- 
son. The enemy lost 700 killed, 1,400 wounded, and 2,600 
prisoners. The American army lost seven killed and six 
wounded. 

The island of New Orleans is q formed by the Mississippi on 
one side, and the lakes Pontchartrain and Maurepas, together 
with an outlet from the Mississippi, called the river Iberville, on 
the other. The embankment against the river commences at 


/ 


148 


FLORIDA. 


Fort Plaquemines, and extends to the head of the island, J30 
miles, making an excellent road the whole distance, about 20 
feet wide, and dry at all seasons of the year. Below this fort 
the land rapidly subsides into swamps; within a few miles fur¬ 
ther, trees entirely disappear, and nothing remains but an 
immense collection of a marsh, a distance of about 30 miles to 
the ocean. 

Natchitoches and Alexandria are on Red river ; the former is 
two hundred miles above its junction with the Mississippi, and 
the latter eighty miles below Natchitoches. 

Baton Rouge is 140 miles above New Orleans, on the east 
bahk of the Mississippi, and St. Francisville 30 miles above Baton 
Rouge. 

Rivers. The Mississippi discharges its waters by a great 
number of mouths, the principal of which, or that which affords 
the best navigation, is called the Balize, where there is a small 
fort, and a house for the accommodation of pilots. The bother 
principal rivers are the Red, Wachitta, and Saline. 

Canals. La Fourche Canal from New Orleans to Berwick’s 
Bay, is 85 miles in length, including natural navigation. Caron- 
delet Canal connects the Mississippi with Lake Pontchartrain : it 
is 6 miles in length. A ship canal is projected at New Orleans, 
to lead from the Mississippi to the ocean, 8 miles in length. 

Railroads. A railroad connects the city New Orleans with 
Lake Pontchartrain, distant in a straight line 4| miles. This lake 
is a place of great resort for pleasure parties in the summer 
months. Other railroads have been projected and are now in 
progress. The Carrollton Railroad, 6 miles in length, and the 
commencement of the New Orleans and Nashville Railroad are 
in this State. 

Productions. Sugar, cotton, and rice, are the ^staple commod¬ 
ities. The island of New Orleans produces lemons, oranges, 
and figs. 

Commerce. The commerce of Louisiana, carried on princi¬ 
pally through the city New Orleans is very extensive, both 
foreign and domestic. There are more than 200 steamboats 
running upon the Mississippi and its tributary streams. 

Government. The General Assembly comprises the Senate, 
chosen every four years, and the House of Representatives cho¬ 
sen for two years. The Governor is elected for four years. 

FLORIDA (territory). 

This valuable acquisition to the territory of the United States 
is about 400 miles in length, and 340 in breadth in its widest 
part. The eastern is the ‘least fertile part, especially near and 
about St. Augustine. The coasts are low, sandy, and barren ; 
but the banks of the rivers are rich and fertile, and well adapted 
to the culture of rice and corn. The ‘interior country is high 
and pleasant, of a fertile soil, and abounds with wood of almost 


WESTERN STATES. 


149 


every kind, particularly live-oak. The warmest and most fertile 
parts of this country will produce two crops of Indian corn in 
one year. The ‘‘fruits are oranges, lemons, figs, and grapes. 
The coasts furnish oysters and amber; the rivers abound in 
fish and alligators. 

Tallahassee, the seat of government, is fast increasing. 

St. Augustine, the chief town of East Florida, is situated on 
the Atlantic coast. It possesses a mild, pure, elastic atmosphere, 
and is recommended by Professor Porter and'others, as a beauti¬ 
ful and promising resort for those who are in search of a mild 
and healthy winter residence. 

Pensacola, in West Florida, has an excellent harbour, and con¬ 
tains 4,000 inhabitants. 

Railroads and Canals. There is but one railroad yet in opera¬ 
tion, that extends from St. Joseph to Bayou, Columbus. One 
has been projected from Brunswick, Geo., to the Apalachicola 
river or bay ; another from Columbus, Geo., to Pensacola. It has 
been proposed to unite the Atlantic Ocean with the Gulf of 
Mexico by a canal. 


WESTERN STATES. 



WESTERN EMIGRATION. 

The Western States "‘comprehend all the States which lie 
west of the Alleghany Mountains. 

13* 










150 


WESTERN STATES. 


The ^climate in these States is much milder in the same par¬ 
allels of latitude than in those eastward of the mountains; the 
quantity of snow is considerably less; vegetation is several 
weeks earlier, and as much later. The northeast wind, so dis¬ 
tressing, particularly in the Northern States, is hardly known here. 
Though the climate is milder, the weather, if possible, is more 
unsteady, and the atmosphere more replete with moisture. Rheu¬ 
matisms, pleurisies, consumptions, and bilious complaints, are 
the most common diseases. 

The q soil generally is of remarkable fertility. The flat lands 
on the rivers, in New 7 England called intervals, are here called 
bottoms. At some distance from the rivers the land often sud¬ 
denly rises six or eight feet, when there is another flat, and so 
on ; after this a third, called first, second, and third bottoms, 
counting from the rivers upwards. 

Prairies, or natural meadows, in the Southern States called 
savannas, are frequent in this country. They are extensive, 
level tracts of ground, some of which are low and wet, others 
are elevated and dry, stretching oftentimes further than the eye 
can reach, for the most part entirely destitute of trees, of a deep, 
rich soil, covered with a kind of coarse grass and cane. On 
these prairies buffaloes are often seen grazing together in herds 
of more than a hundred head. 

The productions of this country in the most southerly parts 
are cotton, indigo, and some rice. Hemp, Indian corn, and to¬ 
bacco, are produced in great perfection both in the southern and 
middle parts. In the '‘northern parts, wheat, oats, barley, rye, 
Indian corn, hemp, and flax, are mostly cultivated. 

The sugar-maple abounds in all parts of this country, from 
which it is supposed, with sufficient hands, a supply of sugar 
might be made for the whole United States. Ginseng grows 
abundantly in the woods, and likewise wild grapes. Also, a 
species of grass called wild rye. It has a head and beard re¬ 
sembling rye, and sometimes produces a small slender grain. 

The q wild animals are buffaloes, elk, deer, bears, wolves, pan¬ 
thers, wildcats, foxes, beavers, and otters. Pheasants, partridges, 
and wild turkeys, are frequent in the woods. 

The rivers afford plenty of fish. The “most common, particu¬ 
larly to the waters of the Ohio, are the buffalo-fish of a large 
size, and the cat-fish, sometimes exceeding 100 weight. Trout 
have been taken in Kentucky weighing 30 pounds. On these 
waters, and especially on the Ohio, geese and ducks are very 
numerous. , 

Fpssil coal is found in various parts. It is remarkably pure, 
and burns with a fine lambent flame, gives out great heat, and 
leaves but a small quantity of ashes. There are many springs, 
called oil springs, where Petroleum or Seneca oil is gathered °in 
great abundance. Salt springs are very numerous, from which 
salt is manufactured for the supply of the whole country. These 


WESTERN STATES. 


151 


springs by the inhabitants are called licks, from the earth about 
them being* furrowed out in a most curious manner by the buffa¬ 
loes and deer, which lick the earth on account of the saline par¬ 
ticles with which it is impregnated. 

The remote situation of this country from the seaboard <iren- 
ders it unfavorable for commerce. ^This inconvenience, how¬ 
ever, is in some degree remedied by its numerous, large, and 
navigable rivers, the principal of which is the Mississippi, the 
q great outlet of the exports of these States. But such is the 
difficulty of ascending this river, that most of the foreign goods 
imported into this country have been brought from Philadelphia 
and Baltimore, in wagons over the mountains, until the invention 
of steamboats, by which this country now begins to be ‘isupplied 
with foreign goods from New Orleans. 

There are many indications that the whole of this western 
country, at some remote period, must have been covered with 
water. One circumstance which particularly corroborates this 
opinion is, the vast quantities of marine shells frequently found 
in the hills at the height of 4 or 500 feet above the present bed 
of the rivers. Likewise bones, logs, and various petrified sub¬ 
stances, are frequently found under ground. 

Remains of ancient forts and fortifications, and mounds of 
earth which are found to contain human bones, hence supposed 
to be graves of some inhabitants more ancient than the present 
Indians, are found scattered over all this western country. 

The term Valley of the Mississippi , is now so often used in 
speaking of the Western States, that it needs some definite 
description. 

It has been divided by Mr. Darby, into four great subdivisions. 
1. The Valley of the Ohio, is 750 miles long, and 261 wide, leav¬ 
ing on the northwest side of the Ohio river 80,000, and on the 
southeast side, 116,000 square miles. 2. The Upper Mississippi 
Valley, above Ohio, is 650 miles long, and 270 miles wide, con¬ 
taining 180,000 square miles. It is remarkably level, and the 
soil much inferior to the Valley of Ohio. Its elevation is 1,330 
feet above the ocean level. 3. The Lower Valley of the Missis¬ 
sippi, including White, Arkansas, and Red rivers, is 1,000 miles 
long, 200 wide, and’contains 200,000 square miles. In this Val¬ 
ley are extensive prairies, much rich land, and perpetual swamps. 
On the east of the Mississippi the dense forests form a striking 
contrast to the prairies on the west side of that river. 4. The 
Valley of the Missouri is 1,200 miles in length, and contains 
253,000 square miles. The western part of the Valley rises to 
an elevation towards the Chippawan Mountains equal to ten 
degrees of temperature. Wide spread prairies cover much of 
this desolate tract, which must for ever be the abode of the buf¬ 
falo, the elk, the wolf, and the deer. 


152 


TENNESSEE. 


TENNESSEE. 

Climate. Tennessee enjoys a mild and temperate climate. 
q Vegetation commences 6 or 7 weeks sooner here than in Ver¬ 
mont or New Hampshire, and continues as many weeks later. 
Snow is seldom seen, and never continues for any length of time. 

Face of the Country, Soil, and Productions. Some parts of this 
State are so mountainous as to be incapable of cultivation. The 
q soil is clayey, and, on the rivers especially, is generally of a 
superior quality. 

The ^productions are those both of the Northern and Southern 
States. Indian corn is produced in abundance. It is excellent 
for hemp. Cotton thrives well, and so do wheat and other small 
grains, where the land is not too rich. It is tolerable for flax 
and sweet potatoes. Tobacco and indigo are produced in great 
perfection, and it will answer for upland rice. 

Manufactures. The manufactures are chiefly those of iron, 
maple-sugar, saltpetre, copperas, whiskey, and peach brandy. 
There are machines for spinning cotton, and several for the man¬ 
ufacture of hemp. 

Commerce. The q produce of this State, in order to get to 
market, is carried in boats down the Cumberland and Tennessee 
to the Mississippi, and down that river to New Orleans. Cotton 
and tobacco have hitherto been the most considerable articles 
exported; but lately hemp has been much cultivated, and prob¬ 
ably will become the staple commodity of the State. The Cum¬ 
berland affords the same advantages for ship-building as the 
Ohio, and during the rainy season, the water is of sufficient 
depth to float vessels of the largest size. 

Railroads. A part of the New Orleans and Nashville Rail¬ 
road is in this State, and has been commenced. Some other 
railroads have been projected. 

Towns. Nashville, on Cumberland river, is a flourishing town, 
and the q largest in the State. It is situated in the midst of a 
fertile country, and contains about 6,000 inhabitants. Cumber¬ 
land College is in this town ; it contains also a factory of hemp, 
and machinery for spinning cotton. 

Murfreesborough, pleasantly situated about the centre of the 
State, is a thriving town. 

Knoxville, containing 2,000 inhabitants, is situated on Holston 
river, 638 miles from Philadelphia; 543 from Baltimore ; and 
458 from Richmond ; to each of which places there is a good 
wagon road. 

Brainerd, on a creek which runs into the Tennessee, is a 
missionary station among the Cherokees, who are progressing 
in civilization. Here the Indian children are taught to read and 
write, and receive religious instruction. 

Inhabitants. Tennessee was first settled by emigrants from 


KENTUCKY. 


153 


the western parts of Pennsylvania and Virginia, a little before 
the commencement of the Revolution. 

Religion. The Methodists, Baptists, and Presbyterians are 
the most numerous denominations. 

Literature. Acts of incorporation have been obtained for no 
less than four colleges in this State. Greenville College is the 
most flourishing. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate and House of Representatives, who, 
with the Governor, are chosen for two years. 

KENTUCKY. 

q Climate . Snow seldom falls deep or lies long in this State. 
Winter begins about Christmas, and continues till February, 
so mild that cattle subsist with very little or no fodder. By the 
beginning of March, several shrubs and trees begin to shoot 
forth their buds, and by the middle of April the foliage of the 
forest is completely expanded. 

Face of the Country , Soil, and Productions. A tract of about 
20 miles wide, along the Ohio, is hilly, broken land, the rest of 
the country is agreeably uneven, gently ascending and descend¬ 
ing at no great distances. Scarcely any such thing as a marsh 
or swamp is to be found in the State. In the valleys the soil is 
thin and of an inferior quality, but on the swells it is sufficiently 
deep, and of abundant fertility. The inhabitants ^distinguish 
its quality by first, second, and third rate lands. Lands of the 
first quality will not bear wheat, nor the second to advantage, till 
having been reduced by two or three crops of corn, hemp, or 
tobacco. At the depth of 6 or 8 feet from the surface there is a 
bed of limestone, which extends nearly over the whole State. 
From this circumstance, the springs and streams of water soon 
fail, unless supplied by continual rains. The scarcity of water 
in the summer season is often very great. People are obliged to 
sink wells to the depth of 60 or 80 q feet through the limestone, 
in order to come at it for themselves and cattle. Many streams 
which in the spring have 20 or 30 feet depth of water, in August 
and September become so reduced as to be insufficient to carry 
a mill. 

The q high lands produce abundant crops of wheat, maize, to¬ 
bacco, hemp, barley, oats, rye, and flax. Hemp for several years 
past has been the q capital article of culture. From 700 to 
1,000 weight per acre is an ^ordinary crop. Indian corn yields 
on first-rate lands 100 bushels to an acre. A company formed 
for the purpose, in 1803, had 10 acres in grapes, under the super¬ 
intendence of a Swiss gentleman. There are some private vine¬ 
yards in different parts of the State. Cotton is seldom and with 
difficulty brought to perfection. Apples and peaches are abun- 


154 


KENTUCKY. 


dant. Hogs are very numerous. Some of the inhabitants keep 
150 or 200. They generally go in herds, and seldom leave the 
woods, where they almost always find a supply of food. The 
salt licks furnish salt, the maple supplies sugar, spirits are dis¬ 
tilled from grain, the rivers abound with fish, and the woods with 
buffaloes and deer. 

Manufactures. There is a growing attention to manufactures 
in this State. That of salt is considerable, as also of maple- 
sugar. 

Towns. Frankfort is the q seat of government, pleasantly sit¬ 
uated on Kentucky river, about 60 miles above its junction with 
the Ohio, and contains about 2,000 inhabitants. 

Lexington is much the largest town in the State. It contains 
7 churches, and is distinguished for the hospitality of its popula¬ 
tion. The inhabitants are devoting themselves to the manufac¬ 
turing system. The business dependent on Kentucky river is 
principally done here, as well as a great part of the whole com¬ 
mercial business of the State. The number of inhabitants is 
6 , 000 . 

Louisville, ^situated at the rapids of the Ohio, carries on an 
extensive trade with Natches, New Orleans, and St. Louis, and 
bids fair to become a large manufacturing town. The rapids in 
Ohio River, at this place, are now surmounted by a canal, two 
miles in length, called the Louisville and Portland Canal, de¬ 
signed for steamboats of the highest class. 

Internal Improvement. Many valuable works of internal im¬ 
provement are in progress, in this State, and others have been 
..projected. The navigation of Kentucky, Green, and Barren 
rivers, is to be improved by locks and dams, which are now con¬ 
structing. Other rivers have been examined with a view to like 
improvements. 

The Lexington and Ohio Railroad, from Lexington to Frank¬ 
fort, 29 miles, is now in operation. Green River Railroad from 
Hopkinsville to Cumberland river, about 50 miles, has been sur¬ 
veyed. Some excellent Turnpikes have been constructed, and 
the entire State will soon be intersected with fine McAdamized 
roads. The value of these improvements to the State will be 
incalculable. 

Religion. The most prevailing denominations are Baptists, 
Presbyterians, and Methodists. 

Literature. Besides the college at Lexington, called Tran¬ 
sylvania University, there are colleges at Danville, Augusta, 
Bardstown, and Georgetown. Something has been done by the 
legislature for the support of common schools, but as yet to very 
little effect. Respectable private schools, however, are fast in¬ 
creasing in the State. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate, chosen by districts for four years, and a 
House of Representatives chosen annually. The Governor is 


OHIO. 


155 


chosen by the people for four years, and is ineligible again for 
seven years. 

Curiosities. At Big Bone Lick, near the Ohio in this State, 
have been found at the depth of about 11 feet below the surface, 
a great number of bones, of most enormous size and weight, 
supposed to be of the mammoth, now extinct. One of the tusks 
found here was J6feet in length, 21 inches in circumference, and 
weighed nearly 100 pounds; teeth or grinders have been found 
from 5 to 12 pounds’ weight, and other bones in proportion. 


OHIO. 

q Climate. The winters in Ohio are mild. Snow never falls 
deep, and seldom remains more than three or four days on the 
ground. Fever and ague, and bilious remitting fevers, are prev¬ 
alent diseases on some of the low, wet lands; otherwise the 
State is healthy. 

Face of the Country , Soil, and Productions. This State is 
agreeably diversified with swelling eminences, and fertile plains. 
There are no elevations which deserve the name of mountains. 
The hills, though frequent, swell gently, are of a deep rich soil, 
and well adapted for the production of grain. The upper or 
northern part is the q most uneven. From the Scioto westward 
it is mostly a level country. In several parts are extensive plains, 
called prairies, or natural meadows, covered with wild grass and 
cane, but destitute of trees or shrubbery. These are pastures 
for large herds of buffaloes, which fatten on the herbage. The 
flat or bottom lands, as they are called, on the Ohio, and other 
rivers, are remarkably fertile. The ^productions are wheat, 
oats, barley, rye, Indian corn, hemp, and flax. The country, in 
its natural state, is covered with vast and majestic forests. A 
sycamore tree in the neighbourhood of Marietta is said to meas¬ 
ure 60 feet in circumference, and, being hollow, will contain 18 or 
20 men. 

*Minerals. Inexhaustible mines of pit coal are found from 
Pittsburg many miles down the river, and in other parts of the 
State. Freestone and iron ore are abundant on the banks of 
the Hockhocking. There are also valuable salt springs on 
the Scioto, and near the Muskingum, which are the property of 
the State. 

Rivers. The Ohio is the boundary of this State on the south. 
In common winter and spring floods this river affords from 40 to 
50 feet of water. The only serious ^obstruction to its naviga¬ 
tion are the rapids at Louisville, where the river descends 22£ 
feet in the distance of two miles. Large vessels pass down 
these rapids in high spring tides in safety, but cannot ascend. 
These rapids are now surmounted by a canal on the Kentucky 
side, which renders this river navigable its whole extent. The 


156 


OHIO. 


freshets sometimes q rise in this river to the astonishing height of 
40 feet. Various kinds of boats are used in its navigation; 
some are boarded up at the sides, and roofed something like a 
ropewalk. — It may be proper in this place to notice the floating 
mills for grinding grain, which are frequently seen upon this 
river. The mill is Supported by two large canoes, with the 
wheel between them; this is moored wherever they can find the 
strongest current nearest to the shore, by the force of which 
alone the mill is put in operation. In this manner the mill is 
floated up and down the river wherever a customer calls. 

The Muskingum is a gentle river, confined by high banks, 250 
yards wide at its confluence with the Ohio, 180 miles below 
Pittsburg. The Scioto is a large, navigable river. The Great 
Miami has a very stony channel, a swift stream, but no falls. It 
is 300 yards wide at its mouth. 

Commerce. The q exports from this State consist of flour, 
corn, hemp, flax, beef, pork, smoked hams, whiskey, peach bran¬ 
dy, and lumber. 

All the materials for ship-building abound in this country,— 
timber, hemp, and iron. Of black walnut, white oak, and locust, 
there are almost inexhaustible quantities, besides yellow pine for 
masts and spars ; and there is no country which can produce the 
article of hemp in greater abundance, or at a more moderate 
price. 

Railroads and Canals. The works of internal improvement 
which have been constructed in this State, appear almost super¬ 
natural, when we consider the time which has elapsed since her 
settlement. The Ohio Canal which connects the Ohio river 
with Lake Erie, 307 miles in length, is a splendid work. It has 
152 locks, and the lockage amounts to 12,050 feet. The Miami 
Canal extends from Cincinnati to Dayton, on the Miami; it is 
68 miles in length. Several other canal companies have been 
incorporated. One of them proposes to connect the Wabash 
with Lake' Erie. A large number of railroads have been incor¬ 
porated, and some of them are now in progress. The Mad River 
and Lake Erie Railroad, from Dayton to Sandusky, 153 miles, 
has been commenced. More than 40 other companies have 
been chartered. 

Towns. Columbus,45 miles north from Chillicothe, situated on 
the east bank of the Scioto, is the seat of government, and con¬ 
tains about 3,000 inhabitants. 

Cincinnati is the largest town, 300 miles below Marietta. The 
city is built with great regularity, on the plan of Philadelphia. 
This “Emporium of the West,” bursts upon the sight of the 
traveller like enchantment. It contains about 33,000 inhabitants, 
and its growth is astonishing. q In this town is Fort Washing¬ 
ton, which commences the chain of forts extending to the west¬ 
ward. 


VIEW OF CINCINNATI 



14 













































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































153 


OHIO. 


Marietta is the ^oldest town in the State, and delightfully situ¬ 
ated at the confluence of the Muskingum with the Ohio. The 
streets are spacious and cross each other at right angles. It has 
a jail, court-house, academy, and 3 rope walks, 850 feet in 
length. 

Chillicothe is situated in a fertile country on the Scioto, 
about 100 miles from its mouth. It is laid out on the plan of 
Philadelphia, and contains a jail, State House of hewn stone, 
and about 3,000 inhabitants. 

Athens, the (1 seat of the University in this State, is delight¬ 
fully "'situated in a healthy and fertile country on the Hock- 
hocking, 40 miles by water from the Ohio, and commands an 
extensive prospect of the river and the surrounding country. 
Its population is about 1,500. 

Literature. Ohio University, at Athens, was incorporated in 
1801; Miami University in 1809; Cincinnati College in 1819; 
Western Reserve College in 1828; Kenyon College in 1830, 
In Ohio are also 11 academies ; and schools are general through¬ 
out this growing State. 

Government. The legislature is styled the General Assembly, 
and consists of a Senate chosen for two years, and a House of 
Representatives chosen annually. The Governor is chosen for 
2 yeirs, and is eligible only 6 years in any term of 9 years. 

Antiquities and Curiosities. Vast mounds and walls of earth 
have been discovered in various parts of this State, particularly 
at Marietta, which have excited the astonishment of all who 
have seen or heard of them. When, and by whom they were 
constructed, and for what purpose, are matters wholly of con¬ 
jecture. The present race of Indians have no tradition, which 
can lead to any discovery. They are, however, ^supposed to 
be the remains of ancient forts. Those at Marietta are in 
squares. One of these contains 40 acres, encompassed by a wall 
of earth from 6 to 10 feet high, with three openings on each 
side, resembling gates. 

Similar works have lately been discovered on one of the banks 
of the Muskingum, the ramparts of which, in some places, are 
18 feet in perpendicular height. 

Near these forts there are ever discovered mounds of earth 
thrown up in the form 6f a sugar loaf, supposed to be Indian 
graves. One of these at Marietta is 115 feet in diameter and 30 
feet in perpendicular height. An opening being made in the top, 
it was found to contain human bones. 

A copper coin has been found on the bank of the Little Miami, 
4 feet under ground. The characters on the coin are Old Per¬ 
sian. In digging a well at Cincinnati, the stump of a tree was 
discovered, 94 feet below the surface, which had evident marks 
of the axe. 


INDIANA... ILLINOIS. 


159 


INDIANA. 

Climate , fyc. Neither the climate, face of the country, soil, or 
productions, of the State of Indiana, differ materially from those 
of the States of Ohio and Illinois. 

The Southern portion, towards the Ohio, contains much broken, 
hilly land. The northern half in general is quite level, and con¬ 
tains considerable tracts of prairie. 

The maple tree affords a supply of sugar, and the salt springs 
an abundance of salt. The culture of the grape from Switzer¬ 
land has been introduced, and wine is made at Vevay, and at 
New Harmony, on the Wahash. Coal is found in plenty on all 
the rivers emptying into the Ohio. 

Towns. Vincennes is the ^largest town in the State, situated 
in a fertile country, containing about 2,500 inhabitants. Here, 
most of the commerce of the State centres. The communica¬ 
tion with Detroit is by the Wabash and Miami rivers, the carry¬ 
ing place between which is about 15 miles. ( >Goods from Cana¬ 
da are brought down the Illinois ; from New Orleans up the 
Mississippi; and from the Eastern States down the Ohio, and up 
the Wabash. 

Indianapolis, the seat of government, is situated in a rice tract 
of country. Terre Haute is a flourishing town, 60 miles above 
Vincennes. The National Road from Indianapolis to Vandalia, 
passes through this place. Tippecanoe is a flourishing town. 
Steamboats ascend the Wabash to this place. 

Internal Improvement. This State has entered upon a system 
of internal improvement on an extended scale, in improving river 
navigation, and constructing canals, railroads, and turnpike roads. 
The Wabash and Erie Canal is mostly in this State ; the whole 
length is 187 miles, — the part in Indiana is 105 miles long. A 
railroad has been projected from Madison on the Ohio, to Lafay¬ 
ette, on the Wabash and Erie Canal. Length, 160 miles. Sev¬ 
eral other works are in progress. 

Government. A Governor, elected for 3 years, and the General 
Assembly, comprising the Senate, the members of which are 
elected for three years, and a House of Representatives, elected 
annually. 

Literature. Colleges are established at Bloomington, South 
Hanover, and Crawfordsville. 


ILLINOIS. 

Face of the Country , Soil , fyc. The State of Illinois is mostly 
level, of a fertile soil, and abounds in prairies. It is deficient in 
water power. Steam-mills, both for sawing and grinding, are in 
operation. 


160 


ILLINOIS. 


Illinois is a noble river, with a gentle current, 400 yards wide 
at its mouth, and is navigable to Otawas, 450 miles. Kaskaskia 
is a very dead stream, about 150 miles in length. 

The lands situated on the principal rivers, called bottoms, are 
of the first quality, and of inexhaustible fertility. The steep 
hills which border on the bottoms have obtained the name of 
bluffs. Here are frequently found quarries of stone, suitable for 
building ; but in many parts the plough may pass over thousands 
of acres without a stone to interrupt*its course. Oak is the most 
common tree of the forest. Black walnut, sugar-maple, syca¬ 
more, (or button-wood of New England,) cotton-wood, hickory, 
white and yellow poplar, are found in their proper soils. Grape 
vines indigenous to the country, are abundant, very prolific, and 
produce excellent fruit. 

The military bounty lands, granted to the soldiers, who enlist¬ 
ed into the army of the United States, in the late war, are situa¬ 
ted in this State, on the peninsula formed by the Mississippi and 
Illinois rivers. 

The buffalo is no longer found this side the Mississippi. Deer, 
wolves, panthers, and wild cats, are common. The farmers have 
large herds of neat cattle. 

The beds of coal, lead mines, and salt springs in this State, are 
sources of great wealth. These articles can be produced to al¬ 
most any amount. 

The castor bean thrives well; one bushel of the sdbd yields 7 
quarts, or more, of oil, considerable quantities of which are man¬ 
ufactured in the State. 

Toiviis. Vandalia, the capital, is pleasantly situated. The 
National Road, from Indianapolis, is located to this place. At 
Jacksonville is Illinois college. Manual labor is connected with 
this institution. It has a farm of 228 acres ; also a shop fur¬ 
nished with the requisite tools for performing most of the me¬ 
chanical operations concerned in the working of wood. At 
Rock Spring is a Theological School. Lower Alton, 20 miles 
above St. Louis, possesses superior advantages for commerce and 
business, and is increasing with wonderful rapidity. 

Canals and Railroads. The Illinois and Michigan Canal, ex¬ 
tending from Chicago on Lake Erie, to Ottawa, on Illinois river, 
about 95 miles, has been commenced. About 90 miles of the 
National Road are in this State ; it passes from the eastern side 
of the State to Vandalia. The Alton and Springfield Railroad 
has been surveyed, and will soon be commenced. More than 
twenty other companies have been incorporated. 

Government. The Governor holds his office four years. Leg¬ 
islative authority is vested in the General Assembly, consisting 
of the Senate, the members of which are elected for four years, 
and the House of Representatives, elected biennially. 


MISSOURI. 


161 


MISSOURI. 

Soil , Productions, fyc. The land near the rivers is rich, pro¬ 
ducing wheat, maize, hemp, tobacco, cattle, and swine, in plenty. 
The interior of the State is less fertile, rocky, and mountainous. 

About 50 miles west from St. Genevieve, by a good wagon 
road, are the ‘’famous lead mines, including a district 70 miles in 
length, and 45 in breadth, the whole of which abounds with lead 
ore, so exceedingly rich, that 100 pounds of the ore will ‘’yield 
from 70 to 80 of fine lead. The produce is more than 1,300 tons 
annually. 

S'iIt Springs. On the banks of Saline creek, 10 miles below' 
St. Genevieve, are a number of salt springs. 

Towns. St. Louis, beautifully q situated on the west bank of 
the Mississippi, 18 miles below the mouth of the Missouri. It is 
very favorably situated for trade, and bids fair to become a great 
commercial city. A brisk commerce is kept up between this 
place and New Orleans, distant 1,200 miles, by means of steam¬ 
boats. A trip from one place to the other and back again, usu¬ 
ally occupies 24 days. The fur trade of the western country 
centres here. Population, 4,000. 



SCENE ON THE MISSOURI RIVER. 


Jefferson city, the seat of government, is situated on the Mis¬ 
souri, a few miles above the mouth of Osage river, in the midst 
of a fertile country. 

Herculaneum, on the Mississippi, 30 miles below St. Louis, 
and St. Genevieve, 30 miles below Herculaneum, are the ‘iprinci- 
14 * 











162 


MICHIGAN....ARKANSAS. 


pal depots of the lead mines, to q which places the lead is trans¬ 
ported, and from whence it is sent up the Ohio, as far as Pitts¬ 
burg, and down the Mississippi to New Orleans. 

Railroads. A railroad has been projected to extend from St. 
Louis to Fayette, upwards of 100 miles in length. Another, 
also, from St. Louis, to the lead mines in Washington and Frank¬ 
lin counties. 

Government. The government is the same as that of Illinois. 

Education. Four colleges, and several academies, have been 
incorporated in this State. 


MICHIGAN. 

By Act of Congress, Michigan was admitted into the Union, 
upon an equal standing with the other States, on the 26th of Jan¬ 
uary, 1837. 

The population of Michigan has increased with great rapidity 
within a few years past. It amounted, in 1830, to 31,639; in 
1834, to 85,856, and in 1838, to about 250,000. 

The q climate is cold and healthy. Very little snow falls here, 
but the ice on the rivers and lakes affords good travelling. The 
q soil of this level and well-watered country, is generally fertile. 
The ^productions are wheat, maize, oats, barley, peas, apples, 
pears, peaches, and grapes. The ^forests consist of oak, black 
walnut, sugar-maple, beech, ash, elm, sycamore, cedar, and pines. 
The rivers and lakes abound with fish, and the woods with bees. 

Detroit, the q chief town, situated on Detroit river between 
Lake St. Clair and Erie, nine miles south of the former, con¬ 
tains 3,000 inhabitants, is well laid out, the streets crossing each 
other at right angles. It is a place of considerable trade, which 
consists chiefly in exchanging European goods with the natives 
for furs. q The streets are generally crowded with Indians in 
the day time ; but at night they are shut out of the town. 

Railroads. This State has already commenced a system of 
internal improvement. The Detroit and St. Joseph Railroad, 
about 200 miles in length, is now under contract. Many other 
railroads and some canals have been projected. 


ARKANSAS. 

Arkansas was formed into an independent State, and admitted 
to the Union- in 1836. 

The country is flat from the Mississippi westward for 150 miles, 
when it becomes broken and hilly. The ^diseases most com¬ 
mon are the ague and slow bilious fevers, which few emigrants 
escape. 


WISCONSIN TERRITORY. 


163 


Soil, fyc. On the rivers the q soil is abundantly rich and fertile ; 
hack from the rivers it is poor, for two or three hundred miles, 
when it becomes good. There is a great need of water in many 
parts of this country. The ‘’produce of cotton, where the land is 
well cultivated, is about 1000 pounds in the seed to the acre; 
Indian corn, from 50 to 60 bushels.* This country is well adapt¬ 
ed for raising cattle. On a branch of Arkansas river, there is a 
salt prairie, which, in a dry season, is said to be covered for sev¬ 
eral miles, with fine, white, crystallized salt. 

The principal rivers are Arkansas, White, St. Francis, and 
Wachitta. 

Towns. Little Rock, 300 miles above the Mississippi, on the 
Arkansas, is the seat of government. Dwight, a missionary sta¬ 
tion among the Cherokees, is situated about 400 miles from the 
mouth of the Arkansas river. Arkansas is situated on Arkansas 
river, 60 miles from its mouth. 


WISCONSIN TERRITORY. 

This Territory, has heretofore formed, for civil purposes, a part 
of the late Michigan Territory : but in 1836, by Act of Congress, 
it was erected into a Territorial government. q By Act of Con¬ 
gress, of June, 1838, the tract of country lying west of the Mis¬ 
sissippi, which formed a part of Wisconsin Territory, is to 
constitute a separate territorial government, under the name of 
Iowa Territory. q The portion lying east of the Mississippi, now 
forms Wisconsin Territory, and comprises 13 counties, containing, 
according to the census of 1838, a population of 18,149, and in¬ 
creasing rapidly. 

q Face of the Country, fyc. It is generally level, and in some 
parts, very fertile, abounding in pine forests and prairies, and is 
noted for its mines of lead, iron, and copper. 

The most remarkable production is wild rice, q with which the 
shallow lakes and margins of the rivers abound. The Indians 
paddle in among it, bend it over, and beat it off into their canoes 
with sticks. 

Education. In December, 1836, by an Act of the Legislature, 
an institution was incorporated, entitled “ The Wisconsin Uni¬ 
versity,” to be under the direction of 21 trustees appointed by 
the Legislature, and to be established at Belmont. 

The government consists of a Governor and Superintendent 
of Indian Affairs, chosen for 3 years. The Legislative Assembly 
is composed of a Council of 13 members, elected for 4 years, 
and a House of Representatives of 26 members, elected for 2 
years. By an Act of the Assembly, the seat of government 
hereafter is to be at Madison, on the Four Lakes. q 


164 


TERRITORIES. 


IOWA TERRITORY. 

This country was erected into a separate territorial govern¬ 
ment by Act of Congress, in June, 1838, q the commencement of 
the government dating from the 4th of July following. The 
Territory comprises the country lying west of the Mississippi, 
and north of the State of Missouri, to the British possessions, 
norths That part of the territory, which is more or less settled, 
is a beautiful, healthy, and undulating country, interspersed with 
timber lands and prairies, abounding in springs and mill privile- 
ges. q At the present time, it is settling with enterprising and 
industrious inhabitants, more rapidly than any other part of the 
western country. But none of the land has been purchased by 
the settlers, being all what are termed “ Squatters.” The total 
population ^according to the census taken in 1838, is 22,859. 

The government is similar to that of Wisconsin Territory. 

MISSOURI TERRITORY. 

Missouri Territory is inhabited by numerous tribes of Indians ; 
the Sioux, the Osages, the Kansas, and the Pawnees, are the 
principal. A few military posts have been established in it by 
the United States’ government. Much of it is yet unexplored. 


OREGON TERRITORY. 

This extensive tract of country, situated between the Rocky 
Mountains and the Pacific Ocean, was explored by the celebra¬ 
ted travellers, Lewis and Clarke, in 1805. 

Columbia is the great river of Oregon Territory. Near its 
mouth is a white settlement, called Astoria, where the fur trade 
is carried on with the Indians. The climate here is much milder 
than in the same latitude on the Atlantic coast. 


/ 



LABRADOR....NEW WALES....CANADA. 


165 


BRITISH POSSESSIONS IN NORTH 
AMERICA. 


Tiie British possessions, taken in their widest extent, exhibit 
a great variety of aspect and of climate, nine tenths of which 
are in possession of the Indians. 


LABRADOR. 

Labrador is full of frightful mountains, many of which are of 
a stupendous height. The valleys present numerous lakes, and 
produce only a few stunted trees. In the parallel of 60° north 
latitude, all vegetation ceases. Such is the intenseness of the 
cold in winter, that brandy, and even quicksilver freezes into a 
solid mass ; rocks often burst with a tremendous noise, equal to 
that of the heaviest artillery. At Nain, Okkak, and Hopedale, 
the Moravian missionaries have settlements. 


NEW WALES. 

In New Wales the face of the country has not quite the same 
aspect of unconquerable sterility as that of Labrador, and the 
climate, although in the same parallel of latitude, is a little less 
rigorous. But it is only the coasts of these immense regions 
that are known, the interior having never yet been explored. 
The q natives are called Esquimaux. Some factories and forts for 
the purpose of carrying on the fur trade with the Indians, are 
established by the Hudson’s Bay and Northwest Companies. 


CANADA. 

Canada was taken possession of and first settled by the 
French, from whom it was afterwards conquered by the English. 

Between Quebec and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the country 
is mountainous, and a few scattered mountains also occur be¬ 
tween Quebec and the mouth of the river Utawas; but higher 
up the St. Lawrence, the q face of the country is flat. The q soil 
is various, but generally fertile. In Lower Canada it consists 
mostly of a dark earth of about a foot deep, on a bed of clay. 
The Island of Orleans, near Quebec, and the lands on the St. 


166 


CANADA. 


Lawrence, and other rivers, are remarkable for the richness of 
their soil. The meadow grounds, or savannas, are for the most 
part exceedingly fertile. 

The severity of the climate, however, counterbalances the 
fertility of the soil. Though Canada is situated in the temperate 
latitude of France, the climate corresponds with that of the par¬ 
allel of 60° in Siberia. The ^extremes of heat and cold are as¬ 
tonishing; Fahrenheit’s thermometer in the months of July and 
August rising to 96°, and yet in winter the mercury generally 
freezes. Changes of weather, however, are less frequent, and 
the seasons more regular than in the United States. Snow not 
unfrequently begins to fall in October, and increases in Novem¬ 
ber ; in December the clouds are generally dissolved, and the 
sky assumes a bright hue, continuing for weeks without a single 
cloud. 

Here, however, as at Petersburg, winter is the season for 
amusement, and the sledges drawn by one or two horses, afford 
a speedy and pleasant conveyance in travelling; but on going 
abroad, all parts of the body, except the eyes, must be thickly 
covered with furs. 

In May, the q thaw comes on suddenly, and in its progress the 
ice in the river St. Lawrence bursts with the noise of cannon, 
and passes towards the ocean with tremendous rapidity and vio¬ 
lence. The •’progress of vegetation is astonishing. Spring has 
scarcely appeared before it is succeeded by summer. In a few 
days the trees regain their foliage, and the fields are clothed 
with the richest verdure. September, generally, is one of the 
most agreeable months. 

Wheat is raised for exportation ; a little tobacco for private 
use ; Indian corn in Upper Canada; rye, barley, and oats. “The 
sugar-maple affords a supply of sugar; the meadows yield excel¬ 
lent grass, and feed great numbers of cattle. 

The •’Canadian horses are mostly small and heavy; but very 
brisk on the road, travelling at the rate of 8 or 9 miles an hour. 
The calash, a sort of one-horse chaise, capable of holding two 
persons and the driver, is the q carriage most generally in use. 

The Canadians have a species of large q dogs, which are used 
in drawing burdens. They are yoked into little carts; in this 
way people frequently go to market. Sometimes they perform 
long journeys in the winter season, on the snow, by half a dozen 
or more of these animals yoked into a cariole or sledge. 

Quebec is the •’capital, not only of Canada, but of all British 
America. It is •’situated on a lofty point of land at the confluence 
of the river St. Charles with the St. Lawrence, 320 •’miles from 
the sea, and 364 •’from Boston. 

Nearly facing it on the opposite shore there is another point, 
and between the two, the river is contracted to the breadth of 
nearly three quarters of a mile ; but. after passing through the 
strait, it expands to the breadth of 5 or 6 miles. The wide part 


CANADA. 


167 


of the river immediately below the town is called “ The Bason,” 
and is sufficiently spacious to float a hundred sail of the line. 

Quebec is ^divided into two parts ; the Upper Town, situated 
on a rock of limestone, on the top of the point, and the Lower 
Town, built round the bottom of the point close to the water, 
and at high tides nearly on a level with it. The rock whereon 
the upper town stands, in some places towards the water, rises 
nearly perpendicularly, so as to be totally inaccessible ; in other 
parts it is not so steep, but that there is communication between 
the two towns. 

The Upper Town is a place of immense strength. Towards 
the water it is strongly guarded by nature, and on the land side 
by stupendous fortifications. The houses are mostly of stone, 
but small, ugly, and inconvenient. The streets are irregular, 
uneven, narrow, and unpaved. The number of inhabitants in 
both towns, is 27,562. The environs of Quebec present a most 
beautiful scenery. 

Montreal, the ^second city of Canada, is ^situated on the east 
side of an island in the river St. Lawrence, 200 miles below 
Lake Ontario, and J80 above Quebec. This is the head of ship 
navigation on the St. Lawrence. The number of inhabitants is 
27,297. The Catholic Cathedral will contain 10,000 persons, 
and the college has 300 students. Nelson’s Monument, and the 
Parade Ground, also adorn this city. The '’chief trade of this 
city is in furs. The Northwest Company is composed mostly of 
Montreal merchants, who employ more than 1,200 men in this 
trade. A great number of canoes, formed of the bark of the 
birch tree, and loaded with coarse cloths, blankets, ammunition, 
and spirituous liquors, are sent off every spring up the river Ut- 
tawas, about 280 miles, thence across by land to Lake Nipissing 
into Lake Huron and Lake Superior, to the Grand Portage, and 
from thence by a chain of small lakes and rivers to Fort Chep- 
awyan, the q place of rendezvous, where the Indians of that 
country resort to barter their furs. 

Trois Rivieres, or Three Rivers, is pleasantly situated about 
half way between Quebec and Montreal. This town is a place 
of great resort for several Indian nations, who come here to dis¬ 
pose of their furs. Two islands at the mouth of a small river 
which here empties into the river St. Lawrence, produce the 
appearance of three rivers ; hence the name of the place. 

The ‘'most considerable towns in Upper Canada are Toronto, 
the seat of government; Kingston, at the head of the St. Law¬ 
rence, in which the king’s shipping on Lake Ontario winter; 
Newark, Queenstown, Chippeway, situated on Niagara river, the 
latter directly opposite the falls. These falls form one of the 
greatest natural curiosities of this or any other country. The 
earth is perceived to tremble for several rods round, and a heavy 
cloud of fog is constantly ascending in which the rainbow is 
always visible when the sun shines. 




168 


NEW BRUNSWICK AND NOVA SCOTIA. 


Queenstown, sometimes called “ The Landing,” about 7 miles 
below the falls, is the q head of ship navigation. 

Most of the inhabitants in Lower Canada are of French ex¬ 
traction, who retain, in a great ^measure, the manners and cus¬ 
toms of their ancestors, and profess the Roman Catholic religion. 
They live, for the most part, in log-houses, which being well and 
compactly built, and planed and white-washed on the outside, 
have an agreeable appearance. 

Nearly all the settlements in Lower Canada are q situated 
close upon the rivers. For several leagues below Montreal the 
houses stand so closely together as to have the appearance of one 
continued village. 

In Upper Canada there are many emigrants from the United 
States. 


NEW BRUNSWICK AND NOVA SCOTIA. 

New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, in most particulars, are very 
similar. The q face of the country is neither mountainous nor 
quite level. There are several rivers, among which those of 
Annapolis and St. John’s are the most considerable. The q soil 
is in general thin and barren, particularly on the coast. In some 
parts there are very extensive tracts of marsh, which are rich 
and productive. Both the soil and the climate are unfavorable 
to the cultivation of grain, and the inhabitants do not raise provis¬ 
ion sufficient for their own consumption. The fisheries, however, 
^compensate in some measure for the sterility of the soil. The 
coast abounds with cod, salmon, mackerel, haddock, and herring. 
Their q chief exports are fish and lumber. Coal is found in Nova 
Scotia ; and plaster of Paris, particularly at Windsor, from 
whence large quantities are exported to the United States. 

The ^capital of Nova Scotia is Halifax, on Chebucto Bay. 
The town is commodiously situated for the fishery, and for a 
communication, both by land and water, with the other parts of 
the province and with New Brunswick. It has a good harbour 
open at all times of the year, when almost all other harbours in 
these provinces are locked up with ice. A small squadron of 
ships of war is stationed here. At the northern extremity of the 
town is the king’s navy yard, well built, and amply supplied with 
stores. Halifax is well situated for a seat of government, and 
contains about 15,000 inhabitants. 

Frederickton, about 90 miles up St. John’s river, is the present 
‘teeat of government in New Brunswick. 

St. John’s is the ^largest town, at the mouth of St. John’s river, 
and contains about 10,000 inhabitants. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. —CAPE BRETON, &c. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 


169 


The island Newfoundland possesses a sterile and barren soil. 
The interior has never yet been explored. The ‘’climate is cold, 
and the coasts extremely subject to fogs, attended with almost 
continual storms of snow and sleet. The only q vegetable pro¬ 
duction of any importance is timber, of which there is a great 
abundance. 

This island is q chiefly valuable for the great cod fishery carri¬ 
ed on upon the Banks of Newfoundland, in which not less than 
3,000 sail of small craft belonging to Great Britain, France, and 
the United States, are said to be employed. 

St. John’s, the capital, containing about 12,000 inhabitants, 
was nearly destroyed by three destructive fires in 1816 and 1817. 
Boston and New York, in the severity of winter, sent the suffer¬ 
ers provisions, which were gratefully received by the distressed 
inhabitants. 


CAPE BRETON ISLAND 

Is about 100 miles in length, and separated from Nova Scotia 
by a narrow strait, called the Gut of Canso. It is considered the 
key to Canada. Both the soil and climate are unpropitious to 
the purposes of agriculture. The inhabitants are chiefly depend¬ 
ent on the fisheries for their support. The population is about 
12,000. Sydney is the capital town. 

ST. JOHN’S, FORMERLY CALLED PRINCE EDWARD’S 
ISLAND. 

This island is 110 miles long, and has a rich soil. Charlotte¬ 
town, containing about 3,000 inhabitants, is the principal town. 
The whole number of inhabitants upon the island is estimated at 
about 18,000. 


BERMUDAS. 

The Bermudas, or Somer’s Islands, as they are sometimes 
called, are four in number, besides numerous smaller ones unin¬ 
habited. They q lie off against the Southern States, about 600 
miles from the Carolina shore. The q houses are built of a soft 
porous stone, which being frequently white-washed to resist the 
rain, exhibit the most beautiful contrast with the greenness of 
the cedars and pastures. The Bermudians are mostly sea-faring 
people, and few of the men are ever at home. However indus¬ 
trious they may be abroad, at home they are indolent, and greatly 
addicted to luxury and gaming. The women are generally 
handsome, affectionate to their husbands and children, and fond 
of dress. Population about 10,000. 


170 


MEXICO. 


RUSSIAN SETTLEMENTS. 

These settlements are on the Northwest Coast. It is a dreary 
country, valuable only for its furs. The most noted mountain is 
that called St. Elias, which is visible 60 leagues off at sea. 


MEXICO. 

In 1521, Mexico was subdued by the Spaniards under Cortes. 
It continued a province of Spain till 1821, when it declared itself 
independent, and established a republican form of government, 
with a Constitution similar to that of the United States. This 
immense territory is ^situated between 16° and 42° north lati¬ 
tude, and extends from the Gulf of Mexico and the United States 
on the east, to the Pacific Ocean on the west. 

The elands on both coasts are low. Thence there is a grad¬ 
ual ascent till the country attains an elevation of 6 or 8,000 feet 
above the level of the ocean, when it spreads out into a broad 
extended plain called “ Table Land.” Thus the city Mexico is on 
a plain or table land; but this table land has a greater elevation 
above the level of the ocean, than most of our mountains ; and, 
in fact, it is considered as a vast mountainous range like the Al¬ 
leghany Mountains in the United States, and is called the Cor¬ 
dillera, or Andes, in Mexico, with this difference, that the tops 
of the Alleghany Mountains consist of steep, narrow ridges, with 
valleys between them, whereas the top of the Cordillera is a 
broad plain, and the best inhabited part of the country. On this 
plain, mountains occasionally rise, whose tops are covered with 
perpetual snow. 

In so extensive a country as that of Mexico, one half of which 
is in the torrid and the other in the temperate zone, there must 
necessarily be a great diversity of soil and climate. In the trop¬ 
ical regions the year is divided into only two seasons, called the 
rainy and the dry. The rainy season commences in June or 
July, and continues about four months, till September or Octo¬ 
ber, when the dry season commences, and continues about eight 
months. On the low lands upon the coast, the climate is hot 
and unhealthy. On the declivity of the Cordillera, at the eleva¬ 
tion of 4 or 5,000 feet, there reigns perpetually a soft spring tem¬ 
perature, which never varies more than 8 or 9 degrees. At the 
elevation of 7,000 feet, commences another region, the q mean 
temperature of which is about 60°. Mexico is in this region, 
and the thermometer there has been known in a few instances, 
to descend below the freezing point. It never rises above 75°. 

The qsoil of the table land is remarkably productive. It is 



r 



•3 fl 

So 

to 

o o 

"O D 
O n3 
Ph o 

o, 

O ® 

J=3 

> ^ 

^ s 

CO 

t :.3 2 

ctf J-« 
O 

O £ £ 

^4-. rt <d 

o ©,p 

D > P 

• r-H 

OT 

“ c3 P 

C _ V 

a .2 S 

•E^S P 

p 

& 


to 

© 


o 
2 

cr-c ^ 

© © to 
> 

O 


© 

S3 

P 

O 

s-. 

X3 


c 

ctf © 


© 

2 
c o 
<D to 
J- T3 

P 
0$ 
-p 


to s 

cd — 2> 

^ w 02 

a ^ o 

u* 

.—* ^-> O 

0) P 

x: oT o 

tsiS-TJ 

o £*£ 

O ^ 

w 3 

C G 

§ § 
02 CQ 
P-P 
O-S^ 
C C- 3 

r= £ « 
§ G c 

rs O rf 

© ^ o 

is x 

fl t? Q) 

O 


© 

+-> 

0) 

■4—)* 

’to 

c 




ctf 

rx 

C3 

TO 



<4-1 

o o 









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































172 


GUATIMALA. 


however exposed to droughts in the spring. Maize is the ‘’most 
important object of culture. In the most warm and humid re¬ 
gions it will yield two crops in a year. In the different eleva¬ 
tions of this country may be found a climate suited to almost 
every production either in the torrid or temperate zone. The 
shores of the bays of Honduras and Campeachy have been long 
Celebrated for their immense forests of logwood and mahogany. 
A great commerce is carried on in these articles ; likewise in 
cocoa and cochineal, which are also ^products of this country. 
Here likewise grow those trees which produce the balsams co- 
paiva and tolu. But what q most distinguishes this country are 
its immensely valuable mines of gold, silver, and precious stones. 

Mexico, the Capital, is one of the most expensive, populous, 
and opulent cities of the New World. It is q situated on the 
banks of a lake, and the houses are all q built upon piles. The 
streets are very wide, perfectly straight, and intersect each other 
at right angles. The most sumptuous buildings are the churches, 
chapels, and convents. The Cathedral, built in the Gothic style, 
especially, is Remarkable for its splendid and costly decorations. 
This city is the abode of all the most opulent merchants, and the 
centre of the commerce carried on with Europe, through the 
q ports of Vera Cruz and Acapulco. There is a road from Mex¬ 
ico to New Orleans 1,549 miles long. The population of the 
city is about 150,000. 

Vera Cruz and Acapulco, the former on the coast of the Mex¬ 
ican Gulf, and the latter on that of the Pacific Ocean, are the 
b two ports to the city Mexico, through which the trade of the 
capital is carried on with Spain and the Philippine Islands. 

Santa Fe is remarkable as being the most northern settlement 
of any note in Spanish America. Population, 3,600. 

The inhabitants are distinguished into six q classes or castes. 
1. The Whites. 2. The Indians. 3. The Negroes. 4. The 
Mestizoes, or descendants of whites and Indians. 5. The Mu- 
lattoes, or descendants of whites and negroes. 6. The Samboes, 
or descendants of Indians and negroes. 

The Whites are again subdivided into two q classes. 1 . Eu¬ 
ropeans, or such as were born in Europe, and emigrate into 
America. 2. Creoles or Whites of European extraction, but 
born in America. The religion is Roman Catholic. The popu¬ 
lation of the republic of Mexico is computed at 8,000,000; viz. 
Whites, 1,500,000 ; Indians, 4,000,000 ; Mixed races, 2,500,000. 


GUATIMALA. 

Guatimala, now independent, extends from Mexico nearly to 
the Isthmus Darien, and is divided into six provinces; viz. Chi- 
apa, Vera Paz, Guatimala, Honduras, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. 



GREENLAND. 


173 


1 his country is divided by the Bay of Honduras into two pen¬ 
insulas. Its soil is generally good, and its productions are grain, 
grapes, honey, cotton, wool, dye-woods, &c. Its population, 
principally Indians, is about 2,000,000. Guatimala, the capital, 
before its destruction by an earthquake, in 1830, had a good har¬ 
bour, contained a university, and about 30,000 inhabitants. Leon, 
on Lake Leon, contains about 10,000 inhabitants. 



FLOATING ICE-FIELD AND ISLANDS. 


GREENLAND. 

Greenland, belonging to Denmark, is the farthest north, and 
one of the coldest countries in the world. It is supposed to 
contain about 20,000 inhabitants. Except in the low lands and 
valleys, near the sea, it is nearly destitute of trees, and generally 
of vegetation, being in most parts covered with eternal snows, 
which never melt, even in summer. The seas about Greenland 
are filled with immense quantities of ice, which are said to re¬ 
main even for ages undissolved. Pluge pieces are often seen 
floating in the seas, not only as big as the largest houses, but 
which even resemble small mountains. These are sometimes 
dashed against each other by the force of the winds and waves, 
with such violence as to crush the strongest ships to pieces when 
caught amongst them, and with a noise that exceeds the report 
of a cannon. White bears of an enormous size are sometimes 
seen floating upon pieces of ice. The natives of Greenland, in 
pursuing their seal fisheries, often visit these fields of ice, as the 
cut represents. 

15 * 












174 


WEST INDIES. 


This inhospitable country, notwithstanding, is said to be inhab¬ 
ited as far north as 76°. In some of the more southern parts, 
the ground becomes so thawed in June and July as to yield 
some herbs and a little grass. The inhabitants, however, are 
obliged to ^depend for their subsistence wholly upon hunting 
and fishing. They are of short stature, with long black hair, 
small eyes, and flat faces. They seem to be a branch of the 
American Esquimaux, and greatly resemble the Laplanders 
and Samoides of Europe. In latitude 64° and 68° are two Danish 
settlements, named Good Hope and Disco. The Moravians have 
missionaries at New Hernnhut, Lichtenfels, and Lichtenau. 

The seas about Greenland ^afford a peculiar species of animal, 
called the seal , 9 or 10 feet in length, with two small feet before, 
on which he is able to walk a little upon the shore. This animal 
is the constant prey of the Greenlander, and furnishes him with 
almost everything he wants. The flesh he eats ; with the oil he 
feeds his lamp ; the skin serves him for clothes, or is used to line 
the inside of his tent. 

A considerable whale fishery is carried on in the seas adjacent 
to Greenland, principally by the British and the Dutch. 


WEST INDIES. 

There is so great a similarity in the situation, climate, product, 
and commerce of these islands, that some general observations 
are applicable to them all. 

Climate . Situated under a vertical sun, the heat on these 
islands would be almost insupportable, but for the sea and land 
breezes, which blow regularly every day and night, almost the 
whole year. The sea breeze, or trade-wind, q sets in from the 
sea towards the land about 10 o’clock in the morning, and blows 
till night, when the land breeze ^commences from the centre 
of the island, and blows from every point of the compass till 
morning. 

The chief ^distinction of seasons in these hot countries is into 
dry and rainy ; snow and frost are entirely unknown. The rainy 
seasons are two, the spring and the autumnal. The spring peri¬ 
odical rains 'icommence about the middle of May, and commonly 
fall every day, about noon, attended with thunder, and break up 
towards evening, creating a bright and beautiful verdure, and a 
rapid and luxuriant vegetation. 

After these rains have continued about a fortnight, the weather 
becomes dry, settled, and salutary ; not a cloud is to be perceiv¬ 
ed, and the sky blazes with irresistible fierceness. At this sea- 


WEST INDIES. 


175 


son, before the setting 1 in of the sea breeze, at about 10 o’clock 
in the morning, the heat is scarcely supportable ; but no sooner 
is the influence felt of this refreshing wind, than all nature re¬ 
vives, and the climate in the shade not only becomes very toler¬ 
able, but pleasant. This weather continues till about the middle 
of August, when the diurnal breeze begins to remit, and the 
atmosphere becomes sultry, incommodious, and suffocating. To¬ 
wards the last of summer, large towering clouds, fleecy, and of a 
reddish hue, are seen in the morning in the south and southeast. 
The tops of the mountains at the same time appear free from 
clouds, wear a bluish cast, and seem nearer than usual. In the 
beginning of autumn, when these vast accumulations of vapors 
have risen to a certain height, they commonly move horizontally 
towards the mountains, proclaiming their progress in deep and 
rolling thunder. These are preludes to the second periodical 
or autumnal rains, which Commence in September or the begin¬ 
ning of October, and descend with such impetuosity, that they 
resemble more the pouring of water out of buckets, than rain. 
It is now that hurricanes, those dreadful visitations of Provi¬ 
dence, are apprehended. They are furious storms of wind at¬ 
tended with the most violent rain, thunder and lightning, some¬ 
times with an enormous swelling of the sea, and not unfrequently 
with an earthquake. The violence of the blast is such that nothing 
can resist its force. The largest trees are torn up by the roots, 
the sugar-canes are scattered through the air, houses are blown 
down, the boilers and stills of many hundred weight are removed 
from their places and dashed to pieces. 

In December the atmosphere becomes clear, the weather 
pleasant and serene, and the temperature cool and delightful. 
This season lasts till May, and is to the sick and the aged, the 
climate of paradise. In the summer and fall months, malignant 
fevers are prevalent, which often prove fatal to foreigners. 

Productions. Sugar, produced from the sugar-cane, is the 
^capital article of exportation from these islands, to which mo¬ 
lasses and rum are appendages. The sugar-cane is a jointed 
reed, usually from 3£ to 7 feet in ^length, and from half an inch 
to an inch in diameter, containing a soft pithy substance, which 
affords a copious supply of juice, of a sweetness the least cloying 
in nature. 

The plant is propagated by cuttings, usually selected from the 
tops of the canes that have been ground for sugar. These are 
placed in holes, and covered with mould about two inches deep. 
The canes, when grown, are ground, and the expressed juice 
being boiled down to a thick syrup, is laded into proper vessels, 
where, as it cools, it runs into sugar. Jlolasses are the refuse or 
drainings of the sugar, from which, with the addition of the skim- 
mings of the hot juice, and the lees of former distillations, Rum 
is distilled. A plantation of 300 acres of sugar-cane is allowed 


176 


WEST INDIES. 


to ^produce on an average, 200 hogsheads of sugar, and 130 
puncheons of rum, of 110 gallons each annually. 

The q other principal productions of the West Indies, are cot¬ 
ton, indigo, coffee, cocoa, ginger, pimento, or allspice, arnotto, 
aloes, cloves, cinnamon, beeswax, and honey. 

^Coffee is the fruit of a small tree, planted out in squares of 
about 8 feet, producing from 1 to 3 or 4 pounds each tree, and 
from 300 to 700 weight per acre. 

q Cocoa, or the chocolate nut, is also the fruit of a small but 
very tender tree, which begins to bear the fifth year after it is 
planted, and yields two crops of fruit in a year. The cocoa tree 
delights in water, and the ground where it is planted must be 
reduced to a mire, and carefully supplied with water, otherwise 
it will die. It must also be planted in the shade, or defended 
from the perpendicular rays of the sun. 

* Ginger is a root planted like the potatoe, and dug once a year. 

Arnoito is ^derived from a shrub 7 or 8 feet high, bearing ob¬ 
long hairy pods, which contain the seeds, enveloped in a pulp of 
a bright red color. 

q Aloes are the product of a small plant, propagated by suckers. 
A strong decoction is made which is boiled to the consistency of 
honey, and then suffered to harden. 

^Pimento, or Allspice, is the fruit of a tree which grows spon¬ 
taneously in Jamaica, where it forms the most delicious groves. 
A single tree has been known to q yield 100 pounds of the spice. 
The berries are gathered by the hand while green, and exposed 
to the sun about 7 days, when they become of a reddish brown. 

On the West India Islands, the labor was formerly performed 
by negro slaves ; but by an act of the British Parliament in 1833, 
the slaves were on the 1st of August, 1834, made apprenticed 
laborers , a part of them to continue such till the 1st of August, 
1838, and a part till the 1st of August, 1840, when they are all 
to become completely free. The greater proportion of the inhab¬ 
itants of these islands are negroes. 

To this general account will now be added a few particulars 
concerning some of the most considerable of the West India 
Islands. 


CUBA. 

Cuba is the largest of the West India Islands. It is about 
700 miles in length, and is celebrated for the superior flavor of 
its tobacco. Ebony and mahogany are among its trees. The 
forests abound with wild cattle, which are hunted for their hides 
and tallow. Some gold is found in the sand of its streams ; but 
its most valuable q mineral product is copper of an excellent 
quality, with which, in the form of utensils, it supplies the other 
Spanish colonies. Its whole population is 738,000, of which 
number 330,000 are whites. 


WEST INDIES. 


177 


Havana, its ^capital, is a place of great note and importance, 
on account of its harbour, and is the usual station of the principal 
maritime force of Spanish America, and the place of rendezvous 
for the ships laden with the wealth of all the settlements on their 
homeward voyage. The city is strongly fortified and well built, 
containing about 130,000 inhabitants, and carries on a great 
trade with foreign countries. 


ST. DOMINGO OR HAYTI. 

This is the ‘’next in size, and one of the most fertile of all the 
West India Islands. It was the first settlement of the Spaniards 
in the New World. Its forests ‘’abound with wild cattle, which, 
as on the island Cuba, are hunted for their hides. Population 
now about 940,000. 

So lately as the year 1790, this island was divided between 
France and Spain. The year following an alarming insurrection 
of the negroes broke out in the French colony, which deluged 
half of the northern provinces in blood. In i793, about 3,000 
negro slaves, supported by the mulattoes, entered Cape Francois, 
the capital city, and perpetrated an universal massacre of the 
white men, women, and children. After various attempts at 
subjugation on the part of France, all of which proved unsuc¬ 
cessful, the blacks at length succeeded in expelling their mas¬ 
ters, the French, and have established an independent govern¬ 
ment under the administration of Boyer, who is styled President 
of Hayti, a name they have given to the island. 


JAMAICA 

Is the ‘’chief of the British West India Islands. It is highly 
cultivated, but in ‘’natural fertility is far inferior to Cuba and 
Hayti. Its population is 360,000, of whom only 30,000 are 
whites. 

The '’principal commercial town is Kingston, a sea-port on the 
southern coast. It is opulent and populous, and the merchants 
live in a style of great splendor. Port-Royal, situated on a fine 
bay, was accounted the best harbour; but has been reduced by 
repeated earthquakes, and other calamities. It still contains the 
royal navy yard, arsenal, and barracks. 


PORTO-RICO 


Is the '’next of the larger islands, and ‘’belongs to Spain. It is 
reckoned a fertile and beautiful country, but is only partially 


178 


WEST INDIES. 


cultivated. There are only a few sugar plantations here. Pop¬ 
ulation, 325,000. St. Juan, its capital, on the north side of the 
island, contains about 30,000. 


THE CARIBBEE ISLANDS, 

Is the general appellation of that group or range, which 
stretches in a curve line from Porto-Rico to the coast of South 
America. Most of these islands are nearly plain in their sur¬ 
face ; some of them labor under a total want of springs of fresh 
water. They are, however, extremely fertile, and q yield abun¬ 
dantly the usual products of the tropical regions. Of the whole 
group, Guadaloupe and Barbadoes are the ‘’most important. Mar- 
tinico is also a valuable island. Dominica contains several vol¬ 
canoes. These islands are particularly ^subject to hurricanes, 
more so than the largest West India Islands. 

THE BAHAMA ISLANDS, 

Called by the Spaniards Lucayas, ^comprehend in general all 
the islands north of Cuba and Hayti. They are very numerous, 
but being narrow strips of land, and mostly barren, few of them 
are inhabited. Their principal ^products are cotton, salt, turtle, 
oranges, pine-apples, and dyeing-woods. Several vessels, called 
wreckers, frequent these islands, attracted by the numerous 
wrecks of trading ships in their passage along the channels be¬ 
tween the Bahamas and the coast of Florida on one side, and 
that of Cuba on the other. 

TURK’S ISLANDS, 

" ^Situated directly north from Hayti, are ^celebrated for the 
production of salt, obtained from salt ponds, which on these 
islands are very numerous. Early in the year the salt in these 
ponds crystallizes and subsides in solid cakes to the bottom, from 
whence it is raked out, and exported in large quantities to the 
United States. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


179 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


In a description of South America, our attention is first most 
naturally led to a consideration of its mountains. 

These are the famous Andes, abounding with volcanoes of the 
most sublime and terrific description. They follow the direction 
of the western coast, at the distance of about 100 q miles, and 
extend from the Strait of Magellan to the isthmus of Darien. 
Chimborazo, the ‘’most elevated summit in this range, and one of 
the highest mountains in the world, is about 100 miles south from 
Quito. Its height has been estimated at 21,440 q feet, nearly 4 
miles above the level of the ocean. No human being has ever 
yet ascended to its top. The region of perpetual snow ^begins 
at about 2,400 feet from its summit. 

The q next in elevation is supposed to be Cotopaxi, a tremen¬ 
dous volcano, which is said to eject stones of eight or nine feet 
in diameter, to the distance of some miles. Its height is 18,890 
feet. It is, however, to be observed, th'at these summits rise 
from the high plain of Quito, which is itself of far greater ele¬ 
vation than the Alleghany mountains. The Andes here form a 
double chain, which extends about 500 miles. It is between this 
double ridge that the high plain of Quito is q situated. 

There are many other summits between three and four miles 
high, but that called Pichinca, whose top is exactly three miles 
above the surface of the sea, is the most remarkable, on account 
of its having been the residence of the French mathematicians 
for some time in order to measure a degree of longitude. Though 
this mountain is situated almost directly under the equator, they 
found the cold excessively severe, the wind at the same time 
being so violent, that they were in danger of being blown down 
the precipices. They were also frequently involved in such a 
thick fog, that they could not distinguish objects at the distance 
of 6 or 8 paces. When the fog cleared up, the clouds de¬ 
scended towards the earth, and surrounded the mountain in such 
a manner as to represent the sea, with the rock on which they 
were situated, like an island in the centre of it. When this 
happened they heard the horrid noises of the tempests, which 
then discharged themselves on Quito and the neighbouring coun¬ 
try. They saw the lightnings issuing from the clouds, and heard 
the thunder rolling far beneath their feet. 

But what q most attracts attention in these mountains, is the 
mineral treasures contained in their bowels. The incalculable 


180 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


riches in gold and silver, which they produce, surpass the con¬ 
ception of the most insatiable cupidity. The celebrated moun¬ 
tain of Potosi, in Peru, is particularly q famous as containing one 
of the richest silver mines in the world. This mountain which 
rises in a conical form, is about 20 miles in circumference. It is 
perforated by more than 300 shafts. Its surface presents neither 
trees nor herbage, all vegetation being blasted by the numerous 
furnaces. This celebrated mine was accidentally ^discovered 
in 1545, by one of the natives, who, in pursuing a chamois, pulled 
up a bush on the side of the mountain, when, to his astonish¬ 
ment, the breach made in the surface, laid open this immense 
vein of silver, the richest that the world had ever afforded. 

The rivers in South America are on a scale no less grand than 
its mountains. The Amazon is justly considered the ^largest 
river in the world. It is 3,300 miles in length, and of very great 
depth ; but what most distinguishes this river, is the sea-like ex¬ 
panse with which it meets the ocean, it being of the astonishing 
q width of 150 miles at its mouth. The streams, which, uniting, 
constitute this mighty river, descend with amazing impetuosity 
from the eastern declivity of the Andes. Its waters are muddy, 
denoting the richness of the tract through which it flows. In 
the rainy season, it overflows its banks. The tides are percept¬ 
ible at 600 miles from its mouth. 

The Rio de la Plata, or River of Silver, is, in magnitude and 
extent of course, the q second river in South America. It is 
chiefly composed of two great streams, the Paraguay and Para¬ 
na. The breadth of the estuary is such, that a ship in the middle 
of it cannot be seen from the land. Vessels of burden can nav¬ 
igate up the Paraguay to Assumption, which is 1,200 miles from 
the sea. The channel of La Plata is so obstructed by shoals, 
that the Navigation is very difficult and dangerous. 

The q third great river of South America is the Orinoco. 
There is one striking peculiarity observable in regard to this 
river, which is, that by means of the Lake Parima, it has three 
communications with the Amazon; a noble provision for exten¬ 
sive inland navigation, if this country should ever be fully settled 
by a civilized and active people. 

The whole interior of South America, comprising all the coun¬ 
tries watered by these noble and majestic rivers, is an immense 
plain, of which many extensive districts are annually inundated 
by their redundant waters. 

Among the animals peculiar to South America, the q most ex¬ 
traordinary is the Sloth, or as it is called by way of derision, the 
Swift Petre. It is about the size of an ordinary monkey, but of 
a most wretched appearance. It never stirs unless impelled by 
hunger ; it is said to be several minutes in moving one of its 
legs. Every effort is attended with a most dismal cry. When 
this animal finds no wild fruits on the ground, he looks out with 
a great deal of pain for a tree well loaded, which he ascends 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


181 


with great uneasiness, moving and crying and stopping by turns. 
At length, having mounted, he plucks of all the fruit and throws 
it on the ground, to save himself such another troublesome jour¬ 
ney ; and, rather than be fatigued in coming down the tree, 
gathers himself in a bunch, and with a shriek drops to the 
ground. 

Monkeys are very numerous in South America. They herd 
together, 20 or 30 in company, rambling through the woods, 
leaping from tree to tree, and, if they meet with a single person, 
will sometimes attack him ; they suspend themselves by the tail 
on the boughs, and seem to threaten him all the way as he 
passes ; but when two or three persons are together, they usually 
run off at their approach. 

The q animals which produce the wool of this country, are to be 
met with nowhere else. They are of two kinds, the Lama, and 
the Vicuna, sometimes called Peruvian Sheep, being most fre¬ 
quently met with in that part of South America. The Lama, in 
several particulars, “resembles a camel, as in the shape of its 
neck, head, and some other parts ; but it is smaller, has no bunch, 
and is cloven footed. Its upper lip is cleft like that of a hare, 
through which, when enraged, it spits a venomous juice that in¬ 
flames the part on which it falls. It is about the size of a stag, 
is used as a beast of burden, being very swift, and is capable of 
bearing vast fatigue. The Vicuna is much smaller than the 
Lama, and produces finer wool. 

The Jaguar, called the American Tiger, is the “most fero¬ 
cious, dreaded animal in South America, and attains a great size. 
The Puma, by some called the American Lion, is a much inferior 
animal, and rarely attacks mankind. 

Among the feathered tribes, the Condor, a species of vulture, 
is the “most celebrated ; and is undoubtedly the largest bird 
that pervades the air. Its size is so enormous, that the wings 
when extended, measure nine,twelve, or even sixteen feet from 
tip to tip. The body is of a black color, with a white back ; 
the neck is surrounded with a fringe of long, white feathers; the 
head is clothed with brown down or wool. The Condor builds 
its nest on the highest mountains, under the shelter of some pro¬ 
jecting rpek, in which the female lays two white eggs. It q preys 
on calves, sheep, goats, and such animals, and, when very much 
pressed by hunger, it has been known to carry off children of 10 
years of age. 

The Ostrich is likewise an inhabitant of South America. It 
is equal in q height to a man, its neck being about 2 feet 8 
inches in length, and its legs as long as its neck. 

In Surinam river, in Guiana, is “found that remarkable fish 
called the Gymnotus Elf.ctkicus, or Electric Eel, which gives 
a strong electric shock to any person who touches it in a certain 
manner with both hands. The Gymnotus grows to a very large 
16 


182 


COLOMBIA. 


size ; some are said to be 22 feet in length, the shock of which 
would instantly kill a man. 


COLOMBIA. 

Face of the Country. The q northern and western parts are 
mountainous. The ^country watered by the Orinoco and its 
branches is low and flat; and is annually inundated in many 
parts, by the overflowing of the rivers. 

Climate. The only ^distinction of seasons here, is into the 
dry and the rainy; the former called summer, and the latter win¬ 
ter. Dreadful tempests of thunder and lightning are not unfre¬ 
quent in the rainy seasons. The low country is hot and un¬ 
healthy. Among the mountains may be found every variety of 
climate in the world. Their tops, although under a vertical sun, 
are covered with perpetual snow. In descending, one meets 
successively with spring, summer, and autumn. The plains near 
them are temperate and delightful. At Quito, the inhabitants 
are never obliged to make any difference in the warmth of their 
dress on account of the seasons. 

Soil and Productions. The q soil is remarkably fertile, q pro- 
ducing in abundance cocoa, indigo, cotton, coffee, sugar, and to¬ 
bacco ; likewise the olive, almond, Seville and China oranges, in 
great perfection. The pine-apple also grows here. It is the 
fruit of a plant about three feet in height. The flower is at the 
top formed like a lily, and of so elegant a crimson as to dazzle 
the eye. Here, also, are tamarinds, and the banana, which 
makes a good substitute for bread. The tropical trees are full 
of blossoms and fruit all the year. 

The plains of the Orinoco furnish immense pastures, and 
numberless herds of cattle are dispersed over their whole extent. 
Brazil wood and fustic are Common in the forests ; likewise the 
quinquina, which yields the Peruvian bark, ebony, and guaiacum. 

The woods abound with monkeys. Wild boars, tigers, leop¬ 
ards, and deer, are common in the forests. Alligators infest the 
rivers, and venomous serpents the land. The Nigua is a most 
troublesome insect, which inserts itself through the skin into the 
flesh, and, unless speedily removed, lays numerous eggs, which in 
a few days become young niguas, and spread in the flesh, and 
are very troublesome. 

q Minerals. Gold, silver, copper, and lead mines are found in 
various parts of the country. Platina, a very valuable metal, is 
found at Choco. The emerald mines at Muzo, fifty miles north of 
Santa Fe, are the most celebrated in the world. 

Cities. Santa Fe is beautifully situated on a spacious plain. 
The streets are regular, and the houses generally handsome. 
The city formerly contained 30,000 inhabitants. 

Quito, the most populous town, is situated on a plain of re- 


I 


f 


PERU. 183 

markable elevation, between two branches of the Andes. The 
houses are all one story, on account of the earthquakes, and built 
of unbaked brick. The population is about 75,000, of whom only 
a sixth part are whites. 

Carthagena, ^situated on an island joined to the continent 
by two artificial necks of land, contains 20,000 inhabitants. The 
houses are mostly built of stone, with balconies of wood. This 
place has severely suffered by the conflicts between the Royalists 
and the Independents. 

Panama is situated on a bay of the same name. In the har¬ 
bour is a fine pearl fishery. Porto Bello has been a place of con¬ 
siderable note, but at present is on a decline. 

Caraccas is ‘’situated on a plain, at an elevation of 2,593 feet 
above the level of the ocean. It is several leagues from the sea, 
from which it is separated by mountains, and rendered difficult 
of access. The houses generally are well built and richly 
furnished. Some of the public buildings are elegant. The pop¬ 
ulation is estimated at 40,000, — 12,000 of whom were destroyed 
by an earthquake, in 1812. Beggars throng the streets. Thefts, 
and even assassinations, are not unfrequent. The climate here 
is delightful, owing to the elevation of the place. La Guira, the 
*iport of Caraccas, 7 miles distant, is more frequented than any 
other on the coast. 

Cumana is the most ancient city, and is ‘’celebrated for the in¬ 
dustry and enterprise of its inhabitants. The population is esti¬ 
mated at 24,000. Maracaibo contains about the same number, of 
whom 5,000 are slaves, 5,000 are freed persons, and the rest are 
whites. The only water to be had here, is that of the lake. 

St. Thomas, the capital of Spanish Guiana, situated on the 
Orinoco, is the q seat of government. 

There are many tribes of Indians in this country still unsub¬ 
dued. Such as have been conquered are treated by the Span¬ 
iards with great lenity and kindness. They live in villages, and 
are governed by their own caciques. 

By a canal a few miles in length it is thought very practicable 
to connect the river Atrato, falling into the Gulf of Darien, with 
the river San Juan, falling into the Pacific, thus connecting by a 
water communication the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. 

PERU. 

The western ridge of the Andes penetrates this country its 
whole extent, and divides it into two different climates. That 
part situated between the mountains and the Pacific Ocean, is a 
sandy plain. Neither rain, thunder, nor lightning, is ever known 
here. A thick fog, however, in the winter covers the country, 
which, dissolving into small mists or dew, moistens the earth, 
and renders it fertile. 


184 


PERU. 


East of the western ridge of the Andes, and between that and 
the eastern ridge, lies a high valley , or elevated Table Land, 
generally from 8 to 10,0( 0 feet above the level of the ocean, 
which enjoys a perpetual spring, at a temperature of about 65 
or 66 degrees of Fahrenheit, with scarcely any variation through¬ 
out the year. Its width is from ICO to 150 miles. The fields are 
perpetually verdant. All the grains, wheat in particular, wave 
in golden harvests; and the fruits of Europe blush amidst, those 
of the torrid zone. 

The tree which affords the Peruvian bark is a native of this 
country. It is about the size of a cherry tree, and hears a fruit 
resembling the almond. The most remarkable animals are the 
Lama and the Vicuna. 

There are several gold mines in Peru ; but those of silver are 
found all over the country. The treasure derived annually from 
these mines is immense. 

Peru is the only part of South America that produces quicksil¬ 
ver, so necessary in extracting gold from its ore. In this point 
of view, Peru has the advantage over Mexico, which imports its 
quicksilver from Spain. The ‘’principal mine is at a place called 
Guanca Velica, discovered in 1567, where it is found in a whitish 
mass, resembling brick, illy burnt. This substance is volatilized 
by fire, and received in vapor by a combination of glass vessels, 
where, by means of water, it is condensed at the bottom of each 
vessel, and forms a pure, heavy liquid. 

Lima is the ‘’capital, not only of Peru, but of all South Amer¬ 
ica. It is ^situated in the midst of a spacious valley, about 6 
miles from the sea, surrounded with brick walls, with ramparts 
and bastions, and is excellently watered by the river Rimac. 
The number of inhabitants is estimated at about 60,000. The 
streets are handsome and straight, but the houses are generally 
only one story high on account of the earthquakes. There are, 
however, many magnificent structures, particularly churches, in 
this city, and all travellers mention with admiration their exces¬ 
sively rich decorations within, even the walls being ornamented 
with a profusion of gold, silver, and precious stones. An in¬ 
stance of the vast wealth of the inhabitants was given in 1682, 
when the streets through which the Viceroy made his public en¬ 
try into the city, were paved with ingots of silver. Lima car¬ 
ries on a very extensive commerce. 

Callao serves as a ‘’port to Lima, about 5 miles distant, near 
the Pacific Ocean. Its harbour is the largest, most beautiful, 
most convenient, and most secure, upon the western coast. In 
1747, this port was completely overwhelmed by a most terrible 
earthquake. In this instance, as is usual in the case of earth¬ 
quakes, the sea, first retiring a great way from the shore, sudden¬ 
ly returned and buried the whole town under water. Out of 
nearly 4,000 inhabitants, only 200 escaped ; of 23 vessels which 


BOLIVIA. 


185 


were in the harbour, 19 were suddenly sunk, and the other four 
were carried by the force of the waters a great distance up the 
country. Nothing of the town was left standing, except a piece 
of the wall of the fort. This port lias since been rebuilt a little 
further back from the sea. 

Arequipa is the ‘'second city of Peru in point of population. 
The number of inhabitants is estimated at 24,000. Near it is 
a dreadful volcano. It has been four times laid in ruins by 
earthquakes. Truxillo contains a population of 6,000. 

Guamanga is handsomely situated in a wide and extensive 
plain. Its buildings are of stone, and are thought to be superior 
to any in Peru. Population, 25,000. 

Cusco is the most ancient city in Peru, ‘■founded by the first 
Inca for the seat of his empire. On a contiguous mountain was 
a fortress, built by the Incas for their defence. This mountain 
they had begun to enclose by a wall of most prodigious strength. 
The palaces of the Incas were spacious and magnificent, built 
of stone, the seams of which were closed up with melted gold. 
Most of the apartments were decorated with the figures of men, 
animals, plants, and flowers, all of cast gold. The Incas sat on 
a stool of gold. The waters of the palace were from cisterns of 
gold ; even the utensils of the kitchen were all gold. The mag¬ 
nificence of the palaces, however, was far inferior to that of the 
Temple of the Sun, which was of the utmost display of earthly 
grandeur. It was of freestone, lined with gold. In the princi¬ 
pal apartment was the image of the sun, consisting of a gold 
plate, which covered the whole breadth of the chapel. On each 
side were the embalmed bodies of the Incas on thrones of gold. 
The gates of the temple were covered with gold, and round the 
top was a cornice of gold, three feet deep. Its population is 
about 30,000. 

Such was this splendid capital at the time of the invasion of 
this country by the Spaniards under Pizarro, who overturned the 
Peruvian monarchy. The city was almost wholly demolished by 
the Spaniards in their eager search after gold, silver, and hidden 
treasures. 


BOLIVIA. 

Bolivia is bounded north and east by Brazil, south by the Uni¬ 
ted Provinces and Chili, west by Peru and the Pacific Ocean. 
It contains about 1,200,000 inhabitants two thirds of whom are 
Indians. In climate, soil, and productions, it resembles Peru, and 
is well watered by rivers. It was erected into a state, in 1825, 
and took its name after the distinguished General Bolivar. 

Potosi, containing about 30,000 inhabitants, is in the vicinity of 
the celebrated silver-mines of that name. The churches are re¬ 
markably magnificent, and profusely decorated with utensils and 
ornaments of n-old and silver. The houses are generally well 
16* 


186 


CHILI. 


built, and sumptuously furnished. The adjacent country is re¬ 
markably barren. 

Chuquisaca is the seat of government. It is situated in the 
mountains, and contains 20,000 inhabitants. 


CHILI. 


The ^climate of Chili is most salubrious. Though bordering 
on the torrid zone, it never feels extreme heat, being screened 
on the east by the Andes, and refreshed on the west by cooling 
breezes from the sea. The order of the seasons here is inverted 
from what it is in the United States. Spring begins in Septem¬ 
ber, summer in December, autumn in March, and winter in June. 
From the beginning of spring to the middle of autumn, the sky 
is always serene, chiefly between 24 and 36 degrees of latitude ; 
showers seldom fall during that period. The rains begin about 
the middle of April, and continue till the end of August. Thun¬ 
der is scarcely known, except on the Andes. Snow does not fall 
in the maritime provinces ; but on the mountains, from April to 
November, it is perpetual. 

The fertility of the soil corresponds with the benignity of the 
climate, and is wonderfully accommodated to European produc¬ 
tions. The most Valuable of these are corn, wine, and oil. 
The ^northern provinces produce the sugar-cane, the sweet po¬ 
tato, and other tropical plants. Maize is common and abundant. 
The large white strawberry of Chili is now known in English 
gardens. Many of the plants are valuable as dyes, and others as 
medicines. The gentian is peculiar to Chili. The beautiful 
flowers and shrubs are almost infinite. The trunk of the puvi 
supplies excellent cork. Of 97 kinds of trees, which diversify 
the forests, only 13 lose their leaves in winter. 

Bees abound in the southern provinces. Reptiles are rare. 
The sea supplies various kinds of excellent fish. Ostriches are 
numerous in the valleys of the Andes. The eggs, of which the 
female lays from 40 to 60 in the sand, yield, each of them, 
about two pounds of good food ; and the feathers are used for 
plumes, parasols, and fans. The condor is also known in this 
country. Most of the European animals have improved in this 
climate. The celebrated Spanish sheep have not lost any of 
their distinguishing qualities ; the horned cattle are larger 
than those of Spain ; and the breed of horses surpasses, both in 
beauty and spirit, the famous Andalusian race, from which they 
sprung. 

Of all the metals, gold is the most q abundant in Chili. 
There is hardly a mountain or a hill but produces more or less 
of it. It is found in the soil of the plains and in the sand of all 
the rivers. 


PATAGONIA. 


187 



ARAUCAJNIAN VILLAGE. 


There still exists in the southern part of Chili, the Arauca- 
nian tribe of Indians ; they are warlike and live in scattered 
villages. Their horses are well trained for martial use. 

St Jago is the ‘’capital. It is situated on a delightful plain, 
90 miles from the ocean. Near the middle of the city is the 
grand quadrangular piazza or public square, 450 feet on each 
side, with a beautiful fountain of bronze in the centre. Here 
are J1 convents, 7 nunneries, 4 parochial churches, 3 hospitals, 
and a royal university. The number of inhabitants is about 
46,000. 

Valparaiso, containing 10,000 inhabitants, is the q port of St. 
Jago, and is the most commercial city in Chili. 

Conception is the q second city of Chili. The inhabitants are 
about 15,000. The houses are only one story, that they may be 
able more effectually to resist the shocks of earthquakes, which 
occur here almost every year. 

Two roads lead from Chili to Peru ; one by the sea-coast, 
which is destitute of water and provisions, and the other by the 
mountains. There are 8 or 9 roads that cross the Andes, which 
cannot he passed in less than 8 days. These roads in many places 
are so steep and narrow, that travellers are obliged to quit their 
mules, (the only animal that can be employed,) and go on foot. 

PATAGONIA. 

This extensive country which is bounded on the south by 
the straits of Magellan, is inhabited by two distinct tribes of 
Indians. Recent travellers say the northern tribes are peaceable 
cultivators of the land, and that they carry on a wool trade. At 
Camden is a Spanish settlement. It is said that the tribes at the 
south are very tall, and live by hunting. 



188 UNITED PROVINCES OF SOUTH AMERICA. 


UNITED PROVINCES. 

The Vice-royalty of Buenos Ayres, on proclaiming itself inde¬ 
pendent, in 1816, took the name of The United Provinces of South 
America. It is mostly a level country, abounding with plains, by 
the Spaniards called Pampas, some of which are many hundred 
miles in extent, for the most part uninhabited, and destitute of 
trees, or any object to interrupt the sight, covered in their natu¬ 
ral state, with high grass, which waves and tosses in the wind 
like a sea. These plains are ^infested with wild Indians, which 
render travelling in many places dangerous. They are also the 
resort of innumerable herds of wild cattle, and horses. 

The ^climate is remarkably salubrious. In the summer the 
air is serene ; but in the winter, which here commences in June, 
storms often occur, attended with rain, and dreadful thunder and 
lightning. At this season, likewise, the vehement west winds, 
which blow from the pampas or plains, are very troublesome to 
the inhabitants. This wind, passing over a plain of 8 or 900 
miles in extent, and not meeting with any thing in its course to 
check its impetuosity, acquires additional strength ; till, by run¬ 
ning straight along the channel of the river La Plata, it blows 
with such fury that ships, in order to withstand it, are obliged to 
throw out all their anchors. The approach of this wind is indi¬ 
cated by violent thunder and lightning. 

The ^productions are maize, potatoes, cotton, sugar, indigo, 
pimento, ipecacuanha, and, above all, the herb Paraguay, so called. 
It is the leaf of a middle-sized tree, an infusion of which is drank 
for tea, almost everywhere in South America, particularly in 
Peru and Chili. 

Immense quantities of wild cattle are killed here every year, 
solely for their hides, which constitute a principal article of 
trade in this country. About 20 hunters proceed on horseback, 
where these animals are known to herd, having in their hands a 
long stick, shod with iron, and very sharp, with which they strike 
the ox they pursue on one of the hind legs; and they make the 
blow so adroitly, that they almost always cut the sinews above 
the joint. The animal soon afterwards falls, and cannot rise 
again. The hunters, instead of stopping, pursue on after the 
herd at full gallop, with the reins loose, striking in the same 
manner all they overtake ; and thus 18 or 20 men will with ease 
fell 7 or 800 cattle in an hour. When they are tired of this ex¬ 
ercise, they dismount to rest, and afterwards knock on the head 
those they have wounded. After taking the skin, and sometimes 
the tongue and suet, they leave the rest for birds of prey. 

Great numbers of wild dogs, which descended from the do¬ 
mestic kind, infest the pampas, particularly in the country near 
the city Buenos Ayres. They live under ground in holes, which 
may easily be discovered by the quantity of bones heaped round 
them. 


BRAZIL. 


189 


The horses of this province are excellent. They possess all 
the spirit of the Spanish horses, from which they have descend¬ 
ed, and they travel with great rapidity. The inhabitants make 
no provision either of hay or straw for the support of these ani¬ 
mals, the mildness of the climate allowing them to graze in the 
fields all the year. 

Serpents are numerous, some of which are of enormous size. 
The jacuniama is from SO to 50 feet in length. It Conquers its 
prey by crushing it to death in its folds. 

Buenos Ayres, so called from the salubrity of its climate, situ¬ 
ated on the river La Plata, is the ''capital. The river here is 30 
miles wide, but of difficult navigation. The public buildings are 
mostly elegant, being built of beautiful white stone. The houses 
are of brick, and about 6,000 in number. The city carries on a 
very exlensive commerce. Its population is 80,000. 

Monte Video has a good harbour, and is well fortified. The 
population is diminished to about 10,000. 

Mendoza carries on a considerable trade. Population, 21,000. 

There is an uninterrupted post road across the continent, from 
the city of Buenos Ayres to Peru. The q mode of travelling is in 
covered carts or caravans, drawn by oxen. A communication is 
kept up in the same way with Chili. In crossing these exten¬ 
sive pampas or plains, however, great danger is incurred from 
the savage Indians, which inhabit them. It is necessary that 
sentries be set every night, and that the utmost precautions be 
taken to prevent being surprised by them ; in which case only, 
or when greatly superior in numbers, their attacks prove suc¬ 
cessful. 


BRAZIL. 

Brazil is mostly a level country, in some parts covered with 
impenetrable forests, and in others frequently flooded by the 
annual inundations of its principal rivers. In the ^northern parts 
the climate is hot and insalubrious. Proceeding towards the 
south, it is more agreeable ; south of the tropic of Capricorn, it 
is temperate, pleasant, and healthful. 

This country generally possesses the most luxuriant fertility. 
Its most important ^vegetable productions are sugar, tobacco, 
and indigo. Great quantities of sugar are produced and export¬ 
ed. The tobacco is excellent. Its 'other vegetable productions 
are Indian corn, wheat, rice, coffee, cocoa, or chocolate, pepper, 
cactus, on which is bred the insect furnishing cochineal, and the 
red or Brazil wood, of which so much is imported into different 
countries for the purpose of dyeing, and from which the country 
derives its name. Various species of melons likewise thrive 
here ; also, the plaintain, the banana, the palm, the yam, ginger, 
and tumeric. The ''principal fruits are the pine-apple, mango, 
tamarind, oranges, limes, and grapes. Several medicinal plants 


190 


BRAZIL. 


of high estimation grow here spontaneously, and in great abun¬ 
dance, such as contrayerva, Indian pink, jalap, and guaiacum. 

Besides the Brazil wood, this country q furnishes logwood, 
fustic, mahogany, ebony, and satin wood. 

The horses of Brazil are small, and incapable of much labor; 
in the interior they run wild in vast droves, and are of so little 
value, they are merely caught to perform a journey, and when 
tired, or the journey is over, are again turned loose. Brazil also 
abounds in wild cattle, which, as in Spanish America, are hunted 
for their hides. 

Brazil breeds a variety of serpents and venomous reptiles ; 
among which are the Indian salamander, with four legs, whose 
sting is said to be fatal; the ibiboboca, a species of serpent about 
seven yards long ; the rattlesnake, of enormous size; and the 
liboya, or roe-buck snake, which is said to extend to the length 
of between 20 and 30 feet, and to be two yards in circumference. 

Brazil is chiefly ^celebrated for its gold and diamond mines. 
The latter are near Ville Nova de Principe, about 17 degrees 
south latitude. The diamonds of Brazil are not so fine as those 
of Hindostan. Thdse are the only countries yet known to afford 
the diamond. One of the largest yet discovered was sent from 
Brazil to the king of Portugal. It ^weighed 12£ ounces, and has 
been valued at £56,787,500, or $ 252,388,886. The most minute 
precautions are taken in Brazil to prevent the concealment of 
diamonds, by persons of every description coming from the 
mines ; they are not only stripped naked, and minutely, searched, 
but even their horses and mules are purged. The amount of 
gold annually obtained is estimated at $5,000,000. 

The commerce of Brazil is of great importance, and is contin¬ 
ually increasing. The ^exports consist chiefly of the produce of 
the mines, sugar, tobacco, hides, indigo, various drugs and mate¬ 
rials for dyeing. The ^imports are grain, wine, and several other 
European productions, with almost all the various articles of Eu¬ 
ropean manufacture. The Brazilians, however, now manufacture 
several of the most necessary articles for home consumption. 

Rio Janeiro, or St. Sebastian, is the q capital of Brazil. It is 
situated about 4 miles within the entrance of a bay of the same 
name. The entrance is less than a mile wide, and crossed in 
every direction by heavy batteries, being commanded on each 
side by high rocks, on one of which is the castle of Santa Cruz. 
The streets are in general straight and well paved. The squares 
are adorned with fountains, supplying water from a magnificent 
cistern. Many of the houses are well built of hewn stone. All 
is bustle and activity in this city, in the various pursuits of busi¬ 
ness, devotion, and pleasure. Every hour in the day bells and 
other signals announce some religious ceremony ; after sunset, 
the streets are crowded with processions ; and at every corner 
is stuck up in a glass case, the image of the Virgin Mary, which 
receives a regular homage from passengers. The population is 


ENGLISH, FRENCH, AND DUTCH GUIANA. 191 

estimated at 150,000, of whom nearly four fifths are black, or 
mixed. 

The other chief cities are St. Salvador and Pernambuco. The 
latter is not of any considerable magnitude ; but the former is 
but little inferior to Rio Janeiro. It stands in a lofty situation on 
the coast, and has an excellent harbour. Till the middle of the 
last century it was the chief city of Brazil, and the seat of the 
Viceroy. 

Luxury, ostentation, and indolence, are the '’general charac¬ 
teristics of the Portuguese in Brazil. All '•labor is chiefly per¬ 
formed by slaves, of which 20,000 are imported from Africa 
annually. In some of the towns the number of the blacks 
exceeds that of the whites in a tenfold proportion. The negroes 
here are a sort of tenants, or undertakers of work. In the busi¬ 
ness of collecting gold and jewels, the master supplies his slave 
with certain quantities of provisions and tools, and the slave is 
obliged to return a certain quantity of gold and jewels. All that 
remains over this fixed ratio, how great soever may be its value, 
is the property of the slave. Under such regulations a negro 
who may happen to be fortunate in his undertakings, may some¬ 
times acquire a very considerable property. The rich pearl fish¬ 
eries of Panama, and other parts, are in the same manner in the 
hands, as it were, of negro tenants. The slaves in the towns 
are allowed to hire themselves out to different kinds of employ¬ 
ment, on condition of paying to their masters a certain proportion 
of their wages. After a slave has, by any of these means, 
acquired property, and wishes to purchase his freedom, if the 
master’s demands be exorbitant, the laws enable him to have 
the price fixed by sworn appraisers, appointed by the magistrate. 
On all occasions, in case of ill-treatment, the slave can, on mak¬ 
ing complaint to the magistrate, procure immediate redress.— 
In consequence of these regulations, the slaves are faithful and 
laborious ; the free negroes are numerous, industrious, quiet, and 
attached to the country and government. The greatest part of 
the artificers are free negroes, and of this class of men some of 
the best troops in Spanish and Portuguese America are composed. 

The Roman Catholic is the universal religion in Brazil. 

ENGLISH, DUTCH, AND FRENCH GUIANA. 

English, Dutch, and French Guiana extends on the coast from 
the river Essequibo to the Oyapok, 800 miles. 

The '’face of this extensive country is flat to a great distance 
into the interior, and '’subject to inundations. It is watered by 
several rivers, the chief of which is the Essequibo, 300 miles in 
length, and 9 miles wide at its mouth. The Surinam is a fine 
river, three quarters of a mile in width. No country, perhaps on 
the globe, has a richer soil, or displays a more luxuriant vegeta¬ 
tion. Along the coast the air is damp and sultry, and the waters 


192 ENGLISH, FRENCH, AND DUTCH GUIANA. 

are brackish and unwholesome. The sea breeze from the north¬ 
east, however, contributes to refresh the atmosphere. Sugar, 
coffee, cocoa, indigo, ginger, rice, maize, and tobacco, are the 
articles q chiefly cultivated. All the tropical plants and fruits 
thrive here, except such as require a dry and sandy soil. 

Among its forest q trees may be mentioned the red mangrove 
tree, which sends forth from its branches and trunk a vast num¬ 
ber of filaments, like a ship’s ropes, which fall into the ground, 
take root and rise again ; the guaiaeutn, 40 feet high; the cassia 
fistula, between 40 and 50 feet high, bearing brown, cylindric 
pods, 18 inches in length ; and the camphor tree. The silk- 
cotton tree, which grows to the height of 100 feet, is free from 
branches about 70 feet. It yields triennial crops of silky cotton, 
and is the favorite tree for the Indian canoes. The cabbage tree 
grows to the height of 120 feet, with the cabbage on the top of 
the trunk. It has the taste of an almond, and is boiled or eaten 
raw. 

A plant of this country, called troolies, is a very singular pro¬ 
duction. Its leaves lie on the ground, and sometimes attain the 
almost incredible dimensions of 30 feet in length, and three in 
breadth. These leaves are q used as a covering for houses, and 
will last several years without any repair. 

Among the vegetable productions may likewise be mentioned 
a variety of drugs of great potency in medicine, as quassia, the 
castor-oil bean, ipecacuanha, and balsam copaiva ; likewise some 
of the most mortal poisons, both of the slow and rapid kind, but 
equally fatal in their operation. Ebony, fustic, and Spanish 
cedar, abound near the rivers, as well as many other kinds of 
valuable timber. 

Tigers infest the woods, and alligators the rivers. Serpents 
are exceedingly numerous, some of which are of enormous size, 
and others extremely venomous. 

Paramaribo, the capital of Dutch, and the largest town in all 
Guiana, is q situat.ed on the river Surinam, 15 miles from its 
mouth. The streets are all paved, and planted with orange, 
lemon, and tamarind trees. The population is estimated at 
20,000, of whom 3,000 are Jews. The town is defended by a 
fort called New Amsterdam, near the mouth of the river. 

Cayenne, the q capital of French Guiana, is situated on a 
marshy and unhealthy island, about 30 miles in circumference. 
The town is small, and the houses badly constructed, with wood. 
The number of white inhabitants, exclusive of the garrison, is 
about 1,200. This dreary spot was the place of exile to which 
many of the French royalists were expelled in the time of the 
Revolution. 

The white inhabitants of Surinam are mostly English and 
Dutch ; those of Cayenne are chiefly French. The morals of 
all are wretchedly depraved. All q labor is here performed by 
slaves. Their ^treatment in the Dutch colony is excessively 


UNCONQUERED COUNTRIES. — ISLANDS. 


193 


severe, so that bands of negroes, impelled by despair tp revolt, 
have retired into the interior parts of the province, and under 
leaders of their own, have formed themselves into a distinct 
community. They are called maroons, and having increased in 
numbers, by successive desertions from the settlement, have now 
become formidable to their former masters. 

UNCONQUERED COUNTRIES. 

The Independent Indian Nations ^inhabit principally all the 
central part of South America, particularly Amazonia and Patago¬ 
nia ; which are unconquered countries entirely in their possession. 

Spanish and Portuguese America have likewise a numerous 
Indian population. The same may be said of French and Dutch 
Guiana, of which a small part only is subdued a,nd colonized. 

ISLANDS. 

The islands contiguous to South America are, — Trinidad, 
generally included among the West Indies, lately ceded to 
Great Britain by Spain. It is represented as fertile, and well 
‘‘adapted to the cultivation of coffee. It is remarkably free from 
those hurricanes which so often spread devastation in the West 
India Islands. This island is q noted for a remarkable lake of 
petroleum, or fossil oil, which affords a valuable object of expor¬ 
tation, as being the best preservative of the bottoms of ships from 
the worms, which are so destructive to them in the West Indies, 
and the warm climates of America. 

The Falkland Islands, near the southern extremity of South 
America. These islands belong to Spain. They are situated in 
a very inclement climate, with a barren q soil. 

Tf.rra del Fuego, separated from the southern extremity of 
South America by the strait of Magellan, is wholly in ^possession 
of the natives, a wretched and squalid race, shivering with per¬ 
petual cold, and supporting life on a scanty supply of shell fish, 
or whatever else, capable of being eaten, the ocean may throw 
on their shores. On this island there is a very celebrated vol¬ 
cano, whence its name. 

The island Chiloe, off the coast of Chili, is ^settled by the 
Spaniards, and is remarkably fertile. More remote from the 
coast is the small island Juan Fernandez, uninhabited, but 
q noted for the refreshment which it has afforded to navigators 
from its wild goats and vegetables. A sailor, by the name of 
Alexander Selkirk, being left on this island by his captain, lived 
here a number of years in solitude, which gave rise to the cele¬ 
brated romance of Robinson Crusoe. 

The Gallapagos are a group of uninhabited isles. They 
^abound with turtle, on which account they are sometimes visited 
by ships. 


17 




194 


EUROPE. , 


EUROPE. 


Europe, though the least extensive quarter of the globe, yet in 
many respects, is that which most particularly deserves our 
attention. 

Here it is the human mind has made the greatest progress 
towards improvement; and here the arts, whether of utility or 
ornament, the sciences, both military and civil, have been car¬ 
ried to the greatest perfection. If we except the earliest ages 
of the world, it is in Europe we find the greatest variety of char¬ 
acter, government, and manners, and from hence we draw the 
greatest number of facts and materials for our entertainment and 
instruction. 

Europe possesses natural ^advantages for commerce, superior 
to those of any other quarter of the globe, scarcely any place on 
the continent being more than 400 miles from some navigable 
water or sea. The highest mountains are towards the south, 
nearly opposite to the centre of the Mediterranean, where they 
constitute the Alps of Savoy and Switzerland. The ^eastern 
side, for the most part, consists of one vast plain, extending from 
the Black Sea to the Frozen Ocean. 

Within such a range of latitude, great diversities of climate 
must necessarily exist; but the prevalent character of Europe 
is that of moderate temperature. Of the two extremes that of 
cold alone is felt; the heat in no part can be compared with 
that of the torrid regions. 

The productions of the European continent are rather useful 
than splendid. Gold, silver, and precious stones are indeed 
found in some countries, but by no means in such quantities as to 
supply the demand even in the countries where they are found ; 
much less to tempt the rapacity of their neighbours to invade 
them on that account. All the countries of Europe, however, 
q abound with the necessaries of life, though in none of them are 
they to be had without a considerable degree of labor on the 
part of the inhabitants ; the consequence of which is, and always 
has been, a degree of activity superior to that of the Asiatics, 
Africans, or perhaps Americans ; who, by excessive plenty, are 
prompted to trust to the spontaneous productions of the soil, 
neglecting agriculture and the useful arts. 

The Christian religion prevails throughout Europe, except in 
some parts of Turkey. Wherever the Christian faith has pene¬ 
trated, knowledge, industry, and civilization, have followed. 

The languages of the southern parts retain a considerable 
resemblance to the Greek and Latin ; the inhabitants of Modern 


ENGLAND. 


195 


Greece to this day use the same alphabet with their ancestors. 
The Turks retain the language which they brought with them 
from Asia. The languages of the northern and western parts 
are derived from the Latin, Teutonic, Celtic, or some other of 
the nations who overrun the western part of the Roman Empire. 


ENGLAND. 

Climate. The climate of England is ‘'distinguished for its 
moisture, and for sudden and frequent changes in the weather. 
In no country is the atmosphere more frequently loaded with 
clouds. The seasons are very indistinctly marked. Frosty 
nights are not uncommon in June, and the month of December 
is not unfrequently tinctured with the mildness of May. The 
extremes of heat and cold are less than in any other country in 
the same latitude. The cold in winter is not such us to destroy 
vegetation, nor the heat in summer such as to bring Indian corn 
to maturity. 

The spring often commences in February, sometimes not till 
April. Barley and oats are frequently ’sown in March, and 
reaped in September or October. The ‘'progress of vegetation 
in England is much slower than in the United States. 

Face of the Country. The ‘‘face of the country in general is 
variegated and beautiful. Such regard has been paid to agricul¬ 
ture, that no country in the world equals the cultivated parts of 
England in beautiful scenes. The mutual communication of the 
different parts is promoted by turnpike roads in every direction, 
and by inland navigation. 

Soil and Productions . Of soil, there is almost every variety. 
Stiff clay and loam predominate in some of the counties most 
noted for fertility. Sand prevails in some tracts, chalk and cal¬ 
careous earth in others. The proportion of waste land, which, 
from the unpromising qualities of its soil is left uncultivated, is 
also considerable. 

In no country is agriculture more thoroughly understood, or 
pursued in a grander style ; and it is to this circumstance, per¬ 
haps, more than to the natural fertility of its soil, that England 
owes much of its abundance. 

Wheat is extensively cultivated, but the quantity of rye pro¬ 
duced is inconsiderable. Oats grow in great quantities, and 
constitute almost the only ^breadstuff of the lower classes in 
many parts. Barley is extensively ^cultivated for the breweries, 
beer being the ‘'common drink of the inhabitants. Beans are 
raised in very considerable quantities, principally for horses ; 
turnips for cattle and sheep. The produce of grain, however, in 
late years, owing to the increase of population and other inci¬ 
dental causes, is insufficient for the supply of the inhabitants 
without considerable importations. 


ENGLAND. 


196 

Apples for cider, in Hertfordshire and Devonshire, are both 
plentiful and excellent. Rapeseed, hops, hemp, and flax, are 
also successfully cultivated. 

England, from the nature of its climate, is peculiarly ^adapted 
to pasturage', and there is no point of rural economy in which the 
British nation more excels than in the breeding of domestic ani¬ 
mals, such as horses, cattle, and sheep, every species of which 
has been brought to a degree of excellence scarcely to be met 
with in any other country. 

Of savage animals, the most tJ fierce and destructive is the wild¬ 
cat,— bears and wolves having been totally destroyed. The 
^largest bird in England is the bustard, some of which weigh 25 
pounds ; the only q venomous serpent is the viper. 

The oak, chestnut, beech, birch, maple, ash, sycamore, box, 
pine, and yew, are the ^principal trees of the forest. Coal of 
different kinds is the ^common fuel of the country. 

Minerals. Among the minerals, the tin mines of Cornwall are 
the q most noted. They were known to the Greeks and Phoeni¬ 
cians before the Christian era, and are supposed to be the richest 
in kind in the world. The q number of Cornish miners is said to 
amount to 100,000. Iron is extensively diffused ; lead, copper, 
zinc, and rock salt, are found*in certain parts. Coal is exceed¬ 
ingly abundant. The mines of Northumberland, it is said, fur¬ 
nish London annually with 600,000 chaldrons, the transportation 
of which ^employs 1,500 vessels. These mines are a singular 
curiosity. Those in the vicinity of Whitehaven particularly are 
sunk to the depth of 800 feet, and have been extended to the 
distance of a mile and a half under the sea, where the water 
above them is of sufficient depth to float the largest ships. 

Mineral Waters. The hot wells of Bath, Bristol, Buxton, and 
the mineral waters of Tunbridge, Harrowgate, and Epsom, are 
the q most celebrated. 

Bridges. The bridges in this country are worthy the superi¬ 
ority of the roads. Some of them are of cast iron. One of these 
over the harbour at Sunderland is at the height of 100 feet. 

q Canals. Canals are numerous, many of which have been 
executed with amazing labor and expense. The Grand Trunk, 
so called, connecting Liverpool with Hull, is 99 miles in length ; 
it is carried over the river Dove, by an aqueduct resting on 23 
arches, and through the hill of Harecastle by a subterraneous 
passage a mile and three quarters in length, and more than 200 
feet below the surface of the ground. Works of a similar nature 
are to be met with in various parts of the kingdom. 

Railroads. The Liverpool and Manchester Railroad is a most 
stupendous work. It has four sets of tracks, two for passengers, 
and two for transportation of merchandise. The distance is 32 
miles, and is run on one of the tracks in one hour and 30 min¬ 
utes. Others are in progress. 



17 * 


' ,EW OF A PORTION OF THE LIVERPOOL AND MA.VCHESTKR RAILROAD. 










































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































198 


ENGLAND. 


Thames Tunnel. Under the river Thames a road is now 
nearly completed. In the progress of excavation, this tunnel 
was formed, by mason-work, into two arches; in this manner the 
work has been carried beyond the middle of the Tiver, although 
the water has several times burst through, and the rents have 
been repaired. When finished, the tunnel will be about a mile 
and a half in length, and the estimated cost is upwards of a mil¬ 
lion pounds sterling. A view of this unrivalled project is given 
in the annexed engraving. 



VIEW OF THE THAMES TUNNEL. 

Manufactures* One of the ^principal sources of the wealth of 
Great Britain consists in her manufactures of wool, cotton, wood, 
tin, iron, and lead. Indeed, there is hardly a manufacture can 
be mentioned which is not here brought to the highest degree 
of perfection. 

q Commerce . The commerce of Great Britain, supported by 
her numerous manufactures is immense, and has never been 
equalled by that of any other nation, ancient or modern. 

Principal Cities. London, the capital, though not the most 
magnificent and populous, is undoubtedly the most commercial 
and the richest city in the world. It is 'Jsitijated about sixty 
miles from the sea, on the river Thames, which is here one 
quarter of a mile wide. Its circumference is about 16 miles. 
The streets are paved and well lighted, and the houses generally 
of brick. The most ^remarkable buildings are St. Paul’s, 340 
feet in height to the top of the cross; Westminster Abbey, 
where the British kings and other illustrious personages are 
interred ; the two houses in Parliament, and Westminster Hall, 
a vast room 230 feet long, and 70 wide, supposed to be the 
largest in the world, whose roof is not supported by pillars ; the 
Tower, ^remarkable for the curiosities it contains; the Monu- 






















ENGLAND. 


199 


ment, a pillar 93 feet in height, q erected in commemoration of 
the great fire in 16G6. London is also the seat of numerous 
manufactures ; that of porter is carried on upon a most extensive 
scale. In one of the breweries is a vat or tub, 70 feet in diam¬ 
eter and 30 feet deep. It holds 20,000 barrels. Many of the 
hoops weigh 3 tons, and cost £300 each. 

The ‘‘number of inhabitants is 1,250,000, which is about twice 
the number of inhabitants in the whole State of Massachusetts. 
To supply so vast a population, it is computed that no less than 
10,000 ‘‘acres of ground are cultivated in the vicinity for veget¬ 
ables and 4,000 acres for fruit. The environs of London are 
inexpressibly beautiful, all the streets and every avenue leading 
into the city being bordered with villas and elegant houses to 
the distance of many miles into the country. 

Liverpool q ranks next to London in trade and population, 
though only a village at the commencement of the last century. 
The West Indies, United States, and Irish trades, are the ‘‘prin¬ 
cipal branches of its commerce. Population, 140,000. 

Manchester, with a population of 140,000, is distinguished for 
its manufacturing industry, and literary and benevolent institu¬ 
tions. 

Birmingham, situated in the centre of England, is celebrated 
for the manufacture of firearms and all kinds of hard ware. 
Here is the great machinery of the distinguished Watt. It em¬ 
ploys 1,200 workmen and produces 1,500 muskets a week. Pop¬ 
ulation, 110,000. 

Bristol, containing 87,000 inhabitants, is a large, flourishing, 
commercial city, although much of its commerce with the West 
Indies and America has passed to Liverpool. 

Hull on the Plumber is a port of commerce, principally with 
the Baltic. Population, 45,000. 

Newcastle is ‘‘situated in the centre of the great coal mines. 
This town exhibits the.novel view of large carts loaded with 
coals, so constructed as to proceed from the mines to the port 
on inclined planes, and after being unloaded, return again with¬ 
out the assistance of man or beast. Population, 38,000. 

Bath is ^celebrated for its waters. It contains 36,000 inhabit¬ 
ants, is the seat of elegance and fashion, and the great resort of 
persons of rank and fortune, both for pleasure and health. 

York is regarded as the capital of the north of England, being 
the winter residence of a great number of the gentry of this 
part of the kingdom. Population, 20,000. 

q Inhabitants. The English appear to possess a mien between 
the gravity of the German and the liveliness of the French : they 
are solid and persevering, and have a natural inclination for arts 
and arms. With q respect to learning and literary character, 
England stands conspicuous and unrivalled among surrounding 
nations. The principal universities are those of Oxford and 
Cambridge. * 


200 


WALES. 


Religion. The established religion is that called the Church 
of England, or Episcopal!Protestantism; but all other religions 
are tolerated. 

Navy. The navy of Great Britain, in time of war, consists of 
more than 1,000 ships; in peace the number is reduced to about 
600. 

Government. The government is a limited and hereditary 
monarchy, the legislative power being vested in a King or 
Queen and Parliament. Her Majesty Queen Victoria succeeded 
her uncle, William IV., June 20, 1837, and her coronation took 
place June 28, 1838. 

Antiquities. The antiquities of England are British, Roman, 
Saxon, and Danish. The chief British are those circles of stones 
in Whiteshire and Stonehenge, supposed to have been places of 
worship in the time of the Druids. The Roman antiquities con¬ 
sist chiefly of altars, monumental inscriptions, and military ways. 
The Saxon are chiefly ecclesiastical edifices and forts. 

Islands. The Isle of Wight is the q most important, about 23 
miles in length. The air is extremely pure, and the soil re¬ 
markably fertile, particularly in grain. 

Guernsey and Jersey are next in importance. The former is 
not very fertile, but the air is exceedingly salubrious. Jersey is 
extremely fertile, and is q noted for its butter and honey. In 
some years 14,000 hogsheads of cider are produced from its 
numerous orchards. The inhabitants of these islands, together 
with Stark and Alderney, their appendages, are computed at 
about 40,000. Their language is French. Their q principal man¬ 
ufacture and staple commodity is knit stockings. 

The Isle of Man, in the Irish Sea, is about 30 miles in length. 
It is well q stored with cattle and sheep. The inhabitants are 
about 30,000. They q export wool, hides, and tallow. 

Anglesea, a little south of the Isle of Man, is q remarkable for 
its fertility. It also contains a rich copper mine. Packet boats 
proceed daily from this island to Ireland. The passage requires 
about 12 hours. 

The Scilly Isles are little less than a cluster of dangerous 
rocks, to the number of about 140, some of which are inhabited, 
and contain about 1,400 inhabitants. 

WALES. 

Wales is a mountainous country. Snowdon, the most ele¬ 
vated summit, is 3,456 feet above the level of the sea. The 
inhabitants are called Welsh. They are choleric, but honest, 
brave, and hospitable. Wales, in general, carries on a great 
trade in coals, and has several woollen manufactories, and iron 
founderies. It abounds in cattle and goats. This country was 
united to England under Edward I., whose eldest son was de¬ 
clared Prince of Wales. The number of inhabitants is above 
700,000. 


SCOTLAND. 


201 



SCOTLAND. 

Face of the Country , fyc. The ‘’face of the country is ex¬ 
tremely diversified. The mountainous part, called the High¬ 
lands, is bleak and generally barren, except the valleys, which 
everywhere intersect the mountains; the Lowlands are cham¬ 
paign rather than a flat country, in general fertile, and bearing a 
strong resemblance to England. One ‘’striking feature of Scot¬ 
land is the almost total absence of wood, which gives the coun¬ 
try a kind of forlorn aspect. 

9 Climate . The atmosphere in the eastern part is drier than 
that of England, as the mountains on the west arrest the vapors 
from the Atlantic. On the other hand, the western counties 
are drenched with long continued rains, an insuperable obstacle 
to the advancement of agriculture. 

*Productions . In the Lowlands the productions are nearly the 
same as in England ; and in some places tbe crops of every kind 
of grain are abundant. A very considerable part of Scotland, 
however, displays but little improvement, and the husbandman 
barely lives on the scanty produce of his farm. In those places 
the cattle are lean and small, the houses exceedingly mean, and 
the whole face of the country exhibits the most deplorable marks 
of poverty. 

Cities. Edinburgh, the ‘’capital of Scotland, is situated near 
the Forth. It stands on an eminence and makes a grand appear¬ 
ance. The castle is built on a solid rock of great height, and 
looks down upon the city, commanding a most extensive and 
beautiful view. That part called the New Town is very elegant 
and well laid out. At Edinburgh there is a university and sev- 



202 


SCOTLAND. 


eral other public buildings. This city, including Leith, its sea¬ 
port, contains 150,000 inhabitants. 

Glasgow, situated on the Clyde, is now the •ffirst city in Scot¬ 
land for population, commerce, and manufactures ; and, consider¬ 
ing its size, is perhaps one of the first in Europe for its elegance 
and regularity. It is also distinguished for its literary institu¬ 
tions. Here are considerable manufactures of cotton, glass, 
earthen ware, stockings, gloves, and cordage. The university is 
spacious and well built. There are a few fine public buildings. 
The number of inhabitants is 147,000. 

Aberdeen is the q third city for trade, extent, and beauty. It 
is also noted for its university. Population, 45,000. 

Natural Curiosity. In the island Staffa is a noted cave of 
great extent, a view of which is annexed. 



fingal’s cave. 


Inhabitants , fyc. The inhabitants are called Scotch , and their 
language Erse , which is much the same as that used bv the 
Irish. 

The Scotch are temperate, industrious, hardy, and valiant, and 
are great lovers of learning. Scotland has produced many lite¬ 
rary characters. In no country in Europe are the lower classes 
so well taiight as in Scotland. 

England and Scotland were formerly two kingdoms, but were 
united under one sovereign in 1603, when James the VI. of 
Scotland, became king of England. In 1707, they were firmly 
united under Queen Anne. 

Islands. The ^Scottish islands are the Hebrides or Western 
Islands, the Orkney and the Shetland Islands. 

These islands produce cattle, sheep, and some grain. The 
inhabitants of the Shetland Islands subsist mostly by fishino- and 
fowling. In the months of June and July, the twilight is'suffi¬ 
cient to enable them to see to read at midnight; but during the 
greatest part of the year they are literally involved in fogs and 
darkness. 













IRELAND. 


203 


IRELAND. 

Fact of the Country. The C| face of the country in general is 
level, — its hills or mountains, if they can aspire to that name, 
being only in short detached ridges. One of its l imost striking 
features is the quantity of bog by which its surface is deformed, 
and which are a great obstruction both to travelling and agri¬ 
culture. 

Climate. In climate, Ireland ^differs from England only in 
being more directly exposed to the influence of the Atlantic 
Ocean, and its prevailing winds. Hence it still more abounds 
with moisture, and its atmosphere is more enveloped in clouds 
and fogs ; at the same time, it is proportionably less subject to 
the severity of frost. 

Soil and Productions. The <)soil is stony ; but in natural fer¬ 
tility it exceeds that of England, and only requires the hand of 
industry to render its superiority everywhere visible. Agricul¬ 
ture, however, has labored under many disadvantages from vari¬ 
ous circumstances of internal regulation. Tillage is little under¬ 
stood, and the turnip and clover husbandry is almost wholly 
unknown. The wetness of the climate renders the growth of 
grain somewhat precarious ; and it is fortunate that its place is 
so well supplied by the abundance of potatoes, which were first 
introduced hither from America, and became a common article 
of food when they were little known in any other European 
country. This vegetable ^constitutes the chief farinaceous food 
of the poor. The soil and the climate are particularly ^fa¬ 
vorable to the breeding and feeding of cattle ; hence the lower 
classes are usually well supplied with milk ; and butter, salted 
provisions, and live cattle are exported in large quantities. Much 
wool is also produced from the numerous flocks of sheep kept in 
certain districts. Flax is a common crop in the soil suited to it. 
Ireland is quite destitute of forests; turf is the Common fuel of 
the country. 

Manufactures and Commerce. The ^staple manufacture of 
Ireland is that of white linens. These are made in quantities 
sufficient for a large exportation, chiefly to England and Amer¬ 
ica. A very considerable portion of the l) commerce of Ireland 
arises from the abundance of cattle, the moisture of the climate 
being so exceedingly favorable to pasturage. 

Chief Cities. Dublin, the capital, is 'ireckoned the second city 
in the British dominions. The number of inhabitants is 250,000. 
It contains a university, the only one in Ireland. The barracks 
here are said to be the largest and most complete in Europe. 
The houses are of brick ; many of the streets are not inferior in 
elegance to those of London. 

Cork, the second city of Ireland for magnitude, wealth, and 
commerce, is the chief q port in the kingdom for the exportation 


IRELAND. 


204 

of beef, butter, and tallow. It is supposed to contain about 
100,000 inhabitants. The haven ranks among the most capa¬ 
cious and safe in Europe. Limerick is next to Cork in impor¬ 
tance. It is well built, is a commercial city, and contains 66,000 
inhabitants. Waterford has the next claim to attention. Its 
q exports, like those of Cork and Limerick, consist principally 
of salted provisions. Population, 30,000. 

Natural Curiosity. On the northern coast of Ireland, is a nu¬ 
merous collection of basaltic pillars, rising about 300 feet above 
the surface of the sea, called the Giant’s Causeway. 



VIEW OF giant’s CAUSEWAY. 

Inhabitants . The ^present inhabitants of Ireland consist of 
three distinct classes of people, descendants of the English, who 
inhabit Dublin, Cork, and Waterford, and are the wealthiest part 
of the nation; Scottish emigrants, established principally in the 
northern districts; and the posterity of the ancient Irish, poor, 
ignorant, and depressed, who barely exist in the interior and 
western provinces. The higher orders of people differ but little 
in language, dress, and customs, from those of Great Britain ; 
but the poorer classes speak the Irish language, and are extreme¬ 
ly ignorant. They q live in mean cabins, built of clay and straw, 
and preserve the old customs of convivial meetings on Sunday 
afternoon, hideous howlings at funerals, and other barbarous cer¬ 
emonies. The British government have resolved to attempt their 
education. A board has been instituted, and a system of nation¬ 
al education devised, by which the children of Protestants and 
Catholics are to receive literary and moral instruction, four days 
in the week, in the same school. The other two days they will 
be under teachers of their own denomination, to be instructed in 
any way they may think proper. 

Religion, fyc. The Church of England is the established reli- 









LAPLAND. 


205 


gion ; but two thirds of the people are supposed to be Roman 
Catholics. Ireland was united with Great Britain into one king¬ 
dom in 1801. 


LAPLAND. 

A great part of Lapland, the whole of Norway, and Sweden 
Proper, are now under the government of Sweden. In this, and 
all the northern countries round the Pole, the sun remains hid¬ 
den in the winter for several weeks together, and never rises 
above the horizon : but the reflection of light from the snow, to¬ 
gether from the aurora borealis, or northern light, in a great 
measure ‘’compensate for the long absence of daylight. No 
sooner are the short days closed, than fires of a thousand figures 
light up the sky. 

Face of the Country. Lapland is ^divided into two districts, 
the mountainous and the woody. The mountainous part of the 
country is at best barren and bleak, excessively cold, and unin¬ 
habited during the winter. The woody part is still more deso¬ 
late and hideous. The whole face of nature here presents a 
frightful scene of trees without fruit, and fields without verdure. 
This part of the country, moreover, in the summer, is so infested 
with swarms of gnats and flies, that, like clouds, they obscure 
the light of the sun, and darken the sky. 

Inhabitants, tyc. The '’Laplanders are a diminutive race, gen¬ 
erally about four feet high, with short black hair, narrow dark 
eyes, large heads, high cheek bones, a wide mouth, thick lips, 
and of a swarthy complexion. They live in huts scarcely 6 feet 
high. Their fire is made upon stones in the middle, around 
which they sit upon their heels. When they are inclined to eat, 
a carpet of skins is spread down, and the food placed thereon, 
around which both men and women sit, close to the ground. 

These people in general are '’divided into two classes, the 
fishers and the mountaineers. The former are settled in villages 
near the sea or lakes, and are chiefly occupied in fishing. The 
latter reside on the mountains in the summer, where they keep 
vast herds of rein-deer, which '’constitute their principal wealth. 
Without this most wonderful animal, the Laplander would find it 
extremely difficult to subsist. Its milk and flesh afford a whole¬ 
some food ; its skin is converted into clothes; and, being har¬ 
nessed to a kind of sledge, as represented in the annexed cut, 
it serves the purpose of a horse in conveying him and his goods 
with almost incredible velocity over the frozen snow, to the fairs 
held at distant towns during the winter. 

18 


$06 


NORWAY. 



MODE OF TRAVELLING IN LAPLAND. 


Thompson has thus beautifully described this animal in his 
Seasons. 

“ The rein-deer form their riches. These their tents, 

Their robes, their beds, and all their homely wealth 
Supply, their wholesome fare, and cheerful cups. 

Obsequious at their call, the docile tribe 
Yield to the sled their necks, and whirl them swift 
O’er hill and dale, heaped into one expanse 
Of marble snow, as far as eye can sweep, 

With a blue crust of ice unbounded glaz’d.” 

In the summer, these animals 'Teed on grass and leaves, and 
in the winter on a kind of moss, which they find out with won¬ 
derful sagacity, and get at it by scraping away the snow with 
their feet. Population, 60,000. 


NORWAY. 

Norway, till lately a province of Denmark, is now united to 
Sweden, by the treaty of Kiel, 1814, and enjoys a distinct admin¬ 
istration. It is a vast mass of mountains, irregularly crowded 
together. The ^principal range is the Dofrafield, between Nor¬ 
way and Sweden. These are passable in certain places, but not 
without great danger in the winter from the severity of the cold, 
a remarkable instance of which happened in 1719, when an army 
of 7,000 Swedes perished in these mountains in attempting to 
cross over to attack Drontheim. To prevent accidents of this 
nature, government is at the expense of providing houses, or, as 







Norway. 


207 


they are called, mountain stoves, at- suitable distances, where 
travellers mav be accommodated with fire, lodeing, and kitchen 
turniture. 

The q roads in this country, in general, are the most danger¬ 
ous in the world. In some places, they are sustained along the 
sides of steep and craggy mountains, by iron bolts driven into the 
rocks below, or suspended from above, without any railings on 
the side, it being impossible to fix any. The rivers and cataracts 
which roar among these mountains make the scene still more 
awful, and the slight, tottering bridges thrown over them, render 
travelling very terrible as well as dangerous. 

The sea-coast is singularly broken and torn, through its whole 
extent, into numberless creeks and islands, generally faced with 
high rocky cliffs, having deep water at their bases. Few of the 
inlets are fit for the purpose of navigation, and the streams which 
run into them are mountain torrents, impeded by frequent shal¬ 
lows and cataracts. 

q Lakes are numerous, particularly in the southern part. Sev¬ 
eral of them contain floating islands ; which, having been formed 
by the cohesion of numerous roots, are clothed with trees and 
herbage. In the year 1702, a noble family seat in the vicinity of 
Frederickstadt, was swallowed up, with all its towers and bat¬ 
tlements ; and its site instantly converted into a lake, nearly two 
miles long, and about a mile broad. This dreadful accident, by 
which 14 persons and 200 head of cattle perished, seems to have 
been occasioned by the waters of a subterraneous river. 

At Bergen the longest day consists of about 19 hours, and the 
shortest of about 5. In summer, the inhabitants can read and 
write at midnight, by the light of the sky; and in the more 
northerly parts, about mid-summer, the sun is continually in view. 
In the depth of winter, in these parts, there is only a faint glim¬ 
mering of light at noon, for about an hour and a half; yet in the 
midst of their darkness, the sky is so serene, and the moon and 
the aurora borealis so bright, that they can carry on their fishery, 
and work at their several trades, in the open sky. The air is gen¬ 
erally salubrious, and the inhabitants in some of the interior parts, 
it is said, live to a very advanced age. 

Soil and Productions . The ^character of this region, in gen¬ 
eral, is that of a rude and sterile land; yet its southern portion 
has a large admixture of pleasant and fertile country. The^har- 
vests are precarious, and the quantity of grain produced is far 
from being adequate to the consumption. In the q hilly parts the 
rearing of cattle is pursued with considerable advantage. But 
the most q valuable production of Norway is that of its forests, 
consisting of different species of pines and firs. Tar and pitch 
are valuable articles of exportation. 

q Animals , fyc. Wild animals are found in great abundance, 
particularly bears, wolves, lynxes, elks, rein-deer, gluttons, bea¬ 
vers, foxes, ermines, and martins; fowls, both of the land and 


208 


NORWAY. 


aquatic kind, are almost innumerable. There are persons who 
subsist by catching them. These people display the most aston¬ 
ishing dexterity in ascending the cliffs of the rocks, where the 
eagle and other large birds deposite their eggs. 

The sea coast of Norway is frequented by shoals of fish of va¬ 
rious species, which greatly contribute to the sustenance of the 
inhabitants, and afford employment to a number of hardy mari¬ 
ners. The rocky shores are particularly ^favorable to the breed¬ 
ing of shell fish ; large quantities of fine lobsters are exported, to 
supply the luxury of the English metropolis. 

Minerals. Norway is rich in minerals. Gold has been discov¬ 
ered, but not to any considerable amount. The silver mines of 
Ivonigsburg were formerly reckoned the richest of that metal in 
Europe, and employed 4,00i) men; but now it is supposed they 
barely defray the expense of working. Copper is yielded in 
large quantities by mines in the district of Drontheim; but of all 
the Norwegian mines, those of iron are esteemed the q most 
profitable. Norway also produces magnets, and the asbestos, 
which may be woven into cloth that will resist the action of fire. 



THE MAELSTROM. 

41 

JYatural Cariosity. Off the coast of Norway is a remarkable 
whirlpool, called the Maelstrom, which will swallow up a ship, if 
it come within the force of its fatal, encircling current. 

Chief Towns. Bergen is the q capital, defended on the land 
side by high mountains, constantly overhung with clouds which 
descend upon the town in frequent rains. All the churches and 
public edifices, as well as many of the private houses, are built of 
stone. This city carries on a large trade in all kinds of fish, 
fish-oil, tallow, hides, tar, and timber. The population is com¬ 
puted at about\20,000. The harbour is one of the best in Europe. 








DENMARK. 


209 


Christiana, situated in a fertile and most delightful country, 
contains about 12,000 inhabitants, and is unquesuonably the most 
beautiful city of Norway. The view from the hills above the 
town is described as the most beautiful that can be conceived. 
This city being situated almost in the centre of the iron and 
copper mines, the export of metals is considerable; but tar 
and lumber, are its q staple commodities. 

Drontheim the most northern town of any note in the world, 
except Torneo and Archangel, was the residence of the ancient 
kings of Norway. It contains two churches, besides a number 
of other public buildings. The number of inhabitants is com¬ 
puted at about 9,000. Its exports and imports occupy from 4 to 
5,000 ships annually. In the month of July, 1085, the King of 
Denmark, Christian V. passed a few days in this place, and 
supped at midnight without candle-lights, the twilight being 
sufficently luminous. 

Inhabitants. The Norwegians, in general, are strong, robust, 
and brave, but quick in their resentments. Their usual dress is 
of stone color, with red button-holes, and white metal buttons. 
Their bread consists of flat cakes of oatmeal, and in times of 
great scarcity it is mingled with the white, inner bark of trees. 
They have but few fields, or gardens to cultivate, and for their 
living are obliged to spend much of their time in hunting and 
fishing. They are justly q famed for honesty and industry, and 
retain their strength so long, that a Norwegian is not supposed 
incapable of labor, till lie is upwards of 100 years old. 


DENMARK. 

Soil and Face of the Country. The Coil in general is rather 
sandy, and the q appearance of the country low and flat, except 
the eastern part, which is somewhat hilly. The roads in general 
are not very good. All the streams are small; the Eyder is the 
most Considerable river. In the northern part t ere is a large 
creek of the sea, called Lymford, which is navigable, and of 
more than 70 miles’ extent into the land. The country is by no 
means remarkable for its fertility. The q loast productive tracts 
are in the northern parts of Jutland. The islands Zealand and 
Funen are represented as fertile and pleasant, consisting of fields 
separated by mud walls, and interspersed with cottages of brick, 
and finely diversified with vales and gently swelling hills, inter¬ 
spersed with woods of beech and oak. The isle Funen, in par¬ 
ticular, is well cultivated. Holstein, which is that part of Den¬ 
mark situated between the river Eyder and the Elbe, q abounds 
in rich marshes, on which are fatted great numbers of cattle. 

Climate. The Climate of Denmark Proper is variable and 
moist, but rather temperate on account of the vapor of the sur¬ 
rounding sea. In the northern parts, however, the winter is 
18 * 


210 


DENMARK. 


often very severe, and the entrance of the Baltic through the 
Sound has been at times so completely frozen over as to be 
crossed by heavy loaded carriages. Spring and autumn are 
seasons scarcely known in Denmark, on account of the sudden 
transitions from cold to heat, and from heat to cold. The coun¬ 
try being flat, and abounding in bogs and morasses, it is extreme¬ 
ly ^subject to fogs and damp air. 

q Productions . Wheat, rye, barley, and oats, are produced in 
such abundance as to supply Norway, and frequently to export 
to other countries in considerable quantities. Hops are culti¬ 
vated in Funen ; tobacco in Jutland, Zealand, and Falster; rape- 
seed in Sleswick and Holstein. Madder thrives very well near 
Copenhagen. But the Danish farmers are q chiefly known as 
excellent graziers. The horses, especially those of Holstein 
breed, are large and fine. The king is said to have above 
2 ,000, among which is a breed remarkable for being of a milk 
* white color. The horned cattle are also large and numerous. 

Manufactures. The most Extensive manufactures in Den¬ 
mark are those of leather, calicoes, cotton and worsted stock¬ 
ings. The Danes also manufacture woollen and linen cloths, 
but not in sufficient quantities for home consumption ; likewise 
all sorts of silks, chiefly ribands, lace, earthen and China ware, 
paper, muskets, and gunpowder. 

Commerce. Denmark has an extensive sea-coast, which affords 
uncommon conveniences for trade. Her principal ^exports are 
grain to Norway .and other countries; horses to Germany, 
France, Russia, and Sweden; oxen to Holland and Germany ; 
live hogs and bacon to Norway and the Baltic. The q imports 
are chiefly wine, brandy, oil, tobacco, salt, sugar, spices, silk and 
woollen cloths. 

Chief Towns. Copenhagen, the capital, is beautifully q situ- 
ated on the island Zealand, and makes a very magnificent ap¬ 
pearance, being embellished with several palaces, a university, 
19 churches, 4 royal forts or castles, and some hospitals. It 
contains I8(i streets, many of which are furnished with canals; 
a harbour capable of containing 500 vessels, and a naval arse¬ 
nal, pronounced superior to that of Venice. The public' places 
are filled with officers either in the land or sea service; the 
police is extremely regular; and the road for shipping, which 
begins about two miles from the town, is defended by 90 pieces 
of cannon. The city is regularly fortified, and contains 108,000 
inhabitants. 

A small island, called Amack, joined to Copenhagen by a 
bridge, supplies this city twice a week with all sorts of vegeta¬ 
bles, and also with milk, butter, and cheese. It is occupied by 
the descendants of a colony from the north of Holland, who en¬ 
joy some particular privileges, and retain the ancient dress of 
their progenitors. 

About 20 miles from the metropolis stands the royal palace of 


DENMARK. 211 

Fredericksburg, a very extensive and splendid building before it 
was partly consumed by fire in 1794. 

The Mother places most worthy of notice are Elsineur and 
Cronenburg on the island Zealand: Altona on the river Elbe, 
about two miles from Hamburg, and Toningen on the Eyder, near 
its mouth in the German Ocean. 

q Inhabitants, fyc. The Danes are in general tall, and well 
made; their features are regular, their complexions florid, and 
their hair inclining to yellow and red. In general, they are re¬ 
ligious without being superstitious, and their morals, upon the 
whole, tolerably pure. The q predominant vices of the lower 
classes are laziness, gluttony, and an excessive fondness for spir¬ 
ituous liquors ; that of the higher orders, the love of show and 
pleasure. All ranks are equally attentive to strangers. . Hos¬ 
pitality and affability ‘‘characterize all classes. 

The q favorite diversions of the Danes are the theatre, cards, 
music; and in winter, driving in sledges on the snow. French • 
dresses are generally adopted by both sexes in summer; but 
the severity of winter obliges them to wrap themselves up in 
wool and fur like their neighbours. 

Languages , fyc. Their language is Teutonic ; but French 
and High Dutch are spoken by the nobility, — and English is 
publicly taught at Copenhagen, as an essential part of a supe¬ 
rior education. The established religion is Lutheran, but other 
sects are tolerated. 

Literature. The arts and sciences flourish to a considerable 
degree in Denmark, although their introduction cannot aspire to 
much antiquity, having followed as usual the introduction of 
Christianity, which was not established till the 11th century. 
There is a University at Copenhagen, and another at Kiel; two 
or three schools are provided in each parish, where children 
are taught reading, writing, and the common principles of arith¬ 
metic. A number of Latin schools are also maintained at the 
royal expense. 

Foreign Possessioiis. These are Greenland, Iceland, and the 
Feroe Islands. 

ICELAND. This island is about 260 miles in length, and 
about 200 in breadth ; but its inhabitants are supposed not to ex¬ 
ceed 50,000. Ridges of lofty mountains traverse the country, 
and give it a most desolate appearance. Many of them are vol¬ 
canic ; the most q famous of which is Mount Hecla, about one 
mile high, whose summit is covered with perpetual snow, except 
where it is melted by the subterraneous heat. Its craters are 
numerous, although the eruptions are not frequent, none having 
happened from 1693 to 1766, when it emitted flames accompa¬ 
nied with a torrent of lava. The most dreadful eruption of which 
we have a particular account, was in 1783, which, however, ap¬ 
pears not to have proceeded from any mountain. The lava broke 
out from the earth in three different places, and is said to have 


•212 


ICELAND. 


covered an extent of 3,600 square miles, in some places to the 
depth of 100 feet. The whole country was filled with smoke, 
great numbers of cattle were destroyed, and 240 persons lost 
their lives. 



THE GREAT *GEYSER, NEAR MOUNT HECLA. 

In Iceland are many hot and q boiling springs, which spout 
up their water to an almost incredible height. One of these, 
called Geyser, makes a noise like the roaring of a cataract. 
The aperture from which the water issues is 19 feet in diameter. 
Through this aperture the water spouts up with great violence 
several times a day, it is said, to the height of 90 feet. 

The q climate of Iceland is stormy ; but the cold, being miti¬ 
gated by the vapors of the sea, is less intense than might he 
expected from its situation. Grain cannot be cultivated to any 
advantage. There are some tolerable pastures ; but the cattle 
are of diminutive size, and the horses, in particular, are remark¬ 
ably small. Sheep are numerous, so that a single person some¬ 
times keeps three or four hundred. Wood does not thrive, and 
very few trees of any kind are to be seen on the island, though 
the quantities found in many places under ground indicate that it 
was once much more abundant. The q common fuel of the 
country is turf. 

The Icelanders are of a middle size, and well made, but not 
very strong. Their living is poor, ^consisting of milk, fish, and 
vegetables, with some meat, but very little bread. Their man¬ 
ners are simple and inoffensive; they are strongly attached to 
their country, and never think of emigrating or travelling. They 




















SWEDEN. 


*213 


^manufacture woollen stockings, and some coarse woollen cloths, 
which they sell to the Danes for bread, shoes, brandy, wine, iron, 
and tobacco. Their other ^exports are dried fish, salted mutton, 
beef, butter, train-oil, feathers, and quills. Iceland has more 
than once been exposed to all the horrors of famine. These ca¬ 
lamities are caused from the immense quantities of ice drifting 
on its shores from Greenland ; which sometimes remaining un¬ 
thawed during many months, or even the whole summer, not 
only prevent all supplies from abroad, by rendering the coast of 
difficult and dangerous access, but put an entire stop to the fish¬ 
ing, and at the same time generate a cold so excessive a3 to de¬ 
stroy all vegetation, and prove fatal to animal life. The numer¬ 
ous white bears which arrive with the ice are also extremely de¬ 
structive to cattle. 

The Feroe Islands have the appearance of mountains or 
hills boldly emerging from the sea, separated from one another, 
by deep channels swept by rapid currents. About 17 of these* 
islands are habitable. Their shallow, but fruitful, soil, ^yields 
barley, and good pasturage for sheep, with which they abound. 
The rocky cliffs are the resort of great flocks of sea-fowl, which 
tempt the inhabitants to extraordinary exertions for the sake of 
their eggs, flesh, and feathers. In no country is the hazardous 
business of fowling conducted with more skill and intrepidity; 
and the most tremendous precipices are either scaled from below 
by men raised by the poles of their companions, or are reached 
from above by those who are let down by means of ropes fast¬ 
ened about their waists. The delicate Eider down , produced 
from what is called the Eider duck, is one of the most q valuable 
articles of these islands. 


SWEDEN. 

q Face of the Country. Sweden is, in general, a mountainous 
country. Its surface is greatly diversified with numerous lakes, 
clear rivers, rushing cataracts, gloomy forests, rugged rocks, ver¬ 
dant vales, and well cultivated fields. A ^striking characteristic 
of the country, in many parts, is the frequency of detached 
masses of rock, starting out of the ground, and imparting a sin¬ 
gularly wild and rugged appearance to the landscape. 

q Climate . Sweden enjoys a much milder temperature than 
those countries of Asia and America, which have the same lati¬ 
tude. It is however, a cold country; and the winter, particular¬ 
ly in the northern part, is long and extremely severe. The gulf 
of Bothnia becomes a vast field of ice, and is crossed by trav¬ 
ellers in sledges. 

Spring and autumn are seasons hardly known in this country ; 
summer bursts suddenly from winter, and vegetation is quick and 
rapid. The labors of agriculture are crowded into the short 


214 


SWEDEN. 


q space of about three months, and in this season the inhabitants 
both sow and reap. But the summer, though short, is rendered 
hot by the length of the days, and the reflection of the sun¬ 
beams from the numerous hills and mountains. 

Soil and Productions. The soil is not the most propitious. 
Incredible pains, however, have been taken by the Swedes of 
late to correct its natural sterility ; and the institution of agricul¬ 
tural societies has been attended with such success, that some of 
the valleys have become extremely fertile. It is supposed, that 
in the south of Sweden, by draining, and other improvements, a 
sufficient quantity of wheat might be raised to supply the whole 
kingdom. The ‘‘produce of grain, however, is not sufficient for 
the supply of the inhabitants. Hemp and flax are considerable 
products, and in the vicinity of Stockholm, tobacco. 

Sweden ‘’abounds in forests, principally of pine and fir. These 
afford an inexhaustible supply of masts for shipping, and planks 
for various uses; while the tar, turpentine, and pitch, extracted 
from the trees, are almost of equal value with the timber. Wild 
cherry and plum trees grow up to the 60th degree of latitude. 
Strawberries and whortleberries are plenty over the whole coun¬ 
try, and currants are found even in Lapland. The rivers of 
Sweden are rapid, and supply abundance of fish ; but the nu¬ 
merous rocks and shoals which are found in them, render most 
of them unfit for the purpose of navigation. 

Minerals. The principal ‘’sources of wealth in Sweden are 
her mines, chiefly of copper and iron. Only one gold mine has 
yet been discovered, and that very inconsiderable; a mine of sil¬ 
ver is more profitable, its annual produce being valued at 20,000 
crowns. A copper mine near the town of Falun is supposed to 
have been worked nearly 1,000 years. The mouth of this mine 
presents a vast chasm, nearly three quarters of a mile in circum¬ 
ference, of which the perpendicular depth is about 1,020 feet. 
Some of the mountains consist of almost one entire mass of iron 
ore. A great number of forges are employed in the manufac¬ 
ture of this metal. Mining is a capital branch of national in¬ 
dustry in Sweden. 

Roads , fyc. The high ‘‘roads in Sweden are remarkably 
good, being made of stone and gravel, and are not inferior to 
the turnpikes in our own country, although no toll is exacted 
from the traveller. 

There are many seats scattered over the face of the country, 
where gentlemen reside on their estates in rural plenty. These 
seats, being an assemblage of wooden buildings painted red, 
make a neat appearance, and contribute greatly to the ornament 
of the country. 

Manufactures. The Swedish manufactures are not numerous. 
Those of iron and steel are the most “considerable. The man¬ 
ufactures of copper and brass, and the building of ships, like- 


SWEDEN. 215 

wise, employ a great number of hands. There are manufactures 
also of cotton, wool, silk, hats, and watches. 

Commerce. The commerce of Sweden is far from being im¬ 
portant. It ‘‘consists chiefly in the exports of her native produc¬ 
tions, iron, timber, pitch, tar, hemp, and copper. Herrings have 
long formed a considerable article, but the fishery has much 
declined. The ‘‘principal imports are grain of various kinds, 
particularly rye, tobacco, sugar, coffee, drugs, silk, and wine. 

Chief Towns. Stockholm, the capital, contains 76,000 inhab¬ 
itants. It is ‘‘situated at the junction of Lake Malar with the 
Baltic, on 7 small islands, united by bridges. The harbour, 
though deep, is somewhat difficult of access, and during four 
months of the year is blocked up with ice. The buildings are 
mostly of stone, or of brick stuccoed, and stained of a white or 
yellowish color. At the Extremity of the harbour the streets 
rise one above another in the form of an amphitheatre, and the 
palace, a magnificent building, crowns the- summit. There are 
q two superb statues in this city, one of Gustavus Adolphus, and 
another of the late Gustavus III. in bronze, erected by the citi¬ 
zens, at an expense of 140,000 dollars. Its arsenal is famous, 
and contains a long line of the effigies of the kings of Sweden, 
in the armour which they actually wore, all arranged in chrono¬ 
logical order; here also are to be seen the very clothes which 
the famous Charles XII. had on when he was killed at Freder- 
ickstadt. 

Upsal is ^famous for its university. Most of the houses except 
the colleges, are of wood, painted red, with high grass growing 
on the tops, a thing very common in Sweden. The cathedral is 
a vast pile of brick, with two square towers. The interior is 
handsome, and is adorned with a most magnificent organ. Pop¬ 
ulation, 4,500. 

Gottenburg is the q second city for trade and population. It is 
the seat of the Swedish East India Company, and carries on a 
great trade in iron, anti a very extensive herring fishery. A 
water communication between this place and the capital has 
been opened. Population, 22,000. 

Carlscrona is q noted as being the station of the royal navy ; 
its docks, hewn in the rock, are works of vast magnitude. Flax, 
iron, and linen cloth are its chief ‘‘exports. 

Tornea has a good harbour. Here the Laplanders, Norwegi¬ 
ans, and Russians resort to barter their furs for other articles. 

Inhabitants, Manners , and Customs. The Swedes, in general, 
are well formed and of a graceful appearance. They are cheer¬ 
ful, healthy, and courageous, and particularly hospitable and kind 
to strangers. Thefls, murders, and atrocious crimes are very 
uncommon among them. Disputes are rare in country places, 
and generally finished without the aid of lawyers. The only 
vice which may in some degree be called national, is an intem¬ 
perate use of spirituous liquors, which is common with most 
northern nations. 


•216 


SWEDEN. 


Fondness for convivial pleasure, music, and dancing”, is a ‘‘lead¬ 
ing feature in the Swedish character. Two days in the year, 
the first of May and midsummer, are in Sweden particularly 
consecrated to public mirth and joy. 

The peasants are frugal and industrious, and live in the plain¬ 
est manner. They are well clad in strong cloth of their own 
making. Their cottages, though built of wood, and only one 
story high, are comfortable and commodious. 

The nobility and gentry of both sexes are for the most part 
well educated and highly accomplished, many of them speaking 
English, French, and German, with fluency. They have very 
much the manners of the French, and are addicted to luxury. 
Norway, Denmark, and Sweden, are making rapid advances in 
population. 

Education. Schools are provided in almost every parish. 
Nearly all the Swedes can read, and the greater part can write. 
The universities are three. There are also twelve literary acad¬ 
emies, most of which publish memoirs of their transactions. 


RUSSIA. 

Mountains. The “principal mountains are the great Uralian 
Chain, about 1,400 miles in length, of moderate elevation, form¬ 
ing a marked boundary between Europe and Asia. These 
mountains are rich in metals, chiefly of gold, copper, and iron, 
and are adorned with woods mostly of pine, fir, birch, cedar, and 
larch. 

q Face of the Country. Russia is mostly a level country. That 
part west of the Ural Mountains is, in general, a vast plain, 
elevated towards the centre, and thence gently descending 
towards the north and west. 

Rivers. Of these the “principal is the Volga, computed at 
1,700 miles in length, and navigable nearly to its source. The 
Don, by the ancients called the Tanais, is a large navigable 
river, “noted for its violent inundations. In its course towards 
the east, it approaches so near the Volga, that Peter the Great 
had undertaken to form a communication between them by 
means of a canal, which was reported to be in contemplation 
under the late Emperor Alexander. The Dnieper, another large 
river of Europe, is navigable from Smolensk near its source, to 
Kiow, where there is a bridge of boats 1,638 feet in length. 
Below this place, its navigation for some distance is impeded by 
cataracts, after which it is again navigable to its mouth. The 
Duna, or Southern Dwina, as it is sometimes called, is a'‘navi¬ 
gable river its whole extent. Its width at Riga is about 900 
paces. Here a bridge of pontoons is thrown across the river 
annually in April, and taken away again in November. The 
Northern Dwina has a “navigable course of about 500 miles. 


RUSSIA. 


217 


The Neva is that river through which the Lagoda Lake dis¬ 
charges its waters into the Gulf of Finland, and on which St. 
Petersburg is situated. It is about 40 miles in length, of con¬ 
siderable width and depth, and ^subject to great floods. 

Climate. Russia, extending from the Frozen Ocean to the 
Black Sea, necessarily exhibits a great diversity of climate. In 
all the q northern parts, the cold in winter is very severe. Birds 
in the act of flying have sometimes been known to drop down 
dead from the atmosphere in consequence of it. The peasants, 
who usually wear their beards in Russia, have them hanging to 
their chins like solid lumps of ice ; drivers of carriages are fre¬ 
quently frozen to death upon their seats without being able to 
change their position; and boiling water thrown up with an 
engine, so as to spread, has been known to freeze before it fell 
to the ground. At St. Petersburg only two months in the year 
are entirely free from snow. Violent storms are frequent, and 
when these come from the southwest, they cause great inunda¬ 
tions by the overflowing of the Neva. At Moscow the winter 
sets in about the middle of November, and lasts till the middle of 
March, attended with copious falls of snow. Even in the south¬ 
ern parts, the winters though short are somewhat severe. From 
some degrees to the south of Moscow, all northern Russia has 
only two seasons, the transition from winter to summer, and 
again from summer to winter, being so sudden that spring and 
autumn are unknown. Russia in general has a dry ^atmosphere, 
and the q air is pure and salubrious. 

Soil. The soil in this extensive empire is as various as the 
climate. All the q northern coast to a great extent inland, is an 
immense swamp, wholly grown over with moss, destitute of 
wood, and almost perpetually frozen, being thawed in summer 
only to a very small depth. The q middle provinces have a much 
better soil, while the southern parts display the greatest fertility. 
Between the Don and the Ural Mountains the soil is particularly 
fertile, and the climate delightful, producing the almond, the fig, 
and the peach. It is generally esteemed the best portion of 
Russia. 

Productions. Grain and pasturage are the q general features 
of Russian farming. In the northern parts, so far as the latitude 
of St. Petersburg, rye is cultivated; in the middle and southern 
regions, wheat. Taurida, which is the most southern province, 
comprehending the peninsula of Crimea, produces some Indian 
corn; the culture of the vine and the olive also succeeds here. 
Barley is a general product. Hemp and flax constitute an im¬ 
portant object of Russian agriculture. Tobacco has lately been 
cultivated; potatoes bear the cold of Archangel, and yield from 
thirty to fifty fold. Rhubarb, madder, wax, and honey are also 
considerable products. In the middle and southern parts are 
large orchards. Apples and pears are found as far north as 


21S 


RUSSIA. 


q 49° ; cherries and plums as far as 55°. Agriculture, however, 
is but little understood in this country. 

Throughout the whole empire much excellent pasture is found, 
and horses, cattle, and sheep, are in tolerable plenty. Goats and 
swine everywhere abound. Of the q wild animals, particularly 
valuable for their furs, are the black fox, the sable, the martin, 
and the ermine. 

Minerals. The q principal mines of Russia are in Siberia. 
These are a great source of wealth to the nation. The Ural 
Mountains and their vicinity are the centre of the mining coun¬ 
try. Gold, some silver, copper, and iron, are the metals chiefly 
extracted there ; and the founderies for the two latter are very 
numerous. 

Canals. The canals of this empire are of great importance. 
By means of that of Vctni Volotchok, goods may be conveyed 
up the Volga from Astrachan to St. Petersburg, a distance of 
J,434 miles. The navigation requires for its performance a fort¬ 
night, three weeks, or a month, according to the season of the 
year, and nearly 4,000 vessels are supposed annually to pass this 
way. A canal also leads from Moscow to the Don, opening a 
communication with the Black Sea. There is likewise a water 
communication by means of rivers from the frontiers of China to 
St. Petersburg, with the interruption of only about 60 miles. 

Manufactures. Russia possesses a variety of manufactures. 
That of isinglass, which is a preparation of the sounds or air 
bladder of the sturgeon, ^flourishes on the Volga. The manu¬ 
factures of oil, soap, and candles at St. Petersburg are very 
considerable, and contribute in no small degree to its exports. 
There are also in various parts manufactures of saltpetre, paper, 
and tobacco. Linen is manufactured in abundance ; the best 
comes from the government of Archangel. Cotton is little 
wrought; but the manufactures of silk are numerous. Coarse 
cloths, carpets, hats, porcelain, and earthen ware are made in 
Russia, and leather has long been a staple commodity. Russia 
produces vast quantities of wax; iron founderies abound every¬ 
where ; cannons are cast at St. Petersburg ; at Tula there is a 
vast manufactory of fire and side arms, which employs upwards 
of 4,000 workmen. 

Commerce. Russia has an extensive commerce. That with 
Europe and America is carried on principally through the Baltic 
and White Seas, by way of St. Petersburg, Riga, and Archangel. 
The ^articles exported are chiefly hemp, flax, different kinds of 
grain, tallow, hides, and sail-cloth, timber, tar, iron, anise-seed, 
train-oil, hemp-oil, linens, wax, and fur. In return for which, 
they ^import woollen cloths, silk, cotton, brandy, sugar, wine, and 
coffee. 

The commerce of Russia with Persia and China, ^carried on 
by the way of Astrachan through the Caspian Sen, is also very 
considerable, as is likewise that with Turkey through the Black 


RUSSIA. 


219 


Sea. Russia likewise carries on a commerce over land, by cara¬ 
vans, to China, chiefly in furs; and they bring back from thence, 
tea, silk, cotton, and gold. 

The various productions of this vast empire, in order to get to 
market, are first brought from different places to fairs establish¬ 
ed in different parts of the country, where the merchants buy 
them up, and forward them to different ports or other trading 
towns for exportation. 

Cities. St. Petersburg, the capital, is a beautiful and exten¬ 
sive city, ^founded by Peter the Great, in 170*3, upon an island in 
the middle of the Neva, between the Gulf of Finland and Lake 
Lagoda. It contains a university, a military academy, a convent 
for the education of young ladies, a foundling hospital, five pal¬ 
aces, thirty-five handsome churches, the exchange, a magnificent 
edifice, besides many other noble and costly structures. 



THE EXCHANGE, ST. PETERSBURG. 


The houses are mostly ffour stories high, built of brick, stuc¬ 
coed ; the streets are long and broad. In this city there is a 
famous statue in bronze of Peter the Great. The rock which 
serves for its pedestal weighs, by calculation, 1,428 tons, and 
was transported to St. Petersburg, 9 miles, partly by land and 
partly by water. 

St. Petersburg is frequented by a great number of trading 
vessels from other nations, especially from Great Britain. Large 
ships, however, cannot get over the bar of the Neva, but remain 
at Cronstadt, a port on an island in the gulf, 20 miles below, 
which is also the naval ^station. Population of the city, 320,000. 




















220 


RUSSIA. 


Moscow, the ancient capital, situated on a river of the same 
name, is 26 miles in circumference. On approaching the city, 
its gilded domes and glittering spires make a most striking and 
splendid appearance. It is the centre of trade for all the inte¬ 
rior of Russia. About three fourths ofthe city was burnt in 1812, 
when the French invaded Russia, since which time it has been 
rebuilt. In this city there is a famous bell, the largest in the 
world. It is 19 feet in height, and 21 yards in circumference at 
the bottom. Its greatest thickness is 21 inches, and it weighs 
432,000 pounds. The beam on which it hung, being burnt, it 
fell, and a large piece was broken out of it, so that it now lies in 
a manner useless. The q climate of Moscow is extremely salu¬ 
brious. The number of its inhabitants is about 250,000. 

Astrachan is, next to St. Petersburg and Moscow, the most 
important in the whole empire. It carries on a great traffic, 
especially in the fisheries of the Volga and the Caspian Sea. 
Its leather manufactories and salt works are also considerable. 
Its population, which consists of a singular assemblage of differ¬ 
ent nations, is estimated at 70,000. 

Odessa is a flourishing city, situated on the Black Sea, and is 
the ‘’second in point of commerce in the empire. Population, 
40,000. 

Riga, the ‘’fourth town, in a commercial view, is much fre¬ 
quented by foreign merchants, who export from it large quanti¬ 
ties of naval stores, grain, and other products of the country. Its 
population is estimated at 36,000. 

Archangel, notwithstanding the short period of the year in 
which it is accessible, carries on a considerable trade in the 
exports and imports of that part of the Russian dominions. Very 
large ships, built of fir and larch at a great distance up the 
Dwina, are among its exported articles. It is 400 miles northeast 
from St. Petersburg, and contains 7,200 inhabitants. 

Tula contains 30,000 inhabitants. Cherson, on the Black Sea, 
has greatly declined. Caffa, in the Crimea, is a free port, and a 
principal commercial town. 

Inhabitants , fyc. Russia, although subject to one government, 
includes a variety of nations, whose language, manners, and 
habits of life are totally distinct, and many of which are in a 
state of extreme barbarism. 

The ‘’Sclavonic Russians, of which the great mass of the popu¬ 
lation consists, are a hardy and vigorous people, well featured, of 
a good stature, cheerful, patient of fatigue, and implicitly sub¬ 
missive to discipline. The ladies have fine complexions natur¬ 
ally, which, however, they ruin by paint. The higher classes 
are ‘’distinguished by their sociability and hospitality. A strong 
propensity for keeping numerous retinues and brilliant equipages 
is everywhere prevalent; and splendid entertainments, with 
gaming, are much in fashion. 


RUSSIA. 


221 


The peasants, or boors, as they are called in this country, in 
winter wrap themselves in sheep-skins, with the wool turned in. 
The lower classes* have no beds, but sleep on the floor, or on a 
platform of boards; and in summer very often in the open air. 
Intoxication is a common vice. 

The Russians are extremely fond of vocal music. Nowhere 
is the song- more jovial or more universal. Next to singing, 
dancing is the most general amusement. The ringing of bells 
is also a recreation in which they take great delight. Of all the 
Russian customs, none merits greater attention than the univer¬ 
sal use of the hot vapor bath, which they consider as a remedy 
or preventive of almost every disease. 

Religion. The established religion is the Greek Church, little 
differing from Popery ; but all others are permitted and pro¬ 
tected. 

Literature. The literature of Russia is yet in its infancy; it 
is, however, advancing in improvement, and much attention is 
paid to popular instruction. 

Government. This extensive country is under the government 
of one monarch, called the Emperor of all Russia. Alexander, 
the late Emperor, was born in 1777, and died in November, 1825. 
Under his efficient and mild reign, Russia extended her domin¬ 
ions, rapidly rose to military greatness, and advanced in improve¬ 
ments, population, and national importance. His brother Nicho¬ 
las is his successor. Russia, in 1808, conquered Finland from 
Sweden, and incorporated it with her empire. 

Army. The whole amount of the Russian army is estimated 
at 750,000 men. About 150,000 it is supposed, are necessary in 
the garrisons scattered over this vast empire. 

Navy. The Russian navy consists of 50 ships of the line, and 
30 frigates, besides smaller ships and galleys. 

Curiosities. Among the natural curiosities of Russia, q most 
deserving of nptice are the mountains of ice which float in the 
Frozen Ocean. Some of these are many miles in extent, and of 
an astonishing height, being formed by the aggregation of vast 
fields of ice forcing one under another, and thus raising the im¬ 
mense mass higher out of the water, where it receives an addi¬ 
tional increase from the successive falls of snow. Some of these 
floating mountains are 10 to 1,200 feet in height, resembling vast 
cathedrals, adorned with pinnacles, representing a thousand fan¬ 
tastic shapes, and reflecting a thousand colors from the rays of 
the sun, or the aurora borealis. 

In 1740, the Empress Anne built a palace of ice on the banks 
of the Neva, which, when illuminated, had a surprising effect. 


19* 


222 


POLAND. —PRUSSIA 


POLAND. 

Poland was once a formidable kingdom. In 1773, several of 
its provinces were dismembered from it by the Empress of Rus¬ 
sia, the Emperor of Germany, and the King of Prussia. A simi¬ 
lar act of violence again took place in 1793. In 1795, the unfor¬ 
tunate sovereign Stanislaus Augustus was cruelly deposed, his 
kingdom annihilated, and the whole country incorporated into 
Russia, Austria, and Prussia. In 1831, the patriotic Poles made 
a fierce, but unsuccessful effort to gain their independence. 
Russia has annexed this nation to her empire. 

Poland is generally a level country, productive in grain and in 
grass. 

Warsaw, the capital, is a large city, surrounded by a moat and 
a double wall. It has a melancholy appearance, exhibiting the 
strong contrast of wealth and poverty, luxury and distress. Pop¬ 
ulation, 66,000. 

Cracow, an independent city, now contains many spacious and 
handsome streets, but almost every building bears the marks of 
ruined grandeur. Here most of the sovereigns of Poland were 
both crowned and interred. Population, 25,000. 

The q Poles are fair in their complexion, well-proportioned and 
handsome ; active, brave, honest, hospitable, and enterprising ; 
but rash and unsteady. There are many Jews in Poland. 

Near Cracow are q the famous mines of rock salt, said to be the 
most extensive of the kind in Europe. They are wrought under 
ground to a vast depth and compass, presenting ^jacious cham¬ 
bers, long galleries, massy pillars, and even whole edifices hewn 
in the solid rock, which, when illuminated by lamps, afford 
scenes of extraordinary splendor. 


PRUSSIA. 

The kingdom of Prussia, which commenced with the 18th 
century, by gradual accessions became so extensive, as deser¬ 
vedly to rank among the first powers of Europe. But in 1807, 
this kingdom was greatly reduced, the King, Frederick William 
IV. having been compelled to surrender in obedience to the dic¬ 
tates of France, nearly half of his possessions, and about the 
same proportion of his subjects. 

In the great struggle, however, against the power of France, 
for the independence of Europe, Prussia acted a very distin¬ 
guished part, her arms, together with those of the Allies, having 
been crowned with the most perfect success. By the late treaty 
at Vienna, which settled the state of Europe, Prussia has regain¬ 
ed her former consequence among the nations of Europe. 


PRUSSIA. 


223 


q Face of the Country. Prussia displays no grand features of 
nature, nor any great variety of aspect. The whole country, 
except a part of Silesia, is generally level, and in many places 
covered with thick forests. 

Climate. The ^climate of all the countries bordering on the 
Baltic, is in general cold and moist. Prussia Proper is deluged 
with rain in the autumn, and has about eight months of winter. 
Pomerania and Brandenburg are somewhat more free from 
humidity. Silesia excels all the other Prussian provinces in the 
purity and wholesomeness of its air, but the western and south¬ 
ern parts, which lie near the mountains, are exposed, even in 
summer, to sharp freezing winds. 

Soil. The q soil of the Prussian provinces varies between the 
two extremes of barrenness and fertility. Brandenburg is a 
sandy, barren, country; Prussia Proper is also sandy, but more 
fertile. The northern extremity of Silesia partakes of the sandy 
soil of Brandenburg ; but the greatest part of the province dis¬ 
plays a remarkable fertility. Silesia is, on the whole, the q most 
fertile and healthful, as well as the most diversified and agree¬ 
able province of the Prussian dominions. 

Productions. The ^vegetable productions of the Prussian do¬ 
minions consist chiefly of grain and pasturage. Vines are pro¬ 
duced in Silesia, and some wine is made, but of an inferior 
quality. 

The most distinguished mineral production of Prussia is amber, 
found on the coasts of the Baltic. Coal is found in various parts 
of Silesia. 

*Manufactures and Commerce. The Prussian manufacturers 
produce a variety of articles for home consumption, such as 
glass, iron, paper, woollen cloth, and some silk. There is also a 
china manufacture at Berlin. But the most important of all the 
Prussian manufactures are the linens of Silesia, of which a con¬ 
siderable quantity is exported. The q chief commerce of Prussia 
is in grain. 

Chief Toivns. Berlin, the capital, is a beautiful and magnifi¬ 
cent city, ^situated on the river Spree. Population about 240,000. 
It has a free communication by canals with the Oder and the 
Elbe. The streets are spacious and well paved, although the 
country for 30 miles scarcely produces a single stone. Its nu¬ 
merous gardens and plantations of trees give it a rural appear¬ 
ance. The houses are generally large and well built of brick 
stuccoed, and white freestone. On the stone bridge over the 
Spree, is an equestrian statue of the Great Elector William. 
Beyond the bridge is seen the Royal Palace, a superb edifice, 
containing the most splendid service of plate belonging to any 
palace in Europe. 


224 


PRUSSIA. 



THE ROYAL PALACE, BERLIN. 

Konigsburg, on the river Pregel, contains 70,000 inhabitants. 
It is well fortified, and carries on a considerable trade. 

Breslau, in Silesia, is a beautiful city, and has several manu¬ 
factures, especially of linen, and a university. Its population is 
about 90,000. 

Elbing, situated on an arm of the river Vistula, called the 
river Elbing, contains about 19,000 inhabitants, and carries on 
an extensive commerce. Vessels of 100 tons come up to the 
town. It is also the seat of several manufactures. 

Stettin carries on an extensive commerce. Its population is 
about 22,000. 

Potsdam, about 6 miles from Berlin, is a recent city. It con¬ 
tains the royal palace of Sans Souci, a most noble structure, 
erected by Frederick the Great, and was lately the favorite resi¬ 
dence of the Prussian monarchs. No expense has been spared 
in its decorations. Its population is 23,000. 

Brandenburg, on the Havel, has several manufactures of cloth, 
fustian, and canvass, and contains about 13,000 inhabitants. 

Dantzic is the ^principal port for the exportation of the grain 
and other products of Poland, and contains a population of about 
60,000. 

“Magdeburg is a large, beautiful, wealthy, and strongly fortified 
city, having an extensive trade and numerous manufactures. Its 
population is about 33,000. 





HOLLAND. 225 

Inhabitants. Military bravery is the most distinguishing fea¬ 
ture of the national character. 

Language. The language of Prussia is the German ; but 
French is universally spoken by the nobility and gentry. 

Religion. The predominant religion of Prussia is the Protes¬ 
tant; but almost all other sects are tolerated. 

Education , fyc. There are several universities and schools ; 
but popular education is generally neglected in Prussia, as well 
as in most other countries of Europe. The government is an abso¬ 
lute hereditary monarchy. 


HOLLAND. 

Face of the Country. The iface of the country is remarkably 
level and low. It has the ^appearance of a large marsh that has 
been drained, its surface in many places being lower than the 
level of the ocean, from the inundations of which it is secured by 
dykes or dams, raised at vast labor and expense, some of which 
are 15 feet in height, and wide enough on the top for two car¬ 
riages to go abreast. 

Climate. The '’climate is cold ami humid, and the air foggy 
and unwholesome, except when it is purified by the frost, which 
in winter blocks up the harbours and canals for about four 
months. The moisture of the atmosphere causes metals to rust, 
and various other substances to mould, more than in any other 
country of Europe. 

Productions. Holland affords rich pastures, and is distinguish¬ 
ed for the number of large and fat cattle, and the abundance and 
excellence of its butter and cheese. Flax, hemp, madder, and 
tobacco are general products. Here are no forests; turf is the 
^common fuel of the country ; all the timber is imported. 

Canals. Canals are almost as numerous here as roads are in 
other countries, and they serve for the same purposes ; but in the 
summer their waters become putrid, and emit offensive and un¬ 
wholesome vapors, very prejudicial to the health of the inhabit¬ 
ants. The ^general method of passing from one town to another 
is by water. The passengers embark in a kind of covered boat 
drawn by horses, which travel at a slow and uniform trot. As 
the canals communicate with the Rhine and other large rivers, 
commodities can be conveyed at a trifling expense into Germany 
and France. In the neighbourhood of the capital, the canals, 
are lined for miles together with elegant country houses, seated 
in the midst of gardens and pleasure grounds, adorned to the 
very edge of the water with temples and statues. 

Commerce and Manufactures. With respect to commerce, 
Holland at a former period was aptly styled “ the grand maga¬ 
zine of Europe,” as scarcely a manufacture could be mentioned 
which was not here established, or a nation pointed out upon the 


226 


HOLLAND. 


globe, with which the inhabitants had no connexion. Their nu¬ 
merous population, the cheapness of labor, and the inland navi¬ 
gation, together with the important fisheries, public trading 
companies, various exports, and an East India fleet, which an¬ 
nually brought them a rich cargo of gold, diamonds, pearls, ivory, 
and spices, combined to elevate these people to a high rank in 
the commercial world. But in later times much of their foreign 
commerce has been cut off. Their inland trade with France 
and Germany, by means of the Rhine and canals, is still consid¬ 
erable. One of the most profitable articles of this trade consists 
in the vast floats of timber, which arrive at Dort from Andenac, 
and other places on the Rhine, and from the German forests. 
The length of these rafts is from 700 to 1,000 feet, and the 
breadth from 50 to 90 feet. About 500 laborers are employed 
in navigating one of these floats, the top of which is covered with 
a little village of timber huts for their accommodation. 

The q chief manufactures are those of linen, pottery, painted 
tiles, leather, wax, starch, and paper; also some articles of wool¬ 
len, cotton, and silk. 

Cities. Amsterdam, the capital, is an elegant, rich, and highly 
commercial city, containing about ‘2*20,000 inhabitants. The 
ground on which it is situated is entirely a morass, and the whole 
city is q built on piles of wood, which consist of the trunks of huge 
trees driven down endways, by the force of engines, into the 
boggy soil. The stadt-house, one of the principal ornaments of 
this city, is ^supported on 14,000 of these wooden piles. The 
great disadvantages of this city are the want of wholesome water 
and of good air. 

Rotterdam ranks next in trade and opulence. It is situated on 
the Maese, and is the birth-place of the famous Erasmus. Its 
population is 56,000. 

Middleburg, on the island Walcheren, is a commercial town, 
containing a population of about 12,000 inhabitants. 

The Hague was long the seat of government, and the resi¬ 
dence of all the foreign ambassadors and strangers of distinction. 
It has no commerce; but is ^celebrated for the magnificence and 
beauty of its buildings, and the politeness of its inhabitants, who 
are computed at about 50,000. 

Leyden and Utrecht are fine cities, ^famous for their universi¬ 
ties. 

Haerlem is ^remarkable for the beauty of its flowers, in which 
it carries on a great trade ; for its bleacheries of linen. In one 
of its churches is a stupendous organ, supposed to be the largest 
in the world. 

Inhabitants. The Dutch are somewhat low of stature and of 
a heavy make. The complexion of both sexes is almost invari¬ 
ably fair. Their ruling passion is the love of money. They are 
remarkably neat in their furniture and houses, and are particu¬ 
larly noted for their industry and frugality. 


BELGIUM. 


227 


Skating is their ^favorite amusement, in which they are un¬ 
commonly expert, and the canals in winter are covered with 
all ranks, and of both sexes. 



Their language is Low Dutch, which is a corrupt dialect of the 
German, but the people of fashion speak English and French. 
The established religion is Calvinism, but other sects are tole¬ 
rated. Among their ^learned men, Erasmus, Grotius, and Boer- 
haave, are particularly celebrated. Their universities are those 
of Leyden, Utrecht, Groningen, Harderwich, and Franker. Their 
navy, once so powerful, is now greatly reduced. 


BELGIUM. 

Belgium, once known by the name of Austrian Netherlands, 
has often changed masters. In 1713, it was ceded by Spain to 
the House of Austria. In 1795, having been conquered from 
Austria by France, it was incorporated into the French empire. 
After the downfall of Bonaparte, in 1814, it was severed from 
France and annexed to Holland, and placed under William, the 
Prince of Orange, with the title of King of the Netherlands. In 
1830, it seceded from Holland, and is now an independent king¬ 
dom. 

Face of the Country. Belgium, in its general features, very 
much resembles Holland, excepting that its surface is a little 
more varied, and the air is more pure and healthful. In no part 
of Europe are displayed more agricultural skill and industry. 
Their cattle are large and excellent. The southern provinces 
are noted for the production of grain. 



228 


FRANCE. 


Towns. Brussels, the capital, is one of the most splendid cit¬ 
ies in Europe. It is celebrated for its lace, camblets, and carpets. 
Nine miles south from Brussels is Waterloo, celebrated for the 
great battle, which terminated the career of Bonaparte. 

The population is equally dense with that of Holland. Wealth 
and industry animate every village. Infant schools, schools of 
industry, primary schools and colleges are spreading over the 
whole country. 


FRANCE. 

q Face of the Country. France is mostly an open champaign 
country, very little encumbered with mountains or marshes, but 
beautifully diversified with hill and dale, wood and enclosure, 
streams, lakes, and scattered farms, mingled into a thousand de¬ 
lightful landscapes. 

Mountains. The Cevennes are an extensive chain of moun¬ 
tains in the q interior of the country, ^remarkable for the artifi¬ 
cial fertility conferred upon some of their barren sides by the 
industry of their inhabitants. This is ^effected by walls of 
loose stones built up, first at the foot of the mountain, against 
which the loose soil brought down by the rains being depos¬ 
ited, gradually forms behind them a level and fertile space. 
By a succession of similar operations, other platforms are pro¬ 
duced, and thus the mountains, which formerly presented to 
view a scene of desolation, are made to exhibit amphitheatres 
of vegetable ground, capable of the richest cultivation, almost to 
their very summits. 

These mountains in winter are exposed to dreadful hurricanes 
and falls of snow, which in a few hours reduce the ravines and 
precipices to a level, and descending to the villages, confine the 
inhabitants to their houses, which are sometimes so completely 
buried, that a communication is obliged to be opened in the form 
of an arch, under the enormous mass of snow. In summer, 
thunder storms are frequent and terrible, being accompanied 
with torrents of hailstones of an enormous size, which not only 
destroy the fruits, but do great damage to the flocks, which, for 
six months, pasture on the mountains. 

These mountains rise on the west of the Rhine, and extend in 
a direction nearly from north to south. The most elevated sum¬ 
mit is that of the Puy de Sansi, which rises about 6,300 feet 
above the level of the sea. 

q Climate and Soil. The air in France is mild and salubrious, 
and the weather much more clear and settled than in Great 
Britain. The q soil in general is excellent, producing the ne¬ 
cessaries, and especially the luxuries of life in great abundance. 
In some places, however, the ground is subject to be burnt and 
parched up by the summer droughts. 


FRANCE. 


2*29 


If France be divided from east to west into four nearly equal 
parts, the most northern will bear a strong resemblance to the 
south of England. The principal difference observable in the 
second division, consists in the display of a few vineyards, thinly 
scattered. The third is ‘‘distinguished by the first appearance 
of maize or Indian corn; and in the southernmost, groves of 
olive trees are intermixed among corn-fields and luxuriant vine¬ 
yards. 

q Productions . Grain is raised for exportation in considerable 
quantities. Wine and brandy are also great products ; five mil¬ 
lions of acres being supposed to be covered with vines. Silk is 
likewise one of its valuable productions. Lemons, oranges, figs, 
olives, madder, saffron, hops, and tobacco, are also successfully 
cultivated ; and attempts have recently been made to introduce 
the culture of indigo and cotton. But the agriculture of this 
country, though now in a state of improvement, is considerably 
behind that of England. 

France is q deficient in cattle, both as to their number and 
size. Sheep are still less improved, and worse managed. There 
is, consequently, a scarcity of animal food, and the poor live 
chiefly on bread. Forests are numerous, and wood is the '‘com¬ 
mon fuel of the country. Cider is produced in certain parts. 
The most remarkable ferocious animals are the wolf and wild 
boar. The hunting of the latter has long been a favorite diver¬ 
sion. 

Iron, antimony, quicksilver, manganese, and coal, are found in 
France in abundance ; also, several kinds of earth, used in man¬ 
ufactures, and all kinds of stony substances, from the massy 
rock that forms the stately column, to the gem that sparkles on 
the neck of beauty. 

Roads. The q roads of France are generally spacious, straight, 
well paved, planted on both sides with chesnut or other trees. 
A railroad 34 miles in length, connects Lyons with St. Etienne, 
which latter place is remarkable for its manufactures in iron and 
steel. Coal is also found in its neighbourhood. 

Canals. The internal communication and commerce of France 
are greatly augmented by navigable canals, connecting all the 
principal rivers. The most noted is that of Languedoc, 18 miles 
in length, extending from the Bay of Biscay to the city Tou¬ 
louse, where it enters the river Garonne. 

Cities. Paris, the capital, exceeds London in magnificence and 
splendor, but falls short of it in cleanliness, convenience, and in 
its population, which is 890,000. Paris has long been the seat of 
voluptuousness and dissipation, and although one of the filthiest, 
is certainly one of the gayest, noisiest, most splendid, scientific, 
and luxurious cities in the world. It is q situated on each side 
of the river Seine, 140 miles from the ocean, and abounds in 
grand public institutions and sumptuous edifices. The houses 
are mostly five or six q stories high, built of freestone, taken from 
20 


230 


FRANCE. 


the quarries which run in various directions under the city. The 
city is adorned with delightful Parks, the walks of which render 
them favorite places of resort. 



VIEW OF THE ROYAL PALACE, AND PARADE GROUND. 

The Champ de Mars is an oblong park, extending from the 
Military School to the river; it is the place usually appropriated 
to the review of troops, and great public festivities. 

The Gardens of the Tuileries, situated west of the Palace, are 
elegantly laid out with gravelled walks, plots of flowers, and 
groves of trees, interspersed with beautiful statues, in bronze 
and marble. The Luxembourg gardens in the south part of the 
city, also contain delightful walks for the inhabitants. 

Lyons, accounted the Cecond city in France, Celebrated for 
its rich silk, and gold and silver stuffs, suffered greatly in the 
revolution, nor has it yet recovered its former prosperity. Popu¬ 
lation nearly 1 GO,000. 

The Chief commercial ports of France are Bourdeaux and Mar¬ 
seilles ; the former, containing 94,000 inhabitants, is the centre of 
the West India trade, and is the q principal place for the expor¬ 
tation of wine; the latter, with a population of 116,000, is in 
^possession of most of the trade of the Mediterranean. 

The other most considerable cities are Nantes, ^famous for its 
fine brandy, and Rouen for its woollen and linen manufactures. 
Montpellier is a place much visited by invalids on account of the 
salubrity of its air. The ^principal stations of the navy are at 
Toulon and Brest. 

q Manufactures and Commerce. France has extensive manu- 











FRANCE. 


231 


factures, particularly of silk, woollen, and linen cloths, lawn, 
cambrics, muslins, and thread lace. Her principal exports are 
manufactured silks, woollens, linens, wines, and brandy ; her im¬ 
ports are chiefly wool, hemp, cotton, raw silk, tallow, tobacco, 
sugar, tea, and coffee. 

Inhabitants , $rc. The French are, in general, lower of stature 
than the English, but active, well-proportioned, and free from 
bodily defects. In their '‘dispositions they are lively, polite, 
witty, amiable, and brave ; but vain-glorious, inconstant, volatile, 
and easily discouraged. The ladies, though not remarkable for 
their beauty, are much q celebrated for their sprightliness and 
wit. The common people, in general, are very ordinary. Per¬ 
sonal and domestic cleanliness are less regarded in France than 
in England. Paris has long afforded models of dress to all Eu¬ 
rope, and the fantastic fashions of that brilliant metropolis have 
not yet lost their sway, although London now boasts a rivalship 
in fixing the modes. 

The French are observed to bear against the vicissitudes of 
fortune with a better grace than most other people, owing, it is 
supposed, to that sprightly vivacity so characteristic of the na¬ 
tion. Even during the horrors of the revolution, Paris continued 
to be the centre of dissipation ; and while in one part of the city 
the revolutionary axe was immolating its numerous victims, in 
another, the theatres were crowded, and everything wore the as¬ 
pect of festivity. 

Religion. The Roman Catholic is the most numerous denom¬ 
ination ; but all sects are tolerated. 

Education. The public education has lately been provided for 
by the establishment of an Imperial University at Paris, which is 
exclusively charged with the public instruction, and controls ev¬ 
ery school and seminary of education in the empire. It yet re¬ 
mains to be seen what maybe the effects of this institution. At 
present, but few of the lower classes of people can either read 
or write. 

Language. The French language is now the most universal 
of all the living languages. It is chiefly composed of words 
radically Latin, with many German derivatives. 

Army. The French army in 1811, was stated by the minister 
of the interior to have amounted to 800,000 men. It is now about 
240,000. 

Navy. The French navy has been much reduced since the 
commencement of the revolution, but active exertions have been 
making to increase the number of her ships, which at present 
amounts to about 59 ships of the line, and 51 frigates. By the 
late war, France lost 43 ships of the line, 82 frigates, and 76 
corvettes. 

Government. The former government was that of an absolute 
monarchy. In August, 1792, a dreadful massacre took place at 
Paris. Louis XVI. was dethroned, and, contrary to every princi- 


GERMAN V. 


232 

pie of humanity or justice, in January, J793, was beheaded. The 
chief nobility were inhumanly slaughtered; then the new rulers 
themselves were chiefly intent on each other’s ruin, till at length 
Bonaparte contrived to get himself elected First Consul, and 
soon after Emperor, with unlimited powers. Having under his 
control immense armies and a mighty population, he had nearly 
subjugated the whole European continent, Russia excepted. It 
was here his proud course was stayed ; for, having advanced into 
Russia in 1812, with a mighty army so far as Moscow, which was 
pillaged and burnt, he was driven back to his own capital with 
disgrace. He was compelled twice to abdicate the throne. In 
1815, he surrendered himself to the English, and was sent a 
prisoner of the allied powers of Europe, to St. Helena, where he 
died May 5th, 1821. 

Louis XVIII. died in 1824. Charles X. was deposed by the 
people in 1831, and Louis Philippe now fills the throne of France. 
The government is a limited monarchy. 


GERMANY. 

jFace of the Country. The q northern parts of Germany pre¬ 
sent a continuity of sandy plains. q The southern parts may be 
regarded as rather mountainous. Most of the provinces in the 
neighbourhood, and to the south of the Mayne, which is a river 
emptying into the Rhine, are finely diversified. Many parts of 
Germany present extensive forests. 

Climate. The ^climate is in general temperate, yet it is con¬ 
siderably milder in the southern than in the northern parts, 
where the winter is extremely severe, and of long duration. The 
q air, however, is everywhere serene and healthy, except in a few 
low marshy places toward the North sea. The vine ^thrives 
well on the banks of the Mayne, and in most of the countries to 
the south of that river. 

q Soil. There is, perhaps, no country in Europe, in which the 
soil varies more than in Germany. Sandy plains and barren 
heaths predominate in the northeast, and swamps and marshes 
in the northwest; but some of the interior and southwestern parts 
have an uncommonly good soil, and great attention is generally 
paid to its improvement. 

q Productions. Germany yields all the various kinds of grain 
in great abundance ; likewise flax of an excellent quality, hemp, 
hops, tobacco, madder, saffron, rape-seed, rhubarb, excellent gar¬ 
den vegetables, orchard fruits, and wine in most of the southern 
provinces. The famous vine called Old Hock, is produced in a 
district scarcely a mile in length, and half a mile in breadth. 
In some years this spot affords 200 hogsheads. 

In the ^rearing of cattle and sheep, Germany is, however, 
greatly deficient. The number of oxen is not sufficient either 


GERMANY. 


233 


for agricultural purposes or consumption. The breed of horses, 
in most parts is indifferent; that of hogs is much neglected. 
Goats, asses, and mules, are reared in the mountainous parts. 

The forests are stocked with wild boars, stags, deer, and hares. 
Poultry is abundant. Salted and smoked geese, and goose quills 
are exported from Mecklenburg and Pomerania. Some parts of 
Germany are remarkable for fine larks and thrushes of a deli¬ 
cious flavor. Others abound with singing birds, particularly 
Canary birds and goldfinches, which are exported to almost every 
country of Europe. Silk worms are reared with peculiar care in 
some of the southern and even northern districts. 

^Minerals. The tin mines afford a supply of that metal for 
home consumption. Iron of a very good quality ; lead, quick¬ 
silver, cobalt, arsenic, and zinc, are in great abundance. Ger¬ 
many has large quarries of curious marble, and a capital mill and 
burr stones. Coal, fuller’s earth, and fine porcelain clay, are also 
plentiful. 

Manufactures. The Manufactures of Germany are numerous, 
and many of them carried to a great extent and a high degree of 
perfection. The principal are those of linen and woollen cloth, 
cotton, thread-lace, China, hard-ware, (inferior to none but the 
English,) mirrors, glass, toys, trinkets, and silk, but not equal to 
the French. 

Commerce. Germany has enjoyed, till lately, a most extensive 
commerce. The ^principal articles of exportation, are timber, 
grain, fruit, wine, tobacco, madder, potash, copper, brass, mirrors, 
quicksilver, great quantities of linen cloth, thread-lace, hard¬ 
ware, toys, and trinkets. Germany ^imports oxen and horses 
chiefly from Hungary, Poland, and Denmark; hogs from Hunga¬ 
ry ; butter from Ireland and Holland ; and an immense quantity 
of raw cotton from Turkey, which is distributed all over the 
north of Europe, Germany, and Switzerland. 

Towns. Dresden, the capital of the kingdom of Saxony, is the 
most beautiful city of Germany, q famous for its mirrors, its foun- 
deries of bells and cannons, for its gallery of pictures, its various 
collections of the fine arts, and for its porcelain manufacture. It 
is also the seat of a university, and contains a population of 
70,000 inhabitants. Leipsic and Frankfort are ^celebrated for 
their furs. 

Munich is the capital of the kingdom of Bavaria. It ranks 
next to Dresden, which it equals in magnificence, if not in neat¬ 
ness and elegance. Its population is estimated at 60,000. Here 
are manufactures of velvet, silk, and wool. 

Stutgard, the capital of the kingdom of Wirtemburg, contains 
manufactures of stuffs, silk stockings, and ribands, and 32,000 
inhabitants. 

Hanover is the capital of a lately erected kingdom of the same 
name, of which his Britannic Majesty takes the title of king. It 
contains 28,000 inhabitants. 

20 * 


234 


AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 


Hamburg 1 and Frankfort are free cities; the former, till lately, 
was one of the chief commercial cities of Europe. In 1799, no 
fewer than 2,423 vessels entered this port. The Elbe here is 
one mile wide. 

Inhabitants , fyc. The Germans are frank, grave, honest, hos¬ 
pitable, and generally very fair in their dealings ; excellent both in 
arts and in war, and have an extensive genius for mechanics. 
Industry, application, and perseverance, are their q characteris- 
tics ; though they are generally thought by some to want anima¬ 
tion. The peasantry, though sometimes oppressed by the gran¬ 
dees, are in general more comfortable than many of their neigh¬ 
bours. 

The Germans have greatly distinguished themselves in various 
branches of learning and science, particularly in music, in which 
they excel all other nations. They have 30 universities, a great 
number of free grammar schools, besides numerous literary soci¬ 
eties, public libraries, reading clubs, critical journals, and other 
means of diffusing information. 

Language , fyc. The German is an original language, and is 
the basis of the Swedish, the Danish, and the English. Among 
the people of fashion, however, it is almost superseded by the 
French, which is universally used by the nobility and gentry 
throughout Germany. Their religion seems nearly equally divi¬ 
ded between sects of all kinds, Protestants, Papists, and Jews. 

German Confederation. This Confederation consists of the 
sovereign princes and free towns of Germany, together with the 
Emperor of Austria, and the Kings of Prussia, Great Britain, 
Denmark, and Netherlands, for their possessions in Germany. 
The concerns of the Confederation are confided to a Federative 
Diet, consisting of plenipotentiaries from the various States or 
members of the Confederation. The States may not make war 
upon each other, and are bound to submit their differences to 
their Diet. 


AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 

Face of the Country. The q face of the country is rather 
mountainous than level, although it presents many extensive 
plains, particularly in the central parts of Hungary, where a 
person may travel some days without perceiving the smallest 
elevation. 

Climate. The q climate throughout the Austrian dominions 
is tolerably mild, and in general healthful, if we except Hun¬ 
gary. In that kingdom, many parts of the great central plain, 
being, through want of cultivation and draining, converted into 
stagnant morasses, the air is in some places very unwholesome. 

Soil. The q soil of so extensive an empire must necessari¬ 
ly be various ; but, excepting the mountainous tracts, it is almost 
everywhere extremely fertile. Austria Proper is well cultiva- 


AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 


235 


ted, contains a happy peasantry, and has every appearance of a 
flourishing province. Bohemia is greatly favored by nature in 
regard to its soil, which, as well as its climate, is excellent; and 
all the necessaries of life are exceedingly good and cheap. Hun¬ 
gary, however, excels all the other territories of the Austrian 
empire in fertility. But from the imperfect state of agriculture, 
many parts of that rich country present only extensive morasses 
and wastes. The great central plain of Hungary, extending 250 
miles in every direction, presents in most parts, an extremely 
rich, but uncultivated soil. 

Productions. The ^vegetable productions of the Austrian do¬ 
minions are, in general, similar to those of other countries in the 
same latitudes. Grain and pasturage are extremely plentiful and 
good. Bohemia is ^famous for hops, as well as for barley and 
wheat. Austria Proper displays numerous vineyards and fields 
of saffron. Hungary is ^famous for the richness of its wines, 
particularly that of Tokay. Timber is also abundant. Austrian 
Italy is Celebrated for the highly improved state of its agricul¬ 
ture. 

The domestic animals are in general excellent, particularly the 
horned cattle, which are mostly of a peculiar color, a slaty blue. 
Horses run wild. The sheep have spiral horns standing erect. 
The bison, chamois, and marmot, are found on the mountains, 
some of which are also infested with wolves and bears. 

Minerals. The Austrian empire far excels all the other coun¬ 
tries of Europe in the variety and importance of its mines. Sil¬ 
ver, lead, copper, quicksilver, and especially tin, are found in 
Bohemia; gold, silver, quicksilver, lead, and iron, in Austria 
Proper. The quicksilver mines of Idria, 25 miles north of Trieste, 
are computed to yield annually 300,000 pounds weight of mercu¬ 
ry. These mines are of vast depth, and extremely pernicious to 
health. The labors there carried on are sometimes allotted as a 
punishment to criminals. 

Hungary is still richer in its minerals. The gold mines of 
Cremnitz, and the silver mines at Shemnitz, have given birth to 
these two cities, which are therefore called mining towns. Hun¬ 
gary likewise contains antimony, and a celebrated mine of opal, 
a gem preferred before all others by the Oriental nations. 

Manufactures and Trade. Bohemia has long been Celebrated 
for its manufactures of paper and glass ; those of linen are also 
considerable. Cotton and woollen goods are manufactured to 
some extent, but not sufficient for the demand. 

Chief Towns. Vienna, the capital, is embellished with two 
imperial palaces, a university, and many other noble edifices. 
The houses are generally of brick, five or six Ctories high, with 
three or four cellars one under another. Provisions are very 
plentiful and cheap; livers of geese are here esteemed a great 
delicacy, and even frogs and snails find a ready market. Bull- 


236 


AUSTRIAN DOMINIONS. 


baiting is a favorite diversion of the populace. The population 
is 300,000. 

Prague is the q second city of the Austrian empire. It is sur¬ 
rounded by a wall, and contains 80,000 inhabitants. Buda con¬ 
tains a population of 30,000. The people, like those of Vienna, 
delight in bull fights, and in the exhibition of wild beasts. Pres- 
burg is a well-built town, on the Danube, which is here q 750 
yards wide, and exceedingly rapid. The population is estimated 
at 30,000. Hermanstadt in Transylvania is fortified with a double 
wall, and contains 16,000 inhabitants. Temeswar is situated in a 
morass. Its population is 10,000. Saltsburg is an ancient and 
populous city, near which are productive salt-works. Trieste is a 
place of considerable trade ; its q chief exports are various metals, 
particularly quicksilver, wines, and other native productions. 
Population, 36,000. 

Venice, once the seat of a powerful republic, is situated on 72 
small islands. Within the city are 400 canals, crossed by a great 
number of bridges. 



THE RIALTO, AT VENICE. 

The Grand Canal is crossed by the Rialto, a marble arch, 
90 feet in span. The prospect from this bridge is truly mag¬ 
nificent. 

The houses are chiefly built of brick and covered with plaster, 
being commonly ornamented in front by white marble. They 
are generally situated on the margin of the canals, which, with 
the aid of light boats, called gondolas , serve to convey passen¬ 
gers to any part of the city. Population, about 150,000. 











SWITZERLAND. 


23? 


Milan contains manufactures of silk, linen, stockings, gold and 
silver lace, and a population of 130,000. The cathedral is a vast 
structure, 500 feet long, and 300 broad, built wholly of white 
marble. About two miles from the city, in the villa Simonetia, 
is an artificial echo, which will repeat the report of a pistol above 
60 times. Bonaparte often amused himself by repairing to this 
villa, and firing shots there. The echo, he declared, was the 
most extraordinary thing he had ever heard. 

Inhabitants , fyc. The Austrian Empire being an aggregate of 
several kingdoms and states, a considerable difference of man¬ 
ners and customs prevails among the various nations of which its 
inhabitants are composed. In Austria Proper, the peasantry live 
in that comfortable style, which results from the fertility of the 
soil, and the enjoyment of freedom. The lower orders are little 
addicted to vice, and punishments are rare. The Hungarians are 
generally indolent, but a brave, magnanimous people f remarka¬ 
bly handsome and well shaped. Their appearance is improved 
by their dress, which is peculiar, and very becoming. The lower 
classes sleep mostly in their clothes, the use of beds being little 
known. Immense numbers of gypsies stroll about the country. 
There are also many Jews in the principal towns. 

The predominant religion is Roman Catholic; but all sects are 
tolerated. 

The government is nearly that of an absolute monarchy. 


SWITZERLAND. 

Switzerland, being situated on and about the Alps, is consid¬ 
ered the most mountainpus country in the world. The Alps are 
an assemblage of mountains piled upon mountains, whose most 
elevated summits pierce the clouds, and are covered with ever¬ 
lasting snow. 

Glaciers. The depth and spaces between the summits and 
ridges of these mountains are filled with immense bodies or 
fields of ice, called ''glaciers , which never melt, resembling so 
many frozen lakes, from 50 to 500 feet in thickness, and extend¬ 
ing in some instances twenty and even 30 miles, and finally ter¬ 
minating in cultivated valleys below, so that it is said, there are 
places where a man may stand, and at the same time gather snow 
in one hand, and flowers in the other. 

Face of the Country. Nature appears in Switzerland in some 
of its most awful and majestic forms. The stupendous summits 
of the Alps, clothed in eternal snow, the glaciers, or seas of ice, 
intersected with numerous fissures, the tremendous precipices, 
the descending torrents, and dashing cataracts, are objects sin¬ 
gularly terrific and sublime. Sometimes masses of snow and ice 
loosened from these mountains are suddenly precipitated into the 
valleys below, sweeping away flocks and villages in their course ; 


238 


SWITZERLAND. 


and even the mountains themselves sometimes burst asunder, and 
overwhelm thousands of people by their fall. 

“ From steep to steep, loud thundering down they come, 

A wintry waste, in dire commotion all; 

And herds, and flocks, and travellers, and swain", 

And sometimes whole brigades of marching troops, 

Or hamlets sleeping in the dead of night, 

Are deep beneath the smoth’ring ruin whelm’d.” 

The advantageous effects of unremitting industry are every¬ 
where conspicuous in Switzerland. Here rocks that were for¬ 
merly barren, are clothed with luxuriant pastures, or planted 
with vines ; the traces of the plough are visible on the sides of 
precipices apparently inaccessible; the stupendous mountains are 
elegantly checkered with corn-fields, meads, and vineyards ; and 
various spots which nature seems to have doomed to eternal 
sterility, are crowned with the variegated beauties of luxuriant 
vegetation. 

Climate. The ^climate has always been celebrated as delight¬ 
ful and salubrious; but the winter is in many parts severe, and 
the summer heats in the deep valleys are oppressive. The goi¬ 
tre, a disease peculiar to the inhabitants of mountainous coun¬ 
tries, is prevalent in many parts of the Alpine districts. 

Soil and Productions. The soil varies greatly according to its 
situation, insomuch that the husbandmen are often sowing on 
one side of the hills, while they are reaping on the other. In 
the warmest situations and in the valleys are numerous vineyards, 
and lemon and orange trees. The lower declivities of the hills 
are diversified wirh corn-fields and meadows. Above these, on 
the still rising sides of the mountains, appear small woods of 
larch, pine, and fir, but nothing that can be denominated a forest. 

These upper woodlands afford rich meadows and fertile pas¬ 
tures, luxuriant in grass and clover, and embellished with an 
endless variety of mountain plants. Rising still higher towards 
the summits, extensive ranges of pasture grounds occur to which 
the cattle are brought to graze during two or three weeks before 
and after midsummer. The last stage of vegetation is a zone of 
rocky pasturage below the edge of the snow, covered with a 
short kind of turf. This is the native domain of the bounding 
chamois ; but during a few weeks in the middle of summer, it af¬ 
fords some support to the sheep. 

In a country like Switzerland, tillage cannot be carried on to a 
great extent. Most kinds of grain, however, are cultivated ; but 
the crops are far from being productive, and public granaries 
have been found necessary to supply any casual deficiency. Pas¬ 
turage is the most important part of the system of Swiss farm¬ 
ing. Their cattle are their q principal support, and various prep¬ 
arations of milk constitute a considerable part of the food, and 
even of the luxuries of the peasantry. 


SWITZERLAND. 


239 


Rock crystal, a great article of trade, is found among some of 
the mountains, in pieces which weigh 700 weight. 

Manufactures and Commerce. In general, the ^manufactures 
of Switzerland are unimportant. The q most considerable are 
those of linen cloths, watches, printed cottons, and a few silks. 
Commerce has never flourished to any great extent in this inland 
country. Cattle are numerous, and cheese is one of the q prin- 
cipal exports. 

Toivns. Basle is the q most populous town, containing about 
15,000 inhabitants, pleasantly situated on the Rhine, which is 
here broad, deep, and rapid. Its university has produced many 
celebrated men. Here the art of making paper is said to have 
been invented. q Berne, containing about 13,000 inhabitants, is 
next to Basle, in population, and excels it in elegance, being the 
handsomest town in Switzerland. The houses are of freestone, 
resting on arcades ; and in the principal streets are all of a uni¬ 
form height. Zurich enjoys a charming situation on the lake of 
the same name, and is q famous for its manufactures of crape. 
Lausanne, about one mile from the lake of Geneva, has acquired 
a character for politeness and the charms of society, which has 
rendered it the favorite resort of men of leisure and taste. • Pop¬ 
ulation, 10,000. 

Inhabitants , Manners , and Customs. The Swiss are a remark¬ 
ably strong and robust people, q famed for their industry, temper¬ 
ance, truth, and honesty. A taste for literature and genuine 
good-breeding are conspicuous in the manners of the gentry, and 
the common people are far more intelligent than men of the same 
rank in most other countries. In short, there is not a people in 
Europe, whose national character is superior. They are re¬ 
markably clean in their cottages and in their persons, and their 
countenances are expressive of satisfaction and content. 

Language. The Swiss is a dialect of the German; but the 
French is the fashionable language, and is generally spoken 
amongst the gentry. It is also much diffused throughout the 
country. 

Religion. Roman Catholic and Protestant; the former sect 
are the most numerous. 

Education. Switzerland has produced a number of learned 
men. There are several respectable universities. The impor¬ 
tant business of popular instruction is less neglected than in 
most of the countries of Europe. 

Government, fyc. The allied powers, by treaty, have acknowl¬ 
edged the independence of Switzerland, and each Canton is a 
Republic, under its own laws. The 22 Cantons have formed a 
confederacy, under a general Diet. 

The q ancient inhabitants of this country were called Helvetic, 
they were subdued by Julius Cesar, and afterwards by the Ger¬ 
mans, till the year 1307, when Geisler, their governor, having 
excited the public indignation by his wanton cruelties, fell a sac- 


240 


SPAIN. 


rifice to the just resentment of William Tell, an illustrious Swiss 
patriot, who, as it is said, had been compelled to shoot at an ap¬ 
ple, placed on the head of his own son, as a punishment for re¬ 
fusing to pay any respect to a hat, which Geisler, in the pleni¬ 
tude of tyranny, had set up on a pole, as an object of public 
veneration. Tell’s resentment was nobly espoused by the peo¬ 
ple, and the States were declared independent; a republican 
form of government was immediately established, and soon after 
confirmed by treaty with the other powers of Europe. 


SPAIN. 

Face of the Country. Ther q face of the country is in general 
delightful, being greatly diversified with hills and dales, elevated 
mountains, and extensive plains, exhibiting a variety of magnifi¬ 
cent and extensive prospects. 

Mountains. The most ^remarkable mountains are the Pyr¬ 
enees, between France and Spain. Mount Perdu, the greatest 
elevation in this range, is estimated at 11,000 feet above the 
level of the sea. The Cantabrian mountains are a kind of con¬ 
tinuation of the Pyrenees, along the Bay of Biscay. 

Montserrat is a solitary mountain of a singular form, situated 
in a vast plain, about 30 miles northwest from Barcelona, and is 
inhabited by monks and hermits, who have a famous convent, 
which is sometimes visited on particular festivals, by 6 or 7,000 
persons. This mountain is 14 miles in circumference, and about 
11,000 feet in height, from the top of which may be seen the 
islands Majorca and Minorca, at the distance of 150 miles. 

Climate. The climate of Spain is various. The interior being 
for the most part an elevated country, the winters are sharp and 
stormy, although the summers are in general very warm. In 
the southern provinces the heat is frequently excessive, and the 
air insalubrious ; malignant fevers often carry off great numbers 
of the inhabitants. The Salano, or south wind from Africa, pro¬ 
duces the most inflammatory and irritating effects. The ^climate, 
however, in some parts of the kingdom is celebrated as equal, if 
not superior to that of any other part of Europe. 

Soil and Agriculture. The q soil is generally light, and rests 
on a substratum of gypsum or plaster of Paris. The middle are 
the least fertile parts. There are some sandy deserts in the 
south, and many barren mountains in the north ; yet,in a greater 
part of the country, particularly in the valleys and plains, the 
soil is good, producing in some places two crops in a year. But 
Spanish agriculture, although of late in many places greatly im¬ 
proved, is, in general, in a very imperfect state. 

q Productions. Spain produces almost everywhere excellent 
wine. In the province of Malaga alone, the number of wine¬ 
presses is estimated at 14,000; also a considerable quantity of 


SPAIN. 


241 


oil, and a great variety of choice fruits, such as oranges, lemons, 
prunes, citrons, almonds, raisins, dates, figs, filberts, pomegran¬ 
ates and chestnuts ; but not a sufficiency of grain, which is 
chiefly owing to neglect of tillage. Saffron, honey, and silk, are 
also great products of Spain; cotton, rice, and the sugar-cane 
have been successfully cultivated in the southern provinces. 
The herb kali, from which soda is manufactured, used in the 
manufactory of glass, grows in great plenty on the seashore 
along the Mediterranean. Spain has mines of all the precious 
metals ; those of iron are very abundant and of the first quality, 
as are also those of quicksilver, the greatest part of which is 
exported to South America and to Mexico, where it is used in 
refining the gold and silver produced from the mines. Mules are 
very common in this country ; some of their horses are much 
celebrated; the number of horned cattle is inconsiderable. But 
what has ‘’most distinguished Spain from all other countries, is 
her breed of sheep, called Merino, numbers of which have been 
imported into the United States. The number of these sheep in 
Spain has been stated at 5 millions, and that of the shepherds 
who attend upon them at 40,000. They are driven every sum¬ 
mer from south to north, along the mountains, which yield a 
great variety of sweet herbs, and back again towards winter. 

Manufactures and Commerce. There are several respectable 
woollen manufactures; some of cotton, — but the ^most impor¬ 
tant are those of silk. At Carthagena and Ferrol there are con¬ 
siderable linen and sail-cloth manufactories. Leather, paper, 
china, saltpetre, gunpowder, and salt, are also manufactured in 
considerable quantities. 

The foreign trade of Spain is mostly carried on by other na¬ 
tions. The ‘’chief imports are hard ware, grain, butter, cheese, 
fish, furniture, timber, linen, sail-cloth, hemp, flax, sugar, and 
spices. The ‘’exports are wool, to the amount nearly of one mil¬ 
lion pounds sterling annually ; raw and manufactured silks, wine, 
raisins, brandy, figs, lemons, salt, barilla, cork, and saffron. 

Inhabitants , Manners , &>c. The Spaniards, in general, are tall 
and thin ; their hair and complexion are dark, their eyes spark¬ 
ling, and their countenances expressive. The men are ‘’celebrated 
for their secrecy, loyalty, fidelity, temperance, and patience under 
adversity ; and the ladies have been often ‘’admired for their wit 
and vivacity ; but the former are at the same time indolent, 
proud, jealous, and revengeful; and the latter, by their indis¬ 
criminate use of paint, may be said to render themselves objects 
of compassion rather than of love. 

The temperance of the Spaniards in eating and drinking is 
very remarkable. They frequently breakfast as well as sup in 
bed ; their breakfast is usually chocolate, tea being very seldom 
drunken. They live much upon garlic, sallad, and radishes. 
The men drink very little wine, and the women use water or 
chocolate. Serenades are very frequent, and dancing is so uni- 
21 


242 


SPAIN. 


versally admired, that a grandmother, mother, and daughter, 
frequently join in the same dance. 



The Spanish nobility and gentry have a great aversion to agri¬ 
culture and trade. They seldom go from home, or apply them¬ 
selves to any kind of business. The inferior orders, even in the 
great cities, are miserably lodged. Many of the poorer sort, 
both men and women, wear neither shoes nor stockings. Coarse 
bread, steeped in oil, and occasionally seasoned with vinegar, is 
the common food of the country poople through several prov¬ 
inces. In Spain, a traveller ought to carry his provisions and 
bedding with him ; and even when he meets with the appearance 
of an inn, he must often cook his victuals, it being beneath the 
dignity of a Spaniard to perform these offices for a stranger. Of 
late, however, some tolerable inns have been opened by Irish¬ 
men and Frenchmen, in cities and upon the high roads. In some 
parts of Spain, the forests are infested with smugglers and ban¬ 
ditti, who render travelling sometimes dangerous. 

The bull-fights are a q favorite national amusement. These 
take place in amphitheatres, prepared for the purpose. The ani¬ 
mal is first attacked by horsemen, armed with lances; then by 
men on foot, who carry a kind of arrow terminated like a fish¬ 
hook. These give the poor animal exquisite pain, and redouble 
his fury. When the bull is sufficiently exhausted, a man called 
the matador, advances with a long knife, and usually with a sin¬ 
gle blow terminates his sufferings. 

Chief Towns. Madrid, the capital, situated on the banks of 
the Manzanares, a small stream, almost dry in the summer, in a 
barren plain, surrounded by mountains, has been changed from 
a dirty village to a splendid city, encompassed by a wall with 15 





SPAIN. 


243 


gates, all of which are elegant. It contains about 201,000 in¬ 
habitants. The streets are mostly straight, wide, clean, and 
well paved. The houses are of brick, and lofty. The palace is 
extremely magnificent, presenting four fronts of 470 feet in 
length, and 100 in height. The Plaza Mayor is a square, 1,536 
feet in circuit, in which the bull-fights and public executions are 
exhibited. It is enclosed by 1U6 houses of five stories high, 
richly ornamented. The Prado is a delightful public walk, a 
mile and a half in length, planted with regular rows of trees, 
and watered with a great number of fountains, where the nobil¬ 
ity and gentry take the air on horseback, or in their coaches, 
and the common people on foot, or divert themselves with a 
variety of sports and exercises. 

The Escurial, a royal palace, situated about 15 miles from 
Madrid, is a most superb structure, 640 feet in length, and 580 
in breadth. The apartments are decorated with an astonishing 
variety of paintings, sculpture, tapestry, ornaments of gold and 
silver, marble, jaspers, gems, and other precious stones, surpass¬ 
ing all imagination. 

Cadiz, the ‘’most commercial city in Spain, is situated on an 
island, connected to the main land by a fortified bridge. On the 
south side, the city is inaccessible by sea on account of the banks * 
which lie before it; and on the north there is a sand bank which 
renders any attempt that way very dangerous. It has an exten¬ 
sive commerce, the houses are lofty, but the streets are dirty and 
ill paved. The number of inhabitants is 75,000. 

Barcelona, next to Cadiz, the most considerable city in point 
of commerce, is particularly ^celebrated for the industry of its 
inhabitants, and for its flourishing manufactures of wool, cotton, 
and silk. Its population has been estimated at 111,410. 

Valencia contains 105,000 inhabitants. Its silk manufactures 
are some of the most extensive in Europe. About 4,000 silk 
looms give employment to more than 20,000 of the inhabitants, 
and consume yearly 627,000 pounds of raw silk. 

Seville is an extensive city on the Guadalquivir, which is 
navigable to this place. It contains 100,000 inhabitants, and is 
the seat of a tobacco manufactory, accounted the largest in the 
world. 

Malaga, a place of considerable commerce, is particularly 
^celebrated for its excellent wines, and contains 52,000 inhabit¬ 
ants. 

Ferrol and Carthagena are strongly fortified places, and are 
the chief stations of the royal navy. 

Gibraltar, containing 12,000 inhabitants, is a very strong fort 
built upon a rock, the summit of which is computed at 1,537 feet 
above the level of the sea. It has been in the possession of the 
English for more than a century, and is considered impregnable. 

Religion , Language , and Literature. The religion of Spain is 
the Roman Catholic, no other being tolerated. The Inquisition, 
that disgrace to human nature, was here in force three centuries. 


244 


PORTUGAL. 


The Spanish language is one of the dialects formed upon a 
Latin basis, but has a considerable admixture of Moorish or Ara¬ 
bic words. Spain boasts of more than twenty universities, of 
which that of Salamanca is the most celebrated. The education 
of the lower classes, however, is very much neglected. 

Government. The government is an absolute monarchy. Sev¬ 
eral attempts have been made to establish a constitutional gov¬ 
ernment, which, hitherto, have proved unsuccessful. 

Islands. Majorca, Ivica, and Minorca, are Spanish islands* 
On the latter is Port Mahon. The harbour is one of the safest 
and most convenient in the Mediterranean, and is the chief 
resort of the squadron on that sea. 


PORTUGAL. 

Climate. The ^climate of Portugal is hot, dry, and in general 
very healthy. At Lisbon, the q days of fair weather throughout 
the year, are computed at 300 on an average, and the mean heat 
is about 60 degrees. Consumptive people and invalids from 
Great Britain and other northern countries, frequently resort to 
this place to spend the winter and spring, on account of the 
salubrity of its air. 

Face of the Country , Soil, and Productions. Portugal very 
much resembles Spain, with which it is so intimately united by 
nature. Its q soil is light and shallow, and in general not so fer¬ 
tile as that of Spain, especially in grain, of which there is a great 
deficiency. Its fruits are not so highly flavored, but its soil is 
generally esteemed better. 

The vineyards are the q most important feature of Portuguese 
husbandry, and their culture supports a very considerable part of 
their population. What is called Port Wine stakes its name from 
the city Oporto. The tract of land which produces this wine is 
said to be but little more than four geographical miles in length, 
by three in breadth. The annual produce is reckoned at 90,000 
pipes. None of these wines are exported till after having re¬ 
mained three years in the warehouses at Oporto. Of all the 
trees none are so common as cork-trees, which form woods of 
considerable extent. q Agriculture in this country, if we except 
the northern provinces, is in a very wretched state, owing not so 
much to the want of industry among the peasants, as to the want 
of skill. Instead of threshing, they tread out their grain by oxen, 
the whole quantity of which is not commonly sufficient for more 
than three months’ consumption. Portugal produces but little 
grass, owing to the dryness of the soil. Cows are rare, and but¬ 
ter is scarce, for which oil is used as a Substitute. Mules are 
common, and are used in preference to horses for carriage or 
draught. 


PORTUGAL. 


245 


Inhabitants , Manners , and Customs. In regard to their per¬ 
sons, there exists a striking difference between the Portuguese 
and Spaniards, for which, as they inhabit the same latitudes, and 
are originally the same people, it is impossible to account. The 
Portuguese are generally somewhat low in stature, square made, 
and inclined to corpulency ; their features are mostly irregular, 
with the nose turned up, and projecting lips. The Spaniards, on 
the contrary, are generally tall and meagre, their lips thin, and 
their noses frequently aquiline. Both nations agree in their 
swarthy complexions, black, expressive eyes, and long, black, 
and extremely strong hair. Both the higher and lower classes of 
the Portuguese are fond of a profusion of compliments. Among 
the peasants, even in the lowest ranks of society, it is common on 
meeting, to take off their hats, bow very low, and hold each other 
by the hand, making mutual inquiries after their health, and that 
of their families, — after all this, usually adding, “ I am at your 
commands, and your humble servant.” They are generally talk¬ 
ative ; their language, even in the mouths of the common people, 
is elegant, and they scarcely ever use oaths and execrations like 
the Spaniards, English, and many other nations. The q most 
distinguishing trait in the Portuguese character is an almost 
universal want of attention to cleanliness in their houses and 
persons. In every respect the Portuguese peasantry are supe¬ 
rior to those of Spain in politeness, attention to strangers, and in 
industry. But they are miserably oppressed by the great. The 
only foreign luxury which they know is tobacco, and sometimes 
a Newfoundland dried cod-fish ; but this is a luxury to which 
they seldom dare aspire. A piece of bread made of Indian corn, 
and a salted pilchard, with a head of garlic to give the bread a 
flavor, compose their standing dish. 

Chief Toivns. Lisbon, the capital, is nobly situated near the 
mouth of the Tagus, which affords it a safe and capacious har¬ 
bour. In 1755, it was almost entirely destroyed by an earth¬ 
quake, in which above 24,000 persons are said to have perished. 
It has been almost entirely rebuilt since that time. The new 
city is much more commodious than the old, being planned out 
in a very regular form, the streets straight and spacious, with 
many elegant squares. The houses are lofty and well built, of a 
kind of white stone, which makes an elegant appearance at a 
distance. The population is estimated at about 240,000. 

Oporto is q next to Lisbon in magnitude, wealth, and commer¬ 
cial importance. It is chiefly q noted for the wine trade, and 
contains about 70,000 inhabitants. 

Manufactures and Commerce. The ^manufactures of Portugal 
are few and unimportant. Her commerce is more important, but 
is managed chiefly by foreign merchants, particularly British, 
settled at Lisbon and Oporto. The ^principal exports are wine, 
salt, wool, and fruits. The ^imports are grain, flour from the 
21 * 


246 


ITALY. 


United States, fish, and British manufactures of almost every 
kind. 

Religion , Language , fyc. The established religion of Portu¬ 
gal is the Roman Catholic, in its strictest forms. The Portu¬ 
guese language strongly resembles the Spanish ; both are de¬ 
rived chiefly from the Latin. The literature of Portugal is 
extremely defective, and the few learned men in that country, 
are like stars twinkling in the dark gloom of night. The arts 
and sciences are almost entirely neglected, except by a few 
among the clergy, who are very numerous. The government is 
» hereditary monarchy. 


ITALY. 



Face of the Country. Italy presents every variety of surface. 
The Alps on the north give a mountainous character to these 
districts. Mont Blanc is the most q elevated summit, being 
15,304 feet above the level of the sea, and is accounted the 
highest mountain in Europe. Its top is covered with perpetual 
snow. The Apennines, beginning from a branch of the Alps, 
wind round the Gulf of Genoa, and then run the whole length of 
Italy. Vesuvius, a solitary mountain about six miles from Na¬ 
ples, is by reason of its tremendous volcano, a grand feature of 
nature. Its ' height is only about 3,600 feet; but its tremendous 
eruptions with the subterraneous thunders, the immense columns 
of smoke, intermixed with ruddy flames, the showers of stones 
ejected to a prodigious height, amidst the coruscation of contin¬ 
ual lightning, and the lava, descending in copious streams of 
destruction, form a sublime assemblage of terrific objects far 
surpassing the powers of description. The first eruption on 






ITALY. 


247 


record is that of the year 79, when two cities, Pompeii and Her¬ 
culaneum, were completely buried by the lava. The q circumfer- 
ence of Vesuvius is 30 miles; that of its crater is about half a 
mile. 

Climate. The ^climate is various, but generally temperate 
and warm. q Snow sometimes falls at Rome, but rarely lies on 
the ground more than one night. 

In the central parts there are several marshes, and collections 
of stagnant waters, which render the country in their immediate 
vicinity unhealthy. The provinces south of the Apennines are 
warm, sultry, and liable to torrents of rain. The heat at Naples, 
being moderated by breezes from the mountains and the sea, is 
not so intense as might be expected ; but the sirocco, or south¬ 
east wind, proceeding from the deserts of Africa, sometimes 
blows for several days together, and produces the most debilitat¬ 
ing effects, causing an universal languor of body and mind. 

Soil and Productions. Italy, in general, is extremely fertile, 
abounding in wine, oil, fruits, and silk, which are its ^staple com¬ 
modities. There is, however, no want of pasturage, and the 
quantity of grain produced is generally sufficient for home con¬ 
sumption, and a surplus for exportation might be had, if other 
productions were not more beneficial. 

The cattle in general are large ; the Parmesan cheese is 
much noted, and constitutes a considerable article of commerce. 
Asses and mules are much used in travelling; the Italian horses 
are not greatly esteemed. Birds do not abound in Italy as in 
many other countries. 

Manufactures and Commerce. The q chief manufactures are of 
silk, woollen cloth, velvets, laces, crapes, straw hats, looking- 
glasses, leather, bottles, toys, perfumes, and confectioneries. 
The 1 exports consist of wine, olive oil, wool, raw silk, almonds, 
figs, oranges, cheese, saffron, and various manufactures. The 
trade is ^carried on chiefly by foreigners. The ^principal ports 
are Genoa, Leghorn, and Naples, with Messina and Palermo in 
Sicily. 

Cities. Rome, q situated on the Tiber, 15 miles from the sea, 
is one of the most celebrated cities both of ancient and modern 
times. It is 13 miles in circumference, surrounded by a wall. 
The streets and squares are numerous, many of which are adorn¬ 
ed with fountains and statues. Rome contains at present 300 
churches, filled with all that is rare in painting, sculpture, and 
architecture. The cathedral of St. Peter is 730 feet in length, 
520 in breadth, and 450 in height to the top of the cross, being, 
as is supposed by some, the most astonishing, bold, and regular 
fabric that ever existed. 


248 


ITALY. 



st. peter’s cathedral. 


Rome contains many remains of antiquity, particularly an am¬ 
phitheatre, on which 12,000 captive Jews were employed in the 
reign of Vespasian; the Pantheon, converted into a modern 
church ; the pillars of Trajan and Antonius ; and the triumphal 
arches of Titus and others. The population is about 140,000. 

Genoa, once the seat of a famous republic, is one of the most 
splendid cities of Italy. Population, 76,000. Its manufactures 
of silk and velvet are still considerable. 

Florence is also a beautiful city, and contains manufactures of 
silk and satin, which are excellent. It contains 80,000 inhabitants, 

Leghorn is '‘distinguished for the industry and commercial 
enterprise of its inhabitants. The town is intersected by several 
canals, and carries on a considerable trade in silks, essences, 
wine, oil, and straw hats. The number of inhabitants is 51,000. 

Naples is a fine city, situated upon one of the most beautiful 
bays in the world, enjoying a luxuriant climate. Most of the 
houses are five and six q stories high, with flat roofs, on which are 
placed numbers of flower vases, or fruit trees in boxes of earth. 
The population is 355,000. 

Inhabitants. The Italians are in general well proportioned, 
affable, polite, profuse in their compliments, and nice in all punc¬ 
tilios of civility, observing, it is said, a due medium between the 
levity of the French and the gravity of the Spaniards. In the 
fine arts they have hitherto ^excelled all the other nations of 
Europe: their architects, painters, sculptors, and musicians, are 
unrivalled in numbers as well as excellence. Popular educa¬ 
tion, however, is very much neglected. 

Religion. Their religion is the Roman Catholic; but persons 
of all religions live here unmolested, provided no gross insult is 
offered to their worship. 























ITALY. 249 

Language. The Italian is a mixture of Latin and Gothic, 
composing- a language, flowing, sweet, and harmonious. 

» Antiquities. The q relics of antiquity in Italy are exceedingly 
numerous, such as ruins of baths, temples, amphitheatres, trium¬ 
phal arches, together with a rich profusion of medals, statutes, 
and paintings, and above all, the subterraneous cities Herculane¬ 
um and Pompeii, which were Overwhelmed by an eruption of 
Vesuvius in the year 79, and in 1713, were accidentally q discov- 
ered by some laborers in digging a well, the former at the depth 
of 80 feet below the present surface of the earth. A consid¬ 
erable part of Herculaneum has since been explored, and a vast 
collection of busts, statues, paintings, altars, utensils, furniture, 
and manuscripts, have been dug out of its ruins, an account of 
which, published by order of the King of Naples, fills six folio 
volumes. It appears that the overwhelming torrent was not so 
sudden as to prevent the inhabitants from making their escape, 
nor so hot as to conflagrate the city. 

Sicily. The Island Sicily is Separated from Italy by the strait 
of Messina, which in its narrowest part is only three miles wide. 
Its q grand feature is the famous volcanic mountain iEtna, situa¬ 
ted near the middle of the eastern coast. 



CRATER OF MOUNT JETNA. 

From a base 180 miles in circuit, this mountain rises majestic¬ 
ally to the height of 11,000 feet above the sea. AH the upper 
part is a region of snow and ice ; a girdle of thick forests sur¬ 
rounds its middle; while the lower slope consists of cultivated 
fields and vineyards, enriched by the saline and carbonic quali¬ 
ties of the soil, and interspersed with 77 cities, towns, and villa¬ 
ges. The crater at the top of the mountain is about three miles 
in circuit; but the eruptions frequently burst out some way below 
the summit, and the streams of lava have sometimes been so copi- 





250 


ITALY. 


ous as to extend to the distance of 30 miles. Earthquakes, caused 
by the same intestine commotions that produce the eruptions, have 
frequently agitated the surrounding country. By one of these in 
1693, the fine city Catania was totally destroyed, and about 
18,000 persons perished in its ruins. 

Sicily is exceedingly fertile, not only in wine, oil, silk, and the 
tropical fruits, such as oranges, lemons, almonds, and figs, but es¬ 
pecially in grain. It also affords a plenty of sustenance for the 
herds of cattle with which it abounds. Its productions, however, 
would be still more abundant, if greater attention were paid to 
agriculture. The weather is so warm here, even in January, that 
the shade is found refreshing. Grain is the ‘'staple commodity, 
and vast quantities are exported. Silk is the ^second source of 
riches. Wines are made in every part of the country. 

Palermo, the ^capital, carries on an extensive commerce. Its 
silk manufactures, it is said, employ 900 looms. The population 
is about 160,000. Messina has also an extensive commmerce, and 
a population of 80,000. Many of the inhabitants have no occu¬ 
pations. Syracuse is q famous as being the scene of the exer¬ 
tions of Archimedes, who, by his mirrors, set fire to the Roman 
fleet, and with his engines lifted their vessels out of the water, 
and dashed them against the rocks. Population, 17,000. 

The Lipari Isles are annexed to the government of Sicily 
They contain 18,000 inhabitants. 

Sardinia. Sardinia is reckoned an unhealthy country, for 
which reason the Romans fixed upon it as their place of banish¬ 
ment. The q soil, when cultivated, is fruitful, yielding grain, 
wine, oil plenteously, with citrons, oranges, and pears. Cagliari, 
the ^capital town, contains 35,000 inhabitants. Its commerce is 
considerable. The language is the Spanish. 

Corsica. Corsica is subject to France. The face of the coun¬ 
try is hilly and woody, and the q soil for the most part stony, but 
generally fertile. The air in several places is bad, owing to the 
many stagnated waters and marshes, which, hoAvever, are now 
in a train of being drained. The olive tree thrives well over 
this island, and is one of its greatest riches. Oil ‘'supplies the 
place of butter, as in all hot countries. Honey is plentiful. The 
island abounds in minerals, silver, copper, lead, antimony, and 
iron. Population, about 175,000. 

Malta. Malta, supposed to be the ancient Melita, where St. 
Paul was shipwrecked, is mostly a rock, covered with a thin soil, 
6 or 8 inches in depth, which, when sufficiently watered, is abun¬ 
dantly fertile. Cotton is its ^staple; the sugar-cane is cultivated. 
Its oranges are among the finest in the world. This island is 
now a colony of Great Britain. It is particularly ^celebrated 
for the strength of its fortifications. The population is about 
74,500. 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 


251 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 

Face of the Country. The northern parts of this country, 
along the rivers Save, Danube, Pruth, and Dniester, consist 
chiefly of extensive plains. On the northwest of Constantinople 
is a level country of great extent. But generally, south of the 
Danube, the country is mountainous, being either crossed by 
long ridges in various directions, or thickly sprinkled with scat¬ 
tered hills. 

q Climate . In general, the air is salubrious, and the climate 
delightful. All over the country, also, the water is pure and 
wholesome ; notwithstanding, Turkey has been repeatedly visited 
with the plague. 

q Soil. In the level provinces of the north, the soil is rich and 
fertile; in the southern parts it is frequently of a lighter nature. 

, Fertility, however, is its general characteristic. 

Productions. The ‘'productions are much the same as those 
of Italy, Spain, and Portugal. Various drugs, not common in 
other parts, are produced here. 

The Turkish horses are excellent for beauty and service. 
Goats are in high estimation among the inhabitants, both for 
their milk and their flesh. 

Turkey in Europe contains a variety of all sorts of mines, and 
its marbles are esteemed the finest in the world. 

Manufactures and Commerce. The q chief manufactures of 
Turkey are carpets of most distinguished beauty; printed mus¬ 
lins, crapes, and gauzes ; brass cannons, muskets, and pistol bar¬ 
rels, which are much admired ; morocco leather in large quan¬ 
tities and of the best quality. 

The commerce of Turkey is chiefly in the hands of foreigners. 
The q chief exports are currants, figs, silk, cotton, carpets, cof¬ 
fee and drugs. The q imports are cloth, and various articles of 
European manufacture. 

Chief Towns. Constantinople, anciently called Byzantium, is 
the q capital of the Turkish empire, pleasantly situated on the 
European side of the Bosphorus. Its appearance from the har¬ 
bour is incomparably beautiful. Rising like an amphitheatre 
from the shores of the Propontis and Bosphorus, and crowning 
the summits of seven gently swelling hills, the buildings appear 
in stages one above another; and the whole city, with its splen¬ 
did mosques, minarets, and especially the magnificent dome of 
Sancta Sophia, presents itself at once to the view. 

The grand mosque of St. Sophia is the most renowned of the 
public buildings ; it was built by the Emperor Justinian, and is 
270 feet long, and 240 broad, presenting an imposing appear¬ 
ance. But a stranger is disappointed on entering the city, and 
disgusted with the narrowness of the streets, and the wretched 
appearance of the houses belonging to the poorer inhabitants. 



MOSQUE OF ST. SOPHIA. 

Some of the caravanseras, baths, and palaces, however, are very 
superb, and the chief mosque is said to be one of the finest tem¬ 
ples in the world. The city is supposed to contain 600,000 in¬ 
habitants, including 100,000 Greeks, and 40,000 Armenians. It 
is surrounded by a wall 12 miles in circumference ; and is fre¬ 
quently called the Porte, as being one of the surest and most 
commodious harbours in Europe. 

Adrianople, formerly the capital, is now the f) second city of 
European Turkey. It contains about 100,000 inhabitants, and 
has an extensive commerce. 

Salonichi contains 70,000 inhabitants, and is ^distinguished for 
its commerce. St. Paul addressed two of his epistles to the an¬ 
cient inhabitants of this place. 

Belgrade is a place of great resort for merchants of different 
nations. The population is about 25,000. 

*1 Inhabitants . The Turks were originally from Scythia or Tar¬ 
tary. In their persons they are in general of a good stature, of 
an athletic form and robust constitution, distinguished for clean¬ 
liness, and bathing is one of their constant amusements. Their 
dress is the turban, or red bonnet, wrapped round with numerous 
folds of white muslin. The shirt is of calico, and a muslin or 
























GREECE. 


253 


silk sash is always worn round the waist. The breeches are 
large, full fastened at the knee, and hanging down in a fold 
nearly to the middle of the leg. 

Marriage, in Turkey, is merely a civil contract. The parties 
rarely see each other before its celebration. Every Mussulman is 
permitted by law to have four wives. The apartments of the 
women are separate from the rest of the house, and are never 
entered by any male except the master of the family. In writing 
they trace their lines from right to left. 

Government. The government is despotic. The emperor, 
who is also called Sultan, or Grand Seignior, is master of the 
lives and property of his subjects. The present emperor, a man 
of superior mind, is laboring incessantly to introduce into his 
empire the knowledge which may meliorate the condition of his 
people. 

Turkish despotism has heretofore operated as a check to agri¬ 
culture and every kind of improvement. But a new era seems 
to have been commenced in the Turkish nation, marked by the 
introduction of the press and the establishment of a newspaper. 
Civilization is evidently making rapid progress. Five youths have 
been selected and sent to Paris to receive their education, to 
serve as models of what the arts and sciences of Europe can do 
for the happiness and advancement of man. The term “ Chris¬ 
tian Dog,” as applied to those of a different faith, is now out of 
fashion. The razor has been introduced; and, on days of public 
spectacles, women are seen abroad in great numbers. 

Religion. The Mahometan is the established religion. It 
prohibits the use of wine, and enjoins prayer at five stated sea¬ 
sons of the day, with the face turned towards Mecca. 

Language. The Turkish language is a dialect of the Tarta¬ 
rian. The Greeks speak a modernized Greek, and the Asiatic 
provinces, the Arabic. 

Islands. Candia or Crete, in which is the famous Mount Ida, 
and the river Lethe, is the most considerable island which re¬ 
mains to Turkey, since the independence of Greece. Lemnos is 
famous for its mineral earth. 

GREECE. 

The Greeks, having emerged from that despotism which so 
long oppressed them, discover a very active and enterprising dis¬ 
position. They have a taste for learning. Primary schools are 
beginning to be established, and their progress in general litera¬ 
ture, of late years, has been considerable. Their struggle for 
independence was arduous, and finally rendered successful by 
the interposition of England, France, and Russia. 

Greece is fertile in grain, wine, and fruits. Their government, 
at present, is republican ; their religion, that of the Greek 
Church. 


22 


254 


ARIA. 


Curiosities . Almost every spot of ground, every river, and 
every fountain in Greece, presents the traveller with the remains 
of a celebrated antiquity. On the isthmus of Corinth, the ruins 
of Neptune’s temple, and the theatre where the Isthmian games 
were celebrated, are still visible. Athens abounds with them ; 
such as the remains of the temple of M inerva, and of the Empe¬ 
ror Adrian’s palace; the temple of Theseus ; the lantern of De¬ 
mosthenes (a small round edifice of white marble); the temple of 
the winds; the remains of the theatre of Bacchus ; the magnifi¬ 
cent aqueduct of Adrian; and the temples of Jupiter Olympus, 
and Augustus. At Bastri, on the south side of Mount Parnassus, 
the remains of the temple of the oracle of Apollo, and the mar¬ 
ble steps that descend to what is supposed to be the renowned 
Castalian spring, are still visible. 

Islands. Negropont, the ancient Euboea, is much the largest 
island. It is fertile in grain, wine, and fruits. Egribos is the 
chief town. It is connected with the main land by a bridge, the 
channel at this place not being more than 200 feet wide. The 
other islands are numerous, embracing most of those in the 
Archipelago. 


ASIA. 


Asia is particularly entitled to our admiration, not merely on 
account of the fertility of its soil, the deliciousness of its fruits, 
the fragrancy of its plants, spices, and gums ; the beauty and the 
variety of its gems, the richness of its metals, and the fineness 
of its cottons and silks, in all which it greatly exceeds Europe; 
but also, as being the immediate scene of man’s creation, and a 
country which the adorable Messiah vouchsafed to honor with 
his birth, residence, and expiatory sufferings. It was in Asia, 
according to the sacred records, the all-wise Creator planted the 
garden of Eden, and formed our first parents out of the dust of 
the ground ; here, subsequent to the destroying deluge, he ac¬ 
cepted the grateful sacrifice of Noah ; and, by confounding the 
languages at Babel, facilitated the planting of nations. It was 
in Asia, God established his once beloved people the Jews, and 
gave them the lively oracles of truth ; here Jesus Christ per¬ 
formed the wondrous work of our redemption; and here the 
Christian faith was miraculously propagated, a'nd sealed with the 
blood of unnumbered martyrs. Edifices, also, were reared, em¬ 
pires were founded, and the worship of the Most High was cele¬ 
brated in this division of the globe, while Europe, Africa, and 
America, were uninhabited and unexplored. 



TURKEY IN ASIA. 


255 


Asia contains an immense population, not less, it has been sup¬ 
posed, than 400,000,000 of inhabitants, a number greater than 
that of all the rest of the world. The ’richest and best inhab¬ 
ited parts are within the torrid and the southern part of the 
temperate zones ; for the middle belt of this continent, which 
runs parallel to the finest countries of Europe, is mostly an im¬ 
mense desert, and all that lies to the north of this is a region of 
inb nse cold during a great part of the year. 

Asia, in former ages, was successively governed by the Assyr¬ 
ians, the Medes, the Persians, and the Greeks ; but the exten¬ 
sive regions of India and China were imperfectly known to the 
conquerors of the ancient world. Upon the annihilation of these 
empires, Asia was reduced by the Romans, who carried their 
victorious arms even beyond the Ganges; and the disciples of 
Mahomet, called Saracens, afterwards spread their devastations 
over this continent, and transformed the most populous and luxu¬ 
riant spots into wild and uncultivated deserts. 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 

’Face of the Country. No country is more beautifully diver¬ 
sified with mountains, valleys, and fertile plains. 

Climate. The ’climate is most excellent, being equally fa¬ 
vorable to health and vegetation. Heat, in general, ’predomi- 
nates; but there is a peculiar softness and serenity in the air 
perceivable in a few countries on the European side of the 
Archipelago. 

Soil. The ’soil, though rocky in many parts, is in general 
fertile, and well adapted to agriculture. 

Productions. The Asiatic countries were the first in the 
world which enjoyed the advantages of cultivation. They have 
been q famed from remotest antiquity for their abundant harvests, 
and their plentiful vintage, their pomegranates, their olives, and 
other excellent fruits. At present, agriculture is deplorably 
neglected. In Asia Minor, and in Syria, wheat and barley are 
chiefly cultivated. In the latter country, a considerable quantity 
of tobacco, also, and some cotton, are produced. The vine grows 
spontaneously, and wine is made by boiling the liquor immedi¬ 
ately after its expression from the grape. Mulberry trees are in 
abundance, so that any quantity of silk might be produced. A 
variety of q drugs used in dyeing and in medicine, such as madder, 
jalap, opium, and scammony, may also be reckoned among the 
productions of these countries. 

Animals. The domestic quadrupeds principally ’employed for 
carriage, are the ass, the mule, and the camel. The finest 
horses are of the Arabian breed, and are'reserved for persons of 
rank. Beef is neither plentiful nor good; but the mutton in 
many parts is excellent. The ibex haunts the summits of Cau- 


256 


TURKEY N .ASIA. 


casus. The wild boar and various kinds of deer are common in 
the forests. The lion is frequently seen on the banks of-the 
Tigris, but seldom appears to the west of the Euphrates. The 
hyena is common towards the south, and troops of jackals haunt 
the neighbourhood of towns, which they disturb by their nightly 
bowlings. The cities and villages here, as well as in Egypt and 
European Turkey, swarm with dogs, which wander at large 
without any owners. 

Towns. Aleppo is the q principal city in Asiatic Turkey. It 
is the centre of Syrian commerce. Three or four caravans pro¬ 
ceed annually through Asia Minor, from Aleppo to Constantino¬ 
ple. Large caravans also frequently arrive from Bagdad and 
Bassora, with coffee from Arabia. It contains manufactures of 
cotton and silk, and about 250,000 inhabitants 

Damascus is q next in importance, being supposed to contain 
about 200.000 inhabitants. It is the seat of a considerable trade, 
and was once famous for its manufacture of sword blades, which 
could not be broken, though bent in the most violent manner. 

Bagdad is a large and populous city. The houses are gen¬ 
erally of brick, with flat roofs, on which the inhabitants sleep. 
The streets are narrow and dirty, and swarm with scorpions and 
tarantulas, and other Doxious insects, of which the stings are 
dangerous, and often prove fatal. 

Jerusalem is now an inconsiderable place. The inhabitants 
are about 25,000, who subsist chiefly by the charity of pious pil¬ 
grims. 

Tyre, once a famous city, is now totally abandoned, except by 
a few fishermen, who sometimes visit it to fish in the surrounding 
Waters, and on its rocks dry their nets. 

Smyrna is the'principal city of Asia Minor, and the third in 
Asiatic Turkey. It is the Chief mart of the Levant trade, and 
contains about 140,000 inhabitants. Bursa is a beautiful city, in 
a romantic situation at the foot of Mount Olympus. Diarbekir 
is a large and populous city, built of hewn stone. All religious 
sects are here equally tolerated. Eizerum and Sinope, the for¬ 
mer the capital of Armenia, and the latter of Pontus, are now 
places of little consequence. 

Palmyra is Celebrated in modern times only for its ruins. 
These are described as suddenly bursting upon the traveller’s 
eye, as he comes round an eminence in the wilderness, and dis¬ 
closing long rows of columns, decorated with architectural orna¬ 
ments, gigantic portals, and roofless temples. Balbec, the an¬ 
cient Heliopolis, on the coast of Syria, is q famed for a single 
magnificent ruin, that of the Temple of the Sun, equally conspic¬ 
uous for the vastness of its dimensions, and the noble style of its 
architecture. 

Inhabitants. The inhabitants of these countries are of various 
origin. The Turks, as the rulers, possess the principal power 
and property, and are the Chief inhabitants of the cities ; their 
habits and religion are the predominant ones. The Christians 


RUSSIA IN ASIA....CIRCASSIA AND GEORGIA. 257 


are mostly of the Greek church, and use the modern Greek lan¬ 
guage. '1 he Armenians constitute a particular sect of Christians, 
characterized by rigorous fasts, and abundance of ritual observ¬ 
ances. They are much addicted to commerce, which they pur¬ 
sue through almost all the countries of the East, everywhere 
forming a distinct people, and strictly adhering to their manners 
and religion. They are frugal, polite, and wary, and understand 
all the mysteries of traffic. 

RUSSIA IN ASIA. 

Face of the Country. Asiatic Russia, formerly known by the 
name of Siberia, displays less variation of surface than perhaps 
any other part of the globe of equal extent. Although not 
wholly destitute of mountains, its ^principal character is that of 
an immense plain. It also contains some elevated and extensive 
steeps, abounding in salt lakes, a feature almost peculiar to Asia. 
The northern and eastern parts consist chiefly of-vast marshy 
plains, covered with almost perpetual snow, and pervaded with 
large rivers, which pursue, under masses of ice, their dreary 
course to the Frozen Ocean. 

Climate, Soil , and Productions. In the greatest part of the 
wide expanse of Siberia, none but the hardiest vegetables are 
found. The middle region, however, presents immense forests of 
birch, alder, and the various species of pines and firs. Many 
districts of Siberia are productive of grain. Some parts near the 
Obi yield plentiful crops for 20 years successively. Several dis¬ 
tricts are also well adapted to pasturage ; but, in advancing 
towards the north, the forests gradually disappear, and mosses of 
different kinds are the last traces of expiring vegetation. 

In the northern parts of Siberia, the rein-deer is a useful sub¬ 
stitute for the horse, the cow, and the sheep. In Kamtschatka, 
dogs are used for drawing carriages. The south is favored with 
that noble animal the horse, which, as well as the .ass, is there 
found in its wild state. In this part, too, the camel is not unfre¬ 
quent. Asiatic Russia also abounds in various animals, highly 
‘’valuable for their furs, which are an important article of com¬ 
merce, such as the black fox, sable, ermine, beaver, martin, and 
the marmotte. 

Towns. Tobolsk, the capital of a government of the same 
name, was formerly the capital of Siberia. It contains about 
20,000 inhabitants. Its commerce is now flourishing. Irkutsk 
is the ‘’chief mart of the commerce between Russia and China. 
Ochotsk is the port whence the communication with Kamtschatka 
is carried on. 

CIRCASSIA AND GEORGIA. 

Terki, the principal city of Circassia, is situated on a spacious 
plain, near the sea-side, in 43° 23' north latitude. It is well for- 
22 * 


258 


INDEPENDENT TARTARY....PERSIA. 


tified, and is under the command of a governor. This large 
country is bounded, on the north by Russia, and by Georgia on 
the south. It was here that the practice of inoculating for the 
smallpox first began. 

The capital of Georgia is Teflis, a place of considerable 
trade in furs. Forests of oak, ash, beech, walnut, elms, and 
chestnuts, abound in Georgia. Its grape-vines yield great quan¬ 
tities of brandy and wine. On its plains are raised rice, wheat, 
hemp, and flax, almost without culture ; cotton grows spontane¬ 
ously ; and European fruit-trees thrive to perfection. The in¬ 
habitants are Christians of the Greek communion. 


INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 

•The name of Tartary was formerly applied to all the northern 
region of /\sia, comprehending Independent Tartary, Chinese 
Tartary, Tibet, and Siberia, and was formerly known by the name 
of Scythia, once a powerful empire. Most of this country is now 
in a state of loose subjection to the Russian and Chinese em¬ 
pires. A part, however, remains independent; but, being little 
known, will require only a brief description. 

The northern parts ^consist chiefly in barren and sandy plains, 
inhabited by the Kerguses, who lead a wandering life, and dwell 
in tents of felt, which they carry about with them in their migra¬ 
tions. They have horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats. 
Their ‘’chief food is mutton. 

Great Bucharia, by far the ‘’most important part of Indepen¬ 
dent Tartary, is described as one of the most interesting and 
agreeable countries in the world, being but little encumbered 
with mountains, and charmingly diversified with hills and valleys; 
it is also blessed with a fruitful soil and delightful climate. 

The ‘’chief city is Samarcand, once the principal residence of 
that terrible conqueror, Timur, or Tamerlane, and the metropo¬ 
lis of an empire more extensive than that of Rome. But little is 
known of its present state. 


PERSIA. 

Face of the Country. The general ‘’face of the country is 
mountainous. One of its most q remarkable features is the want 
of rivers and wood, of which no country, except Arabia, is more 
destitute. Extensive sandy deserts likewise frequently occur in 
various parts, although some districts display the most luxuriant 
vegetation. 

Climate. The climate is exceedingly various. In the southern 
parts, the heat during at least four months in the summer, is al¬ 
most insupportable 5 and the hot wind called Samiel, which reigns 


PERSIA. 


259 


from the mouth of the Indus to Arabia, and ascends towards the 
north beyond Bagdad, is often as instantaneously fatal to the 
traveller as a musket shot, those who are struck with the sudden 
blast, immediately dropping down dead. The camels readily 
perceive its approach, and are said to give warning of the dan¬ 
ger by making an unusual noise, and thrusting their noses into 
the sand. When its coming can be perceived, the only q means 
of escape is to fall flat on the ground until it is over, which is 
generally in two or three minutes. The eastern provinces from 
the north of the Indus to the borders of Tartary, are also sub¬ 
ject to extreme heats, but are not so insalubrious as the southern 
coasts. In all these parts the air is perfectly serene ; it seldom 
rams, and a cloud is rarely seen. 

Soil. The *18011 in general is unfertile, being mostly sandy and 
dry. The rivers of Central Persia are frequently lost, and wholly 
disappear in the sandy deserts of the interior. — The chief in¬ 
dustry of the farmer is employed in watering his lands. These 
remarks apply, however, only to the central and southern prov¬ 
inces. Those in the north are sufficiently moist and fertile. 

Productions. Wheat and rice are the kinds of grain most 
^generally cultivated, both of which are excellent; but the lat¬ 
ter is generally preferred for food. Barley and millet are also 
produced in considerable quantities. The Mother principal pro¬ 
ductions are cotton, silk, fruit, of most all kinds, in the highest 
perfection; also, abundance of drugs, among which is asa- 
fcetida. 

The Persian horses are much esteemed. Mules are chiefly 
used for servile purposes ; the camel is the ^principal beast of 
burden. The horned cattle are small and lean. Sheep are 
common ; but hogs are nowhere kept, except near the Caspian. 
Pigeons are more numerous here, than in any part of the world. 

Manufactures and Trade. The q principal manufactures are 
of silk, woollen, mohair, carpets, and leather. The Persian 
trade has always been chiefly in the hands of foreigners; at 
present it is very inconsiderable. The natives are adverse to 
the sea, and never possess any naval power. 

Toivns. Teheran, containing about 60.000 inhabitants, is the 
capital of Persia. It is situated in the northern part of the king¬ 
dom, has a royal palace, and four splendid bazars. 

Ispahan, formerly contained 400,000 inhabitants, but is now re¬ 
duced to about 60,000. It was thought to be one of the finest 
cities of the East* Irs palaces, mosques, caravanseras, and baths, 
are extremely magnificent. Shiras, the second city in Persia, is 
situated in a fertile plain, encompassed on all sides with lofty 
mountains. The trees in the public gardens are said to be some 
of the largest in the world, and the wines are reckoned the best 
throughout the East. Meschid contains the tomb of Musa, one 
of the twelve great Irmans of Persia. 

Inhabitants. The Persians are generally handsome, but their 


260 AFGHANISTAN....BELOOCHISTAN....ARABIA. 


complexions towards the south are somewhat swarthy. They 
shave the head, but the beard is held sacred, and managed with 
great care. They are q noted for their vivacity, gay dressing, 
humanity, and hospitality. Their dres3 is simple, but the materi¬ 
als of their cloths are commonly very expensive, consisting of 
valuable stuffs, richly embroidered with gold and silver. They 
wear at all times a dagger in their sash, and linen trousers. 

Religion , fyc. The religion is Mahometanism. The Persian 
language is accounted the sweetest and most elegant of all the 
Oriental languages, and its prevalence in the East may be com¬ 
pared to that of the French in Europe. 

The government is despotic, and frequently vigorous and ty¬ 
rannical. 

Curiosities. The remains of the ancient capital of this em¬ 
pire, the famous Persepolis, are still visible, and present a mag¬ 
nificent display of massy portals, spacious halls, and broken 
columns. The tombs of the Persian kings, cut out of a rock, 
and the modern pillar at Ispahan, of the skulls of beasts, are also 
great curiosities. 


AFGHANISTAN. 

The Afghans, a fierce and warlike people in the east of an¬ 
cient Persia, have conquered the western provinces of Hindostan, 
and the southern part of Tartary, and formed a modern kingdom 
called Cabulistan, or Afghanistan. Cabul, its capital, con¬ 
tains about 200,001) inhabitants. Herat carries on a considerable 
trade. 

Cashmere, (formerly belonging to Hindostan,) the capital of a 
delightful province of the same name, is now an appendage of 
Afghanistan. It is still q famous for the manufacture of its un¬ 
rivalled shawls, from the inner coat or down of an animal of 
the sheep or goat kind, peculiar to the mountains of Thibet. 
Population, 150,000. 


BELOOCHISTAN. 

As far as this country is known, it is found to possess a barren 
soil, and mountainous surface. It is inhabited by tribes of In¬ 
dians, who are of different characters,—some live by plunder,— 
others by attending peaceably to their flocks and herds. Kelat, 
its capital, contains about 24,000 inhabitants. 


ARABIA. 

Face of the Country. Arabia ^consists chiefly of dry, sandy 
deserts, utterly unfit for the residence of man, being either 
wholly destitute of water, and consequently of vegetation, or 


ARABIA. 


261 


furnishing only scanty springs of that which is brackish, and a 
few scattered, fertile spots, called oases, which appear like 
islands in immense oceans of sand. Such, particularly, are the 
northeastern and central parts, called Deserta, or the Desert. 
Arabia Petrea, or that part bordering on Egypt and Syria, pre¬ 
sents a rugged surface of granitic stones. Arabia Felix, which 
is the southern angle, bordering on the Red Sea and Indian 
Ocean, called also by the inhabitants Yemen, is agreeably diver¬ 
sified, and generally of a fertile appearance. 

Climate and Soil. The air in Arabia is excessively hot and 
dry, and the country subject to hot poisonous winds, particularly 
the Sumiel, already described in treating of Persia, of which a 
single inhalation is death. The soil in some parts is nothing 
more than immense sands, which, when agitated by the winds, 
roll like the troubled ocean, and sometimes bury whole caravans 
in their fury. The southern, and those parts bordering on the 
seas, are generally fertile. 

q Productions . The coffee of Arabia is esteemed the best in 
the world. Wheat, maize, barley, and lintels, are also cultiva¬ 
ted ; likewise tobacco, the sugar-cane, and some cotton ; dates, 
pomegranates, oranges, and Indian figs, myrrh, aloes, and frank¬ 
incense. 

Among the domestic animals, the first place must be assigned 
to the horse, of which Arabia claims the noblest breed in the 
world. Camels are also found here in abundance.—These ani¬ 
mals are amazingly fitted by Providence for traversing the dry 
and parched deserts of this country, as they can subsist 6 or 8 
days without water, and will carry 800 pounds’weight upon their 
backs, which is not taken off during their journey, for they kneel 
down to rest, and in due time rise with their load. It is by means 
of caravans of these animals, that goods and passengers a’e con¬ 
veyed from the shores of the Red Sea, to the Persian Gulf, and 
the cities of Syria, which would otherwise be destitute of all 
mutual communication. 

Cities. Mecca and Medina are the most q cclebrated cities ; 
but, being holy ground which no infidel is permitted to approach, 
little is known of these places with certainty. Mecca is situated 
on a barren spot in a valley. What chiefly supports it is, the an¬ 
nual resort of many thousand pilgrims. It was the birth place of 
Mahomet. Medina is the place where he was buried. Here is 
a stately mosque, supported by 400 pillars, and furnished with 
300 silver lamps, which are continually burning. His coffin is 
covered with a cloth of gold, under a canopy of silver tissue. 

Jedda is the q seaport of Mecca. Here the commerce between 
Arabia and Europe meets, and is interchanged. Sana is reputed 
the most q considerable city in Arabia. It contains several car- 
avanseras for merchants and travellers. Mocha is a port consid¬ 
erably frequented by English ships at Hindostan. It gives 
name to the finest coffee, of which it is the q chief place of 


262 


H1ND0STAN. 


export. Kesem is the residence of a sovereign prince, to whom 
belongs the island of Socotra, ‘‘famous for its aloes. Muscat is a 
place of considerable commerce, and a ‘‘mart of the trade be¬ 
tween Arabia, Persia, and the Indies. Suez, anciently called 
Bernice, is situated on the isthmus of the same name, in a sandy 
country without water, where plants and trees are entirely un¬ 
known, and destitute of all the necessaries of life except fish. 
Bassora is a place of great commercial resort, being frequented 
by numerous vessels from Europe and India. It is also the ‘‘great 
emporium of trade to the more eastern countries. 

q lnhahitanls . The Arabians are of middle stature, thin, and of 
a swarthy complexion. They are exceedingly abstemious, meat 
being little used, even by the rich, and their only drink being water 
or coffee. They are of two classes, those of the cities, and those of 
the desert. The former are civilized, hospitable, and polite ; the 
latter are robbers by profession, being, as is supposed, the pos¬ 
terity of Ishmael, the son of Abraham, of whom it was foretold, 
they should be invincible, and that their hands should be against 
every man, and every man’s hand against them. These robbers, 
headed by a captain, traverse the country in troops, on horse¬ 
back, and assault and plunder the caravans, unless strongly 
guarded by soldiers. 

Religion. Their religion is Mahometanism, introduced by that 
famous arch impostor, Mahomet, who died in 629. 

Language, fyc. The Arabic language is celebrated as being 
exceedingly copious and expressive. In former ages the Ara¬ 
bians were famous for their learning, and skill in ihe liberal arts. 
At present there are few nations where the people are more uni¬ 
versally ignorant, although they are not wholly destitute of col¬ 
leges, academies, and schools. 

Government. The inland country is under the government of 
many petty princes, styled sheiks. They have no other laws 
than those found in the Koran, and the comments upon it. Thp 
northern Arabs owe subjection to the Turks. 


HINDOSTAN. 

Face of the Country. Hindostan consists chiefly of extensive 
plains, fertilized by numerous rivers and streams, and interspers¬ 
ed with a few ranges of mountains, none of which are of remark¬ 
able elevation. 

Rivers. The ^prineipal rivers of India are the Ganges, the 
Burrampooter, and the Indus, all of them mighty streams, and 
held in the highest veneration by the superstitious Hindoos, who 
suppose their waters have the power of washing away sins. 

The Ganges is more than 2,000 miles in length. It flows 
through the plains of Hindostan, a distance of 1,350 miles, with 
a smooth, navigable stream, from half a mile to three ‘‘miles wide, 


HINDOSTAN. 


i :63 


and after receiving the Burrampooter, a river from four to five 
q miles wide, discharges itself by numerous mouths into the Bay 
of Bengal. The Delta, or island formed by the Ganges, in that 
part bordering on the sea, is 180 miles in width, composed of a 
multitude of creeks and rivers, forming an intricate labyrinth 
called the Sunderbunds , and is so completely involved in the 
woods, and is so much invested with tigers, that every attempt to 
clear it has hitherto miscarried. 

The Indus, by the natives called Sinde, is a fine, deep, naviga¬ 
ble river ; its entrance, however, is much choked with sand. All 
these rivers, swelled by the periodical rains, overflow their banks. 
The inundation of the lower parts of Bengal, contiguous to the 
Ganges and Burrampooter, about the end of July, is mere than 
100 miles in width. 

q Climate , Soil, and Productions. Tlindostan towards the north 
is pretty temperate, but hot towards the south, and it rains almost 
constantly for three months in the year. No part of the surface 
of the globe presents a more fertile q soil than the well-watered 
tracts of this pro ific region. Double harvests, and two crops of 
fruit from many of the trees, have, from time immemorial, been 
the support of a numerous population. Rice is the grain that is 
^chiefly cultivated, and constitutes the ^principal food of the 
Hindoos. The cultivation of cotton is widely diffused. Millet, 
oranges, lemons, figs, and pomegranates, are produced in abun¬ 
dance. The sugar-cane succeeds well; likewise opium, indigo, 
and tobacco. 

The forests present a wonderful luxuriance of vegetation, and 
the number of creeping plants, of prodigious size and length, 
extending from tree to tree, connect the whole into one mass of 
verdure. 

Horses and wild cattle are numerous. The sheep in all the 
southern parts are covered with hair instead of wool. Camels 
are not uncommon as beasts of burden. Elephants are frequent, 
both wild and tame. 

Almost all the species of ferocious animals are found here, ex¬ 
cept the lion. That most ^dreaded, both by man and beast, is the 
royal tiger of Bengal, at once the most beautiful and the most 
terrible of carnivorous animals. 

Minerals. Mineral ores are very little known; but the dia¬ 
mond mines of Golconda are peculiarly celebrated. 

Manufactures. The most ^considerable manufactures are those 
of cotton, many of which are exquisitely fine and beautiful. 

Toivns. Calcutta, the chief city of Bengal, and of all the 
British Possessions in India, is ^situated on the river Hoogly, or 
western arm of the Ganges, and contains, as is supposed, about 
650,000 inhabitants. The houses arc variously built, some with 
brick, others with mud, and a great number with bamboos and 
mats, making a most motley appearance. Tbe mixture of Euro¬ 
pean and Asiatic manners here is wonderful. Coaches, palan- 


264 


HINDOSTAN. 


kins, carriages drawn by bullocks, and the passing ceremonies 
of the Hindoos, form a diversified and curious scene. Its - com¬ 
merce is very extensive. 

The western part of Calcutta, called Chouringhee, is worthy 
of particular notice. It is inhabited by the Company’s Civil and 
Military Officers, and the Europeans of opulence and rank. The 
government house is an immense and superb palace, situated on 
a beautiful plain, enclosed with an iron railing. Its principal 
avenues are under four lofty triumphal arches. The site of this 
magnificent edifice is called Wellesley Place. The private 
houses at this “ Court end of the town,” are built in the Grecian 
style of architecture, and, presenting their elegant porticoes, and 
extensive colonades of pillars in front, surmounted by attic pedi¬ 
ments, appear fit residences for princes, instead of the quiet 
scenes of domestic life. 

The college at Fort William, or Wellesley College, is situ¬ 
ated in Calcutta. It is an establishment honorable to the char¬ 
acter ofits great founder, the Marquis Wellesley, late Governor- 
General of Bengal. The junior civil servants of the Company 
are placed in this college, on their arrival in India, and instructed 
in the various languages of the country. The usual term of 
residence is three years ; but such as distinguish themselves by 
industry, and make suitable proficiency, are apnointed to lucra¬ 
tive offices at an earlier period. There is an annual Commence¬ 
ment or Visitation, when, after due examination, the best Oriental 
scholars receive a degree of honor, accompanied with a hand¬ 
some present in money or books. On the improvement of their 
time in this excellent seminary, in a great measure depend their 
advancement in life, and future fortune. 

A town hall is erected in Calcutta, which is to serve as an 
exchange for merchants, and a place of deposit for the statues, 
pictures, &c., of Lord Cornwallis, Mr. Hastings, Marquis Wel¬ 
lesley, and other Governors-General, Judges, &c. This magnifi¬ 
cent edifice cost upwards of 350,000 dollars. 

In Calcutta there are two Episcopal churches, and one chapel 
for the Baptists. The services in the former are performed by 
the East India Company’s chaplains ; in the latter by the mis¬ 
sionaries on the Serampore establishment, which is a flourishing 
and successful institution for diffusing the Gospel in India. 

Moorshedabad is a large, but ill built city, at present in a state 
of decline. 

Patna is a place of considerable trade, particularly in saltpetre. 

Benares is rich and populous. Several Hindoo temples and 
magnificent buildings embellish the banks of the river. This is 
the ancient seat of Brahminical learning. 

Agra, once a most famous and opulent city, has rapidly declin¬ 
ed of late. The Great Mogul used sometimes to reside here. 
His palace was prodigiously large, and the seraglio contained 
about 1,000 women, with numerous palaces, caravanseras, baths, 
mosques, and mausoleums. 


HINDOSTAN. 


2(>5 

Delhi, once a lar^e, rich, and populous city, and the capital of 
the Mogul Empire, is now, for the most part, in ruins. 

Madras is a British fort and town, ‘‘next in importance to Cal¬ 
cutta. It is close to the margin of the sea, from which it makes 
a beautiful appearance. 

Pondicherry is a French, and Tranquebar a noted Dutch set¬ 
tlement. 

Seringapatam, lately the capital of Tippoo’s dominions, is now 
in possession of the British. 

Goa is a settlement of the Portuguese, and a noted seat of 
their Inquisition, which, however, is now abolished. 

Visiapour is a considerable city. The celebrated diamond 
mines are in its vicinity. 

Bombay is a well-known British settlement. The inhabitants 
are of several nations, and very numerous. 

Surat contains a population, it i3 said, of 500,000 inhabitants. 
It is also a place of considerable trade. 

Cambay is a handsome city, formerly of great trade in spice, 
ivory, cotton cloths, and silk, which is now chiefly transferred to 
Surat. 

Juggernaut is ‘‘noted for being the seat of a famous idol of the 
Hindoos. Of the multitudes which visit this place at the annual 
festival, many perish on their journey, and the ground for the 
distance of 50 miles is strewed with human bones and skulls. 

q Inhabitants. The Hindoos are of a dark complexion, with 
long black hair. Their persons are straight, their limbs neat, 
their fingers long and tapering, and their countenances open and 
pleasant. 

They are q divided into four different tribes or castes ; the Brah¬ 
mins, or priests ; the soldiers; the laborers, including farmers 
and tradesmen; and the mechanics. These different castes are 
forbidden to intermarry, to dwell, to eat, or drink with each 
other. 

The diet of the Hindoos is simple, q consisting chiefly of rice, 
milk, and vegetables. Animal food and intoxicating liquors are 
utterly prohibited, particularly among the lower castes. 

In character they are mild, gentle, timid, and submissive. 
They are permitted a plurality of wives ; but one is looked upon 
as superior to the rest. The shocking custom of women burning 
themselves on the death of their husbands is becoming less fre¬ 
quent. 

The Mahometans, or Moors, as they are called, of whom there 
are considerable numbers in Hindostan, are a more athletic and 
vigorous race, and distinguished from the Hindoos by a fairer 
complexion. They are much less submissive and gentle ; and 
though equally bigoted in their religion, are extremely dissolute 
in their manners. 

Religion. The religion of the Hindoos is artfully interwoven 
with all the common offices of life. They worship images ; and, 
23 


266 


BIRMAN EMPIRE. 


under the influence of their wretched superstition, will fre¬ 
quently devote themselves to certain and painful death, throwing 
themselves on large iron hooks fastened to the wheels of the 
carriages by which their images are drawn, or casting them¬ 
selves on the ground for the wheels to pass over them and crush 
them to death. 

Government. Hindostan is divided into many governments, the 
forms of which are various. 

Islands. Ceylon is a remarkably fine island, containing 
1,500,000 inhabitants. Its peculiar and most ^valuable product 
is cinnamon, the best in the world. Pepper, cardamon, and other 
spices, are also natives here. The low lands are amazingly fer¬ 
tile in rice. Elephants and tigers abound in the forests, and 
alligators in the rivers. Many other wild animals and reptiles 
might also be mentioned. Gold, iron, plumbago, and various 
precious stones, are among its ^mineral products. In one of its 
bays is a beautiful pearl fishery, which is frequented by a multi¬ 
tude of divers from different parts. The natives, called Cin- 
glese, are of Hindoo origin. Columbo, the capital, containing 
50,000 inhabitants, and Candy in the interior, are the q prin- 
cipal towns. The English captured the Dutch settlements in 
1796; and in 1815, they completed the conquest of the island. 
In Columbo, the Baptist and Wesleyan Methodists have mission¬ 
aries and schools. On this island, in the district of Jaffna, is a 
successful missionary station, established by the American Board 
of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. 

The Maidive and Lacadive Islands are uninteresting. The 
inhabitants speak the Cinglese language. Their trade is chiefly 
in cowries, cocoa-nuts, and fish. Ambergris is frequently col¬ 
lected on the shores of the islands of these seas. 


BIRMAN EMPIRE. 

The Birman Empire is a beautifully diversified and fertile 
country, producing abundant crops of rice, wheat, sugar-canes, 
tobacco, indigo, cotton, and the different tropical fruits in perfec¬ 
tion. The teak tree is the glory of its forests. Some of the 
finest merchant ships ever seen in the Thames, have been built 
at Calcutta, of teak-wood, from the forests of Pegu. 

The q mineral products are rich ; gold in profusion decorates 
their temples and palaces, and the inferior metals are found in 
abundance. That precious gem, the true ruby, is almost peculiar 
to Pegu and some other parts of the empire. Amber is dug in 
large quantities near the Irrawady. 

Manufactures and Trade. The Birmans q excel in gilding and 
in several other ornamental manufactories. The q chief trade of 
this country is with China and British India. 

Towns. Ummerapoora, the new capital, with its turrets and 


ANAM. 


267 


spires, seem to rise, like Venice, out of the waters, being'situated 
between a lake and the river Irrawady. The fort is an exact 
square, with public granaries and store rooms ; and there is a 
gilded temple at each corner, nearly 100 feet in height, but far 
inferior to others in the vicinity. Population, 175,000. 

Rangoon is the ‘’chief port of the Birman Empire. It is of 
recent foundation, and is supposed to contain above 30,000 in¬ 
habitants. The American Baptists, in 1813, established here a 
missionary station, which, at the close of the late war with the 
British, was removed to Maulmein. It is attended with success, 
and enjoys the protection of the English government. 

Numerous towns and villages crowd the banks of the river 
Irrawady, which seems to be the centre of the population of 
the empire. 

q Inhabitants. The Birmans are a bold, enterprising people. 
In war they display the ferocity of savages ; in peace they show 
considerable gentleness and civilization. No female is permitted 
to leave the country, lest it should injure the population. Their 
edifices and barges, constructed in a singular style of oriental 
elegance, attest the excellence of their genius, which seems to 
want nothing but culture. 

Religion and Literature. The Birmans profess the Hindoo 
religion ; but their priests are reckoned inferior to the Brah¬ 
mins of Hindostan in learning. They have many books, which 
are kept in great order and neatness. 

Government. The government is despotic, and the laws in 
some instances are very severe. Desertions or cowardice in a 
soldier is punished by the execution of his wife, children, and 
parents. An innocent wife or daughter may be seized and sold 
into slavery to discharge the debt of her husband. 


ANAM. 

East from Siam lies the Empire of Anam, which is composed 
of the provinces of Tonquin, Cochin-China, Laos, and Cam¬ 
bodia. 

Tonquin is but little known ; the inhabitants resemble their 
neighbours the Chinese, from whom they probably descended ; 
but seem to have made little progress in civilization. 

Cochin-China is a rich and fertile district. The chief pro¬ 
ductions are rice and sugar. Edible birds’ nests, formed by a 
species of swallows from some unknown viscous substance, are 
found in this country, and considered a luxury by the Chinese. 

The inhabitants are large, muscular, and well made, and are of 
Chinese origin. They have made considerable progress in civ¬ 
ilization. The superior ranks are clothed in silk. The houses 
are generally constructed of bamboo, thatched with rice straw, 
and stand in groves of lime, orange, and cocoa trees. 


268 


MALAYA, 


Laos is but imperfectly known. It abounds in rice, benzoin, 
musk, gumlac, gold, and ivory. The inhabitants resemble the 
Chinese : but their religion and customs are similar to those of 
Siam. 

Cambodia is also fertile in rice, and abundant in animal food. 
It affords ivory in plenty, and several valuable kinds of wood. 
Its •’peculiar product is the substance called gamboge, or more 
properly called gamboge gum, which yields a fine yellow tint, 
and is also a powerful medicine. The country is thinly peopled. 

MALAYA. 

This large peninsula is about I HO miles in breadth, and 700 in 
length. The inland parts are overgrown with forests, which are 
invested with elephants, tigers, and wild boars. 

Agriculture is chiefly q employed in the growth of rice; pepper 
and other spices, valuable gums and wood, are also among its 
products. Malaya is noted ^through the East for its tin mines; 
gold is said to be found in the sand of the streams. 

The inhabitants are q called Malays. They are below the 
middle size, of a tawny complexion, with long, black hair; of a 
restless disposition, greatly q addicted to navigation, war, plunder, 
emigration, and desperate enterprises ; insomuch, that they are 
universally considered, by those with whom they have inter¬ 
course, as the most treacherous and ferocious people on the 
globe. Malay barks, not carrying above thirty men, have been 
known to attack by surprise European vessels of thirty or forty 
guns; and to obtain possession of them, by suddenly boarding 
and massacring the greater part of the crew with their poniards. 
When engaged as sailors in foreign ships, they are never to be 
trusted ; and when employed as domestics, the least affront is 
capable of exciting them to the most desperate revenge. 

Their religion is Mahometanism. The Malayan language, 
which in contrast to the character of the people, is the softest 
and most melodious dialect of the East, is widely diffused through 
that part of the world, and serves the purpose of general commu¬ 
nication. 

Malacca, its capital, containing about 12,(X'0 inhabitants, was 
taken from the Dutch by the English, in 1795. The London 
Missionary Society have established here a successful mission¬ 
ary station. 

Islands. Opposite to the coast of Malaya, though at some 
distance from it, are the islands Andaman and Nicobar. The 
greater Andoman is about 140 miles in length. The q soil is 
a black, rich mould. The forests produce ebony and other valu¬ 
able woods. The only quadrupeds are wild hogs, monkeys, and 
rats. The natives, who are about 2,000 in number, are woolly¬ 
headed negroes, resembling those of Africa. A British settle¬ 
ment has lately been formed on this island, and some convicts 


SIAM.—CHINESE EMPIRE. 


269 


sent thither from Bengal. The Nicobar Islands are three in 
number. The most remarkable production is a kind of bread 
fruit, said to weigh from 20 to 30 pounds. 

Near the coast is the island Prince of Wales. Here, under 
the English flag, has been collected together a representation 
from all the principal nations of Europe and Asia. More than 
fifty different languages are spoken in the market-house ; the 
laws are printed in more than forty. Here the Chinese pagoda, 
the Hindoo temple, the Mahometan mosque, the Catholic cathe¬ 
dral, and the Protestant church, are all seen at one view. The 
buildings display the various architecture of those different na¬ 
tions, and in its crowded streets are seen the various costumes of 
the East and West, with almost all the varieties of the human 
form, complexion, and features, from the equator to the poles. It 
is the world in miniature. 


SIAM. 

Siam consists of an extensive vale, pervaded by a large river, 
and enclosed on each side by a ridge of lofty mountains. The 
'’soil is extremely rich, and the climate being hot, greatly pro¬ 
motes fertility. The chief q agricultural product is rice, which is 
here of an excellent quality. 

The elephants of Siam are ^remarkable for their sagacity and 
beauty, as well as for their size. 

The Siamese are of a dark complexion, with features of the 
Tartarian or Chinese cast. The men are extremely indolent, 
and leave the most laborious occupations to the women. 

Literature is considerably cultivated. The youth are com¬ 
monly educated in the convents of monks, where they are taught 
to read, and write, and cast accounts. Their religion resembles 
that of the Hindoos, one of its leading doctrines being that of the 
transmigration of souls. The government is despotic, and the 
sovereign is revered with honors almost divine. The laws are 
extremely severe, the most trifling offences being punished by 
death or mutilation, such as the cutting off* a foot or a hand. 
Siam, or Juthia, situated on an island in the Meinam, is the 
capital. 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 


This empire, comprehending China Proper, Chinese Tar¬ 
tary, and Tibet, unites under one sceptre a greater number of 
human beings, than any other single dominion on the globe. 
It also stands more apart than any other from the rest of the 
civilized world in situation, language, and laws. 

23* 



270 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 


China Proper presents many low tracts, watered by numer¬ 
ous rivers, and cut through by canals ; yet ranges of mountains 
are frequent, and large spaces are occupied by dry and barren 
deserts. 

Climate , Soil, and Productions. The ^climate is various. The 
southern parts about Canton are hot; but the cold in the north¬ 
ern parts is severe during the winter months. The air, however, 
in general, is serene, and appears to be salubrious. 

The ^soil is either by nature or art fruitful of every thing that 
can minister to the necessities, conveniences, or luxuries of life. 
The culture of the cotton and rice fields, from which the bulk of 
the inhabitants are clothed and fed, is ingenious almost beyond 
description. The tallow-tree produces a fruit having all the 
qualities of our tallow, and, when manufactured with oil, serves 
the natives as candles. 

But the most ^celebrated vegetable product of China is Tea , 
which is exported in vast quantities to England and the United 
States. It is the leaf of a shrub, planted in rows on hilly land. 

Agriculture is held in high estimation in this country ; and 
once every year, at the vernal equinox, the Chinese monarch, 
after a solemn offering to the God of heaven and earth, performs 
the ceremony of holding the plough, an example which is follow¬ 
ed by all the great officers in the empire. 

Uncommon attention is paid to the collecting of manure, and 
great labor is bestowed in watering and working the lands, 
which lor the most part is done with the spade, without the aid 
of oxen or horses. The Emperor is sole proprietor of the soil, 
and receives one tenth of the produce. From the scarcity of 
cattle, the Chinese have but little milk, and seem unacquainted 
with butter and cheese. 

Canals. The ^inland navigation of China is unparalleled on the 
face of the globe. The imperial canal is more than GOO miles 
in length. It is 50 feet wide, and intersects China from north to 
south. One large canal generally runs through every province, 
from which a vast number of smaller ones branch out to almost 
every town and village. 

.Manufactures and Commerce. The manufactures are numerous. 
The most ^celebrated is that of porcelain, called China ; ‘Jnext in 
importance are those of cotton and silk. The Chinese pay but 
little regard to foreign commerce. The merchant here is con¬ 
sidered far below the husbandman ; but the internal trade is 
immense. 

Towns. Pekin, the capital, is 14 miles in circumference, and 
is supposed to contain 1,500,000 inhabitants. It is surrounded 
by a wall from 25 to 30 feet in height, with nine gates, which are 
lofty and well arched. The houses are seldom more than one 
story high, with the windows from the street. The Emperor’s 
palace represents a prodigious assemblage of vast buildings and 
magnificent gardens. The streets are straight, most of them 3 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 


271 


miles in length, and 120 feet wide, with shops on each side. All 
the great streets are guarded by soldiers, who patrol night and 
day to preserve peace and good order. 

Nankin, formerly the capital, and the most extensive city in 
the empire, is now on the decline. The '’chief edifice is a cele¬ 
brated tower covered with porcelain, 200 feet in height. 

Canton is a large, populous, and wealthy city, containing, as is 
supposed, 1.000,000 inhabitants, many of whom live in barks on 
the water ; they touch one another, and are so arranged as to 
form streets, constituting a kind of floating city. This is the 
only port to which European and American vessels are admitted. 
The chief '’export is tea. 

» Antiquity . The most ‘’remarkable antiquity of China is its 
Great Wall, erected as a barrier against the northern Tartars. 
It is a most stupendous work, of the computed length of 1,500 
miles, traversing mountains and valle 3 s, and crowned with tow¬ 
ers, at short intervals. 



GREAT WALL, CHINA. 


q Inhabitants . The Chinese are middle sized, with broad faces, 
.small black eyes, blunt noses, high cheek bones, and large lips. 
They shave their heads, except a lock on the crown. Their 
dress is long, with large sleeves, and flowing girdle of silk. 
They eat almost every kind of animal. Polygamy is permitted. 
The Women are held in the greatest state of subjection. A sin¬ 
gular custom is that of swathing their feet in bandages from 
infancy, so as to prevent their growth, to any proportionable 
size. The parties in marriage never see each other till the bar¬ 
gain is concluded by their parents. Female children, which 
they are unable to support, they are allowed to cast into the river. 
White is the ‘’color of mourning. Their amusements are dra- 











272 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 


matic exhibitions, feats of dexterity, and fireworks, in which 
they excel all other nations. 

Religion. There is no State religion in China. None is paid, 
preferred, or encouraged. The Chinese have no Sunday, nor 
even such a division as a week; the temples, however, are open 
every day for the visits of devotees. Christian missionaries have 
been sent into some parts of these vast dominions, and the Holy 
Scriptures have been translated into the Chinese language. 

Language and Education. The Chinese language is the most 
singular of any in the world. It consists not of letters, but of 
characters, each of which has the same signification as a word 
in other languages. Education, to a certain degree, is much 
attended to, and men of letters are singularly respected. Books 
are printed from blocks, after the manner of wooden cuts. 

Government. The government is patriarchal and despotic. 
The Emperor is considered as standing in the same relation of 
absolute and revered master to the whole nation, that a head of 
a family does to all the members of it. 

Chixese Tartary is a vast elevated plain, consisting chiefly 
of dry and sandy deserts, but frequently interrupted by fertile 
tracts in the courses of rivers, and crossed in various parts by 
mountainous ridges. The true rhubarb is produced in this coun¬ 
try, and also a drug of high esteem in China, the Ginseng , 
regarded almost as a universal medicine. The inhabitants are 
Moguls, a wandering people, and the Mandshures, who dwell 
mostly in fixed habitations. 

Tibet is an elevated country, encumbered with high moun¬ 
tains, the tops of which are covered with perpetual snow. The 
Himaleh Mountains, between Tibet and Cashmere, are about 
26,000 feet above the level of the sea, the highest elevation yet 
known on the globe. The soil presents a general aspect of 
sterility. The Climate, even in the 27th degree of latitude, is 
intensely cold. Wheat, peas, and barley are the chief objects of 
agricultural industry. Sheep and goats are numerous. The 
latter are Celebrated for their inner coat or down, which is man¬ 
ufactured into shawls at Cashmere. 

In Tibet exist the most extraordinary religion and government 
in the world. Some healthy peasant is purchased while young, 
who is privately tutored for the purpose. He resides in a pagoda, 
upon the mountain Patali, where he sits in a cross-legged pos¬ 
ture, without speaking or moving, otherwise than by lifting his 
hand in approbation of some favorite worshipper; and the neigh¬ 
bouring people flock in numbers, with rich presents, to pay their 
adorations. He is called the Grand Lama, and they pretend he 
is always young, and immortal. When he begins to grow old, 
they privately despatch him, and set up another in his stead. 
Lassa, 500 miles north by east of Calcutta, is the capital. 


EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 


273 


EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 

The Isles of Japan in Asia, like those of Britain in Europe, 
constitute a populous and mighty empire. 

Face of the Country . The face of the country in general is 
much diversified. The seacoasts are almost everywhere pre¬ 
cipitous and rocky, and surrounded by a turbulent sea. In all 
the islands the land rises into mountains towards the interior. 

q Climate . In summer the heat is violent, and in winter the 
cold is severe. The rainy season commences about midsummer. 
Thunder is not unfrequent ; tempests, hurricanes, and earth¬ 
quakes are very common. 

Soil ami Productions. The °soil, though naturally stony and 
barren, is rendered fertile by the industry of the inhabitants, and 
the frequent rains that moisten its surface. In no country is 
agriculture practised with equal attention. Not the least parti¬ 
cle of what may serve for manure is suffered to be wasted. The 
land is everywhere tilled like a garden. Even the sides of hills 
are cultivated by means of stone walls, supporting level plats, 
sown with rice or esculent roots. Thousands of these beds 
adorn most of their mountains, and give them an appearance 
which excites the greatest astonishment in the minds of spec¬ 
tators. 

Rice is the r chief plant. The sweet potato is also abundant. 
Tea grows in every part of the country. Cotton, indigo, ginger, 
oranges, and sugar-cane, are also successfully cultivated. A 
variety of valuable trees and shrubs grow wild in the mountain¬ 
ous parts, among which are the Indian laurel, the camphor tree, 
and the varnish tree, from the bark of which exudes a gum resin, 
supposed to be the basis of the exquisitely beautiful and inimit¬ 
able black varnish, which ^distinguishes the Japanese cabinet 
ware. 

Gold is found in abundance; likewise silver in considerable 
quantities ; copper is quite common ; iron is scarcer than most 
other metals in this country. 

Manufactures- The Japanese are excellent workmen in iron 
and copper ; their swords display incomparable skill. In manu¬ 
factures of silk and cotton they yield to none of the eastern 
nations ; while in varnishing wood, it is well known, they have 
no equals. Glass is common ; they also make telescopes. Their 
porcelain is deemed superior to that of China. Paper is prepared 
from the bark of a species of mulberry tree. 

Commerce. The foreign trade of Japan is with the Chinese 
and the Dutch, to the entire exclusion of all other nations. The 
internal commerce, being free from imposts, is very considerable. 
The harbours are crowded with large and small vessels, and the 
high roads with passengers and goods. The shops are well 
stocked, and large fairs are held in different places. 


274 


EAST INDIA ISLANDS. 


Towns. Jeddo, the capital, in the island Niphon, is a great 
commercial city. It is said to be 7 miles long, and 20 in circum¬ 
ference, and to contain 1,000,000 inhabitants. The imperial 
palace occupies a vast extent, and is indeed a considerable town 
of itself. The houses never exceed two stories, with numerous 
shops towards the street. No walls or fortifications enclose the 
Japanese cities. 

Meaco, the spiritual capital, near the centre of the same island, 
is a large commercial city, and the seat of literature, and of nu¬ 
merous manufactures. Population, 600,000. 

Nangaskai, is the ^port allotted for foreign commerce. Its 
harbour is the only one into which foreign ships are permitted 
to enter Opposite to it is the small island Desima, on which 
the Dutch have their factory. 

Inhabitants. The Japanese are of a middle size, with yellowish 
complexions. Ladies of distinction, who seldom expose them¬ 
selves to the sun and air, are perfectly white. Like the Chinese, 
they are chiefly distinguishable by their small, oblong, and deep 
sunken eyes. The men shave the head from the forehead to the 
nape, but the hair on the sides being turned up, and fastened at 
the crown, forms a conical covering. Their food, consisting of 
fish, fowl, vegetables, and fruits, is dressed in a variety of ways. 
Rice supplies the place of bread ; and sacki, a kind of beer made 
of rice, is the common drink. Wine and spirituous liquors are 
unknown ; but the use of tea is universal, and that of tobacco 
very common. Their houses are of wood, painted white in re¬ 
semblance of stone. They have neither tables, chairs, or beds, 
but sit and lie on carpets or mats, in the manner of the Turks. 

Religion, fyc. The religion is Polytheism. Their language is 
so peculiar as to be understood by no other nation. The sciences 
are highly esteemed among them ; and they have several schools 
for rhetoric, arithmetic, poetry, history, and astronomy. Some 
of their schools at Meaco are said to contain 3 or 4,000 scholars. 
The government is an absolute monarchy. 

Jesso. To the north of Niphon lies the large island called 
Jesso. It is inhabited by an uncivilized, harmless people, tribu¬ 
tary to the Japanese, some of whom reside on the island. Al¬ 
though pleasant and fertile, it is little cultivated. Matsmai, 
the capital, contains 50,000 inhabitants. 


EAST INDIA ISLANDS. 

The East India Islands, sometimes called the Indian Archi¬ 
pelago, are the Isles of Sunda, Borneo, the Manillas, or Philip¬ 
pine Islands; the Celebes; and the Moluccas, or Spice Islands. 


EAST INDIA ISLANDS. 


27 5 


IsLES OF SUNDA. 

The Isles of Sunda, or the Sumatrian Chain, as they are some¬ 
times called, ‘‘comprise Sumatra, Java, Timor, and the several 
intermediate islands. 

Sumatra is 950 '‘miles in length. A chain of mountains runs 
through the whole island. Mount Ophir, exactly under the 
equator, rises to the height of 13,842 feet above the level of the 
sea, being only 1,500 feet lower than Mont Blanc. The most 
‘‘valuable and abundant production is pepper. It grows on a 
climbing plant resembling a vine. Other ‘‘articles are camphor, 
gum-benzoin, cassia, cotton, and coffee. The gold mines found 
here, being of an inferior quality, are much neglected ; but tin 
forms an abundant article of exportation. 

The inhabitants on the coasts are Malays ; in the interior are 
different tribes of natives. The English have formed a settle¬ 
ment in Bencoolen. Their ‘‘chief object is the pepper trade. 
Among the small islands that encompass Sumatra, that of Banca 
is ‘‘famous for its tin. The Dutch have long exported vast quan¬ 
tities ; and the mines are thought to be inexhaustible. 

Java derives its q chief importance from its capital city, Bata¬ 
via, which is the principal settlement of the Dutch, in the East 
Indies, and the centre of their commerce. The city is large and 
elegant, and the houses splendid and richly furnished ; but the 
^situation is extremely unhealthy. Three fourths of those who 
arrive here from Europe, usually die within the first year. The 
streets are spacious, and most of them have canals of stagnant 
water pervading their whole length. Population, 175,000. 

The ‘‘products resemble those of Sumatra. This island was 
captured by the British, August, 1811, but was restored in 1816. 
The English Baptists established a missionary here in 1813. 

The other islands of the Sumatrian Chain are of but little 
importance, except Timor, which is regarded by the Dutch as a 
kind of barrier to the Spice Islands. 


Borneo. 

Borneo is the ‘‘largest island in the world, except New Hol¬ 
land. Of this great tract of land, however, little is known be¬ 
yond the seacoasts. These, for the most part, consist of muddy 
flats, on which account the houses are commonly built on posts 
fixed in rafts which are moored to the shore, and rise and fall 
with the tide. Many of the villages are constructed in this man¬ 
ner, and move from place to place, as it suits the conveniency 
of the inhabitants. 

The q chief productions are pepper, camphor, the gum called 
dragon’s blood, and sandal wood. Edible birds’ nests are abun- 




276 


EAST INDIA ISLANDS. 


dant. Gold is found in the interior; also diamonds of an inferior 
quality. Tigers are numerous and destructive. The Europeans 
(except the Dutch) have no settlement on this island. The chief 
trade is with the Chinese. 


The Manillas, or Philippine Islands. 

Luzon is the most important of these islands, computed at 
about 500 miles in length. It has a q fertile soil, and is rich in its 
products. The finest cotton known in trade grows here ; rice, 
sugar-cane, and the cocoa tree, are also cultivated with success. 
Gold, copper, and iron, are among the discovered minerals. The 
natives, ^called Tagals, seem to be of Malayan origin. They 
are a personable race, of a mild disposition, dwelling in huts of 
bamboo elevated upon poles. 

The Spaniards have established themselves in these islands. 
Their ^principal East Indian settlement is at Manilla, a populous, 
well budt, and strongly fortified city ; but, like other Spanish 
settlements, encumbered with a great number of religious houses. 
A commerce of great importance has long been carried on across 
the Pacific Ocean between Manilla and Acapulco in Mexico, by 
large ships called galleons. The Chinese were numerous here 
to the beginning of the 17th century, when the Spaniards com¬ 
mitted a horrible massacre of that industrious people. 

Mindanao is the q next in size among the Philippine Islands, 
on which the Spanish have but few settlements. The true cin¬ 
namon tree is said to grow here ; gold is also among its products. 
Horses and buffaloes are amazingly numerous. 

Of the other Philippine Islands, some are of considerable mag¬ 
nitude, and all afford a variety of useful vegetables and wild 
animals. Many display volcanic appearances, abounding in 
lavas and vitrifications, sulphur, and hot springs. 


The Celebes. 

The chief island of this group is Celebes, sometimes called 
Macassar, much ^celebrated for its sublime and beautiful scenery. 
It ^produces rice, maize, sago, sugar-cane, and pepper, besides 
an abundance of poisonous plants. The natives are Malays. 
They are much q addicted to piracy, and often attack vessels 
with the most amazing and desperate resolution. 

Macassar, the principal city, is held by the Dutch, who have 
garrisons in several of the small circumjacent islands, and claim 
the sovereignty of the whole group. 


AUSTRALASIA. 


277 


The Moluccas, or Spice Islands. 

Gilolo, the largest of these islands, produces sago and the 
bread fruit in great abundance. It is also plentifully furnished 
with wild and domestic animals. The natives are industrious, 
and are much employed in weaving cotton. Ossa is a convenient 
port town. 

Ceram is the next in size. It ‘'produces cloves and sago ; the 
latter constitutes one of its •'principal articles of export. 

Banda and Amboyna, now in the possession of the Dutch, are 
the most distinguished of the Spice Islands. 

Banda is the chief of a group, which comprises six or seven 
other islands. All these are very small, being •'celebrated solely 
for the production of the nutmeg. This tree, unknown in other 
parts of the globe, grows to the size of a pear tree, with leaves 
resembling laurel. The nutmeg when ripe is almost of the size 
and color of an apricot, and in shape nearly resembles a pear ; 
the mace is a rind which encloses the shell of the nutmeg. The 
Dutch are very jealous of its growth in other islands, and have 
frequently caused its destruction when produced there by nature. 

Amboyna is ^celebrated for the production of cloves. Its situ¬ 
ation is north from the Banda Isles, near Ceram. The clove tree 
grows to the height of 40 or 50 feet, with spreading branches 
and long pointed leaves. Some of the trees produce an annual 
crop of 30 pounds’ weight. The town of Amboyna, situated near 
the southwestern extremity of the island, is the second in rank 
of the Dutch East India settlements. It is neatly built, and con¬ 
tains a population of 45,000. 

AUSTRALASIA. 

Australasia ''comprehends the extensive central island, New 
Holland, with all the islands within 20 degrees to the west, and 
within 25 or 30 degrees to the east of it. 

New Holland is 2,730 miles in length from east to west, 
and about 1,960 miles in breadth. This immense region is 
but little known to Europeans. Captain Cook visited and ex¬ 
plored the eastern coasts in 1770, and took possession of it in 
the name of the King of Great Britain, and gave it the name 
of New South Wales. An English settlement has since been 
formed at Port Jackson, for the transportation of convicts from 
England. 

The native inhabitants are said to approach more nearly to the 
brutal state than any other savage race yet discovered. They 
are partly black, partly of a copper hue, with long hair, thick 
eyebrows and lips, flat noses, sunken eyes, and very wide 
mouths; of low stature and ill made, with remarkably slender 
limbs. Their arts are extremely rude ; their manners barbarous 
24 


278 


AUSTRALASIA. 


and filthy; their natural affections cold. They practise no cul¬ 
ture of the land, but feed on fish and such animals as fall in their 
way. 

Papua, or New Guinea, is as little known as New Holland. 
The coasts in general are lofty ; and its mountains, rising above 
mountains, richly clothed with woods, present a magnificent 
scenery, which has impressed every navigator with delight. No 
European settlement has ever yet been formed on this island. 

The inhabitants are black, with the woolly hair of the negroes. 
They are cruel savages, of good stature and strong shape ; but 
their large eyes, flat noses, extremely wide mouths, and amaz¬ 
ingly thick lips, give them a hideous aspect. The Chinese 
carry on a trade with the Papuans, whom they furnish with various 
instruments and utensils, and carry back ambergris, tortoise 
shells, birds of paradise, lories, and various other birds, which 
the natives dry with great skill. 

New Britain , New Ireland , and the Solomon Isles, situated 
rather to the eastward of Papua, have been little explored. In 
New Britain the nutmeg is said to be found in abundance, and 
the country is supposed to be populous. New Ireland ^produces 
the bread-fruit and cocoa-tree. The inhabitants are muscular 
and strong, and of a dark-brown complexion. Their houses are 
neatly built in the form of a bee-hive, but have no outlet for the 
smoke. Their food consists chiefly of fruit. 

New Caledonia and the New Hebrides were discovered by 
Captain Cook, in 1774. The former is represented as rocky and 
barren ; in the latter are found plaintains, sugar-canes, yams, and 
several kinds of fruit-trees. The natives resemble those of New 
Holland, and are dexterous in the use of the spear. 

New Zealand was first visited by Tasman, a Dutch navigator, 
in 1642, when seven of his men going ashore unarmed, were cru¬ 
elly slaughtered by the natives. The highest mountain hitherto 
observed, is that of Egmont, supposed to be 14,000 feet in height, 
the top of which is covered with perpetual snow. Among the 
few productions which have been examined, that of a particular 
species of flax has ^excited the greatest attention, being of a 
beautiful silky appearance, and the plant remarkably tall. Its 
culture has been attempted both in England and France, but 
without success. Rats and dogs are the only quadrupeds which 
have yet been discovered. 

The natives are among the most ferocious of the human race. 
They equal the tallest Europeans in stature. Their complexion 
is a dark brown. In combat they distort their features like de¬ 
mons. The captives taken in war are always eaten by the vic¬ 
tors ; and the bodies of the slain are immediately cut in pieces, 
broiled, and devoured, with the greatest satisfaction. Christian 
missionaries have lately established themselves here. 

Van Djemali's Land, is the last great division yet discovered 
of the wide expanse of Australasia. The productions and the 


POLYNESIA. 


279 


inhabitants seem to resemble those of New Holland, from 
whence it is separated by a strait, about 90 miles wide, inter¬ 
spersed with small islands. 

POLYNESIA. 

The Pelew Islands q produce ebony, cocoa, the bread-fruit, 
sugar-cane, and bamboo. The q natives are a gentle and amia¬ 
ble people, stout, and well-made. The men go entirely naked, 
while the women only wear two little aprons, or rather fringes, 
made of the husks of the cocoa-nut. Both sexes are tattooed, 
and the teeth are dyed black. 

The Ladrones are 12 or 14 in number, but not above 3 or 4 of 
them are inhabited. They q produce oranges, limes, cocoa-nuts, 
and that celebrated and remarkable tree which bears the bread¬ 
fruit. 

The Carolines are about 30 in number, and very populous, ex¬ 
cept 3, which are uninhabited. The natives resemble those of 
the Philippines, and chiefly live upon fish and cocoa-nuts. 

The Sandwich Islands were discovered by Captain Cook; and 
the island Owhyhee, the largest in the group, is unfortunately 
distinguished as the place where this illustrious navigator lost 
his life, being killed by the natives in an affray, which origin¬ 
ated rather in a sort of misunderstanding, than in ferocity of 
disposition, or premeditated design. 

The inhabitants are a mild and affectionate people, extremely 
ingenious, and are said to have made some progress in agricul¬ 
ture and manufactures. The principal article furnished for com¬ 
merce is sandal wood. These people have renounced idolatry, 
and missionaries from the United States have been very affec¬ 
tionately received. By them their language has been reduced 
to writing, the printing-press put into operation, and nearly 1000 
schools established, in which more than one fourth part of the 
whole population are receiving instruction. 

Marquesas Islands. The q natives of these islands are said to 
surpass all other nations in symmetry of shape and regularity of 
features ; and were it not for tattooing, which blackens the body 
by numerous punctures, the complexion would be only tawny, 
while the hair is of many colors, but none red. Some of the 
women are nearly as fair as Europeans ; among them, tattooing is 
not so universal. 

No quadrupeds have been observed here except hogs. Tame 
poultry is common, and the woods are filled with many beautiful 
birds. 

The Society Islands have attracted more attention than any 
other in Polynesia. By far the most q considerable of them is 
Otaheite, on which more has been written than on several king¬ 
doms in Europe. The q soil is fertile, and q produces in plenty 
the bread-fruit, the plantain, the cocoa, yams, and other esculent 


2S0 


AFRICA....BARBARY STATES. 


roots. The people of Otaheite are a remarkably mild and gentle 
race, kind and sociable, easily moved, and quickly passing from 
one emotion to another. They are cleanly in their persons, and 
polished in their habits of life. Their rude manufactures are 
truly wonderful, and evince the greatest ingenuity. Both sexes 
wear garlands of flowers and feathers, and the women use a kind 
of bonnet made of cocoa leaves. Idol worship has been abol¬ 
ished on several of these islands, and the inhabitants have em¬ 
braced the Christian faith. 

Friendly and Navigator's Islands. The Friendly Islands, in¬ 
cluding the Isles of the Navigators, are ^represented as well 
cultivated, and abounding in provisions. Tongataboo, particular¬ 
ly, is described as one of the best cultivated spots on the globe. 
The inhabitants of the Navigator’s Isles are very numerous, of 
great strength and stature, ferocious, and treacherous to stran¬ 
gers. Their language partakes of the dialect of the Malays, 
from whom they seem to have derived their dispositions. 


AFRICA. 

Our knowledge of Africa is almost wholly confined to its 
coasts ; its geography is, therefore, very incomplete. 

The q mode of travelling and carrying on trade over the im¬ 
mense deserts in the interior, is by caravans, or. troops of mer¬ 
chants and traders on camels. The number is various, from 2l)0 
to 2,000. Each caravan has a guard of janizaries or other forces, 
for its defence against the roving Arabs of the desert, who make 
robbery a profession. Their ‘‘course in the night is directed by 
the stars. 

The climate of Africa has at all times been ‘’noted for excess 
of heat, to which quality all its productions, animal and vegeta¬ 
ble, bear testimony. The dark hue and savage disposition of 
the inhabitants, and the peculiar ferocity of its numerous beasts 
of prey, seem in unison with the intense heat of the sun, and 
the wild horror of the deserts. 


BARBARY STATES. 

The q Barbary States are Morocco, Algiers, Tunis, and 
Tripoli. Morocco nearly corresponds to the ancient Maurita¬ 
nia, and Algiers to Numidia. 

B \ Rca, or, as it is called by the Arabs, the land of whirlwinds, 
is an extensive desert country, dependent on Tripoli, situated be- 



BARBARY STATES. 281 

tween Tripoli and Egypt. Here once stood the renowned tem¬ 
ple of Jupiter Ammon. 

These States are q noted for their hostility to the Christian 
name, and for their piracies exercised chiefly in the’Mediterra¬ 
nean sea, against all those Christian powers, which do not pur¬ 
chase their forbearance by a disgraceful tribute. Several nations, 
however, now refuse to purchase this forbearance, and have 
successfully defended their commerce. 

The circumstances of these States are so nearly similar, that 
a general description is all that will here he necessary. 

Face of the Country. The country, as far as it is known, is a 
diversified champaign. The Atlas mountains, fabled by the an¬ 
cients as supporting the heavens, appear to be a chain of no re¬ 
markable elevation, although some of their tops are said to be 
capped with perpetual snow. 

Climate , Soil, and Productions. The q climate in winter is 
temperate, but in summer the heat is excessive. The q soil par¬ 
takes of the genera] character of Africa, being light and sandy, 
except the valleys of Mount Atlas, and the lands bordering on 
the rivulets, which present in many places a deep, rich soil. 

Grain of all kinds is plentiful, and the wheat is of an excellent 
quality. Oil, wine, excellent fruits, sugar, cotton, silk, indigo, 
and drugs, are q produced in the different soils and situations. 
But with more industry, and better agriculture, the country would 
be far more productive. 

The ‘'domestic animals are the same as those of Europe, with 
the addition of the camel. The breed of horses is small, but 
elegant and swift. Game is plentiful, and beasts of prey are 
common among the recesses of the mountains. Minerals abound 
in the hilly regions, and some mines are wrought, particularly of 
copper. 

Commerce. The chief commerce of these States is in the 
hands of the French. That of Tunis is very considerable. The 
q exports are wool in large quantities, grain, olive oil, cattle, hides ; 
also ivory, and gold dust, which are obtained from Tombuctoo, 
a large commercial city in the central part of Africa. The trade 
between this city and Tunis is carried on by caravans, across the 
deserts. These caravans set out for Tombuctoo in October, and 
in June arrive again at Tunis. They carry out coarse woollen 
cloths, firearms, gunpowder, watches, and hardware. In return, 
they bring back slaves, ivory, and gold dust. 

Chief Cities. Morocco, containing about 80,000 inhabitants, 
the capital of the kingdom of the same name, is an extensive 
city, surrounded by a strong wall, cemented with a hard and 
durable kind of mortar. The principal edifices are the royal 
palace, and the mosques. 

Fez is a large city, and formerly the capital of a kingdom of 
the same name, now incorporated with Morocco. The houses 
are lofty and spacious ; it contains 700 mosques, 50 of which are 
24* 


282 


BARBARY STATES. 


highly ornamented. The population is supposed to be about 

] 00 , 000 . 

Algiers is reckoned the q chief of the piratical States. The 
city Algiers is situated on the seacoast, gradually rising from 
the shore, so as to afford a fine prospect of all its buildings. It 
is of no great compass, and meanly fortified on the land side ; 
but its harbour is secured by a mole, and other works of consid¬ 
erable strength. The city is reckoned to contain about 100,000 
inhabitants, who are a mixture of various nations and religions. 
The Dey’s palace, the mosques, barracks, and public baths, are 
the most conspicuous buildings. The surrounding territory is 
very fertile, and ornamented with gardens, groves, and country 
seats; nor is any thing wanting, but a better people, and a good 
government, to render Algiers a delightful abode. This place, in 
1816, was attacked by the English and Dutch fleets, under Lord 
Exmouth, with great success ; and in 18*29, by the French, who 
have expelled the Dey from his kingdom, and are now masters of 
the country. 

Oran is a well fortified town, and contains about 15,000 inhab¬ 
itants. 

Tunis, the capital of a kingdom of the same name, and resi¬ 
dence of the Dey, is the most ^commercial city on the African 
coast. Many of the inhabitants are employed in linen and wool¬ 
len manufactures. The ruins o'f ancient Carthage are at a small 
distance from this city. Population, 120,000. 

Tripoli is much declined from its former opulence and splen¬ 
dor. It is meanly built, and labors under the '‘disadvantage of 
want of water, and a barren circumjacent district. It has a con¬ 
siderable linen manufacture, and an excellent harbour, which is 
much visited by corsairs. Population, about 25,000. 

Derne is the chief town of Barca. This is the q place where 
our late gallant countryman, General Eaton, so much distin¬ 
guished himself in 1805. At the head of a small but intrepid 
band of troops, he crossed the desert from Egypt; and, after en¬ 
countering excessive hardship and fatigue, arrived before Derne, 
which he took by storm, and put to flight the army of Tripoli. 

Fezzan, lying south of Tripoli, is a small but fertile country, 
surrounded by deserts. Mourzouk, the capital, is noted as the 
centre of the caravan trade of Africa. Population, 3,000. 

Inhabitants. Barbary is chiefly inhabited by three q sorts of 
people ; the Moors, who are the aborigines of the country, the 
Arabs, and the Turks. The Moors are ignorant, superstitious, 
revengeful, and malicious. Their condition is abject and miser¬ 
able in the extreme, being crushed with a heavy load of taxes, 
and treated with the utmost cruelty by their insulting masters. 

The Arabs are a wandering race, who roam from place 
to place with their flocks and herds, and raise grain on the 
most fruitful spots ; some of them, however, are more addicted 


EGYPT. 


283 


to plunder than to the exertions of industry. They pay a tribute 
to the emperor, but are governed by their own elective sheiks. 

The Turks q form the highest, rank in the country, and possess 
all the chief offices of State. They are proud, indolent, volup¬ 
tuous, and revengeful; but at the same time, faithful, courageous, 
and tolerant. 

There are some Jews in this country, but they are despised 
and oppressed. The number of Christian^ and negro slaves is 
also considerable. Slaves of any color, who turn Mahometans, 
gain their freedom. The Jews and Christians who do this, are 
called Renegadoes , and may be advanced to honorable and 
lucrative employments. 

Religion. The religion is Mahometan, and the aversion 
against Christians is carried to a greater height in these than in 
any other of the Mahometan States. 

Literature. Except at the city of Tunis, scarcely so much as 
the shadow of literature or the arts, can be said to exist in any 
of the States of Barbary. 

Government. In all these States the government is despotic, 
and there is little security for person or property. 

EGYPT. 

The early culture and population of Egypt are attested by the 
most ancient records of the human race. But, like most other 
seats of early renown, Egypt has lost much of its relative impor¬ 
tance ; many of its former cities, overwhelmed by despotism and 
ignorance, are laid level with the dust, and their former celebrity 
is now chiefly known by their magnificent ruins. But Egypt is 
receiving light. Mohamet Ali, the present reigning Pacha, a 
very superior man, is making the utmost exertions to improve the 
condition of his people. He patronizes the arts and sciences, 
and has invited to his country, from England and France, some 
of the first masters and artists. Thither, also, he has sent young 
men, both of the higher and lower orders, for their education. A 
newspaper is now published in Egypt, and steamboats run on 
the Nile. 

Face of the Country. Upper Egypt, commencing at Syene and 
terminating at Cairo, is a narrow vale, from nine to twenty-five 
miles wide, bounded on each side by precipitous rocks or sandy 
mountains. Lower Egypt, which comprehends the whole coun¬ 
try between Cairo and the Mediterranean, is a vast plain, with 
the Delta, the most fertile and important portion of Egypt, nearly 
in its centre. 

River. The Nile, the sole river of Egypt, and its •’character- 
istic feature, flows, for the most part, in a straight course nearly 
due north. Its greatest breadth is about one third of a mile, and 
its depth, when free from inundation, not more than 12 feet. Of 


284 


EGYPT. 


the mouths of the Nile, mentioned by ancient writers, several 
are choked up, and those of Rosetta and Marietta alone remain 
considerable. The whole Delta is cut by communicating chan¬ 
nels, partly natural, and partly artificial, many of which are dry 
at low water. The annual inundation of the Nile, the great viv¬ 
ifying principle of Egypt, is the consequence of the periodical 
rains in the Abyssinian mountains. It q begins about the 19th of 
June, and diffuses a muddy deluge over the land as far as its in¬ 
fluence extends; but it is an error to suppose that the whole of 
Egypt is converted into a sea, with villages and trees emerging 
from the waves, according to some poetical descriptions. This 
is indeed true of the parts of the Delta nearest to the sea; but 
to other districts the water is led by canals, from which it is 
raised by machines to fertilize the fields. The river subsides to 
its natural level in October, having left a rich manure on the sur¬ 
face of the ground. 

Climate. To us it seems astonishing that a country should 
subsist at all without rain ; yet such is the case with most parts 
of Egypt. The whole ^quantity of rain that falls in a year at 
Cairo could not be reckoned equivalent to a shower of an hour’s 
duration; in other parts it is still less, or rarely known at all; so 
that the whole dependence for the element so necessary to the 
purposes of life, is upon the river. 

The ^climate from March to November is excessively hot, and 
the winds from the surrounding desert, loaded with particles of 
fine dust, and saline exhalations, are very troublesome, and par¬ 
ticularly noxious to the eyes. 

Soil. The q soil in general is a pure black mould, of a tena¬ 
cious and unctuous nature, free from stones, and when sufficiently 
moistened, astonishingly fertile. 

Productions. The ‘‘productions are rice, chiefly cultivated on 
the Delta, wheat, barley, maize, millet, flax, hemp, sugar-cane, 
olives, figs, dates, oranges, onions, leeks, senna, and several other 
medicinal plants. Wheat and barley, sown in October and No¬ 
vember, ripen in February and March, and are immediately suc¬ 
ceeded by garden herbs, and these by cucumbers, &c. for where 
the waters of the river can be procured, the ground, which is 
never suffered to be idle, furnishes three crops in a year. 

The domestic animals are the same as those of Europe, with 
the addition of the camel. Chickens are hatched in great num¬ 
bers, by means of artificial heat. 

Crocodiles are numerous on the banks of the Nile in Upper 
Egypt. The ichneumon destroys their eggs. Chameleons are 
frequent in the neighbourhood of Cairo, and lizards and vipers of 
various sorts abound in different parts of the country. 

Commerce. Egypt is well situated for commerce. The chief 
q exports are rice, wheat, flax, sugar, sal-ammoniac, saltpetre, 
dressed leather, and linen. 

Towns. The principal city of Egypt is Cairo, ‘'situated on 


EGYPT. 


285 


the Nile, just above its divisions into the branches which form 
the Delta. Cairo had once an extensive commerce, and even 
now it is considered as the q chief mart of Eastern Africa. Car¬ 
avans visit it from the countries lying south and west, which 
bring slaves, gold dust, ivory, gums, and drugs. Yemen sends it 
coffee and frankincense. It has communications with Tunis and 
Tripoli, with Syria, and Constantinople, and with the different 
trading countries of Europe. Various manufactures are also 
carried on within its walls. Its population has been estimated at 
MOO,000 ; but visitations of the plague frequently thin its numbers. 
Joseph’s well is a great curiosity. It is 270 feet deep, through a 
solid rock, with circular steps to the bottom. 

Alexandria, once the seat of learning, and of royal magnifi¬ 
cence, is q next to Cairo in modern importance, although it ex¬ 
hibits few marks of its ancient grandeur, except such as are seen 
in its extensive ruins. One of Cleopatra’s needles is still stand¬ 
ing, and two obelisks, each a single cone, 60 feet high, and 7 feet 
square at the base. Pompey’s pillar and the catacombs are half 
a league without the walls. Population, about 20,000. 

Damietta, near the site of the ancient Pelusium, and Rosetta, 
are large commercial towns. 

Inhabitants. The ‘'inhabitants are Copts, Arabs, Turks, Mam¬ 
elukes, and some Jews. The Copts are the descendants of the 
ancient Egyptians, of a very swarthy complexion, but ingenious, 
and well fitted for business. The Arabs are of two classes, those 
settled in towns and villages, and the rambling Bedouins, who 
have no home but the deserts ; no possessions but their flocks 
and herds; and who are robbers by profession. The Turks are 
settled chiefly about Cairo. They claim to be the ^dominant 
nation, but have no influence. The ^Mamelukes are military 
slaves, children of Christian parents, and, for the most part, na¬ 
tives of Georgia, Circassia, and Mingrelia, countries situated at 
the foot of Mount Caucasus. They are brought up to the use of 
arms, and possess the sole public force. The q Jews devote 
themselves to commerce and manufactures. 

Religion. The Copts profess themselves to be Christians of 
the Greek church; but Mahometanism is the prevailing religion 
among the natives. 

Language. The ^general language of Egypt is the Arabic; 
the Coptic no longer existing but in manuscripts. 

Education. Schools are now established in this country for 
the instruction of all orders of people, in reading, writing, and 
arithmetic. There is also a military school, and schools of med¬ 
icine and anatomy, according to models in Europe. 

Government. The government is despotic, but Mohamet Ali, 
who is now at its helm, is emphatically the father of his people. 

Antiquities. Egypt everywhere abounds with the most stu¬ 
pendous monuments of antiquity. Of these, the most q noted are 
the pyramids, the largest of which is 500 feet in perpendicular 
height, and covers 10 acres of ground. 


*286 


EAST AFRICA....NUBIA....ABYSSINIA. 


EAST AFRICA. 

East Africa includes all the countries on the eastern coast, 
between the tropics, comprehending Nubia, Abyssiisia, and the 
countries south of Abyssinia. 

NUBIA. 

To the south of Egypt is an extensive tract in which the an¬ 
cients chiefly placed their Ethiopia, while the Arabian geogra¬ 
phers have termed it Nubia. The northern part of this country 
is an immense desert of sand. Mr. Bruce crossed it from Goose 
to Syene. The only interesting objects he remarked were the 
moving pillars of sand, and the Simoora. The pillars of sand 
follow the course of the wind, and often with such rapidity, that 
the swiftest horse would in vain attempt to escape them. The 
Simoora, or poisonous blast from the desert, has the appearance 
of a haze at a distance, in color like the purple part of the rain¬ 
bow. The only ^recourse for the traveller, is to fall flat upon the 
ground, with his face to the earth, as an inhalation of the fatal 
atmosphere it brings, is soon succeeded by death. 

On the borders of the Nile are some fertile and populous dis¬ 
tricts, which compose the two kingdoms of Dojvgola and Sen- 
naar, the capitals of which are of the same name. Sf.nnaar, 
the most distinguished of the two, is an empire of negroes, who 
invaded the country in 1504, and founded the town of Sennaar 
for their capital. The houses are of but one story, and all built 
of clay. The king is styled the Mek of Sennaar. The troops 
fight naked, except the cavalry, who are armed with coats of 
mail, and mounted on black horses. The q chief food of the in¬ 
habitants is millet. The climate is neither pleasant nor healthy. 
The mercury often rises to T20 degrees. Neither sheep, cattle, 
poultry, dog, or cat, will live at Sennaar, or many miles around it. 
No tree but the lemon flowers near the city. 


ABYSSINIA. 

On the south of Sennaar commences the territories of Abys¬ 
sinia, a kingdom of ancient fame. The heat of this tropical re¬ 
gion is tempered by the mountains with which it is overspread, 
and by the heavy rains which fall during the months from April 
to November. 

The q vegetable productions are numerous, among which are 
various kinds of grain, particularly wheat, which is excellent. 
Among the native trees and shrubs may be enumerated the tam¬ 
arind, sycamore, fig, and the trees that yield myrrh and balsam 
of Mecca. The coffee shrub and date palm are also cultivated. 


COUNTRIES SOUTH OF ABYSSINIA. 


287 


The wild animals are the elephant, rhinoceros, lion, and pan¬ 
ther. The hyena is very common, and so audacious as to haunt 
the streets by night. Wild boars, antelopes, and monkeys en¬ 
liven the woods, and the hippopotamus and crocodile abound in 
the rivers. Of domestic animals, horned cattle are numerous. 
The horses are of a small breed, but full of spirit. 

The people of Abyssinia are supposed anciently to have been 
a colony from the opposite coast of Arabia, their features being 
of the same cast, but their complexions darker. Although they 
have long lived under a certain degree of civilization, their man¬ 
ners are rude, and their dispositions ferocious; nor has the 
Christian religion, which they adopted in the 4th century, from 
the Greek church, much contributed to the improvement of their 
morals. They retain in conjunction with it, the rite of circum¬ 
cision, and practise polygamy, or at least, a free and open'con- 
cubinage. Great licentiousness prevails in the intercourse be¬ 
tween the sexes. 

The government is an absolute monarchy, under the neguz 
or king, who is considered as the sole proprietor of the land. 
Insurrections are frequent, and petty wars are continually carry¬ 
ing on with the neighbouring States, especially with the Gallas, 
a numerous and savage tribe at the south of Abyssinia. 

Gondar is q the capital, and is said to contain 50,000 inhabit¬ 
ants. Axum, the former capital, is distinguished by extensive 
ruins, among which are many obelisks of granite. 


COUNTRIES SOUTH OF ABYSSINIA. 

The long range of sea-coast from Cape Guardafui, at the en¬ 
trance of the Red Sea, to the Cape of Good Hope, is possessed 
by a number of separate States or tribes, of which we have very 
little knowledge. The q first Europeans who visited these parts 
were the Portuguese, near the close of the 15th century. At 
that time there were many flourishing and well built towns along 
the coast, which had been originally settled by the Moors or 
Mahometans, from the shores of Arabia. Some of these were 
great marts of commerce, and held a correspondence with other 
settlements made by the same people on the western coast of 
Hindostan. The inland country was inhabited by the aboriginal 
natives, who were nearly in a savage state. The Portuguese, by 
their superior skill and valor, expelled the Moors from many of 
these towns, and took possession of such as they did not entirely 
destroy. These, however, they have been compelled to relinquish, 
except several small settlements and forts on the coast of Mo¬ 
zambique and Sofala. 

Adel is ^situated on the coast to the southeast of Abyssinia. 
Zeila is the ^principal seaport. The country q yields abun- 


288 


SOUTH AFRICA. 


dance of wheat, barley, and millet. The q chief exports are 
gold dust, frankincense, ivory, and slaves. 

Berbera extends from Adel to Cape Guardafui. Its ^produc¬ 
tions are gums, myrrh, and frankincense, in which it excels all 
other countries. 

The coast of Ajan presents an extensive tract of sandy des¬ 
erts, thinly inhabited by a few scattered Arabian tribes. JVJaga- 
doxa, the q capital of a kingdom of the same name, is a place of 
considerable commerce with the Arabs, and the people of Aden. 

The coast of Zanguebar is ^represented in general as 
marshy and unhealthy. Melinda, the capital of a kingdom of the 
same name, is a place of considerable trade. Its q exports are 
gold, ivory, wax, and drugs. Quiloa is also the capital of a king¬ 
dom. The houses are of stone, several stories high, and have 
large gardens behind them. 

The coast of Mozambique succeeds, regarded as subject to 
the Portuguese. The inhabitants are black, but speak the Ara¬ 
bic language. The Portuguese city of Mozambique, situated on 
an island about two miles from the continent, is large and popu¬ 
lous, containing many churches and monasteries. 

In the interior, back of the coast of Mozambique, is Moca- 
ranga, a powerful and extensive kingdom. The inhabitants here 
are also blacks. Some of the mountainous parts abound in gold. 
The Portuguese have a station near the mountains of Fura, 
about 600 miles within land, where the largest quantities of that 
metal are found. 

At Sofala, the Portuguese have a settlement and a fort. The 
country is said to be fertile, and to contain mines of gold of con¬ 
siderable value. The original natives are black ; but a colony 
of Arabs has been settled on the coast, and their descendants 
retain the Arabian complexion, with a dialect of the language. 


SOUTH AFRICA. 

q South Africa includes Caffraria, and the English Colony 
of the Cape of Good Hope. 

Caffraria is sometimes applied to all that part of South 
Africa which is not included in the Cape Colony, embracing 
many native tribes. Our chief acquaintance is with the Caffers, 
who are a people of a shining black color, tall, well-made, 
peaceable, brave, not unacquainted with the arts of life, and 
much superior in appearance to the neighbouring African tribes. 

Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. 

The Cape of Good Hope was q first discovered by the Portu¬ 
guese in the year 1487. It was afterwards colonized by the 
Dutch, and by them delivered up to the British in 1806, in whose 


WEST AFRICA. 


289 


possession it still remains. It is considered to be the most im¬ 
portant possession of the English in Africa, containing a popula¬ 
tion of about 62 000 inhabitants. 

This celebrated colony, which occupies the whole of the 
southern extremity of Africa, is almost 550 miles in length, from 
east to west, and 2-13 in breadth. It is overspread in many parts 
by ridges of mountains. One of the most Quoted is Table 
Mountain. Large tracts are unfit for cultivation. 

Through the mountains of Africa are natural defiles, the most 
remarkable of which forms the only communication from the 
country of the Hottentots to the country beyond the mountains. 
It is called Holland’s KlofFe, a view of which is annexed. 



Holland’s kloffe. 


The ^staples of the colony are wine and brandy. Twelve 
sorts of wine are made here ; that called Conslantia is particu¬ 
larly celebrated. The ^natives of this part of Africa are prin¬ 
cipally comprehended under the name of Hottentots, among 
whom are many Christian Missionaries, laboring with much 
success. The colony derives its '’chief importance from the 
circumstance of its being a place of refreshment to the East 
India fleets. 

Cape Town, q the capital, is regular and handsome, the streets 
being broad, and intersecting each other at right angles. It con- 
tains' 5 about 9,000 whites, and 10,000 blacks. 

WEST AFRICA. 

From the Cape Colony to Cape Negro, the coast is very little 
known to Europeans; and it is not till about the 13th degree 
of south latitude, that a country commences, which, from its 
population and fertility has obtained distinction in the history 
of West Africa. It is called the Coast of Congo, and ^contains 
the kingdoms Benguela, Angola, Congo, and Loango. 









*290 


COAST OF GUINEA. 


The ^general face of the country near the sea is low and flat., 
with a clayey or marshy soil, void of stone. Zaire is the most 
^considerable river. The ^productions are those usually within 
the tropics; millet, maize, cassava, yams, and potatoes. The 
sugar-cane is also cultivated, w ith cotton, indigo, varieties of the 
palm, and fine fruits of various kinds. Mines of lead and cop¬ 
per are worked in the upper country. The CJ climate is exces¬ 
sively hot, and in many parts extremely unhealthy to foreigners, 
particularly in Benguela, where even the provisions are thought 
to be unwholesome to Europeans. 

Of these countries, Congo is the CJ principal for extent and 
population, and has at times exercised a kind of dominion over 
the rest, but at the expense of frequent and bloody wars. The 
people are reputed as having little of the negro feature, though 
perfectly black, with woolly hair. The Portuguese have a set¬ 
tlement at St. Salvador, the ^capital city, not far from the great 
river Zaire. The king, whom they have converted to their re¬ 
ligion, appears to be entirely under their influence, and the whole 
country virtually under their dominion. 

Loango is inhabited by a people who are industrious, and pos¬ 
sess several of the useful arts. Loango, the capital, contains 
about 15,000 inhabitants. The Portuguese are said to have been 
entirely expelled from this country. 

COAST OF GUINEA. 

A few degrees to the north of the equator, the African const 
makes a great turn to the west, forming an extensive region, well 
known by the name of Guinea. This tract has, by European 
traders, been divided into several distinct coasts, each named 
after its principal commercial product. 

That which first occurs on turning westward, is denominated 
the Slave coast, being resorted to for little other merchandise 
than that of human beings ; although this iniquitous traffic is by 
no means peculiar to this part of Guinea, but has been carried 
on along the whole coast from Cape Negro to the river Senegal. 
It is, however, pleasant to remark, that the slave-trade having 
been lately abolished in the dominions of England, France, Den¬ 
mark, and the United States, is now nearly restricted to the 
Spanish, Portuguese, and Dutch colonies, — if not wholly extir¬ 
pated, it is exceedingly curtailed ; and no doubt can be enter¬ 
tained, that its final extinction, among all the nations of Europe, 
is no distant event. 

Benin and Dahomey are two powerful kingdoms on this 
coast. The <J face of the country is level, the ‘'soil fertile, and 
entirely free from stone. The climate is hot, and extremely un¬ 
healthy. Maize, millet, yams, potatoes, oranges, melons, pine¬ 
apples, plantains, bananas, the sugar-cane, indigo, cotton, and 
tobacco are successfully cultivated. 

Benin has been one of the principal marts for slaves. They 


COAST OF GUINEA. 


291 


are called in the West Indies, Eboes. The people of this coun¬ 
try are gentle in their dispositions, good tempered, and consid¬ 
erably civilized in their manners. The capital city, called also 
Benin, is spacious and well peopled, and contains thirty streets ; 
but the houses are only low hovels built of clay. 

Dahomey is an inland kingdom. Its capital town is Abomey, 
containing 24,000 inhabitants. The government is one of the 
most despotic on the face of the globe. The Dahomians have 
several useful arts and manufactures, and appear to be in a high¬ 
er state of civilization than any of the other negro nations with 
which the Europeans are acquainted. 

The Gold Coast succeeds, q so named from the quantity of 
that metal brought down from the interior country, and employed 
as a medium of commerce. The English have a number of forts 
and factories here. 

The Ivory Coast is less known than the former. It q derives 
its name from the great quantity of elephants’ teeth brought 
down as an article of traffic. The slaves from this, and the Gold 
Coast, are, in the West Indies, called Coromantyns. They are 
distinguished from all the other negroes by firmness, both of body 
and mind ; by activity, courage, and elevation of soul, which 
prompts them to enterprises of difficulty and danger, and enables 
them to meet tortures and death with fortitude and indifference. 

The Grain or Pepper Coast, q derives its name from a species 
of pepper, named Malaguetta, which used to be its principal 
commercial product. Cape Mesurado is on this coast, and is dis¬ 
tinguished fora settlement, called Liberia, formed by the Amer¬ 
ican Colonization Society, as a place of resort for the free blacks 
and emancipated slaves of the United States. It is in a prosper¬ 
ous state. Monrovia is the principal town. 

The coast which next succeeds, has been called the country 
of Sierra Leone, a name given by the Portuguese to a chain of 
mountains much infested, it is said, with lions. This coast is dis¬ 
tinguished principally for an English settlement which has been 
formed in the bay of Sierra Leone, with the benevolent intention 
of civilizing the natives, and for the purpose of cultivating West 
India and other tropical productions on the banks of the river 
Sierra Leone, from the mouth of which, at the distance of six 
miles, stands Freetown, the capital of the colony. 

Northward stretches the populous tract washed by the rivers 
Gambia and Senegal, q called by modern Geographers, Senegam- 
bia. St, Louis and Gallam are q French settlements on the river 
Senegal. Bahurst is an q English settlement, at the mouth of 
the Gambia. As far as these rivers have been navigated by 
Europeans, their banks generally have been found well cultiva¬ 
ted and thickly inhabited. 

Northward of the mouth of the Senegal the coast becomes 
barren, and is inhabited only by wandering tribes of Arabs, as 
far as the frontiers of the kingdom or empire of Morocco, which 
completes the circuit of Africa. 


292 INTERIOR OF AFRICA....AFRICAN ISLANDS. 


INTERIOR OF AFRICA. 

The interior of Africa is very little known. Its q two grand 
divisions are Soudan or Nigritia, on the south, and Sahara 
or Great Desert, on the north. 

Soudan contains both Moorish and Negro kingdoms, with 
many populous towns, one of the most ^celebrated of which is 
Tombuctoo, the capital of this part of Africa, and the medium of 
commercial intercourse with the northern and eastern countries. 
The q great river of Central Africa is the Niger. Great un¬ 
certainty has prevailed as to the rise, course, and termination of 
this river. It is now pretty well ascertained, that it discharges 
its waters into the Gulf of Guinea. The largest lakes which 
have been discovered are Tchad and Moravi. 

AFRICAN ISLANDS. 

Madagascar. This noble island, the largest in the world ex¬ 
cept New Holland and Borneo, has recently been converted to 
Christianity and civilization, by the missionaries of the London 
Association. It is 900 miles in length, fertile, and well watered. 
The ^climate is healthy, and the heat not excessive. There 
are scarcely any of the tropical vegetables which either do not 
grow here spontaneously, or may not be successfully cultivated. 

To the east of Madagascar, are the well known Isles of Bour¬ 
bon, and Mauritius, or Isle of France, the former belonging to 
France, and the latter to Great Britain. These islands, partic¬ 
ularly the former, are ^subject to tremendous hurricanes. They 
are not very fertile. The Isle of Bourbon is the q best culti¬ 
vated and ^produces sugar-cane, cotton, and coffee. An at¬ 
tempt has been made to introduce into it the clove and nut¬ 
meg trees; but though they have thriven in some measure, 
their product is inferior in quality to that of the Dutch Spice 
Islands. Both of these islands show marks of a volcanic origin ; 
and that of Bourbon has a volcano, of which the eruptions are 
almost continual. 

Socotra is situated about 120 miles east of Cape Guardafui. 
It is r ‘celebrated for its aloes, the best in the world. 

The Comoro islands are four in ^number. They are extremely 
^fertile in rice, sugar, cocoa, oranges, lemons, &c. The inhab¬ 
itants are Arabians, tributary to the Portuguese. 

St. Helena c ‘lies between the continents of Africa and South 
America, 1,200 miles west of the former, and 1,800 east of the 
latter, and is 20 C| miles in circumference. It is a delightful and 
salubrious island, and tolerably fertile when not visited by 
long droughts, which sometimes occur. There is only one 
harbour, which is of difficult access and easy defence. The En¬ 
glish, who have occupied this island nearly two centuries, have 
here about 300 families, and keep upon it a small garrison. 
It is found ^useful as a place of call and rendezvous of the 
East India ships, particularly in time of war, when advices and 



AFRICAN ISLANDS....AZORES. 


293 


orders are sent hither for the direction of homeward bound 
vessels. This was the residence of Bonaparte, while a prisoner 
to the allied sovereigns of Europe, where he died May 5, 1821. 

The uninhabited isle Ascension, situated some degrees to 
the northward of St. Helena, is occasionally q visited by ship¬ 
ping for the refreshments of turtle and sea fowl. 

The Cape de Verd Islands, containing about 40,000 inhabit¬ 
ants, ^belong to the Portuguese, and are 14 in number, of which 
the ^principal is St. Jago. These islands are reckoned un¬ 
healthy ; and the q soil is for the most part stony and barren. 
The ^product, for which they are chiefly frequented by foreign 
ships, is salt, formed naturally hy evaporation from the sea-water, 
and requiring no other trouble than that of raking it from the 
ponds in which it granulates. 

The Canary, or Fortunate Islands, 13 in number, q belonging 
to Spain, form an interesting group. Seven of these are inhab¬ 
ited, and q afford wheat and barley, sugar, wine, fruits, and silk. 
The q soil is excellent, and the climate pleasant and salubrious. 
The most q remarkable of them is Teneriffe, famous for its 
lofty mountain or peak, which ranks among the highest meas¬ 
ured summits, and is visible to a vast distance at sea. It is 
covered with snow during a great part of the year, and its top 
is always extremely cold. The island, and that of Palma, q pro- 
duce the celebrated Canary wine. The capital of the Canaries 
is the town of Palma, in the island properly called Canary. 
The whole number of inhabitants is estimated at 200,000, of 
whom nearly half reside in Teneriffe. 

Madeira, belonging to Portugal, is a fine island, about 50 
miles in length, and 20 in breadth. Funchel is the principal 
town. This island is q remarkable for its excellent wine, called 
Madeira, of which it is computed 18,000 pipes are exported 
annually. Its principal trade is with the English and Ameri¬ 
cans. The population is estimated at 90,000. 

AZORES, OR WESTERN ISLANDS. 

The Azores, or Western Islands, may be mentioned here in 
connexion with the foregoing, although far remote from either 
Europe or Africa. They are nine in number, ^subject to the 
Portuguese, containing a population of about 200,000. St. Mi¬ 
chael, Fayal, and Tercera, are the- principal ones. Angra, the 
capital of Tercera, is the seat of government. St. Michael is 
noted for small oranges of remarkable sweetness and flavor. Its 
capital is Ponta del Gada. One of them named Pico, has a peak 
scarcely inferior in height to that of Teneriffe. The Azores are 
in general mountainous, and q subject to earthquakes and tem¬ 
pestuous winds; but the q climate is fine, and the land in many 
parts fertile, yielding the products of the southern parts of the 
temperate zone, such as grain, wine, and fruits. 


BRIEF SKETCH 


OF 

ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


The knowledge of the ancient Greeks and Romans, in geo- 
r rphy was very limited. Although they possessed navigation, 
yet the magnetic needle had not been invented. Without this 
Avonderful guide, their mariners could not safely venture far from 
land ; extensive seas were never crossed ; distant countries were 
never explored. 

They had no acquaintance with the countries north of Ger¬ 
many. The peninsula formed by the Baltic and the White Sea, 
comprehending Sweden, Norway, and Lapland, was by them 
called Scandinavia, and was supposed to consist of a number of 
Islands. East of Germany, and north of the Black Sea, was 
Sarmatia, noAv Russia, equally unknown to them. In A-ia 
they knew nothing north of the Caspian, but comprehended all 
the country under the general name of Scythia. 

India they knew as far as the Ganges. In Africa they knew 
little beyond latitude 10° N., and little of that perfectly, beyond 
the immediate coast of the Mediterranean, and the banks of the 
Nile. America Avas entirely unknoAvn to them. 


EUROPE. 


Ancient Names. 
Mare Mediterraneum, 
Pontus Euxinus, 
Codanus Sinus, 
yEgeurn Mare, 
Popontis, 

Palus Moeotis, 


Principal Seas. 

Modern Names. 
Mediterranean Sea, 
Black Sea, 

Baltic Sea, 

Archipelago, 

Sea of Marmora, 

Sea of Azof. 


Ancient Names. 
Fretum Herculeum, 
Fretum Gallicum, 
Hellespont, 

Thracian Bosphorus, 
Cimmerian Bosphorus, 


Principal Straits. 

Modern Names. 
Strait of Gibraltar, 

Strait of Dover, 
Dardanelles, 

Stiait of Constantinople, 
Strait ofCaffa, or Jenikale. 



ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


295 


Principal Rivers. 


An. Names. 
Is ter, 

Hypanis, 

Borysthenes, 

Tanais, 


Mod. Names. 
Danube, 
Dniester, 
Dnieper, 

Don, 


An. Names. 
Rha, 

Rhenus, 

Albis, 

Padua, 


Mod. Names. 
Volga, 
Rhine, 

Elb, 

Po. 


BRITAIN. 

Little is known of Great Britain before the invasion of it by 
the Romans under Julius Cresar. They extended their conquests 
as far as Scotland, then called Caledonia, and the inhabitants 
Picti, or Piets, who by their frequent incursions greatly harassed 
the Roman Colony, to prevent which the Romans built a famous 
wall, extending from Newcastle to Carlisle, 68 miles, called 
Hadrian’s Wall. 

Londinum, now London, was one of the principal towns. 

The ancient name of Ireland was Hibernia, and the sea which 
separates it from Britain, Mare Hibernicum. 


SPAIN. 


The ancient name of Spain was Hispania; it was also called 
Iberia, and sometimes Hesperia, by the Greeks. 

Spain was divided by the Romans at first, into two provinces, 
called Hispania Citerior, or Hither Spain, and Hispania Ulterior, 
or Farther Spain. It was afterwards divided into three parts; 
Tarraconensis, Bcetica, and Lusitania. The last corresponded 
nearly to the country now called Portugal. 

Mount Calpe, now the rock of Gibraltar, in Spain, and Mount 
Abyla, another promontory, 18 miles distant, on the opposite 
shore in Africa, were supposed by the ancients to have been 
united until rent asunder by Hercules to open a communication 
between the Mediterranean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean; hence 
they were called the Pillars of Hercules. 


Principal Rivers. 

An. Names. Mod. Names. 


Iberus, 

Ebro, 

Boetis, 

Guadalquivir, 

Anas, 

Guadiana, 

Tagus, 

Tagus, 

Durius, 

Duero. 


Principal Towns. 

An. Names. Mod. Names. 


Toletum, 
Carthagonova, 
Gades, 
Hispalis, 
Olisippo, 


Toledo, 
Carthagena, 
Cadiz, 
Seville, 
Lisbon. 


The islands Majorca and Minorca were called by the Romans, 
Baleares Insulae, and by the Greeks, Gymnesiae. Their inhabit¬ 
ants were celebrated for their skill in slinging. 




296 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


GAUL. 


Gaul, by the Romans, was called “ Gallia Ulterior, or Trans- 
alpina,” Gaul beyond the Alps, to distinguish it from “ Gallia 
Citerior, or Cisalpina,” which lay oh the same side of the Alps 
with Rome, and properly forms a part of Italy. It comprehended 
not only Modern France, but also the Netherlands, Switzerland, 
and some part of Germany. 

Gaul was originally divided among tine three great nations ; 
the Belgae, Celts, and Aquitania. It was divided by the Romans 
into four provinces. 


1. Gallia Belgica, 3. Aquitania, 

2. Gallia Lugdunensis, 4. Gallia Narbonensis. 


Ancient Names. 
Oceanus Aquitanicus, 
Oceanus Britannicus, 
Fretum Gallicum, 
Gallicus Sinus, 


Principal Bays , fyc. 

Modern Names. 
Bay of Biscay, 
British Channel, 
Strait of Dover, 
Gulf of Lyons. 


Principal Rivers. 

An. Names. Mod. Names 


Rhenus, 

Scaldis, 

Sequana, 

Li-ger, 

Garumna, 

Rhodanus, 


Rhine, 

Scheldt, 

Seine, 

Loire, 

Garonne, 

Rhone. 


Principal Towns. 

An. x Names. Mod. Names. 

Lugdunum, Lyons, 

Lutetia Parisiorum, Paris, 

Burdigala, Bourdeaux, 

Massilia, Marseilles, 

Lugdunum Batavorum, Leyden. 


GERMANY. 


Germany, by the Romans called Germania, extended from the 
Rhine to the Vistula, and from the Baltic to the Danube. 

The most distinguished of the German nations were the Suevi, 
contiguous to the Baltic; the Hermiones, adjacent to the Dan¬ 
ube, and the Istaevones, adjacent to the Rhine. 

Hercynia Sylvia was an immense forest, so called, of such vast 
extent, that it took Caesar nine days to cross it, and it had been 
travelled longitudinally sixty days’ journey without coming to a 
boundary. 


ITALY. 

Italy, by the ancients called Italia, was the most celebrated 
country in Europe. It was also called, at different periods, by 
various other names, as Hesperia, Ausonia, CEnotria, Saturnia. 

Its grand divisions were Gallia Cisalpina, comprehending all 
the northern part, and Italia Propria, comprehending the remain- 



ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 297 

der, the most southern part of which, at one time was called 
Magna Grcecia. 

A comparative view of the ancient and modern divisions may 
be seen in the following Table. 


Cisalpine Gaul, 


Italy Proper, 


'Liguria, 
Taurini, 
Insubres, 
Cennomanni, 
, Euganei, 

‘ Veneti, 

Carni, 

Histria, 

Lingones, 

Boii, 

; Etruria, 
Umbria, 
Picenum, 
Latium, 
i Campania, 

^ Samnium, 
Apulia, 
Calabria, 
Lucania, 
Brutii, 


Kingdom of Sardinia. 


► Austrian Italy. 


Modena, Parma, and part of States 
of the Church, 

Tuscany and Lucca. 


► Kingdom of Naples. 


Seas. The principal seas were Mare Adriaticum, Sive Supe- 
rum, or Upper Sea, now the Gulf of Venice; Mare Tuscum, 
Tyrrhenum, Sive Inferum, or Lower Sea, on the west; and the 
Mare Ionium, or Ionian Sea, on the south. 


Principal Rivers 


An. Names. 

Padus, or Eridanus, 
Athesis, 

Mincius, 

Arnus, 

Tiber, 


Mod. Names. 
Po, 
Adige, 
Mincio, 
Arno, 
Tiber. 


Principal Towns. 

An. Names. Mod. Names. 

Rome, Rome, 

Pai thenope, or Neapolis, Naples, 
Florentia, Florence, 

Patavium, Padua, 

Mediolanum, Milan. 


Rome was founded 753 years before the birth of Christ, by 
Romulus. It was built on seven hills, and although, in its origin, 
one of the most humble of cities, was destined to become the 
capital of the largest empire in the ancient world. It was from 
15 to 20 miles in circumference, surrounded hy a wall on which 
were 644 watch-towers. It had 37 gates, and was watered by 
seven aqueducts, carried over valleys and supported by arches, 
at an immense expense. Some of these aqueducts still remain. 

Roads. The principal Roman roads were Via Appia, from 
Rome to Brundusium, now Brindisi, at which place, the Romans 
usually embarked for Greece; Via Flaminia, Via Aurelia, and 
Via Claudia. 









293 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


ITALIAN ISLANDS. 

Sicania, called also Trinacria, from its irregular shape, (now 
Sicily,) is the largest of the Italian Islands, and was formerly so 
fertile as to be reckoned one of the granaries of the Roman 
Empire. 

It had three noted promontories: 1. Pelorum, at the east, adja¬ 
cent to Italy; 2. Pachynum, at the south; 3. Lilyboeum, at the 
west. 

The ancients fabled that the giant Typhoeus, was buried under 
Sicily : Pelorum and Pachynum being placed on each arm, Lily- 
bceum on his feet, and .Etna on his head, and that the earth¬ 
quakes and eruptions of Etna were caused by his attempting to 
move. 

Near Messana (now Messina) on the Sicilian shore, was Cha- 
rybdis, and above it on the Italian shore, Scylla, two well-known 
objects of terror to ancient mariners, though now much less 
formidable. 

Syracusa (now Syracuse) and Agrigentum, were two of the 
most celebrated cities. 

Insulae Eoliae were said to be the residence of Aeolus, the 
supposed god of the winds. Here also Vulcan was supposed to 
have his forges, hence they were sometimes called Vulcanse. 
They are now called the Lipari Islands. 

GREECE. 

Greece was called by the natives Hellas, and the people were 
called Hellenes. By the poets the inhabitants were called 
Achaei, Danai, Pelasgi, Argivi, Achivi, &c. 

Greece anciently was divided into Peloponnesus, Greece 
Proper, Thessaly, Epirus, and Macedonia. 

Peloponnesus is the peninsula now called Morea, connected 
with the rest of Greece by the narrow isthmus of Corinth. On 
this isthmus the Isthmian games were celebrated in honor of 
Neptune. 


Principal Bays and Straits . 


Ancient Karnes. 
Corinthiacus Sinus, 
Saronicus Sinus, 
Argolicus Sinus, 
Thermiacus Sinus, 


Modern Kames. 
Gulf of Lepanto, 
Gulf of Engia, 
Gulf of Napoli, 
Gulf of Salonichi. 


Athens, now Atini, or Setines, was the most celebrated city of 
all Greece, and gave birth to some of the most eminent philoso¬ 
phers and poets of antiquity. 

Sparta or Lacedaemon, was the chief city in Peloponnesus and 
one of the most powerful cities in Greece. 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


299 


ASIA MINOR. 

Asia Minor is that country situated between the Euxine and 
the Mediterranean Sea. 

It is divided into many provinces. Along the shore of the 
Euxine, adjoining the Propontis, is Bithynia, then Paphlagonia, 
and east of it Pontus. Along the iEgean shore is Mysia, the 
coast of which is called Troas, the celebrated scene of the Iliad 
of Homer. Further south is Lydia, the coast of which is iEolia 
and Ionia, and below Lydia is Caria. The coasts of these three 
provinces were chiefly occupied by Grecian colonies. 

East of Caria, along the shore of the Mediterranean, were 
Lycia, Pamphylia, with Pisidia to the north, and Cillicia. In the 
centre were Phrygia and Cappadocia. 

The seven churches of Asia, viz. Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamus, 
Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia, and Laodicea, recorded by St. 
John in the Revelation, are all situated in the western part of 
Asia Minor. 


SYRIA. 

Syria is that country situated between the eastern extremity 
of the Mediterranean and the river Euphrates. That part of 
Syria which occupied the coast of the Mediterranean was divid¬ 
ed into Phoenicia to the north, and Palestine to the south. 

Phcenicia is most justly celebrated for having made the ear¬ 
liest progress in civilization and the arts. 

The most considerable cities are Antioch, where the followers 
of Christ were first called Christians ; Damascus, celebrated in 
both sacred and profane history ; Tyre, distinguished in ancient 
time for its commerce ; Heliopolis, now Balbec, and Palmyra, cel¬ 
ebrated for their extensive ruins. 

Palestina. This is the country which was called the Land 
of Canaan, afterwards the Land of Promise, the Land of Israel, 
Judea, Palestine, and the Holy Land. 

This country was divided by the Romans into three provinces, 
viz. Galilee, Samaria, and Judea. 

Jerusalem was the capital of Judea, and the chief city of all 
Palestine. It was built on several hills, the largest of which was 
Mount Sion, which formed the southern part of the city. A 
valley towards the north separated this from Area, the second, 
or lower city, on the east of which was Mount Moriah, the site 
of the temple of Solomon. Still north was Bethesda, where was 
the pool at which the cripple was healed by our Saviour. North¬ 
east of Mount Moriah was the Mount of Olives, lying beyond the 
brook and valley of Kedron. On the south was the valley of 
Hinnom, and at the north was Mount Calvary, the scene of the 
crucifixion of our Lord. Jerusalem was utterly destroyed by 
Titus, according to the prophecy of our Saviour, A. D. 70. 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 
Plate I. 



















































































CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


The best way to perfect the pupil in a knowledge of the geography 
of any country or portion of the globe, is by teaching him to construct a 
well projected map of such country. Some plain rules, therefore, em¬ 
bracing as few geometrical problems as possible, will here be offered for 
this purpose. 


1. To draw a Map of any particular Country. 

When only small portions of the globe, as any particular country, are 
to be delineated on a map, the degrees of longitude and latitude may be 
represented by straight lines; of course, the construction of such maps is 
extremely simple and easy. 

For example : Suppose it be required to draw a map of Spain and Por¬ 
tugal, which lie between 10° W. and 40° E. longitude, and between 36° 
and 43® N. latitude. 

First, draw the line A B, Plate I. Figure 1, fora meridian passing 
through the middle of the country, on which set off eight equal parts, a b 
c d efg B, taken at pleasure, or from any convenient scale for degrees. 

On the point A erect a perpendicular, and draw the line C D; also 
draw E F, through B, parallel to C D, for the extreme parallels of lati¬ 
tude. Then, to complete the parallels, draw lines through abed efg , 
parallel to the lines C D and E F. 

To draw the meridians : divide a degree, as the distance from A to a 
into sixty equal parts if it be large enough, or if it be very small, into six 
equal parts, Fig. 3,* each of which parts will contain 10 geographical 
miles. Then, because the length of a degree in each parallel of latitude 
decreases towards the pole, look in the table showing the number of 
miles contained in a degree of longitude in each parallel of latitude , 
and find the contents of a degiee of longitude in the latitude of 36°, 
viz. 48,54 miles. From the degree as already divided, or scale of equal 
parts, Fig. 3, take the parts 48,54, which will be five of those divisions, 
very nearly, and set off the distance seven times each way, from A 
towards D and C. Again, from the same table, finding the extent of a 
degree in the latitude of 46°, viz. 41,68 miles, set it off both ways from 
B towards F and E. Then from the points of division, in the line E F, 


* To divide any given line into any proposed number of equal parts ; suppose 
the line A B, Fig. 5, to be divided into six equal parts, — from A draw A C, and 
from B draw B D, parallel to A C. On each of these lines, beginning at A and B, 
set off as many equal parts of any length as the line A B is to be divided into. Join 
the opposite points of division by the lines B C, 1 5, 2 4, &c., and thus will the line 
A B be divided into six equal parts. 

To divide a degree , or any line approaching nearly to the extent of an inch , into 
60 equal parts for the purpose of taking the parts of a degree of longitude in dif¬ 
ferent parallels of latitude : form a diagonal scale, Fig. 6, on the given line A B, by 
first dividing it into six equal parts, as before directed, after which, erect the per¬ 
pendiculars A C and B D ; draw ten lines at equal distances, parallel with the line 
A B, also from the points of division in the line A B, draw parallel lines to inter¬ 
sect the line C D ; draw the diagonal lines B 10, &c., and thus you will have a scale 
of 60 equal parts, formed to the line A B. 




302 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


to the corresponding points in the line C D, draw so many right lines for 
the meridians. Number the degrees of latitude up both sides of the map, 
and the degrees of longitude at top and bottom. Also in some vacant 
place make a scale of miles, by dividing a degree into 70 equal parts, or 
English miles, to serve for the purpose of finding the distances of places 
upon the map. This is the only kind of maps to which a scale of miles 
can be truly adapted. 

Having the latitude and longitude of the principal places, it will be 
easy to set them down on the map; for any town must be placed where 
the circles of its latitude and longitude intersect; for instance, Lisbon, 
whose latitude is 3S° 42' N. and longitude 9° 9' VV. will be at G ; and 
Barcelona, whose latitude is 41° 26' N. and longitude 2° 13' E. will be 
at H. 

The seacoast may be described by setting down the capes and princi¬ 
pal places situated upon it, and then drawing a continued line through 
them all. In the same manner rivers are delineated by setting down the 
towns, &c. by which they pass. 


2. To draw a Map of any large Tract of Country. 

When a large tract of country or portion of the globe is to be delinea¬ 
ted on a map, the degrees of latitude should be represented by curved 
lines. 

For example : suppose it be required to draw a map of Europe, situ¬ 
ated between 35° and 70° N. latitude, aqd between 25° W. and 55° E. 
longitude, and that the parallels and meridians be drawn to every 5°. 

Draw the line A. B., Fig. 2, and in the middle raise the perpendicular 
e c, on which set off 7 equal parts, b d li rn n w c, each of which is to 
be considered as containing 5 degrees of latitude, and draw the short 
line i o parallel to A B. Divide e b , or the distance be ; ween the paral¬ 
lels, into six equal parts, Fig 4. Or, if it be large enough, into 60 equal 
parts, in the manner as exhibited Fig. 6, and explained in the foregoing 
note. Then in the table for decreasing longitudes, find the contents of 
a degree of longitude, in the latitude of 35°, viz. 49,15 miles. From the 
scale of equal parts, Fig. 4, take the parts 49,15, which are five of the 
divisions in the scale, very nearly divide the distance, and set one half 
from e to D, and the other half from e to C. Find then the extent of a 
degree of longitude in the latitude of 70°, viz. 20,52 miles ; and taking 
that distance from the scale of equal parts, Fig. 4, or, diagonal scale if 
you have one, divide it as before, laying one half from c to i , and the other 
half from c to o. Draw straight lines between the points D andt, and C 
and o } thus D C i o, is a projection for 5 degrees of longitude, and 35 
degrees of latitude. 

To draic the next meridians ; take with a pair of compasses, the dis¬ 
tance from D to o, or from C to i, and setting one foot in D, and then in 
C, describe the arches i r and o u ; and in like manner, with the same 
extent in your compasses, set one foot first in i, and then in o , and de¬ 
scribe the arches a a and s s. Then take the distance from D to C, and 
set it from D to H, and from C to G. Take likewise the distance fiom i 
to o and set it from i to r, and from o to w, and draw lines from r to H, 
and from u to G. 

After the same manner are all the other meiidians to be drawn, to com¬ 
plete the map. 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


303 


lo draw the parallels, with a flexible ruler, if the map he large, draw 
curved lines through the points H D e C G, &c.also through the points 
r i c o u, &c. for the extreme parallels of latitude. Divide the extreme 
meridians on the right and left hand sides of your map, between the points 
of intersection by the extreme parallels gg and pp into seven equal parts, 
corresponding to the divisions b d h m n w c, in the line e c. Through 
these three corresponding points in the line e, c and in the extreme me¬ 
ridians, with a flexible ruler, as before directed, draw curved lines for the 
intermediate parallels of latitude. 

If the map be small, these curved lines may be drawn with compasses, 
by so adjusting one foot at a distance on the line e c, that the other shall 
pass through the three corresponding points in Che line e c and in the 
extreme meridians. 

The meridians and parallels being thus drawn, the map is to be com¬ 
pleted as already described in the former example. 


3. Globular Projection of a Sphere. 

In projecting a sphere, unless it be on a very small scale, it will be 
necessary some of the lines should be protracted to a very considerable 
length. The first precaution, therefore, is to be provided with compass¬ 
es and paper, that will admit these lines of a necessary extent. 

A sphere two inches in diameter, such as that Plate II. may be pro¬ 
jected w’ith a pair of compasses, protracting the line which passes through 
the poles to 15 inches, and that in the direction of the equator to 12 
inches. 

A sphere 3 inches in diameter will require the line passing through the 
poles to be 25 inches in length, and that of the equator 17 inches. The 
compasses, if of the common kind, must be lengthened by some artifi¬ 
cial means to strike the parallels nearest the equator. 

To admit these lines, two or more sheets of paper may he put together 
with wafers, or a sheet of paper may be fastened with wafers to a 
smoothly planed board, which will answer every purpose. 

But if the sphere to be projected be more than two inches in diameter, 
a flexible ruler, or an even piece of whalebone, is much to be preferred 
to compasses or any other method, for drawing the paiallels and the me¬ 
ridians nearest to the equator, and to the axis of the sphere. The man¬ 
ner of using it is in conjunction with a stiff ruler, to which it must be 
confined at the ends, and in the middle forced into a curve which may be 
desired, by wedges inserted between the. two. 

Having m?de the necessary preparations, draw the line A B, Plate II. 
which for a sphere 2 inches in diameter, as before directed, must be pro¬ 
tracted 12 inches in length. At a raise a perpendicular, and draw the 
line D a F, which must be extended 15 inches ; that is, about 7 inches 
without the circle at each pole. 

Take any extent in your compasses proportionate to the diameter of 
the sphere you would project, here the ninth part of an inch, and with 
one foot in a, set off this distance 9 times from a to A, also from a F, 
from a I, arid from a D, and mark the divisions, each of which will con¬ 
tain 10 degrees. 

Extend the compasses from a to A, and strike the circle A F I D, each 
quadrant or quarter of which, as from A to F, must now be divided into 
9 equal parts, in the following manner. With the same extent in your 


304 


CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 


compasses, with which you struck the circle, and which is called the ra¬ 
dius of the circle, set one foot in A, and the other will mark the divis¬ 
ion at d ; and also set one foot in F, and the other will mark the divis¬ 
ion at b ; thus the quadrant A F, becomes divided into three equal parts, 
each of which, as A Z>, &c. must be carefully divided into three other 
equal parts. The same with each of the other quarters of the circle. 

The circle and the diameters being thus divided into 36 equal parts, 
each of which contains 10 degrees, it only remains to draw the parallels 
and the meridians, and these divisions are the points through which the 
parallels and the meridians are to be drawn.—What remains is extremely 
easy, provided these divisions have been accurately made. 

First, to draw the parallels ; being at one of the poles, for example, 
the south ; there are the three points, iec through which to draw the arc 
of a circle, which shall be the parallel of 80° south latitude. This is 
done by adjusting one fool of the compasses on the line D a F as at n, 
so that the other shall pass directly through the three points c e i, and 
thus describe the arc c e i , which will be parallel of 80° south latitude. 
This done, with the same opening of the compasses, draw the parallel of 
80° north latitude. In the same manner all the parallels are to be drawn. 
In describing the next parallel, or that of 70°, one foot of the compasses 
will fall at f, while the other passes through the points, gmp. 

To draw the meridians : As all the meridians pass through the poles, 
consequently, to draw, for instance, the meridian of 80° W. longitude 
from London, adjust one foot of the compasses on the line A B, as at h 
so that the other shall cut the equator at s, (80° W. longitude from Lon¬ 
don,) and pass directly through the poles. Then describe the arc FsD, 
which will be the meridian of 80° W. longitude from London. 

In the same manner all the meridians are to be drawn, so adjusting one 
foot of the compasses on the line AB, that the other shall cut the equa¬ 
tor at the proper division, and pass through the poles. In describing the 
next meridian west, or that of 90°, the foot of the compasses will fall atfc. 

The centres on which to describe these arcs, may be found geometri¬ 
cally as follows; for the parallel of 60° N. latitude, with one foot of the 
compasses in o, and the other extended any length more than half the 
distance to w , describe the arc 2 2. With the same extent in the com¬ 
passes set one foot in V), and with the other describe the arc 3 3. Through 
the points of intersection draw the line l r, and where this line cuts the 
diameter or axis, extended without the sphere, viz. at x, will be the cen¬ 
tre on which to describe the arc d o w, which will be the parallel of 60 
degrees north latitude. In the same way may any or all the centres 
be found. 



CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS, 
Plate II. 


i* 


: 

is* 

? 



to 


26 * 




































USE OF THE GLOBES. 


A Globe or Sphere is a round body, every part of whose surface is 
equally distant from its centre. 

Artificial Globes are of two kinds, viz. the terrestrial, which exhibits a 
representation of the earth, with the natural form and situation of land 
and water; and the celestial, which has on its surface a representation of 
all the visible stars in the heavens, and the images or figures of all the 
various constellations into which these stars are arranged. 

Each globe consists of the following parts, viz. 

1. The Two Poles, (being the ends of the axis on which the globe 
turns,) which, when applied to the heavens, signify the points directly 
over the terrestrial poles. That which is visible to us, is called the 
Arctic or North Pole ; and its opposite, the Antarctic or South Pole. 

2. The Brazen Meridian , divided into four quarters, and each quarter 
into 90 degrees. This circle surrounds the globe, and is joined to it at 
the Poles. 

3. The Wooden Horizon , which surrounds the globe, the upper part 
of which represents the true horizon, and has several circles drawn upon 
it; the innermost is marked with all the points of the mariner’s compass ; 
the next contains the names, characters, and figures of the twelve signs 
of the Zodiac, subdivided into degrees; and the third is a calendar of 
months and days. By the last two is instantly seen the signs and degrees 
the sun is in during every day in the year. 

4. The Hour Circle, divided into twice twelve, equal twenty-four 
hours, fitted to the brazen meiidian round the north pole. 

5. The Quadrant of Altitude, which is a thin slip of brass divided 
into 90 degrees, corresponding with those on the equinoctial. It may 
be screwed on occasionally to the top of the brass meridian to measure 
the distance of places. 

THE CIRCLES ON THE GLOBES. 

The circles on the globe are divided into Great and Less. 

Great Circles are such as divide the globe into two equal parts, as the 
Equator,the Ecliptic, the Meridians, the Horizon, and the Colures; the 
Less Circles divide the globe into unequal parts, as the two Tropics, and 
the two Polar Circles. 










USE OF THE GLOBES. 


307 


The Equator or Equinoctial, commonly called The Line by mariners, 
is a great circle divided into 180 degrees each way, from the first or chief 
meridian; making altogether 360 degrees, if reckoned quite round the 
globe to the point from whence they begin. This circle divides the 
globe into northern and southern hemispheres. 

The Ecliptic is a great circle, cutting the equator obliquely in the 
opposite points of Aries and Libra, and is designed to represent that path 
in the heavens which the sun seems to describe by the earth’s annual 
revolution round it. It is divided into twelve equal parts, called signs, 
which correspond with the twelve months, and each sign is subdivided 
into thirty parts, called degrees. 

The names and characters of these signs, with the time of the sun’s 
entering them, are as follows : 

Names. Signs. Sun enters. 


bO \ 

r 1. Aries, 

y the Ram, 

March 

20th. 

£ 

v 2. Taurus, 

5 the Bull, 

April 

20th. 

«T | 

* 3. Gemini, 

FT the Twins, 

May 

21st. 

c t 

j 4. Cancer, 

<Ld the Crab, 

June 

21st. 

£ < 
£ 

: 5. Leo, 

£1 the Lion, 

July 

23d. 

m ' 

* 6. Virgo, 

IIJ) the Virgin, 

August 

23d. 

c i 

' 7. Libra, 

| 8. Scorpio, 

=2: the Scales, 
m the Scorpion, 

Sept. 

23d. 

£ ’ 

s < 

October 

23d. 

3 i 
< ( 

* 9. Sagittarius, 

/ the Archer, 

Nov. 

22d. 

C L 

' 10. Capricornus, 

Vf the Goat, 

Dec. 

22d. 

c < 

: 11. Aquarius, 

the Waterman, 

January 

20th. 

£ ( 

' 12. Pisces, 

H the Fishes, 

February 

19th. 


The Zodiac , so called, which is 16 degrees broad (8 degrees on each 
side of the Ecliptic), contains the abovementioned signs ; from which 
the sun never departs, and within the bounds of which all the planets 
perform their revolutions. 

The Meridians are those circles that pass from pole to pole, and divide 
the globe into the eastern and western hemispheres. There are com¬ 
monly marked on the globes, twenty-four meridians, one through every 
15 degrees, corresponding to the twenty-four hours of the day and night. 
But every place, though ever so little to the east or west, has its own 
meridian. 

The first meridian, with English geographers, is drawn through Lon¬ 
don. 

The Horizon is that circle you see in a clear day, where the sky and 
the earth, or water, seem to meet; this is called the visible or sensible 
horizon , and is of greater or less extent according to the distance of the 
eye fiorn the level of the earth. Thus an eye placed at the height of 
five feet from the surface of the earth or sea, will merely have a pros¬ 
pect of two miles and a quarter around, supposing the earth to be per¬ 
fectly level; but at the height of twenty-five feet it will receive a pros¬ 
pect of five miles and three quarters. That called the rational horizon 
encompasses the globe exactly in the middle, and is represented by the 
wooden frame already described. 

The Colures are two great circles supposed to intersect each other at 
right angles in the poles; and are called, one the solstitial, and the other 
the equinoctial colure, because one passes through the solstitial, and the 


308 


USE OF THE GLOBES. 


other through the equinoctial points of the ecliptic. The first determines 
the solstices, and the second shows the equinoxes; and by dividing the 
ecliptic into four equal parts, they also designate the four seasons of the 
year. The colures are drawn only on the Celestial Globe. 

Note. For the Tropics, Polar Circles, Zones, Degrees, Latitude, 
Longitude, &c., the pupil is referred to the “ Definitions,” contained in 
the beginning of this book. 

PROBLEMS ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. 

Problem I.— To find the latitude of any place. 

Turn the globe, and bring the place to the graduated edge of the bra¬ 
zen meridian ; and the degree on the meridian is the latitude north or 
south, as it may be on the north or south side of the equator. 

Thus the latitude of London is 51^ north; and of St. Helena nearly 
16 degrees south. 

What is the latitude of Cairo in Egypt?—Of the Cape of Good 
Hope? — of Cape Horn ? — of Constantinople ? — of Boston ? — and 
of Botany Bay ? 

Problem II. — To find the longitude of any place. 

Bring the place to the brazen meridian, and the degree on the equator 
shows the longitude from London. 

Thus the longitude of the island Ceylon is Si degrees east ; of Lisbon 
9 degrees west. 

What is the longitude of Archangel ? — of Babelmandel ? — of Gibral¬ 
tar ?— of Jerusalem ? 

Problem III. — The longitude and latitude of any place being given, 
to find that place. 

Look for the longitude on the equator, and bring it to the brazen 
meridian ; then under the given degree of latitude will be the place 
required. 

Thus the place whose longitude is 81° 3Q' east, and latitude 30° 40' 
rorth, is Cairo ; and the place which has near 6° west longitude, and 
16° south latitude, is St. Helena. 

What places are those that have the following longitudes and lati¬ 
tudes ? 79° 50'west longitude, and 83° 22' north latitude, — 76° 50' 
west longitude, and 33° 15' south latitude, and 8° 35' east longitude, and 
40° 53' north latitude ? What place is that whose longitude is nearly 
70° west, but which has no latitude ? 


Problem IV. — To find the difference of latitude of any two places. 

If the places are in the same hemisphere, bring each to the meridian, 
and subtract the latitude of the one from that of the other; if in different 
hemispheres, add the latitude of the one to that of the other. \ 

Thus the difference of latitude between London and Madras is 38° 28'; 
between Paris and Cape Horn is 104° 49'. 


USE OF THE GLOBES. 


309 


What is the difference of latitude between Copenhagen and Gibraltar ? 
— between Londou and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Bengal 
and St. Helena ? — between Madrid and Moscow ? — between Leghorn 
and Liverpool ? — between Pekin and Philadelphia ? 

Problem V. — To find the difference of longitude of any two places. 

Bring one of the places to the brazen meridian, and mark its longi¬ 
tude ; then bring the other place to the meridian, and the number of 
degrees between its longitude and the first mark, is the difference of its 
longitude. 

Thus the difference of longitude between London and Constantinople 
is 29 degrees ; between Constantinople and Madras is 51° 20'. 

What is the difference of longitude between Brest and Cape Horn ?— 
between Charleston in America, and Cork in Ireland? — between Rome 
and Cape Finisterre? — between Canton and the most northerly point of 
the Orkney Islands?—between the most northerly of Madagascar and 
Otaheite ? — between Mecca and Calcutta ? 

Problem VI. — To find the distance of any two places on the globe. 

Lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of altitude over both places, 
and the degrees between them multiplied by 69£, will give the distance 
in English miles. 

Thus the distance between Boston and the island Bermuda is 11° 30' 
or 799 miles ; between London and Jamaica is 4,691 miles. 

What is the distance between Samarcand in Tartary and Pekin ? — 
between North Cape and Gibraltar ? — between Rio Janeiro and the 
Cape of Good Hope ?— between Madrid and Cairo ?— between Boston 
and Cayenne ? 

Problem VII. — The hour at any place being given, to find vjhat 
hour it is at any other place* 

Bring the place where the hour is given to the brazen meridian, and 
set the index of the hour circle to that hour; then turn the globe till the 
proposed place come under the meridian, and the index will point to the 
present hour at that place. 

Thus when it is twelve at noon in Boston, it is nearly half past four 
in the afternoon at the island St. Helena; but at Owhyhee it is only 
about a quarter past six in the morning. 


* When the distance or difference of longitude between two places is known, it is 
easy to ascertain their difference of time by calculation. It is noon at 12 o’clock, 
when any place on the globe is exactly towards the sun, and the succession of day 
and night, of morning, noon, and evening, may be beautifully shown by turning the 
terrestrial globe in the sunshine, or in the light of a fire or candle. But to ascertain 
exactly the number of hours and minutes in which, at the same moment of time, 
two places differ, it is necessary to divide the difference of longitude by 15, because 
every 15 degrees is equal to one hour of time •, and, consequently, also every de¬ 
gree is equal to four minutes of time. For example, when it is noon at London, it 
will be 4 o’clock in the afternoon at all places which have sixty degrees of longi¬ 
tude east of London, and eight in the morning to all places which are sixty degrees 
west of London. At all places which have 180 degrees of difference of longitude, it 
will be 12 o’clock at night when it is noon at London. And, in this manner, the 
hour, in any part of the world may be calculated, by adding to the given hour when 
the place is east, and by subtracting when it is west. 



310 


USE OF THE GLOBES. 


When it is ten in the forenoon at London, what is the time at Cal¬ 
cutta, Canton, Pelew Islands, Barbadoes, the western side of Lake 
Superior, Owhyhee, and Eastern Islands? 

Problem VIII. — To rectify the globe for the latitude , zenith, and 

sun's place. 

1. For the latitude : Elevate the pole above the horizon, according to 
the latitude of the place. 

2. For the zenith : Screw the quadrant of altitude on the meridian at 
the given degree of latitude, counting fiom the Equator towards the 
elevated pole. 

3. For the sun’s place : Find the sun’s place on the horizon, and then 
bring the same place found on the ecliptic to the meridian, ami set the 
hour index at twelve at noon. 

Thus to rectify for the latitude of London on the 10th day of May, 
the globe must be so placed that the north pole shall be 5l£ degrees 
above the north side of the horizon, then 51^ will be found on the zenith 
of the meridian, on which the quadrant must be screwed.— On the 
horizon the 10th of May answers to the 20th of Taurus, which find on 
the ecliptic, and bring it to the meridian, and set the index to twelve. 

Rectify the globe for London, Petersburg, Madras, Pekin, Quebec, 
and Boston, for the 24th of February, 27th of June, and the 6th of 
August. 

Problem IX.— To find at what hour the sun rises and sets any day 
in the year , and also upon what point of the compass. 

Rectify for the latitude and sun’s place, (Problem VIII.) and turn the 
sun’s place to the eastern edge of the horizon, and the index will point 
to the hour of rising; then bring it to the western edge of the horizon, 
and the index will show the setting. 

Thus on the 16th of March at Boston, the sun rises a little after six 
and sets a little before six in the evening. 

What time does the sun rise and set at Petersburg, Naples, Canton, 
Gibraltar, Teneriffe, and Boston, on the 15th of April, the 4th of July, 
and the 20th of November. 

JYote. On the 2lst of March the sun rises due east, and «ets due 
west; between this and the 2lst of September, it rises and sets to the 
northward of these points, and in the winter months to the southward of 
them. When the sun’s place is brought to the eastern or western edge 
of the horizon, it marks the point of the compass upon which it rises or 
sets that day. 

Problem X. — To find the length of the day and night at any time of 

the year. 

Double the time of the sun’s rising, which gives the length of the 
night; double Ihe time of his setting, which gives the length of the day. 

Thus, on the 25th of May, the sun rises at London about four o’clock, 
and sets at eight. The length of the night is twice four or eight hours ; 
the length of the day is twice eight, or sixteen hours. 

What is the length of the day and night on the 22d of April at Lon¬ 
don, Madrid, St. Helena, Boston, Mexico, and Canton ? 


USE OF THE GLOBES. 


311 


Problem XL — The day of the month being given, to find the sun’s 

declination,* and all those places where the sun will be vertical at 

noon that day. 

Find the sun’s place on the ecliptic, and bring it to the meridian, and 
the degree which stands over it is the sun’s declination. Then turn the 
globe from west to east, and to all the places that pass under that degree 
will the sun be vertical that day. 

Thus, on the 27th of October, the sun’s declination will be 13 degrees 
south, and will be vertical at St. Salvador, in South America, &c. &c. on 
that day. On the tenth of May, the sun is vertical at Pegu, the Red 
Sea, Hindostan, Cochin-China, and Porto Rico. 

What is the sun’s declination, and to what places will he be vertical 
on the 10th of February, 12th of March, the 9th of April, the 15th of 
August, the 21st of September, and the 6th of November ? 

When will the sun pass vertically over Surinam ? — the most easterly 
part of the Bay of Honduras? — the islands St. Helena, Ascension, and 
Mauritius ? 

What two days in the year will a person at St. Domingo have no 
shadow at noon ? 

Problem XII. — At a given place and hour, to find where the stin is 

then vertical. 

Bring the sun’s place, found in the ecliptic for that day, to the meri¬ 
dian, which shows bis declination : elevate the pole to that declination ; 
then bring the given place to the meridian, and set the index to 12 
o’clock at noon. Turn the globe till the index points to the given hour; 
and the place exactly under the sun’s declination on the brazen meridian 
will have the sun vertical at the given time. 

Thus it will be found that the sun is vertical at Port Royal in Jamaica, 
when it is at a few minutes past five in the afternoon on the 11th of 
May in London. 

On the 24th of April, when it is six in the evening at Stockholm in 
Sweden, the sun will be vertical at Boston. 

Where is the sun vertical on the 24th of June, the 11th of July, the 
16th of August, and the 10th of November, when it is seven in the 
morning and twelve at night in London ? 


Problem XII. — The day and hour being given, to find all those 
places of the earth where the sun is then rising and setting, where 
it is noon, midnight, 8fc. 

Find by the last problem, the place to which the sun is vertical at the 
given hour, and bring the same to the meridian, and rectify the globe to 
a latitude equal to the sun’s declination. Then to all the places just 
under the western side of the horizon, the sun is rising; to those just 
above the eastern horizon the sun is about to set ; to all those under the 
upper half of the brazen meridian it is noon, and to all those under the 
lower half it is midnight. 


The declination of the sun ia its distance from the equator north or south. 



312 


USE OF THE GLOBES. 


Problem XIV. — To find all the places to which a lunar eclipse is 
visible at any instant. 

Find the place to which the sun is vertical at that time, and bring that 
place to the zenith, and set the index to the upper twelve, then turn the 
globe till the index point to the lower twelve, and the eclipse is visible 
to every part of the earth that is now above the horizon. 

OF THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. 

The Celestial Globe is an artificial representation of the heavens hav¬ 
ing the fixed stars drawn upon it, in their natural order and situation. 
The eye is supposed to be placed in the centre. 

As the terrestrial globe by turning on its axis represents the real diur¬ 
nal motion of the earth, so the celestial globe, by turning on its axis, 
represents the apparent motion of the heavens. 

The Zodiac is an imaginary belt round the heavens, of about 16 de¬ 
grees broad; through the middle of which runs the ecliptic, or the 
apparent path of the sun. 

Note. The twelve signs of the zodiac which belong to the celestial 
globe have been already enumerated. 

Equinoctial Points are the first points of Aries and Libra, so called, 
because when the sun appears to be in either of them, the days and 
nights are equal. 

Solstitial Points are the first points of Cancer and Capricorn, so called, 
because when the sun arrives at either of them he seems to stand still, 
or be at the same height in the heavens at twelve o’clock at noon for 
several days together. 

Declination on the celestial globe is the same as latitude on the ter¬ 
restrial ; being the distance of a star from the equinoctial, either north 
or south. 

Right Ascension of a star is its distance from the first meridian, (or 
that which passes through the first point of Aries,) counted in degrees, 
on the equinoctial quite round the globe. 

Latitude of a star is its distance from the ecliptic, either north or 
south, counted in degrees of the quadrant of altitude. The sun being 
always in the ecliptic has no latitude. 

Longitude of a star is counted on the ecliptic, in degrees, or in signs 
and degrees, from the beginning of Aries eastward round the globe. 



GEOGRAPH [CAL ORTHOGRAPHY. 


The occurrence in a lesson of difficult words which a child does not 
know the just pronunciation, or the sound of which is not familiar to his 
ear, always renders his task much more tedious, and not unfrequently 
defeats his purpose altogether. Most of such words, therefore, occurring 
in this Geography are here collected together, divided and accented, 
with a view that (hey should be taught the pupil not only till he can 
read, but likewise till he can spell them correctly. In this way his 
progress in committing his lessons, wall not only be greatly facilitated, 
but he will also, at the same time, acquire a knowledge of the orthog¬ 
raphy, or correct spelling of the names of places, wherein too many 
persons are found deficient, even after having completed their education. 

After the pupil shall have gone through with his geography, this vocab- 
/ ulary will be found convenient for another important purpose, that of a 
review of all the principal subjects ; for then to the spelling of the word, 
he may be called upon to add such a description of the place or thing as 
the geography furnishes. 


Kingdoms , States, Countries, fyc. 


A mer' i ca 
A' sia 
AP ri ca 
Af ®ha nis tan' 
Aus' tri a, 

Ag' ger huys 
Am a zo' ni a 
Aus trai a' sia 
Ar me' ni a 
A ra' hi a 
Ab ys sin' i a 
An da lu' si a 
As tu' ri a 
Ar' a gon 
Ar kan' sas 
A1 giers' 

A' del 
A' jan 
An go' la 
Bra zil' 

Bu e' nos Ay' res 
Ber' gen 
Bran' den burg 
Ba va' ri a 
Bo he' mi a 
Bir' man 
Bar' ba ry 
Ben gal' 

Bu cha' ri a 
Bar' ca 

Be loo cliis tan' 
Ben gu e' la 
Be' nin 
Can' a da 
Con nect' i cut 
Chi' li 
Co lorn' hi a 
Cal i for' ni a 
Cor' si ca 


Co' chin-Chi' na 
Chi' na 
Cam bo' di a 
Cat a lo' ni a 
Co ro man' del 
Con' go 
Dron' theim 
Del' a ware 
Den' mark 
Don go' la 
Dar-Four' 4 
Dah' o mey 
Eu' rope 
Eng' land 
E' gypt 

Es' tre ma du' ra 
Es' qui maux 
Flor' i da 
Flan' ders 
Fin' land 
Fran co' ni a 
Fries' land 
Gron' in gen 
Guel' der land 
Gcor' gi a 
Gui a' na 
Great Brit' ain 
Goth' land 
Ger' ma ny 
Green' land 
Guin' ea 
Gra na' da 
Hoi' land 
Hun' ga ry 
Hin dos' tan 
In di an' a 
It' a ly 
II li nois' 

Ire' land 

27 


In' di a 
Ir kutsk' 

Ja' va 
Ja pan' 

Ken tuck' y 
Lap' land 
Lou is i an' a 
La' os 
Lo an' go 
Lab' ra dor' 

Mas sa chu' setts 
Ma' ry land 
Mis si sip' pi 
Mich' i gan 
Mex' i co 
Ma lac' ca 
Mai' ta 
Mai a bar' 

Mo zam bique' 
North Car o li' na 
New Jer' sey 
New Hamp' shire 
New Bruns' wick 
New Gra na' da 
Nor' way 
New York' 

New Brit' ain 
No' va Sco' ti a 
Nu' bi a 
Na to' li a 
Na varre' 

Neth' er lands 
O hi' o 
O ver ys' sel 
Pe ru' 

Pat a go' ni a 
Port' u gal 
Pom e ra' ni a 
Penn syl va' ni a 


Prus' sia 

Per' sia 

Pol y no' si a 

Pal' es tine 

Rus' sia 

Rhode Isl' and 

South Car o li' na 

Scot' land 

Swe' den 

Swit' zer land 

Si le' si a 

Sax' o ny 

Syr' i a 

Si' am 

Sua' bi a 

Sar din' i a 

Sic' i ly 

Sles' wick 

Si be' ri a 

Ten nes see' 

Tar' ta ry 
Ton' quin 
Tu' nis 
Ti bet' 

Trip' o li 
Tur' key 
To bolsk' 

U nit' ed States 
U' trecht 
Vir gin' i a 
Ver mont' 

Ven e zu e' la 
West In' dies 
Ward huys 
West phu' li a 
Wir' tern burg 
Zea' land 
Zan que bar' 






314 


GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY 


Cities and Towns. 


Aix-la Chap' elle 
An gus' ta 
Am' herst 
Al* ba ny 
Am' boy 
Ac a pul' co 
Am ster dam' 
Arch an' gel 
Ab' er deen 
A' bo 

As tra chan' 

A' va 

A dri a no' pie 
A lep' po 
Al ex an' dria 
Ath' ens 
As sump' tion 
Ar a qui' pa 
An nap' o lis 
Am' boy 
A cheen' 

Ant' werp 
A zol' 

Ben' ning ton 
Bur' ling ton 
Brat tie boi' ough 
Bed' fast 
Balt' i more 
Bruns' wick 
Beau' fort 
Bres' law 
Bran' den burg 
Bu e' nos Ay' res 
Ber' gen 
Bei' Jin 
Bii' rning ham 
Bu' sle 
Bi| bo 1 a 
Bel grade' 

Ba va' res 
Bour deaux' 

Ba yonne' 

Bius' sels 
Bar ce lo' na 
Bag' dad 
Buch' a rest 
Browns ville' 

Ban goi' 

Ben coo' len 
Ba ta' vi a 
Cas tine' 

Car lis:e' 

Charles' ton 
Chu qui sa' ca 
Co logne' 

Con' cord 
Charles' town 
Co lum' bi a 
Cu ma' na 
Cuz' co 
Cal' mar 
Cor do' va 
Ca yenne' 

Can an dai' gua 
Co pen ha' gen 
Cin cin na' ti 
Car tha ge' na 
Chris ti an' a 
Carls cro' na 
C her'son 


Con stan ti no' pie 
Cra' cow 
Cal cut' ta 
Cash' mere 
Can' ton 
Cai' ro 
Cash' gar 
Chil li co' the 
Co lum' bo 
Cag Ji a' ri 
Dron' theim 
Do troit' 
l)ant' zic 
Del' hi 
Dres' den 
Da mas' cus 
Da mi et' ta 
Di ar be' kir 
Dar bent' 

Ex' e ter 
Ed' en ton 
Ed' in burgh 
El' bing 
El si neur' 

Fal' mouth 
Fay' ette ville 
Frank' fort 
Flor' ence 
Fred' er icks burg 
Flush'ing 
George' town 
Got' ten burg 
Gom broon' 

Gen' o a 
Gua man' ga 
Glas' gow 
Gol con' da 
Glouce' ster 
Han' o ver 
Hal' low ell 
Ha' ver hill 
Her cu la' ne am 
Ham' burg 
Ha van' a 
Hal' i fax 
Haer' lem 
Had' dam 
Ips' wich 
Ir kutsk' 

Is' pa han 
Je ru' sa lem 
Jed' da 
Jed' do 
Kas kas' ki a 
Kings' ton 
Knox' ville 
Kon' igs burg 
Kol i van' 

Lou' is ville 
Lew' is town 
Lan' cas ter 
Liv' er pool 
Lon don der' ry 
Ley' den 
Lim'er ick 
Lon' don 
Leip' sic 
Las' sa 
Leg' horn 
Lau sanne' 


Lex' ing ton 
Li' ma 

Lan' sing burgh 
La hore' 

Ma chi' as 
Mid' die bu ry 
Mil' ledge ville 
Mont pe' lier 
Mar ble head' 

Men do' za 
Mos' cow 
Ma ri et' ta 
Mex' i co 
Mar a cai' bo 
Mag' de burg 
Me di' na 
Ma dias' 

Mu' nich 
Mai' a ga 
Mi lan' 

Mec' ca 
Mo' cha 
Ma coa' 

Mon te-Vid' e o 
Mont re al' 

Mar seilles' 

Moor shed' a bad 
Mo hi' lew 
New bu ry port' 
New Lon' don 
New' ark 
New pas' tie 
New' bern 
North Yar' mouth 
New' bu ry 
New Bruns' wick 
New Bed' ford 
North amp' ton 
New Ha' ven 
Natch' es 
Nash' ville 
New Oi' leans 
New Mad' rid 
Nan ga sa' ki 
Na' pies 
Nan' kin 
Nag' pour 
Opor' to 
Os we' go 
O ne' ga 
Port' land 
Phil a del' phi a 
Pe' ters burg 
Pough keep' sie 
Pilts' burg 
Ports' mouth 
Plym' outh 
Prince' ton 
Pen sa co' la 
Par a mar' i bo 
Po to' si 
Pa ler' mo 
Pres' burg 
Pe' gu 
Pru' sa 
Pe' kin 
Pal my' ra 
Platts' burg 
Pon di chor' ry 
Pots' dam 


Qui' to 
Que bee' 

Qui o' la 
Rich' mond 
Ra' leigh 
Rut' land 
Ri' ga 

Rot' ter dum 
Rev' el 
Ro chellc' 

Rou' en 
Roch' fort 
Ro set' ta 
Ran goon' 

Sehe nec' ta dy 
Spring' field 
Sa van' nab 
St. Gen e vieve' 
San ta Fe' 

St. Au gus tine' 
Stet' tin 
Se ville' 

Smyr' na 
Sam ar cand' 

Shi ras' 

Sa' na 

Se ring a pa' tam 
Stut' gard 
Sar a gos' sa 
Sal o ni' ca 
Su rat' 

Stock' holm 
Smo' lensk 
St. Sal' va dor 
Sur i nam' 

Syr' a cuse 
Tien' ton 
Trux il' lo 
'Po' la 
Tor' ne a 
To bolsk' 

Tou' louse 
Tou' Ion 
Tom buc' too 
To ron' to 
Tran' que bar 
Urn me ra poo' ra 
Up' sal 
U trecht' 

Ver gennes' 

Vin cennes' 

Ve' ra Cruz 
Val pa rai' so 
v al div' i a 
Vi en' na 
Ven' ice 
Va len' cia 
Worce' ster 
Wis cas' set w 
Wal' pole 
VVil' ming ton 
Wash' ing ton 
Wi' burg 
Wa' ter ford 
War' saw 
Yar' moulh 
Ya kutsh' 

Zu' rich 
Ze i' la 







Al* le gha ny 
Ap* en nines 
Ar* a rat 
At* las 

Ag a ment* i cus 
A* thos 
An 1 des 
A1 tay / 

Ap a Jach* i an 
Ben Ne* vis 
Blue llidge 


An dros cog* gin 
Ap a lach i co* h 
Am o noo* suck 
A1 ta ma 1 ha 
AI a ba* ma 
Ad* ige 
A 1 mur 
Am 1 a zon 
Ap po mat 1 tox 
Ar* kan saw 
Bra* vo 

Bur ram poo* ter 
Bran* dy wine 
Cum* ber land 
Con nect* i cut 
Con* too cook 
Chow* an 
Coo* sa 
Che nan* go 
Chick* a pee 
Chop lank* 

Ca ya ho* ga 
Church' ill 
Chau di ere* 

Del* a ware 
Deei* field 
Du* na 
Dan* ube 
Dnies* ter 
Don* ro 
Dnie* per 
Dwi* na 
E dis* to 
En i sei* 

Eu phra* tes 
E* bro 

Es se qui* bo 
Gen es see* 

Ga ronne* 


Ar* al 
Ba* i kal 
Con* stance 
Cham plain* 

Ca nan dai* gua 
Cha tuque* 

E* rie 
Ge ne* va 
Hu* ron 
II* men 


GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY. 315 


Mountains. 


Chim bo ra* zo 
Car pa* thi an 
Cau* ca sus 
Cor dil* le ras 
Cum* ber land 
Dol 7 ra feld 
Et* na 
Gram* pi an 
Ho' reb 
Hec* la 
Hse* mus 


I' da 

Kit ta tin* ny 
Lib* a nus 
Mo nad* nock 
O lym* pus 
Pin' dus 
Pyr* e nees 
Par nas* sus 
Rock* y 
Snow* don ' 


St. Goth* ard 
Si* nai 
Tau* rus 
Ten e riffe* 
Ta* ble 
U ra* li an 
Ve su* vi us 
Wash* ing ton 
YVa chu'sett 
White 


Rivers. 


Gaud i an* a 
Gan* ges 
Gam* bi a 
Guad al quiv* ir 
Hack* in sack 
Ho ang ho* 

Hud* son 
Hock hock* ing 
Hou sa ton* ic 
Hum* ber 
II li nois* 

Ir ra wad* dy 
In* dus 
Ir* tish 
Ju ni a* ta 
Ji* hon 
Ja pan ese* 

Ken ne beck' 
Ken ha* wa 
Ken tuck* y 
Kas kas* ki a 
Ki ang* 

La moille* 

Le* na 
La Pla* ta 
Lick* ing 
Mis sis sip* pi 
Mer* ri mac 
Mi chis* coui 
Mo* hawk 
Mis sou* ri 
Mo non ga he* la 
Mo bile* 

Mi am* i 
Me* zen 
Mus kin* gum 
Me hei* rin 
Mex i ca* no 
Min* ho 


iMei* nam 
Mem* el 
Mer* sey 
iNash* u a 
Nan* ti coke 
Nel* son 
Nie* men 
!Ni* ger 
Ni ag* a ra 
jOt* ter 
'Ohi'o 
O gee* chee 
jOn* ion 
O sage* 

O ri no* co 
O* der 
O ne* ga 
Pas ca gou* la 
Pis cat* a qua 
Pas sa* ic 
Po co moke* 

Pe dee* 

Poo soom* suck 
Paw tuck* et 
Pe nob* scot 
Po to* mac 
Paw tux* et 
Pa tux* ent 
Pe taps* co 
Per di* do 
Par a guay* 

Pet cho* ra 
Pen 9a co* la 
Pre* gel 

Rap pa han* nock 
Ro a noke* 

Rar* i tan 
St. Law* rence 


Sa van* nah 
Staun* ton 
Sus que han* nail 
Se has* ti cook 
Schuyl* kill 
Sa* co 
San* tee 
Strat ford* 

Shen an do* ah 
St. Ma* ry 
Sci o* to 
Shan* non 
St. Fran* cis 
So relle* 

Sev* ern 
Si* hon 
San dusk* y 
St. Fran cis* co 
Sen e gal* 

Ten nes see* 

Tal a poo* sa 
Tom big* bee 
The* is 
Ti* gris 
Tip pe ca noe* 
Ti* ber 
Ta* gus 
LJ* ta was 
Vol* ga 
Vis* tu la 
YVa* bash 
Wa chit ta* 
YVest* field 
YVe* ser 
YVis con* sin 
Ya zoo* 

Vo hog* a ny 
Yang* tse 


Lakes. 


La do* ga 
Loch Lo* mond 
Lu cerne* 

Mas sa be* sic 
Mau re pas* 

Mich i gan* 

Moose head* 

Mem phre ma* gog 
Mar a cai* bo 
Mo ra* vi 


Nic a ra* gua 
O nei* da 
O non da* ga 
O ne* ga 
On ta* ri o 
Os we* go 
Os* sa pee 
Par* i ma 
Pont char train 
Su pe* ri or 


Sun* a peo 
Sen* e ca 
Tit i cac* a 
Urn* ba gog 
Win* ni peg 
YVin ni ba* go 
Win ni pis e og* ee 
YVe* ner 
Zu* rich 












316 


GEOGRAPHICAL ORTHOGRAPHY 


Oceans and Seas. 


At lan' ticj 
Ar chi pel u go 
A dri at' ic 
A' zof 
A ra' bi a 


Ap a lach' y 
Baf' fin’s 
Buz' zard’s 
Bis' cay 
Both' ni a 
Ches' a peake 
Cas' co 
Cal i for' ni a 
Cam peach' y 
Cha li ur' 

Del' a ware 


As phal' tes 

Chi nese* 

Bal' tic 

Ger' man 

Ca rib' bn an 

Jap' an 

Casp' i an 

Med' i ter ra' ne an 


’’ar mo' ra 
O chotsk' 

Ska' ger Ra’k 
Yel' low 


Gulfs and Bays. 


Fin' land 

Fun' dy 

Guay a quil' 

Guin' ea 

Hon du' ras 

Hud' son’s 

Le pan' to 

Lo ren' zo 

Mex' i co 

Mas sa chu' setts 


Ma chi' as 
Mo bile' 

Nar ra gan' set 
Pla cen' tia 
Per' sia 

Pas sa ma quod' dy 
Pen sa co' la 
Pa na' ma 
Ri' ga 
St. Ro' sa 


Sal o ni' ca 
Si' dra 

St. Law' rence 
St. An' drews 
Si' am 
Ton' quia 
Ta' ble 
Ta ren 'to 
Ven' ice 
Zui' der zee 


Sounds and Straits. 


A1 be marie' 

Bon i fa' ci o 

Da' vis’s 

Long Isl' and 

Ba bel man' del 

Do' ver 

Pam' li co 

Cal 7 fe 

Dar da nelles'^ 

Bell isle' 

Cat' e gat 

Gib ral' tar 

Behr' ings 

Con stan ti no' pie 

Lit' tie Belt 


Isthmuses and Capes. 


Cor' inth 

Fin is terre' 

Mai' la bar 

Da' ri en 

Gaud a fu' i 

Mat' a pan 

Pre cop' 

Hen' lo pen 

Mon tauk' Point 

Su' ez 

Hat' te ras 

Ne' gro 

Beach' v 

Lo pat' ka 

Or' te gal 

Com' o rin 

Look' out 

Port' land 

E liz' a beth 
FareTwell' 

Liz' ard 

Por' poise 


Mes si' na 
A. a gel' lan 
Va lac' ca 
Sun' da 


Pern' a quid 
Pa' los 
St. Da' vis 
St. Ed' mands 
St. Lu' cas 
Sa' hie 
St. Vin' cent 


Islands. 


An gle sea' 

Falk' land 

Mar ti ni' co 

An da' man 

Fer' roe 

Ma jor' ca 

An li' gua 

For mo' sa 

Mai' ta 

A leu' tian 

Fer nan' do Po 

Mount De sert' 

An' na bon 

Gra na' da 

Mi nor' ca 

A zo' res 

Guern' sey 

Mad a gas' car 

A' land 

Gau da loupe' 

Ma dei' ra 

Ber mu' da 

Great Brit' ain 

Mo luc' cas 

Bar ba' does 

Goth' land 

Mar que' sas 

Ba ha' ma 

Hv e' res 

Mack i naw' 

Bor' ne o 

His pan i o' la 

New' found land 

Bour' bon 

Heb' ri des 

Nan tuck' et 

Cu' ba 

Hai' nan 

Nic' o bar 

Car' i bee 

Ire' land 

Ne gro pont' 

Chi lo' e 

Ice' land 

Ni' phon 

Ceph a lo' nia 

Iv' i ca 

New Hoi' land 

Cape Bret' on 

Ja mai' ca 

New Brit' ain 

Can' di a 

Ju an Fer nan' dos 

New Zea' land 

Ca non' i cut 

Ja' va 

New Heb' ri des 

Cor' fu 

Jer' sey 

New Guin' ea 

Cey Ion' 

Ki u sui 

New Ire' land 

Col' e bes 

Ku' rile 

New Cal e do' ni a 

Car' o line 

Lip' a ri 

Nav i ga' tor’s 

Ca na' ry 

Lac' ca dive 

Oe' sel 

Co mo' ro 

La drone' 

Ork' ney 

Cor 1 si ca 

Lee oo-Kee' oo 

O le' ron 

Dorn i ni' ca 

Mai' dive 

O' land 

Da' go 

Man hat' tan 

O ta heite' 


Port' o Ri' co 
Pe' lew 
Pap' u an 
Phil' ip pine 
Ru' gen 
She ' land 
Sar din' i a 
St. Lu' cia 
Sic' i ly 
Soil' ly 
Su ma' tra 

50 ci' e ty 
St. He le' na 
Sag ha' lien 
Sand' wich 

51 kohf' 

Sol' o mon 
Sta' ten 

St. Bar thol' o mew 
St. Do min' go 
Trin i dad' 

To ha' go 

Ter ra del Fu e' go 
Tex' el 

U shant' (Ush' ang) 
YVal che' ren 
Zea' land 



























• 


■ ' 


f 




* ,.. •• • * 


■4$! : • 

^ ... . + • 

. £ U y - 


r 


r 






' W f 


4 * ^ '* 

, * 




. • ' •. "• 

- / 

• v • ■ 

,’v 




















• •«. 
























































Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: April 2015 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN COLLECTIONS PRESERVATION 

111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



















